el et cane hn an Bali. ata haan Hab Si Abtiedimadeaeaae ater at eee fem sein aS MM Nth Btn fad» Selle # i im iis he At iG i‘ AS Cen My i nib fh. My Lavon 5g ae A hea a? Wen One Ne) aes ae f ree he hai a. ay ables + vs e 0 ae ae THE ANNALS - AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS ’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH $ ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ) CONDUCTED BY CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., V.P.Z.S. &e., WILLIAM 8S. DALLAS, F.LS., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH ¢ HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1868, “ Omnes res create sunt divine sapienti et potentiz testes, divitix felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini ; ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; A yveré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fwit.”—LInnzvs. ‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut quouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767, sersgictie 3 ..... . The sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. ated tee Ip oo CONTENTS OF VOL. II. [FOURTH SERIES. ] NUMBER VII. Page I. Monograph of Spirifer cuspidatus (Syringothyris cuspidata), Martin.. By Professor W. Kine. (Plates Il. & 11.) ..........05 II. Notes on Helicograpsus, a new Genus of Graptolites. By Henry Atieyne NicHoison, D:Se., MIB) F.G.S. 4 cc. 2s ceens 23 Ill. A few words on Euplectella aspergillum, Owen, and its Inha- bitents, “By Mr sOsSmiepimnr As). t al, tee nian ae terete aes _ IV. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca, By GroreE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.8. &e. No. I. Ostracoda from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. (Plates IV. & V.) .......0eeeaee 30 V. On Hyalonema boreale. By J. V. BarBoza pu BocaGE .... 36 VI. On the Trieuspidariee, a Subtribe of the Eleocarpee. By J OTIN MEMES cE Frees EMS, CoCr lise: caeapsiniaayenos Gates wale mem aped 39 VII. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. VIII. Some Lower-Silurian Species from the Chair of Kildare, Ireland. By Prof. T. Rupert Jonszs, F.G.8., and Dr. H. B. Hout, F.G.S. CEARECE IV ML Mewar dart esi ataereh, SE alate et tae oi haetee Se tiatee ced a eat 54 New Book :—On Subaérial Denudation, and on Cliffs and Escarp- ments of the Chalk and the Lower Tertiary Beds, by William Wehistheilecery ES Aerob) Gasp Ge@. caate ckapsve ste pa acet aiteslintev a: icles esl auatece 62 Proceedings of the Royal Society ; Royal Institution ...... .. 63—66 Occurrence of Tinnenculus cenchris in Britain, by W.S8. Dallas, F.L.S.; On Lithodomous Annelids, by E. Ray Lankester; On some species of Oliva, by T. Graham Ponton; Note on a Variety (?) of Alcyonella fungosa, by Edward Parfitt; On the Avicolar Sarcoptide, and on the Metamorphoses of the Acarina, by C. Robin; The Pelvis and Hind Limbs of Whales; On a remark- able form of Plewronectide from the Mediterranean, by Dr. Stein- dachner; On the Antherozoids of the Mosses, by E. Roze.. 75—80 NUMBER VIII. VIII. On a remarkable Sponge from the North Sea. By 8, Manganese AGE MLE, Ma) cadets ct regs (ogee o's) xo, See ainsi) /mpSlatatsl wish slolela aie oy ake 81 IX. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S. (Plate VUL) .. 91 X. Carcinological Gleanings. No. IV. By C. Sprnce Batre, ROMS Ms ieee hc Tied De. Gs) aie ee inane nice caren H Alice auch ror 112 iv CONTENTS. Page XI. Observations on some of the Heliotropiee. By Joun Miers, Te) RoSty Lael tis bared Ch again aaa Cs are Amer tion ces rc oc» | 121 XIL. On Phidiana lynceus and Ismaila monstrosa. By Dr. Rup. eernGr.) (Plate 1.) jos ces can cee ajaunljes cxn o-oo in alarmed 133 XII. On Spirifer cuspidatus. By Dr. Witu1aM B. Carpenter. 188 XIV. On some new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. By Ospert Savin, M.A., F.LS., &e., and F. Du Cane Govan, BUS: Ge. is ees aces pao ee ore cbgislene oe lea nel 141 New Books :—Pyinciples of Geology, or the Modern Changes of the Earth and its Inhabitants considered as illustrative of Geology, by Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., M.A., F.R.S.—Siluria. A History of the Oldest Rocks in the British Isles and other Countries; with Sketches of the Origin and Distribution of Native Gold, the General Succession of Geological Formations, and Changes of the Earth’s Surface, by Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., K.C.B., &e. &e. &e.—Acadian Geology: the Geological Structure, Or- ganic Remains, and Mineral Resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island, by J. W. Dawson, M.A., TD EG SCs RCo Bia eon ak asi 'ep ase Senndhahern ten eee Dee aa stg oN 152-159 Preceedimps of the RoyaliSoclety . <0 «re. 00. cc's scion Wostewtere oss 159 Note on the Existence of a large Pelican in the Turbaries of England, by A. Milne-Edwards; On Oliva auricularia, Lam., O. aquatilis, Reeve, and O. auricularia, D’Orb., by F. P. Marrat ; On a Vivi- parous Sea-Urchin, by Dr. E. Grube; Note on the Anatomy of Pontobdella verrucata (Leach), by L. Vaillant; Considerations upon the fixation of the Limits between the Species and the Variety, founded upon the study of the European and Medi- terranean Species of the Hymenopterous Genus Polistes (Latr.), by M. Sichel; On a new Species of Chirogalus from the West Coast of Madagascar, by M. A. Grandidier ............ 165—172 NUMBER IX. XY. On the British Species of Alpheus, Typton, and Axius, and on Alpheus Edwardsti of Audouin. By the Rey. A. M. Norman, M.A. 178 _ XVI. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GEORGE STrEwaRDsoN Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &e. No. II. Marine Ostracoda from the Mauritius. (Plates XII. & XIII.) .......... 178 XVU. On the existence of Capillary Arterial Vessels in Insects. By JuLes KuncKen XVII. On Arunea lobata, Pallas (A. sericea, Oliv.). By T. AROMAT Sosa c slals lsivlaaiclas talaeeate etn REE: AEE ns earn a ee 186 XIX. Observations on some of the Heliotropiee. By Joun Miers, Bytes Belg Cn. 5 axiciciss of tart ee eee eee a mee na 191 XX. On a point relating to the Histology of Rhynchonella. B Professor W. Kine...... an ad hs co oe cai es ‘ a kK! 204 CONTENTS. Vv Page XXI. On the Law of Development of the Sexes in Insects. By PG ey DAS IEBOMM woh. epllars) Aue laiaud ss Sona eae weed ees Neca vis ols 205 XXII. On some new Species of Oliva. By F. P. Marrat...... 212 XXIII. On a new Genus of Gastrotrichous Rotatoria. By E. ORL Oe ATR ET Oe Sieh aie ERS MESS Ok ogo yoni) ole Renae eke ce aven et Cee Se 214 XXIV. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GroRGE Stewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &. No. II. Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. (Plates XIV. & XV.) ........000 0000 220 XXV. Observations on the Classification of Echinida, to serve as an Introduction to the Description of the Tertiary Fossil Echino- dermata. of Western Algeria. By A. PoMmn....2......0620:8805 225 On a Collection of Pteropods and Heteropods, by F. P. Marrat ; Ob- servations on some Mammalia from the North of China, by M. A. Milne-Edwards ; Notes on some Algw from a Californian Hot Spring, by Dr. H. C. Wood, Jun., Professor of Botany in the University of Pennsylvania; Description of two Sacculinidee, —— by M. Hesse; On the Calamites and Fossil Eyuwiseta, by M. Schimper; On the Contractile Tissue of Sponges, by N. Lieber- kithn ; Comparative Investigation of the Generative Organs of the Hare, Rabbit, and Leporide, by 8. Arlong.......... 229—236 NUMBER X. XXVI. On the Typical Value of the Lingual Dentition in the right Distribution of the Genera of Gasteropoda into Natural Groups and Families. By Joun Denis Macponaxp, M.D., F.R.S., Staff SUE POR, Mis Neral esate NAVE tiara teers arch isn ics ais son Goes am ee oats 237 XXVII. Notule Lichenologice. No. XXII. By the Rev. W. A. Lereuton, B.A., F.L.S.—Dr. Wm. Nylander on Lichens in the Garden:ofethe tt mxemboure, Palace: wiinintcrcie so aie stn ih sa eels eitleceins 245 XXVIII. Report on the Annelids dredged off the Shetland Islands by Mr. Gwyn Jetireys in 1867. By W. C. M‘Inrosu, M.D., F.L.S. 249 XXIX. On the Production of the Sexes in Bees. By Fséirx IPRA A UO re na ar tobe tat ake MCA nace, allay! 3 ats at one ¢ eam atte ane ssh Re 252 XXX. On the manner of Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner and Blue-Lobelia. By T.H., Fanrun, Bq. : 20.025 Ra es 255 XXXI, Note on a new Japanese Coral (Lsis Gregorit), and on tyalonema. By Dr J. He Gays BR Se GC.) oe aes scree ce cele « 263 XXXII. On a new Free Form of Hyalonema Steboldi, and its manner of Growth. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., F.LS... 264 . XXXIIT. On the Boring of certain Annelids. By W.C. M‘Intosu, MiB aa aC lates Xe VAM XX 6 RO oe ote aly lete ge Ww a 276 XXXIV. On the Structure of the Shells of Brachiopoda. By Dr. Wintiam B, CapPEnper, RS eo il Me ollk aed DORR AOR 295 vi CONTENTS. Page XXXV. Description of a new Species of Thylacine (Thylacinus breviceps). By Gurarp Krerrr, Curator and Secretary of the Australian Museum, Sydney. (Plate XVID.) .......-.++++-sees 296 “XXXVI. Notice of two new Species of Salamandra from Central America. By Dr. J. E. GRay, FLRS. &6... 0.000 e eee eee eens 297 XXXVII. Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, FR.S. 0.0... e eee eee eee een ene 298 On a new Class of Echinodermata, by C. Semper; Coccoliths and Coccospheres, by G. C. Wallich; Transporting Fish alive, by Dr. J. E. Gray; On Tetilla euplocamos and Hyalonema boreale, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; Notes on Hyalonema, Gray, by Prof, E. Perceval Wright and Prof. Wyville Thomson.. 3816—820 NUMBER XI. XXXVIIL On the Occurrence of the Palatal Teeth of a Fish be- longing to the Genus Climaxodus, M‘Coy, in the Low-main Shale of Newsham. By Tomas ATTHEY .........:.0ess sc eesseecunes 521 XXXIX. On the Fin-Whale called “SteypireySr” by the Ice- landers (Balenoptera Sibbaldii, Gray). By J. REINHARDT........ 525 XL. Notes on the ZLodoicea sechellarum, Labill. By Epwarp Percevat Wricut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity Collose, Mb lim igo sic ha: Aekeys [Seal stS ialehatel hayes ioe laid ens 540 XLI. Notes on the Distribution in Time of the various British Species and Genera of Graptolites. By Henry ALLEYNE NicHoL- HOG JOSS a ESM MC Ra hyn Ap Rae ncn Gano blab ust oreo a 347 XLU. Remarks upon Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys’s last Dredging Re- poh Ley lie WRG Lal eS aa nono ommmmded “nonelc nine 25000 357 XLII. On Ophiocrinus, a new Genus of Comatulide. By Dr. C. ANCE AOL) WUPZDUTO. cise e san erelaren © s orcene attentions enmees 362 XLIV. On the Species of Cecide, Corbulide, Volutide, Cancella- rude, and Patellide found in Japan. By ArtHUR Apams, F.L.S. &e. 363 XLV. Notule Lichenologice. No, XXIV. By the Rev. W. A. Lerenton, B,A., F.L.8.—Dr. W. Nylander on the Gonimic Evolu- tion of theWollemacel™ eh... Week e Hocet eran mee er teen «2 370 XLVI. On Hyalonema Schultzei and on Eurete. By Dr. C. DEMPER TS. Sour loo sete cbc foe gone aiainls otep et eee ee ee eee Mery sere ee 372 XLVII. Note on Hyalonema Schultzei, Semper. By Dr. J. E. GRAN, OBCRUS. GC... hs sn: 654 bat Oh Wel eR Erie nT wate eae 373 « New Book :—Dei Funghi sospetti e velenosi del Territorio Sienese, per Brancesco Valenti-Serint,; Mis sn) teens ice 2 ine 378 CONTENTS. Vil Page Acclimatization of Parrots at Northrepps Hall, Norfolk, by Mr. C. : Buxton, M.P.; Note on Dr. Macdonald’s Paper on the Dentition of Gasteropods, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S,; Note on Pompholyx, Lea, a new Family of Fluviatile Mollusca, by Dr. J. E. Gray ; Dredging among the Shetland Isles, by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S.; On the Occurrence of the Genus Anser in the Peat and Gravel Deposits in Cambridgeshire, by J. F. Walker, B.A., F.G.S.; New Importation of Euplectella; The Collared Snake (Coluber natriz) in the Sea, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; On the Jaw of Cylindrella, by 'T. Bland; Remarks on the Development of Marine Fishes, by G. O. Sars; On the Name Alcyoncellum, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; On an accidental case of Moncecious- ness in Calebogyne, by H. Baillon; Note on a Double Ege of a Fowl, by Capt. J. Mitchell; On the Lymphatic Vessels in the Tail of the Young of Batrachia, by C. Langer; Deep-Sea Dredging off Spitzbergen, by Prov. Lovén ............ 381—392 NUMBER XI. -XLVIIL. On the Annelid Family of the Maldaniea. By Professor GEER UES eirere, Sealy ainteie sin 'ay ROL AA Gen ah sich cecum Vee aaa ai Cal bue ate 6 Ne As 395 XLIX. Description of Fairbankia bombayana, a new Genus and Species of Rissoode from Western India. By Witxiam T. Buan- COIS TO SNeT 2 1 Coe 6 te oh 1 RR aa aie ir eR cara IPA 399 L. On Elachista stellaris, a Seaweed new to the British Flora. By rs Jack, Gino gE be Siat Wek ce tncepecCren ctr at das «ct ais, ser uel elniabereihs. he 401 LI. Notice of several Species of Spiders supposed to be new or little known to Arachnologists. By Joun Biackwa tt, F.L.S..... 403 LI. On Crustacea Amphipoda new to Science or to Britain. By the Rey. ALFRED MERLE Norman, M.A. (Plates XXII, XXIL, & ONO afierg NIG) oo ds, ois rordakarseqetes pretest pre MES > Cigwl crece Gud ater Oe 411 LIII. On two Isopods, belonging to the Genera Cirolana and Anilocra, new to the British Islands. By the Rev. A. M. Norman, MpAC, (Elate WORT fies, 12 Ba) es eriows unincts «ye yma tiiaNaie alate: 42] LIV. Notes on Deep-sea Dredging. By Epwarp PERCEVAL Wrieut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin 423 LV. On the Genera Cortesia and Rhabdia. By Joun Miers, Pamir iy OiCancr ss cust od sac ounces PAG nls vA asks eed yoga cg, Sat 427 LVI. Notes on the Bats of the Seychelle Group of Islands. By Ep. Percrevat Wrieut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity riper OMIM ee cle yo piso) 5 vist eteuede Guim aS 4a cect teal Shores ohele 436 LVII. Notes on the Transportation of Living Fish from South of the Equator to Europe. By Ep. PercevaL Wrieut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin..................4. 438 LVIII. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Aleyonoid Corals in the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S, 441 vill CONTENTS. Page LIX. Notule Lichenologice. No. XXV. By the Rey. W. A. LrrGuTon, B.A., F.L.8S.—Dr. W. Nylander on the Germination of the Spores of Varicolana desi f oi ane ce ay he ee 446 LX. Reports on Dredging. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S..... 448 New Books :—Geology of Northumberland and Durham, with a Geological Map, by George Tate, F.G.S.—An Essay on the Geo- logy of Cumberland and Westmoreland, by H. A. Nicholson, D.Sc., M.B., F.G.S., &e.—A Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda, by George Stewardson Brady, Hsq. ........ 450—454 On the Habits of the Volutes, by Dr. R. O. Cunningham ; A mature Shell of Cyprea fusco-dentata, Gray, by F. P. Marrat; Baleine des Indes; Double Eggs, by C. Spence Bate ; Occurrence of Gigartina pistillata on the Welsh coast, by Mis. Gatty ; Palu; On Myomorphus cubensis, a new Subgenus of Megalonyx, by M. Pomel ; On Capillary Vascular Systems in the Gasteropoda, by Professor C. Wedl; On some new fossil Fish from the Lias of Lyme Regis, by Sir P.M. G: Neertony ..). 02.2.6. seo 454—459 PLATES IN VOL. II. ee I, Phidiana lynceus.—Ismaila monstrosa. II. iL f Spite cuspidatus. TY, }Ostaacoda from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. VI. Hyalonema boreale. VII. Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. VIL. New Coleoptera from Old Calabar. IX. Development of Pagurus. X. Phyllosoma.—Zoéa of Palinurus marinus. XI. New British Crustacea. Nil} Ostracoda from the Mauritius. XV. “bOstracoda from Tenedos. XVI, Lingual Dentition of Gasteropoda.. XVII. Thylacinus breviceps. XVIUI. = 2p Annelids. New Crustacea Amphipoda. XXIII. New Crustacea Amphipoda,—New British Isopods, THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] “Ocopsrinor Seassetas per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, De pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel. 1. No. 7. JULY 1868. I.-——Monograph of Spirifer cuspidatus (Syringothyris cuspi- data), Martin. By Professor W. Kina. ee eee [ Plates I. & IIT.] ~ae Two special memoirs on this species have lately appeared— one by Dr. Carpenter, published in the ‘ Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ for last July, and the other by Mr. Davidson, which is inserted in the ‘ Geological Magazine’ of the same month. The latter gives an account of some important dis- coveries recently made by different paleontologists on this and other related species ; while the former is chiefly taken up with a description of Dr. Carpenter’s own investigations on its internal and histological features. Dr. Carpenter’s investigations have led him to adopt a somewhat novel conclusion, that “‘ there is an exact isomorph of Spirifer cuspidatus, not distinguishable from it by external conformation, but generically differentiated by a very marked peculiarity of internal structure” (viz. dental plates connected by a transverse canaliferous septum) and a ‘“ patchy perforated shell-tissue.”’ Notwithstanding that Dr. Carpenter upholds in the strongest manner his conclusion as an “ incontestably established fact,”’ I venture to give my reasons for believing that the fossils Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. i 2 | Prof. W. King on Spiriter cuspidatus. which he has “transferred” to the so-called ‘isomorph ”’ are neither “generically” nor specifically “differentiated” from the species under consideration, that, histologically and im- ternally, the perforated and canaliferous specimens are iden- tical with those stated to be “imperforate” and without the septum. External Conformation. Few Palliobranchs have so singular an appearance as Spe- rifer cuspidatus. While its spiriferal valve deviates in no marked degree from ordinary species, being semielliptical and flatly convex, its opposite one is characterized by an erect elevated umbone and an enormously developed area, which give quite a pyramidal form to the shell. Instead of being incurved, as is usual, the umbone displays more tendency to the opposite character, or to become twisted, like that of Streptorhynchus. The area varies in outline be- tween an equilateral and an acute isosceles triangle, and, as in most Spirifers, it is both transversely and longitudinally marked with faint lines. The deltoid fissure is well exhibited; but whether it was closed in all its length with a deltidium, as is the case in the allied Sp. distans, Sowerby, or merely in its lower part, is a point which I am unable to determine. I have represented in Pl. IT. fig. 1 a specimen of Sp. cuspidatus presented to the Geological Museum of Queen’s College, Galway, by my very respected colleague, Dr. M‘Coy, Professor of Materia Medica, which shows, what is rarely exhibited, the deltoid fissure near its base covered with a number of arching lamella ; but nothing of the kind occurs higher up: so there is just as much reason for concluding that the upper part has been destroyed as that it never existed. If, as appears to be the case, the semicircular space below the arching lamelle has served as a foramen or opening for the pedicle, the cireum- stance would afford some ground in favour of the first con- clusion*, and consequently of the species being furnished with a deltidium like that of Sp. distanst. Both valves are marked with numerous fine ribs, which, however, occasionally become obsolete; and this is generally the case on the median folds. * T would suggest to American paleeontologists who have an opportu- nity of collecting casts of apparently this species, abundant in the Car- boniferous sandstone in the State of Ohio, to examine impressions of the area, when, no doubt, they will be able to determine whether the deltoid fissure is partially or completely closed. + Several of Mr. Davidson’s figures represent specimens of this species with the deltoid fissure completely closed. (See Mon. Brit, Carb. Brach. pl. 8, and Geol. Mag. July 1867, pl. 14. figs. 7 & 9.) Prof. W. King on Spiriter cuspidatus. 3 Histology. In his Report “On the Microscopic Structure of Shells,” published in the Brit. Assoc. Report, 1844 (p. 18), Dr. Car- penter states that perforations “are absent in Spir “fer cuspi- datus.” Some years afterwards, previously to 1850, my at- tention was directed to this point; but, from the appearances which I observed on a specimen, by means of a Coddington lens, I was led, with respect to the above statement, to ‘ sus- pect” that it had been made through “an oversight” *. Sub- sequently, apparently in 1852, Dr. Carpenter, again referring to this and another species, stated he was “ fully satisfied that in neither do any perforations exist’ T. Two or three years ago, Mr. Meek, while examining a col- lection of American specimens related to or identical with Spirifer cuspidatus, also a specimen of this species from Mil- licent, in Iveland, detected, ‘‘ with a good pocket lens, some evidence” of the former having “a punctate point which he afterwards put a beyond doubt” by ‘ Pete fragments of the shell under a high magnifier, where they could be examined by transmitted light.” “The Millicent spe- cimen ‘also was quite unexpectedly, found to be clearly punc- tate, like the American forms”’f. The announcement of Mr. Meek’s discovery brought out a letter from Dr. Carpenter, who expressed himself as having “yead”’ it with “‘much surprise.” The letter mentions that Dr. Carpenter had examined his “ original Bristol sections,’ also ‘chips of specimens from six different localities,” ‘1 in not one ‘of which”’ is there the smallest trace of perforations, though the structure of the shell is well preserved in every instance’’S. [I have now arrived at an important stage in the history of the discovery of the true histological characters of the species under consideration. The reasons for my suspicion were stated in the ‘Geological Magazine,’ published in June last. In the succeeding month, Dr. Carpenter, after having “ confidently affirmed” the results of his second investigation, as above stated, publishes a paper in which the following points are made known :— Out ot four Irish specimens examined, three were found to be “ indubitably perforated,” and the perforations had a “ patchy distribution ;” 6c * Monograph of Permian Fossils of England, p. 126. + “On the Intimate Structure of the ‘Shells of the Brachiopoda,” in Davidson’s Monograph of British Fossil Brachiopoda, Introduction, p. 34. { Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, pp. 275, 276. § Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. January 1867, p. 30, 1% 4 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. the exceptional specimen from Millicent, on the contrary, ex- hibited “ not the smallest trace of perforations.’ Moreover, by “ slicing across’ the umbonal region of one of the specimens, it was found to contain the canaliferous septum already spoken of ; but on making a similar slice in the “ imperforate” or exceptional specimen, “no vestige whatever” of the septum was seen*. It cannot be too strongly impressed on the reader that, in his examinations in 1844 and 1852, Dr. Carpenter was unable to detect any perforations in Spirifer cuspidatus, that in January 1867, having gone over a number of “ chips of speci- mens from six different localities,” including his “ original Bristol sections,” which were submitted to a ‘“ careful exami- nation,” there was ‘‘ not one” showing the “ smallest trace of perforations ;”” whereas, in his late and fourth series of investi- gations, a// the new sections and chips from Irish specimens, with only one exception, were found “ unquestionably exhi- biting patchy perforations.”’ It must also be borne in mind that Dr. Carpenter, noticing other “‘ two Millicent specimens,” examined by him on the last occasion, admits that he ‘‘ might not have ascertained the existence of perforations in them, had not every lamella of the shell that could be scaled off been carefully scrutinized ” (loc. ctt. p. 71). Now, considering the different results obtained, the paucity of evidences of the kind really needed, and the difficulty in ascertaining the true histological characters of certain speci- mens, I feel convinced that few of such “ paleontologists as pay special attention to the Brachiopoda” would have so hastily adopted the conclusion with which Dr. Carpenter has identified himself. It is to be regretted that neither Mr. Meek nor Dr. Carpenter has published a representation of the perforationst. Mr. Meek describes them as being “ very small, scattering, and not ar- ranged with the regularity seen in most types of Terebratu- lide, or in Cyrtina, Spiriferine, &c.,”—also “so distant that fragments large enough to show clearly the punctures as seen in the various types of Terebratulide might be without a * ‘Annals,’ July 1867, pp. 69-72. T It appears, however, from a letter which I have received from Mr. Meek, that he had an intention of publishing a paper, with illustrations, on the subject; but after Dr. Carpenter had acknowledged the accuracy of his conclusions, he decided not to publish it. Mr, Meek has kindly favoured me with two of his drawings, which have been of much service to me in my present investigations. Considering the careful attention he has paid to the perforations of Spirifer cuspidatus, and the opportunity he appears to have of examining various allied species, I would strongly urge him not to relinquish entirely his intention. : Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 5 single puncture”*. And Dr. Carpenter, noticing “the type specimen of Prof. Winchell’s Syringothyris,”’ describes the perforations in a similar manner. ‘They are not distributed, however, with the uniformity which usually prevails in the shells of the perforated Brachiopoda; for patches of imper- forate shell intervene between portions that are pretty regu- larly perforated, and sometimes a fragment large enough to fill a great part of the field of view is entirely imperforate ’’t. Owing to the great importance which attaches to the per- forated character of Spirifer cuspidatus, I have taken upon myself the labour of preparing a number of sections, made parallel to the surface of the valve, and taken from various specimens of this and other species. I shall now proceed to detail the result of my examination, which has generally been made with object-glasses magnifying from 60 to 120 diameters. No. 1.—Specimen from near Tuam, presented to the Geolo- gical Museum of Queen’s College, Galway, by Mr. Birming- ham, and noticed in my former paperf. Six sections, easily rubbed down, were prepared: they show the test distinctly formed of long, slender, flattened, sub- translucent fibres, running straight or winding about most irregularly. Interspersed among the fibres, in most of the sections, occur a number of spots, undoubtedly transverse sec- tions of tubular perforations, which, varying in size, have in general a diameter about equal to the width of two fibres. (See fig. 2.) Dr. Rowney§, who has measured the perforations, states that, though often smaller, they rarely exceed 7455 inch in diameter: they have arude linear or quincuncial arrangement, and are from +25 to sy inch apart from one another||. They are filled with a granular substance, in some cases quite dark- coloured, generally lightish brown, and often very pale; be- tween one extreme and the other there are intermediate shades * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, p. 277. + Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1867, p. 71. t Geological Magazine, June 1867. . § I must not forget to acknowledge the great assistance my colleague has afforded me in my histological researches in connexion with the va- rious specimens I have had under examination. || Dr. Carpenter, who has only given the size of the perforations as they oceur in “ Professor Winchell’s type specimen,” states that they are “ about 1-3000th of an inch in diameter,” and “set at an average distance of about 1-300th of an inch from each other.” Compared with the per- forations in other Palliobranchs, those of Spirifer cuspidatus are evidently very minute. In Aingena lima, a cretaceous species, whose perforations, according to Dr. Carpenter, ‘are smaller than those of any Terebratula, recent or fossil, their diameter is scarcely 1-2000th of an inch.” (Intro- duction to Davidson’s Monograph, p. 28.) 6 Prof. W. King on Spiriter cuspidatus. of colour. Very few of them present a definite form, their outer portion being generally irregular and lightest in colour, shading off into the subtranslucency of the surrounding fibres*. It is extremely rare to see the perforations pushing the fibres aside; the latter pursue their course, as 1t were, with very seldom any appearance of being forced either to the right or the left by the former. When the perforations are pale, it is only by their being slightly less translucent than the fibres that their presence can be with safety determined. Frequently there are breaks in the lines of perforations; and spaces, ap- pearing to be imperforate, lie next to others undoubtedly per- forated. In two of the sections no perforations are seen, except perhaps what might be considered to be, in two or three cases, the faintest traces of them. Whatever be the cause of the absence of the perforations in the preceding sections, the following additional points ought not to be overlooked in considering this question :—(1) The perforations often appear as if they stopped short of one of the surfaces of the sections. (2) The sections often exhibit what appear to be very minute perforations intermixed with the ordinary-sized ones. (3) I have occasionally seen two fibres appear as if crossing the transverse section of the perforations, where the latter are faint. These points, and the indefinite out- line of the perforations, the little or no deviation they produce in the ordinary course of the fibres, also their “ patchy distribu- tion” (in which the sections agree with those examined by Meek and Carpenter), certainly do not ordinarily prevail among perforated Palliobranchs, at least in recent species and others, occurring in Tertiary and Secondary rocks, which have undergone no metamorphism. It may now be mentioned that I“ suspected ” Spirifer cuspi- datusto be perforated, from “patches of faint, slightly raised, oval impressions’ being ‘ present on the subsurface shell-layers ” of Mr. Birmingham’s specimen—and that I expressed an opi- nion of the “‘impressions”’ being each caused by the rising- up of the fibres around a perforation, such as takes place in Waldheimia australis and other recent speciest. This rela- tionship between the impressions and the perforations is proved by the evidences illustrated in Pl. II. Fig. 4 represents the * According to one of Mr. Meek’s drawings, the perforations, as seen in a variety, or an allied species (Sp. swbeuspidatus), are distinctly defined— so much so that Mr. Meek informs me that he has “in some instances had under the microscope a single isolated fibre with half the diameter of a perforation cut out on one side (shown in PI. III. fig. 3), as illustrated by Carpenter in some of his publications.” + Geological Magazine, June 1867. Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 7 impressions as they appear when magnified twenty diameters ; and fig. 5 shows the perforations similarly enlarged, precisely in the order, and at the distance from one another, to make the impressions answer to the centres of the perforations. It is also of some importance that the appearances which I took for at ne are stated in my paper to occur “ here and there” in “ patches ””—a statement completely corroborated by Dr. ee himself, and singularly agreeing with his remark, applicable to all the perforated specimens he has exa- mined, ‘that the perforations have a “ patchy distribution.” No. 2.—This specimen has been kindly lent to me by Mr. Morton, F.G.S8. &e., of Liverpool. Its locality is not known: possibly it is from the west of Ireland. Four sections, all showing perforations, most of them agree- ing with those of No. 1, except that they are in general larger, which appears to have been caused by metamorphism. In one section they are quite distinct, but in the others they are more or less obscure. ‘The perforations in the best section have a dark granular infilling; and generally they have an indefinite outline; the darkest are the best defined. In two of the sec- tions the contents of the perforations are for the most part pale and subtranslucent; and the perforations themselves are each surrounded by a broadish encircling zone of what appear to be granules or cellules, though the appearance seems to be due to the ends of the fibres risimg up around the perforations. In one section the perforations have lost all characters as such, each being unusually large (larger than those above referred to), and appearing as if it were a mere aggregation of trans- parent cellules or granules (fig. 6). In most of the sections the fibres are subtranslucent and well displayed: they run straight on or wind about, but sweep past the perforations with : scarcely any deviation. The sections were easily rubbed down. No. 3.—Specimen presented by Dr. M‘Coy. It is the one represented under fig. 1. Of six sections, one shows no distinct perforations ; perhaps one or two slightly opaque spots might be taken for them: two others show something of the kind somewhat more ob- scurely, but more numerously: in the fourth they are some- what less obscure, and, besides varying much in size, they are “seattermg.” The other sections are even less satisfactory. The fibres are quite distinct. ~ No. 4.—I succeeded in getting no more than three sections from this specimen: only one of them shows what may be perforations, of a light-brown colour, but no better than the less “‘ obscure ones”’ in a section belonging to the last speci- § Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. men, though they are arranged somewhat more regularly. Fibres well displayed. No. 5.—Six sections: none showing decidedly any perfora- tions ; a few faint markings, almost as translucent as the fibres, may, I suspect, represent them. The fibres, straight and twisting, are very well displayed. No. 6.—Specimen presented by Professor Harkness. I have prepared twenty sections (some very thin) taken from all parts —sides, median fold, and area. They were not so easily rubbed down as those from Messrs. Birmingham and Morton’s speci- mens. Mostof the sections exhibit the fibres, beautifully trans- lucent, running straight out or winding about, and strikingly resembling those of the recent Rhynchonella psittacea. Not one shows anything that could be pronounced to be a perfora- tion; but, as usual, obscure markings are present. The sub- shell-layers display, in places, slightly raised oval impressions, the same as those seen in Mr. Birmingham’s specimen. It is important to observe that every one of the previous specimens 1s wndoubtedly furnished, as will be seen hereafter, with the canaliferous septum. No. 7.—This specimen is small, and appears to be a dwarfed individual, judging from the unusual thickness of its valves. It is from Millicent, and is the original of fig. 19, pl. 8, of Mr. Davidson’s ‘ Carboniferous Brachiopoda.’ Dr. Carpenter, who has cut the specimen through its umbonal portion, “ feels” himself “ justified in confidently asserting that it is essen- tially imperforate.” He has given a representation of a “transverse section”? of its umbone to show that the “ dental laminge are unconnected by any transverse septum, and that there is no vestige whatever of the canal’’*. On the latter point some considerations favouring a different view will here- after be produced. Mr. Davidson has, in the most liberal manner, presented me with the two halves, left after Dr. Car- penter had cut the specimen, to operate upon, as I thought fit, for the benefit of science. Twelve sections were obtained, all hard and imperforate, like those of the last specimen. Indeed the sections from both are perfectly identical, not only in the absence of perforations, but in the distinctness, disposition, and translucency of the fibres. That this specimen “exhibited not the smallest trace of perforations” to Dr. Carpenter is quite admissible. It is ne- cessary, however, to state that one of my sections shows a few scattered spots, which approach to some of the obscure mark- ings noted as occurring in the precited sections of perforated * Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1867, p. 72, fig. 4. Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 9 specimens, and supposed to be the remains of perforations. This and other considerations prevent me from admitting that Mr. Davidson’s specimen was always imperforate—that is, that it absolutely possesses or possessed this negative character. It will have been seen that, with the exception of the last three specimens, all the rest show perforations more or less plainly, but associated with others which exist in a very ob- scure condition—so much so that, were it not for their occur- ring in the required place, and being slightly different in translucency, they might be objected to as representing any- thing of the kind: between the latter and the former, however, there indisputably occur all the intergraduating forms. More- over perforations often unexpectedly appear in the midst of wide imperforate spaces—a fact admitted both by Mr. Meek and Dr. Carpenter. Now, as the perforations of Spirifer cuspidatus occur in all states of appearance, from the extreme obscure to the perfectly obvious, is it not reasonable to suppose that they may also occur under such conditions as to be imperceptible, and thus give rise to seemingly “imperforate spaces ?’’ Why the perfora- tions are partially absent in some specimens, also totally ab- sent in others—I do not feel myself competent to go beyond suggesting that the cause may be in some way or other con- nected with the metamorphism or mineralization of the test. But Dr. Carpenter declares himself to be strongly in favour of a different view. He “feels certain” that the absence of the perforations ‘is not the result of any alteration produced by fossilization, the shell-structure being equally well preserved in the perforated and in the imperforate parts”*. The state- ment may be taken for a fact; but I totally dissent from the conclusion drawn from it. A few observations on this point may now be brought forward. The fact mentioned by Dr. Carpenter is certainly a remark- able one. It, however, not only holds good in the “ perfo- rated” and “imperforate parts,” but equally so in those which show the perforations very obscurely. 'The present condition of such perforations is indisputably “ the result of alteration ;” yet how does it happen that their associated fibres are “‘ equally well preserved ”’ as in the other cases? Because, from certain incidental causes and structural peculiarities, to be shortly noticed, “ fossilization’’ has had the effect of (nearly in many cases and entirely in others) obliterating the perforations, with- out producing any such results in the “ shell-structure.” The existence of the cases just referred to is not to be taken simply * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1867, p. 71. 10 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. on my authority. Dr. Carpenter has not alluded to them ; but they are attested by Mr. Meek, who states that “where the perforations happen, as is often the case, to be filled with matter of the same colour and translucency as the fibres com- posing the shell, it is exceedingly difficult to see them”’*. It is now necessary to refer more particularly to a point already mentioned, viz. that the imperforate specimens have a higher degree of hardness than the perforated. The cireum- stance will be accepted by any mineralogist as showing that the substance of the former is in a different condition from that of the latter. In both cases, however, the substance is carbo- nate of lime: it may therefore be concluded that the softest or perforated specimens are composed of this compound in its ordinary state, 7. e. calcite, and the hardest or imperforate ones in the dimorphic state of arragonite. Still the question requires to be answered—why is it that the fibrous tissue is preserved, and that the perforations are obliterated ? In the course of my present investigations I have repeatedly traced the perforations passing by degrees into obscureness— their opacity insensibly melting into a translucency approach- ing that of the fibres, and their indefinite outline gradually becoming still more indefinite. Between either of the last states and total obscurity on the one hand, or complete inde- finiteness on the other, I have not been able to trace the per- forations with any satisfaction. But numerous translucent spots, large and small, may often be observed. It is the num- ber of these spots that makes the investigation at this stage so unsatisfactory ; nevertheless there is nothing to oppose the idea that the largest of them represent the perforations, and that the smallest are cross sections of individual fibres, or bundles of them, which have curved off from the general plane to which they belong. Moreover in perforated specimens the fibres are composed of an amorphous translucent substance, and the contents of the perforations of granular opaque matter, both structures most probably consisting of carbonate of lime. The reason of the perforations being obvious in such specimens requires no ex- planation. Assuming, however, the existence of specimens with both the fibres and the contents of the perforations changed into amorphous translucent arragonite, is not such a condition the very one to render it impossible for the perfora- tions (so small and indefinite as they are in Spirifer cuspidatus) to be distinguished from the fibres ? But, whatever way the question under consideration is to be * Proc, Acad. Nat. Se. Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, p. 277, Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 11 settled, there can be no doubt that the phenomenon sought to be explained is the result of metamorphism; and I hold this to be completely proved by the fact that in metamorphosed examples of the tests of other Palliobranchs the perforations disappear just as they do in Spirifer cuspidatus. Of va- rious shells which I have examined, such as Dielasma (Te- rebratula) hastata, Pygope diphya, &c., may confine myself to Spiriferina laminosa*, M‘Coy, which hasaftorded methe clearest evidence in favour of the above conclusion. The latter species occurs in various conditions of fossilization: some of my spe- cimens have the test well preserved, others have it completely destroyed, and many have it in an intermediate condition. The best-preserved specimens (for which I am indebted to Mr. G. Tate, F.G.S., of Alnwick) that have passed under my examination are from Redesdale, in Northumberland. The fibres are well displayed, twisting about more or less, and separating or pushed aside by the intrusion of the perforations. In general the perforations are well defined, so that their dia- meter, which is -1; inch, can be tolerably well determined. They occur pretty regularly at about =, inch from one an- other; but occasionally a smaller perforation makes its ap- pearance in the intermediate spaces: their contents consist of translucent granules, a dark-coloured matter, or a dusky-white substance. Under a magnifying-power of 120 diameters, the dark-coloured matter resolves itself into a congeries of crys- tals of pyrites. Here and there a section appears without any perforations; or some present themselves more or less obscurely, either as ill-defined aggregations of granules or indefinite dusky spots; the former are occasionally somewhat enlarged. From the less clear appearance of the fibres in such places, the absence or the obscurity of the perforations is evidently due to a change in the shell-tissue. It is noteworthy that the fibres, where mere traces of the perforations occur, occasionally display only faint or uncertain indications of their deflection ; rather they appear to continue straight on in their course. Specimens which I have examined from other localities differ remarkably from those collected at Redesdale. Mr. W. H. Baily, Paleontologist to the Irish Geological Survey, has favoured me with some from Hook Point and Tipperary ; but they are all so completely silicified that nothing more than the fibrous structure is retained. I have also succeeded in obtain- * Mr. Davidson and others have placed this species in Spirifer; but it undoubtedly belongs to Spiriferina. All the localities from which I have examined specimens have yielded me dorsal valves of it with the medio- longitudinal plate characteristic of the latter genus. 42 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. ing some large specimens from the neighbourhood of Galway*, of which the outer layer is completely silicified, exhibiting, as a consequence, merely the mineral structure (siliceous pins enclosed in cylinders) characteristic of palliobranchiate shells in the metamorphosed condition; on the contrary, the inner and much thicker layer consists of a greenish substance, which, from effervescing on the application of acid, and being some- what harder than calcite, may be considered to be arragonite All the sections I have made of the latter layer display the fibres more or less clearly ; but none of them exhibit the per- forations at all well; and these structures are very often alto- gether absent. In their most obvious condition the perfora- tions, or, speaking more precisely, their vestiges, appear as dusky spots, or aggregations of granules, which have a trans- lucency more or less approaching that of the fibres: both kinds are ill-defined ; and the latter are occasionally larger than the former. The fibres agree with those of the Redesdale speci- mens in undulating and parting asunder where the traces of perforations make their appearance (see figure 7). In many cases little more than mere openings in the fibres are the only evidences of a perforated structure ; and often, as in the Redes- dale specimens, even such indications have been obliterated, the fibres running on without any strongly marked deviation from parallelism, The histology of Spiriferina laminosa, and the changes it has undergone, bear a strong resemblance to what have been pointed out in Spirifer cuspidatus, with this difference: the perfora- tions are much the smallest in the latter species, and the fibres are not separated by their intrusion. But had the perforations of Sp. cuspidatus been of the ordinary size, there can be no doubt the imperforate spaces, and specimens, would have exhibited indications of them in the occasional opening out of their fibres where they have been present. Mr. Meek has supplied me with a piece of evidence which explains, as is equally the case with similar evidences furnished by Nos. 1 & 2 speci- mens, the absence of such traces of a perforated structure on the view I have advanced. He informs me that “in some instances” [the expression shows how exceptional they are] * The Irish specimens, which are larger than those I have examined from Redesdale, have often two more obscure ribs on the terminal point of each wing: the latter do not appear to have been individuals of such free growth as those found in Ireland. + Siliceous pins occasionally occur in the fibrous inner layer; but they break through the fibres without causing them to part asunder: the latter terminate abruptly against the former, as is the case with the enlarged perforations in Mr. Morton’s specimen of Sp. cuspidatus (see fig. 6). Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 13 “the fibres could be clearly seen on each side of a perforation deflected slightly to one side in passing as it were around it.” Reverting to Spiriferina laminosa, it cannot now for a mo- ment be questioned that the changes which its shell-tissue, in the Irish specimens, have undergone are caused by metamor- phism. Is it right, then, to reject the same agent in Spirifer cuspidatus, because in this species (I contend, on account of the unusually small size of the perforations) the evidences of its action in a certain stage cannot be absolutely accepted as de- monstrated ? Impressed with the preceding evidences and considerations, I can only conclude that, wherever imperforate spaces occur in Spirifer cuspidatus, perforations were originally present in them. And although Mr. Davidson’s specimen (also, it must be remembered, Prof. Harkness’s) may be noted as “ exhibit- ing not the smallest trace of perforations,” I have no hesita- tion whatever in adopting the same simple conclusion in this case as well, rather than seek for its explanation in any strange morphological doctrine. Apophysary System. It has long been known that various Spiriferids are fur- nished with a pair of dental plates, differently modified accord- ing to species; but it is not so well known that many of them have these parts united so as to form an apophysis more or less resembling the arch-shaped chamber characteristic of Pen- tamerus, Stricklandinia, and Camarophoria, though in many species its exact homology with the latter appears very doubt- ful. In a number of the cases to which reference is made, the apophysis, as will shortly be seen, is so small, or so obscured by a deposit of shelly matter between its outer surface and the inside of the umbonal cavity, as to render its individuality difficult to make out, causing it to appear, in the latter case, like a depression excavated in the substance of the umbone. Professor Phillips appears to have been the first who de- tected the process in the Spiriferids; for in his description, published in 1835, of Sperifer septosus, this species is stated to have “the septa in the lower valve dividing it into three ae as in Pentamerus”*. It is now well known, through avidson’s careful labours and excellent figures, that the spe- cies above named has the dental plates curving inwardly to- wards each other, and then uniting, so as to form a complete arch. The plates, which do not separate again, as in a num- ber of Spirifers, remain united, producing a well developed * Geology of Yorkshire, vol. ii. p. 216. 14 Prof. W. King on Spiriter cuspidatus. median plate, extending from the crown of the arch to the inner surface of the pertaining valve*. Possibly the process was next discovered in Spirifer cuspt- datus by M. Deshayes, though I admit that his description of what may be taken for it, in his general observations on the species, is not so clearly to the point as could be desiredf. As stated in my last communication to the ‘Geological Magazine,’ I made known, in 1846, that Spirifer heteroclitus (now Cyrtina heteroclita) has an arch-shaped process supported by a median plate. It also fell to my lot to show, in 1850, that a similar structure occurs in a typical Spirifer, the Permian Sp. alatus, Schl. My diagnosis of this species states that its “dental plates are small, curving, and coalescing ;” and I mentioned, in the general observations, that they “have an unusual form, being small, curving, and coalescing at their upper part, so as to become arch-shaped”’ f. As the original figure which I gave of this structure is not sufficiently clear, in consequence of its representing a portion of the matrix, a fresh drawing is given of the apophysis, in Pl. III. fig. 8; I have also represented a transverse section of the same part in fig. 9, as exposed by grinding down the umbone of the large valve. It will be seen that the process is formed by the dental plates, 6, curving in towards each other, and by the deposition of shelly matter, c, between them. Although the latter fills up the umbonal cavity to a great extent, which is not the case in a number of other Spirifers, the dental plates are still discernible, passing on and becoming attached to the inner surface of the pertaining valve. There are some grounds for supposing that Prof. M‘Coy has observed the apophysis in Spirdfer cuspidatus. He de- scribed, in 1855, the large valve as possessing a “ triangular opening very large, often displaying the ¢nternal deep-seated pseudo-deltidium (without perforation, leaving the only open- ing to the shell at its base)’”’§. Mr. Meek appears to take the structure I have italicized for the transverse septum||; but * Mr. Davidson places Spirifer septosus in his genus Cyrtina. He ap- pears to have overlooked the question put in my former communication as to the type of this genus. + See Lamarck’s ‘Animaux sans Vertébres,’ 2nd ed. vol. vil. p. 368 (1886). Deshayes, referring to the area, states that it “est traversée dans toute sa hauteur par une gouttiére triangulaire ; si la matiére dure de la couche qui la remplit ordinairement a été enlevée, on trouve cette gout- tiére fermée dans presque toute son étendue, et offrant, vers le sommet, un trou ovalaire, de sorte que cette coquille, malgré l’étrangeté de sa forme, a en effet les caractéres des Térébratules.” { Precited Monograph, p. 131. § British Palzeozoic Fossils, p. 426. || Proc, Acad. Nat. Se. Philadelphia, Dec. 1865, p. 277. Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 15 M‘Coy, in his description of the genus Spiréfer, having in- vested the perforated or “receiving valve with an ¢nternal pseudo-deltidium ”’* (an expression not very clear), it is some- what uncertain that such is the correct view. Professor de Koninck was the next to discover the process, having in 1859 described it as occurring in Spirifer distans, Sowerby, a species closely allied to Sp. cuspidatus. I have succeeded in exposing a section of it, represented in fig. 10, as disclosed in a specimen collected by myself some years ago, near Derrybrian, about twenty miles south-east of Galway, where it characterizes the Lower Carboniferous shales. The process corresponds with that represented by De Koninck, and more fully illustrated in Davidson’s precited communication, in having a projecting canal or ‘ ¢ncomplete tube” along the median line of the back of the “ transverse septum.” I must now dwell more particularly on the last-mentioned feature. Prof. Winchell described it, in 1863}, as occurring in an American form which I consider to be identical with Spirifer cuspidatus, also in Sp. granulifer. Whether he was the first to detect the transverse septum may be considered uncertain, seeing that Deshayes and M‘Coy have noticed some- thing which may be the same; but this appears certain: he was the first to determine the existence of the ‘incomplete tube.” Winchell, believing the shell (the first one above alluded to) to be an undescribed species, and generically dif- ferentiated from all others in being furnished with a peculiar apophysary system, was induced to regard it as the type of a new genus: hence his name Syringothyris typa. In 1865 Mr. Meek extended the discoveries of Prof. Winchell by finding the appendage in other American shells allied to Sp. cuspidatus, also in specimens of this species from Millicent. Prof. James Hall has observed it in some others. In his fourth volume of the ‘ Paleontology of New York,’ lately published, he mentions that Spirifer altus has the septum but not the tube, and that in Sp. textus both parts occur asso- ciated as in Sp. cuspidatus§. The discoveries by Dr. Carpenter, already mentioned, are the latest that have appeared in connexion with the subject. I may now proceed to give an account of my own investi- gations. * Brit. Pal. Foss. p. 191. + Mém. de la Soc. Roy. des Se. de Liége, 1859. t Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, January 1865. § I have derived this information from extracts, taken from Professor J. Hall’s new volume, in Mr, Davidson’s recent article in the ‘ Geological Magazine,’ July 1867, 16 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. Beginning with Spirifer euspidatus, I am enabled to give, in Pl. II. fig. 11, a representation of a specimen (the one already noticed as belonging to Mr. Morton, F'.G.S. &c.) which shows the inside of the arch, with the dental plates, free from the infilling of foreign matter which generally conceals it. The arch extends for about two-thirds of the length of the deltoid fissure, gradually rising from its origin at the apex of the umbone to its free extremity, where it is nearly a quarter. of an inch in height: in the centre of the margin of the arch there is a slight projection, which corresponds to the termina- tion of the canal, as shown in Winchell’s figure of his so-called Syringothyris typa*. Owing to the arch and the median fold or sinus of the pertaining valve passing so far into the cavity of the shell, a comparatively small space, necessarily, inter- venes for the animal. By grinding down the umbone of the large valve of a number of specimens, I have succeeded in finding the apo- physis in every one of them. The canal and septum vary in different specimens, even in the same individual. Occasionally the canal is enclosed in the septum, the middle of which is enlarged by it (fig. 12, Pl. III.: this belongs to No. 3 spe- cimen). It also occurs attached to the outer or upper side of the septum (fig. 13, No. 4 sp.); or it projects from the inner or under side (fig. 15, No. 5 sp.). Generally the septum is concave to the plane of the area (fig. 13); occasionally it is parallel with (fig. 12), or convex to it (fig. 15). The fullest information respecting the canaliferous septum has been revealed to me by operating on Professor Harkness’s imperforate specimen. The diagram under fig. 16 represents a lateral view of one of the dental plates (a), also a vertical section of the transverse septum (4) and its canal (c), drawn to a scale. The valve to which these structures belong is 24 inches in height. The dental plates stretch right across the umbonal cavity, from its vertex to a level about midway be- tween the apex and the hinge; at this level the plates are about an inch in width. Adjoining the area their length is the same as the height of the valve; but, owing to their free margin having a deep concave curve, they suddenly decrease to an inch and one-eighth at a point about two-thirds across the umbonal cavity{; they gradually lengthen again in ap- proaching the inner surface of the valve, getting about a quarter of an inch longer. * See Davidson’s paper in ‘Geological Magazine,’ July 1867, pl. 14. g. 4é. + I find the dental plates to vary somewhat in length at the vertex of the curve in different specimens, Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 17 In the first stage in the process of rubbing down the umbone, the section (Pl. IIT. fig. 17), at the depth of one-eighth of an inch, displayed the dental plates (a) and the septum (4); the latter was nearly on a line with the area. In the second (fig. 18), at the depth of a quarter of an inch, the septum was more clearly distinguished as an independent structure; and its centre showed a trace of the canal (c). In the third (fig. 19), half an inch in depth, the septum was placed much further in, and the canal, now more obvious, was situated in the centre of its back. In the fourth (fig. 20), five-eighths of an inch, the canal, hitherto filled with a shelly deposit, was well displayed, and exhibited evidences of a foreign-mineral infilling. In the fifth (fig. 21), three-quarters of an inch, the septum was somewhat reduced in thickness, but the canal was larger and well filled with adventitious matter. In the sixth (fig. 22) seven-eighths of an inch, the septum had disappeared ; the canal, however, was still present. In the seventh (fig. 23), one inch, the tube was getting faint; still the dental plates were seen crossing the entire width of the umbonal cavity. In the eighth and final stage, one inch and an eighth, both the canal and the central portion of the dental plates were gone. It is thus evident that the septum and canal were an early development—that the latter became gradually filled up with a shelly substance in its oldest part, but remained open for about three-eighths of an inch at its distal extremity—that the canal projected beyond the free margin of the septum for about a quarter of an inch, and terminated on a level with the centre of the free margin of the dental plates. These points are exactly in accordance with the appearances presented by a beautiful fossil cast, from the State of Ohio, for the loan of which I feel much indebted to Mr. Davidson : in- deed the resemblance is such as to strongly impress me with the idea that the cast belongs to a shell specifically identical with Martin’s Spirifer cuspidatus. The canal of Spirifer distans, according to Davidson’s figure, also remains open at its extremity ; and such is the case in the Galway specimen of this species (fig. 10) ; it appears, however, to be more incomplete, and to rise more from the back of the septum, than the one belonging to Spirifer cuspidatus. Some additional investigations which I have recently made among a number of other Spirifers may now be brought under notice. As Spirifer striatus is the type of the genus*, I am induced to give some details of its corresponding apophysis. * This has been shown to be the case by Mr. Davidson, in the Intro- duction to his ‘ British Fossil Brachiopoda,’ p. 81. 3 Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. in. 2 18 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. At first I could only be certain about the existence of the septum in its simple form. It was divided in the middle, or, in other terms, composed of two portions, each projecting from the inside of one of the dental plates, and separated from each other by a considerable interspace (fig. 24). Finding it ina similar condition in another specimen, I began to suspect that the component parts always remained disunited, as prevails in Spirifer mosquensis. In one specimen the division presented some appearance of being an incomplete canal ; but, not being certain, [ rubbed down the umbone of another specimen, two inches in width, and thus exposed the septum, well developed and enclosing the canal, as in fig. 25. I could have no doubt whatever that in this case the septum was canaliculated ; but, in order to place the matter beyond dispute, I gave the speci- men a further rubbing, which, though resulting in the oblite- ration of the circular form of the canal, confirmed the view I had taken, by disclosing it as a narrow slit dividing the sep- tum (fig. 26). I have obtained corresponding results by simi- larly operating on some other species*. Spirifer Verneuili, from Boulogne, has the septum; but the canal is feebly indi- cated, just as it appeared in the second rubbing of Professor Harkness’s specimen of Sp. cuspidatus. In Sp. grandicostatus, M‘Coy, both are tolerably well displayed, the canal being situated on the back of the septum ; the next rubbing entirely removed the canaliferous septum, leaving nothing but the dental plates extending right across the umbonal cavity (fig. 28). This was also the case in Sp. striatus and some other species: sometimes the outer half of the dental plates disap- peared along with the septum. Sp. crassus, De Koninck, showed the apophysis somewhat obscurely at first; but on further rubbing, it became quite distinct (fig. 29). In all the species last mentioned the space between the dental plates above the septum is simply filled with crystalline or amorphous mineral matter. In some others the same space contains a shelly deposit, which is particularly the case in the Permian Sp. alatust. At first the latter circumstance seems to favour the idea that the arch is simply an excavation in the shell-substance of the pertaining valve. But this cannot be the case; for, as will be seen in fig. 9, the dental plates (3, 5), * The canaliferous septum is confined to the incurved or apical portion of the umbone, on which account it is with difficulty detected, and only by a close and frequent examination of the different surfaces obtained by rubbing. The canal is not often distinctly seen. t The arch in this species does not always contain a shelly deposit, as casts before me, from Humbleton "Hill, show that the inside of it has been quite divested of any extraneous infilling. Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 19 extending from the hinge to the opposite surface of the um- bonal cavity, are present, though concealed as it were by a shelly deposit occupying the interspace between them. My rubbing of this species also shows what I take to be indica- tions of the canal, this part being apparently represented by a dark spot (d) in the centre of the arch. The same appearance has occurred to me in the two specimens I have examined. The various examples, representing a number of species, which have now been brought forward have an important bearing on the question raised by Dr. Carpenter’s conclusion, inasmuch as the prevalency of the canaliferous septum plainly shows that this part is an essential structural element ; this cir- cumstance, moreover, strongly invalidates the idea that such a part characterized one species of shells, and was totally absent in another, the two being “ not distinguishable from each other by external conformation.” Apparently it has not occurred to Dr. Carpenter that the absence of the canaliferous septum, in Mr. Davidson’s specimen, may be due to some accidental cause. Mr. Davidson having kindly permitted me to operate on the specimen, I carefully ground down the upper half of the umbo- nal portion, sliced off by Dr. Carpenter, until scarcely anything remained. No canaliferous septum was exhibited, but there occurred to me some isolated platy fragments, which I suspect belonged toit. Besides, in the lower half, which remains in my possession, the dental plates, considerably reduced in width, do not retain their original direction, beimg much more inclined towards each other and to the plane of the area than is usual (fig. 30*)—a circumstance strongly in favour of their having been disturbed by pressure. Considering all points, I cannot but believe that Mr. Davidson’s specimen, which disclosed to Dr. Carpenter “ no vestige whatever” of the canaliferous sep- tum, has lost this appendaget: it appears to me to have got detached from the dental plates, either before the inside of the shell became completely filled with mud, or before the mud got hardened. With respect to the internal structure of the small valve, | have nothing to add to the account already given of it by * This must be accepted as a perfectly exact representation of the dental plates, as the figure is a facsimile of an impression obtained from them and the outline of the valve. + In consequence of the somewhat variable length of the canaliferous septum relatively to the dental plates in their middle, some specimens might show nothing, or no more than a faint trace, of the canal, on making a single slice across the umbone. An example of the first result, obtained in a specimen of Spirifer grandicostatus, is given in fig. 27, and of the latter, in Sp. cuspidatus, in fig. 25. D% a 20 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. M‘Coy and Davidson. The former has pointed out the exist- ence of a “mesial septum, about one-third of the length in old specimens, rather more in small ones,” in the valve now under consideration *; and the latter has represented an indication of the same part in one of his figures of the speciesT. Mypology. Mr. Davidson’s fossil cast of the interior of the larger valve, from the State of Ohio, which has all the appearance of be- longing to Spirifer cuspidatus, displays the muscular impres- sions with singular beauty f. The principal muscles have been attached to the inner or convex surface of the medio-longitudinal hollow, and confined to the space between the dental plates (fig. 81). Their impressions form a group having a pear-shaped outline, the poimted end answering to the apex of the umbone, and the rounded end terminating a little more than one-fourth from the free margin of the hollow. ‘They are longitudinally separated in their an- terior three-fourths by a faint linear depression, d (or raised line on the inner surface of the valve), and their posterior fourth by a rather prominent irregularly indented ridge, ec, which rises from the bottom of the anterior half of a deepish longitudinally oval cavity, e (elevation, dbid.). The most ob- vious impressions are two, a, a, one on each side of the faint linear depression, marked on their posterior half with about six longitudinal thickish ribs, intersected transversely or obliquely, also more or less complicated and obscured, by a number of raised diverging lines. The ribs on the transverse median line of the large impressions become once or twice divided, giving rise to about sixteen others, which are sharply defined: these run straight out, or with a slight curve, over the anterior half of the impressions§. Between the large im- * British Paleozoic Fossils, p. 426. + British Carboniferous Brachiopoda, pl. 8. fig. 21s. { It is worthy of being specially noted that the specimen has been pre- sented to Mr. Davidson, with his usual liberality, by Prof. L. de Koninck. I must also take this opportunity of acknowledging the great kindness I have received from My. Davidson in my present researches; he has not only drawn the figures 80 and 31, but has materially aided me in other respects. § At first sight it might be supposed that the two large impressions actually represent two pairs, the posterior half being one pair, and the anterior half another. Seeing how different the posterior and anterior divisions appear, I was of this opinion myself for some time ; but, observ- ing that the fine ribs on the latter originated by subdivision from the strong ribs on the former, which is quite obvious on the right half (the left half in the figure), I felt the distinction was untenable. Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. 21 pressions there is situated a smaller pair, neither well marked nor distinctly defined, 6,6; and the rather prominent ridge, c, immediately behind the latter, I suspect represents another air. : Besides the preceding, other muscular impressions are indi- cated by the longitudinal lines on and near the cast of the canal (fig. 32 a) belonging to the transverse septum*. These markings are important as clearly showing that the canal served as a muscular support, though such an office must have been limited to its open or terminal portion. The canal, from what has been adduced in the previous section, bears evidence of its older portion having become gradually closed up by the deposition of shelly matter in its interior. It is not altogether safe to identify the different muscles which belonged to Spirifer cuspidatus with those known to characterize certain recent Palliobranchs, as made known by various writers, including myselft. I may, however, be allowed to offer a few suggestions in this direction. The impressions lettered a, I have little doubt, represent the ventral pedicle-muscles; those marked 6 may, I am led to suspect, have been produced by the valvulars (‘‘ adductors”’) ; and those distinguished by the letter ¢ are probably the repre- sentatives of the cardinals. There is some difficulty with the muscles belonging to the canal; and this is increased by the uncertainty that attaches to * A representation of the canaliferous septum, as indicated by the cast of it, is given in fig. 33. + The description which I have published, illustrating the muscular system of Waldheimia australis, first appeared in the ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ vol. xviii., July 1846, and was copied, with the addition of some figures, in my ‘ Monograph of Permian Fossils,’ pp. 73-76 (1850). It was the first one in English giving an account of a pair of muscles which pass from the inner surface of the perforated valve to the process (cardinal) in the centre of the hinge of the opposite valve. But it came to light some years afterwards (see Gratiolet, Académie des Sciences, Paris, July 11, 1853; and Davidson, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvi. December 1855) that I had been anticipated by Prof. Quenstedt, who, in 1835 (Wiegmann’s Archiv, vol. xi. pp. 220-222), pointed out the occur- rence of the same muscles in Rhynchonella psittacea. Myr. Davidson, who has taken much pains in elucidating the history of the discovery of this point, and making known the general myology of the Palliobranchs (see Introduction to ‘Monograph of British Fossil Brachiopoda,’ pp. 53-56 ; and ‘Annals,’ above cited), has faithfully credited the various writers who have treated of the subject with the merits to which they are individually entitled. With the exception of some discoveries explaining the mode of attachment of the pedicle (or, rather, its capsule) to the surface of the umbonal cavity, and proving the existence of certain accessory muscles in the same part, nothing of importance in palliobranchial myology has been made known since the original publication of my description. 22 Prof. W. King on Spirifer cuspidatus. the use of the septum. The last of these points is of some importance; I may therefore be permitted to make a few remarks on it in the present place. Although the canaliferous septum, including that portion of the dental plates which serves, as it were, for abutments, has been compared with the arch-shaped chamber characteristic of Camarophoria, Pentamerus, and Stricklandinia, I have some grounds for disbelieving it to. be the homologue of the latter process. In Camarophoria and Stricklandinia, guided by the markings exhibited on some good casts of their chamber, and the absence of anything similar on casts of the pertaining valve, the muscles (their place in the genera mentioned is occupied by ovarian scars) to which reference has been made have undoubtedly been attached to the inner surface of the process*; but as these muscles in Spirifer cuspidatus have been fixed to the inner surface of the valve, the canaliferous septum must have supported some others. Can it have afforded attachment to the capsular muscle? In this case it might be concluded that the canal itself has served as a mus- cular fulerum for the dorsal pedicle-muscles, which ordinarily have one extremity implanted on the intercrural plate of the dorsal valve, and the other attached to the pediclef. Generic considerations. Although it has been shown that a number of Spirifers, in- cluding the type, Sp. striatus, are furnished with a canaliferous septum, I do not on this account consider that Sp. cuspidatus is a congeneric species ; for the apophysis in the former cannot be said to exist beyond a comparatively rudimentary condi- tion. Still I would not regard the more developed state of the canaliferous septum to be sufficient to constitute a generic distinction, were this appendage not associated with another important character. A perforated shell-tissue has been found in a number of species agreeing with Sp. cuspidatus in its apophysary system: I am therefore led to consider that the association individualizes a genus; and hence I am also led to adopt the name Syringothyris, which Prof. Winchell has appropriately applied to it. * It is the same with the saucer-shaped process of Leptena analoga, as I showed in 1850. (See precited Monograph, p. 75, pl. 20. fig. 6.) t+ In Cyrtia exporrecta, which has no canaliferous septum, another arrangement seems to have obtained. Judging from markings which I perceive in the proper place on some good casts before me of this shell from Connemara, apparently the dorsal pedicle-muscles were attached to the dental plates adjoining the foramen. Dr. H. A. Nicholson on Helicograpsus. 23 Conclusion. Sufficient has now been adduced to settle most satisfactorily the question at issue between Dr. Carpenter and myself as to the characters of Syringothyris cuspidata, as it may now be called. The idea that the canaliferous septum and perforations are diagnostic features of the typical species of a certain genus, and that their absence distinguishes the type of another, both species being ‘ undistinguishable by external conformation,” must be unreservedly abandoned. ‘The various evidences and considerations herein brought forward are totally opposed to any isomorphism of the kind; nay, the simple fact of a speci- men, like Professor Harkness’s, contaiming a well-developed canaliferous septum, but no perforations, is alone demonstra- tive of its complete fallacy. It may therefore be safely as- sumed that Syringothyris cuspidata and S. typa are one and the same species*. Il.—Notes on Helicograpsus, a new Genus of Graptolites. By Henry ALLEYNE NicHoxson, D.Sc., M.B., F.G.S. THE Graptolite for which I propose the above generic title was originally described by Hall, from the Hudson-River group, under the name of Graptolithus gracilis (Pal. N. York, vol. 1. p. 274, and vol. iii. pp. 510-513). The first specimens which were discovered in Great Britain were obtained by Prof. Harkness from the Upper Llandeilo rocks of Dumfriesshire and Wigtonshire, and were described by him under the name of Rastrites Barrandi (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x1. p. 475). More recently it has been placed by Mr. W. Carruthers in his genus Cladograpsus, under the name of C. gracilis (Geol. Mag. vol. v. p. 130). Having, however, had the opportunity of ex- amining an extensive suite of specimens, obtained by Prof. Harkness and myself from Glenkiln Burn, in Dumfriesshire, I still adhere to the opinion which I expressed some time ago, that it is unquestionably unique in its characters, and “‘ should form the type of a new genus”’ (Geol. Mag. vol. iv. p. 258). Gen. Char. Frond bilaterally symmetrical, composed of a non-celluliferous stem or “ funicle,” which is curved into the shape of the letter 8, and gives off simple monoprionidian branches from the two convex portions of the curve, so that * Tt will necessarily follow that Martin’s specific name, having priority, must be adopted in preference to the one proposed by Prof. Winchell. 24 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on Helicograpsus, they form two distinct sets, which diverge in opposite direc- tions. The extremities of the funicle, where the branches cease to be given off, become themselves also celluliferous on one side; and in the centre of the funicle a small radicle may occasionally be detected. The celluliferous branches do not subdivide or give origin to secondary branches, as far as has been observed. It is probable that the perfect polypary was composed of two fronds, such as above described, placed trans- versely across each other in a cruciform manner; and though none of our English examples would support this view, such a specimen has, according to Hall, been discovered in America (Grapt. of the Quebec Group, p. 14, note). The above characters combine to form a Graptolite so essen- tially distinct from all others, that there can be no hesitation in forming a new genus for its reception. By Hall it was placed in his genus Graptolithus, in accordance with the be- lief which led him to place Dichograpsus, Tetragrapsus, and Didymograpsus in the same genus—the belief, namely, that there existed in nature no such simple forms of Graptolites as G. sagittarius, Linn., G. Sedgwickit, Portl., &e. The refer- ence to Rastrites was founded upon imperfect fragments, and has long ago been given up by its author. ‘There remains, then, only the reference to Oladograpsus by Mr. Carruthers ; and a short consideration will show that this is certainly in- applicable. In the genus Cladograpsus (originally founded by Geinitz to include certain Déidymograpsi) Mr. Carruthers placed, some years ago, a peculiar branching Graptolite, which he described under the name of C. linearis (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. 11. No. 13). This he subsequently abandoned, placing the form in question under the genus Dendrograpsus, Hall (Geol. Mag. vol. iv. No.2. p. 70). It was then described by myself as the type of a new genus, under the name of Plewro- grapsus linearis (ibid, vol. iv. p. 256); and I at that time pointed out that the essential point in the definition of the genus, where- by it was distinguished from all other branching Graptolites known to me, was the entire absence of a “ funicle,” or non- celluliferous basis, the frond consisting of a main celluliferous rachis giving off celluliferous branches, which in turn gave origin to secondary branches. Finally Mr. Carruthers re- turned again to the genus Cladograpsus, redefining it as fol- lows :—‘‘ Polypary compound, growing bilaterally from the primary point, irregularly and repeatedly branching and re- branching, and without a central disk ;” and he placed under this head both Plewrograpsus linearis and Graptolithus gracilis (ibid. vol. v. p. 129). Now a comparison of the respec- a new Genus of Graptolites. 25 tive characters of these two Graptolites demonstrates at once, as shown by the annexed diagrammatic sketches, the follow- ing fundamental differences :—Pleurograpsus is distinguished by the total absence of anything like a “ funicle,” by the “irregular ’’ manner in which the branches are given off from opposite sides of the main celluliferous stipes, and by the pre- sence of secondary branches. Helicograpsus, on the other hand, is characterized by the possession of a long and remark- ably distinct funicle, by the. regular and definite plan upon which the branches are given off, and by the absence of se- condary offsets. Fig. 2. Fig. 1. Sketch of Helicograpsus gracilis, Hall, sp.: a, radicle; 6, funicle. Fig. 2. Sketch of Pleurograpsus linearis, Carr., sp. As the above-mentioned distinctions are as broad and as weighty as those which separate any of the genera of the Graptolitide from each other, there can be no hesitation in following the usual rule in the case of Pleurograpsus and Helicograpsus. Hitherto one Graptolite only has been discovered which can 26 M.C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum. be referred to the genus Helicograpsus, viz. H. gracilis, Hall, sp.; and it is distinguished by the following characters :— Frond compound, consisting of a tubular S-shaped funicle, which gives off two sets of monoprionidian branches, one from each of the convex portions of the curve, in the man- ner described under the genus. The “funicle” itself is very slender, and in some specimens shows traces of a small triangular radicle in its centre. The celluliferous branches are from eight to twelve in number (7. e. four to six in each set) in most of our specimens; but they are as many as thirty-three in an example figured by Hall. The first branches are almost rectangular to the funicle, but the later ones become gradually less so. They are very narrow at their commencement, but widen out till a breadth of 5 to zs inch may be attained; and this would doubtless be ex- ceeded in larger specimens. The cellules are from twenty- five to thirty in the space of an inch, inclined to the axis at a small angle, the cell-mouths rectangular to the axis, and running partially across the stipe. Loc. Common, and tolerably well preserved, in the anthra- citie shales of Glenkiln Burn, in Dumfriesshire. Rare in the black slates of Cairn Ryan, Wigtonshire. Il.—A few words on Kuplectella aspergillum, Owen, and its Inhabitants. By C. SEMPER*. Tue last numbers of the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ for December 1866 (p.487) and January 1867 (p. 44), gave us two small memoirs by John Edward Gray upon a Sponge from the Philippines which was known to the travellers Quoy and Gaimard, and more accurately described by Owen, in 1841, under the generic name of Huplectella. Apparently this Sponge has hitherto been one of the greatest rarities in our museums ; and it is only within the last few years that a greater number of specimens, derived from the Philippines, have come to Eu- rope. As I believe that I have no unimportant share in this increase of museum treasures, and have had the opportunity of seeing a considerable number of them, both here and in the Philippines, I will venture to make a few remarks upon them. So long as I had only a few claims of priority to make, I thought I might keep silence ; but now, when it appears as * Translated by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S. &e., from Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1867, pp. 84-89. ‘ M. C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum. 27 if the simplest circumstances threatened to become confused by the help of our savants, who do not hesitate to support by scientific reasonings the simple fancies of a set of fishermen, I think it is time for me to bring my own observations to light. Under the name of “ regadera’’*, these sponges are brought by the fishermen for sale to Cebti, one of the Visaya islands. In the course of several years I myself saw there seven or eight specimens; and, as I was told by a very intelligent mestizo in the town, about twelve to fourteen specimens in all had, up to that time (1864) been sent to Europe. As, how- ever, nearly all these specimens, having been bought by Spaniards, went to Spain, and probably remained for the most part as ornaments in the state rooms of private individuals, we may easily understand how, since the investigations of Owen and Bowerbank, no further details as to these organisms came into the possession of the scientific world. Recently the fisher- men of Cebi seem to have discovered the true habitat of the sponge; at least this is indicated by the rapidly increasing number of the specimens of Huplectella since my return in the -year 1865. ‘This was certainly not the case during my resi- dence. In a dredging voyage which I made in the year 1864 round the neighbouring island of Bohol; and in the channel between Bohol and Cebii I anchored for two days in 120 fa- thoms, at the spot where the fishermen of §. Nicolas asserted they had found the Huplectella. As I fished for them in vain, it seems probable that they had deceived me as well as all other Europeans, so as not to bring down the price of the sponges by betraying the place of their origin—a stratagem which is well known to be employed not only by Malay fishermen. As I was unlucky in my fishing, I purchased a specimen, which, unfortunately, was much bleached and no longer fresh. Subsequently I obtained through a kind friend fourteen specimens, all, with the exception of two, perfectly preserved. Nearly all of these contained the crustacean which IT had long known, and the association of which with this sponge was first made known by Gray. * “ Regadera” means “ watering-pot.” The false spelling (“ rigederos ”) of Messrs. H. Chevalier and Gray reminds me vividly of a time when I en- deavoured in vain to teach an English sailor the correct pronunciation of some Spanish names. The eu e and a were constantly pronounced by him aszande, Exactly the same orthography seems to have been adopted in the above case. I might venture here to cite a third, and this time a Germanized spelling of the Spanish word “‘regadera,” namely “reidschidiros.” By such felicitous changes we may hope by degrees to introduce this denomination again into the Philippines as true Malay. At least, the attempted derivations of the word “ Papua” show the pos- sibility of this in an allied case. 28 M.C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum. As Gray correctly observes, the Spaniards in Cebu and Manilla regard this sponge as a house built for itself by the inhabitant. To judge from Gray’s last memoir, this opinion seems now to have been adopted by a French naturalist un- known to me, M. Trimoulet, of Bordeaux. When Gray adds, ‘The [Spanish ?] fishermen’s theory has found one sczentific supporter at least,’ I should be inclined to regard the word “ scientific’ as employed only cum grano salis. In fact the most superficial knowledge of the structure of the sponge on the one hand, and of the habits of the Crustacea on the other, suffices to prove that this opinion might certainly originate in the brain of a Malay fisherman, but that its scdentific assertion would be a most startling task, which few would have desire or courage to undertake. It is true one must make discoveries; and if they are accepted and become the fashion only for a short time, this is perhaps sufficient for the attainment of the desired honour. I regard it as superfluous, after the beautiful investigations of Owen and Bowerbank upon this sponge, to describe its intimate structure over again, in order to strengthen the assertion that this French savant must and will find him- self in error. , And even if Trimoulet’s assertion ‘ that it is the nest of a crustacean of the section of the Lsopodes nageurs”’ were quite correct, it is true that an Isopod, a true ga, lives in the sponge, but not alone; for even still more frequently we find in it a pair of a pretty Palemonid, which, unfortunately, I cannot determine generically from the much damaged speci- mens now before me. If M. 'Trimoulet’s ‘‘ renseignements ”’ had been a little more complete, he would also have heard from the same Spaniards in Cebti that the “‘ Cuca’’* (that is to say, my diga spongiophila) is always found singly, but that, on the contrary, the ‘‘ Camarones”’ > (the Palaemonide above mentioned) always live in it in pairs—a married couple and the friend of the family! And, according to Trimoulet, “it is probable that their united endeavours have succeeded in weaving together the delicate siliceous web of the whole sponge, both without and within. Both forms of crusta- cea have long been known to me. Of one of them (ga spongiophila) I made a sufficiently careful drawing in Cebit, * “Cuca” is abbreviated from the Spanish word “cucaracha,” by se in Spain, all kinds of cockroaches and also the Asellini are indi- cated. + “Camaron” is the Spanish name for every Paleemonid, both of fresh and salt water. Both denominations furnish a fresh proof of how cor- rectly uneducated and so-called savage people are frequently guided by their sharpened senses. . M. C. Semper on Euplectella aspergillum. 29 endeavouring to bring the animal in all positions before some of the larger openings in the terminal disk, as I could not de- stroy the sponge itself. The two Palemonide, on the con- trary, were always too much injured, in all the specimens which then came under my inspection, to allow them to be drawn under such difficulties. As I am not at the moment able to prepare drawings of the crustacea, of which I have several specimens now before me, I must content myself for the pre- sent with a short description, which I hope to follow speedily with a more accurate one, accompanied by figures. Aiga spongiophila, n. sp. The head is rounded off in front, and strongly bent down- wards. ‘The two eyes are very large, but do not touch each other, leaving the forehead produced into a small point between them; the broad basal joints of the antenne origi- nate at the sides of the forehead. The first joint of the upper antenne is nearly quadrangular, twice as broad as the length of the frontal point ; the second joint somewhat smaller; the third joint is thin and cylindrical, and reaches to the middle of the eyes; the terminal filament is many-jointed, and does not reach quite to the hind margin of the first thoracic seg-_ ment. The inferior antennes commence with two short but broad joints ; the three following long and cylindrical joints reach nearly to the end of the imner antennz ; and the small- jointed terminal flagellum goes to the commencement of the abdomen. The epimera of the first seven segments of the body are large and lanceolate. The first segment of the postabdomen is the narrowest, and the penultimate the broadest. The last abdominal segment is straight-margined anteriorly, strongly curved behind. The lamelle of the abdominal swimming-feet are acutely oval, and do not pro- trude beyond the hinder margin of the last segment. The description of the Palemonid I will reserve for the present, as I hope soon to be able to make a better one, from perfect specimens preserved in spirits, than would be possible now from the dried and partially destroyed animals. In conclusion, I will only make a few remarks upon the Sponge itself. Bowerbank’s censure of Owen has been duly refuted in the above-mentioned article by J. E. Gray ; -but when Gray unconditionally defines the Sponge described by Quoy & Gaimard as identical with that from the Philippines, I must declare myself opposed to this view, until accurate in- 30 Mr. G.S. Brady on Ostracoda vestigations of the two forms have proved their identity*. Quoy and Gaimard’s species, as is well known, is from the Moluccas, and not from the Philippines. Gray ought there- fore, at any rate, to have given this habitat also. However, I do not make this observation in order to preserve a “ spe- cies,” but because I should be sorry to lose Owen’s beautiful name Huplectella aspergillum, which, in its specific denomina- tion, gives a simple translation of the name “ regadera,” in- vented by the people, and therefore certainly better charac- terizes this animal than the common Latin expression “ spe- ciosa,” or Gray’s English popular name “ Venus’s Flower- basket.” Wiirzburg, January 19, 1867. IV.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GrorGe STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S. Ke. [Plates IV. & V.] Unber this title I propose to give, from time to time, de- scriptions of new species and remarks on any other points of interest connected with the Entomostraca which may chance to come under my notice. No. I. Ostracoda from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. The specimens dealt with in the present paper have been derived from niud and sand procured by the captains of whalers from the Arctic seas, and from dredgings made on the coast of Norway by David Robertson, Esq., of Glasgow, to whom, in conjunction with the Rev. H. W. Crosskey, I am indebted for the opportunity of describing the following species. _ In the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society’ I have already (vol. v. 1865) described several Arctic species which were obtained from Dr. Sutherland’s dredgings. But the nomenclature of that memoir requires rectification. I now give an amended list of the species there noticed :-— Hunde Islands, Baffin’s Bay, Cythere limicola (Norman) 60-70 fathoms. (=C. areolata, Brady, loc. cit.). Cythere tuberculata (G.O. Sars). —— angulata? (G. O. Sars) emarginata (G. O. Sars). (= C. clathrata, var. nuda, costata, Brady. Brady, loc. cit.). septentrionalis, Brady. Cytheridea papillosa, Busqguet. * Dr. Gray, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1867, has not only acknowledged the distinctness of the species, but has formed of it a second section of the family Euplectellade. According to him, Alcyon- cellum speciosum (Q. & G.) constitutes a genus distinct trom EF. corbicula. from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. d1 Cytheridea pulchra, Brady. oryza, Brady. Bythocythere simplex (Norman) (= Jonesia simplex, Brady, loc. cit.). Cytheropteron latissimum (or- man) (= Cythere latissima, Brady, loc. cit.). Cytherura clathrata, G. O. Sars. Davis's Straits. Lat. 67° 17'N., long. 62° 21' W. - 6 feet below low-water mark. Cythere lutea, Miiller. — villosa (G. O. Sars). — tinmarchica (G. O. Sars). -— borealis, nov. sp. emarginata (G. O. Sars). —— angulata (G. O. Sars). pulchella, Brady. tuberculata (G. O. Sars). concinna, Jones, Cytheridea papillosa, Bosquet. Cytherura rudis, ov. sp. Paradoxostoma variabile (Baird). Paradoxostoma variabile (Baird). Cumberland Inlet, 153 fathoms. Lat. 66° 10’ N., long. 67° 15’ W. Cythere dunelmensis (Vorman). Cytheropteron montrosiense, C. B.S R. Iceland (in shell-sand). ee Cythere lutea, Miiller. Aaa P borealis, nov. sp. Cytherura undata, G. O. Sars. emarginata (G. O. Sars). (Plate IV. figs. 1-4, 6, 7.) Carapace of female, seen laterally, subreniform, highest in the middle ; greatest height equal to more than half the length : anterior extremity obliquely rounded ; posterior subtruncate, somewhat emarginate above the middle: superior margin arched, inferior sinuated in front of the middle. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, widest in the middle, extremities obtusely mucronate ; width equal to half the length. The right valve differs from the left in shape, being higher, with the dorsal margin more boldly arched, distinctly excavated in front of the eyes, and much more conspi- cuously emarginate behind. The hinge-joint is formed, in the left valve, by a crenulated median bar, with a mode- rately strong anterior tooth-like process; in the right valve by a small anterior tooth and a slightly crenulated posterior projection. The shell of the male is longer and narrower, with the anterior margin produced downwards and nume- rously serrated. Surface of the valves covered with shallow, rounded (and often distant) pits, but not at all ridged or tuberculated. Colour yellowish brown. Upper antenne robust, six-jointed, fourth and fifth joints coalescent, last four joints armed with strong, flexuous, apical spines ; fla- gellum of lower antennz in the female short and robust. Feet long and strong; second joint of last foot shorter than the two succeeding joints, terminal claws long and pectinated on the concave border. Male copulative organs of mode- rate size, posterior segment obtusely triangular. Length zp Inch. Cythere borealis, nov. sp. 32 Mr. G. 8. Brady on Ostracoda | Hab. Lat. 67° 17'N., long. 62° 21'W. Six feet below low-water mark. This species is very closely related to C. emarginata, Sars, but is altogether destitute of the peculiar angulated ridge which runs across the hinder portion of the valves in that species ; the surface-markings are also less sharply cut and less angular. The valves are precisely similar to those of C. emar- gtnata in lateral outline; and, as in the following species, it is most difficult to say positively whether the differences which have been pointed out are dependent upon habitat only, or upon more deeply seated innate causes. These often recurring cases tend strongly to impress one with the idea, though they certainly do not prove the fact, of a community of descent. Many of the less-strongly sculptured examples of this species appear very distinct ; but others approach C. emarginata very closely, and some occupy apparently an intermediate position between that species and C. finmarchica, to which latter species the dorsal aspect of C. borealis bears great resemblance. Cythere pulchella, Brady. (Plate V. figs. 18-20.) Cythere pulchella, Brady, Monog. Recent Brit. Ostrac. p. 404. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform ; greatest height situated in the middle, and equal to more than half the length: anterior extremity broadly rounded ; posterior narrowed, obliquely subtruncate : superior margin boldly arched, highest near the middle; inferior sinuated in the middle: seen from above ovate, widest a little behind the middle ; width scarcely equal to half the length, extremities obtusely pointed. Shell-surface covered with closely set, rounded, shallow puncta; colour reddish-brown. The hinge-teeth of the mght valve form two projecting ridges, which end abruptly at their terminal extremities, but slope gradually towards the middle of the hinge-line, and are crenulated on their edges. . The flagellum or urticating seta of the second antenna in the female is biarticulate, long and slender; the upper antenna armed at the apices of the four last joints with slender, slightly curved spines, third and fourth joints coalescent. The mandibular palp bears three curved plumose sete. eet short and stout, their terminal claws much dilated at the base, nearly straight in the middle, and suddenly curved (almost hooked) at the apex. Length as inch. It is with some hesitation that I accord to this a specific rank as distinct from C. rubida, feeling by no means certain that the last-named species may not be a dwarfed southern from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. 33 form of the present, which seems to be a peculiarly Arctic species. ‘The points of difference are chiefly these: C. pul- chella has a more boldly arched dorsal margin, is considerably larger, and its greatest width is placed behind the middle; its hinge-teeth are also much better developed; the terminal claws of all the feet differ remarkably in their conformation from those of C. rubida, and the urticating sete are also of different type: it is, mdeed, chiefly this latter character which induces me to keep the two species separate. From C. villosa it may be distinguished by the colour of the shell, its much more delicate punctation and greater tumidity, as well as by its less-angular lateral outline. The single spe- cimen which obtained C. pulchella a place in my monograph of the British Ostracoda was small and probably immature ; and as the fine series of specimens obtained by Mr. Crosskey from Davis’s Straits afforded an opportunity for a more com- plete examination, both of the external and internal charac- ters of the species, I have thought it well in this place to redescribe it from the Arctic specimens. It may be noted that the fossil glacial specimens are somewhat intermediate in cha- racter between these and C. rubida. Hab. Lat. 67° 17' N., long. 62° 21’ W. Six feet below low- water mark. Cythere Robertsont, nov. sp. (Pl. IV. figs. 5, 8-10.) Shell of the female compressed, subcuneiform, much higher in front than behind; greatest height situated at the anterior third, and equal to rather more than half the length: ex- tremities obliquely rounded; anterior broad, posterior nar- rowed : superior margin straight, sloping steeply from before backwards ; inferior sinuated in the middle, curving upwards behind. Seen from above, compressed, oblong, with nearly parallel sides; anterior extremity acuminate, posterior sud- denly tapered, obtusely pointed ; width much less than half the length. End view ovate, widest in the middle. Shell of the male much narrower; surface of the shell covered with closely set angular pittings ; colour yellowish. Length 5 inch. This very distinct and pretty little species was dredged by Mr. D. Robertson, at Drobak, Christianiafiord, in a depth of 30-35 fathoms. I have much pleasure in dedicating it to its discoverer. Cytheropteron vespertilio (Reuss). (Plate V. figs. 6, 7.) montrosiense, C. B. & R. (Plate V. figs. 1-5.) inflatum, C. B. & R. (Plate V. figs. 8-10.) Our knowledge of these species 1s derived chiefly from fossil Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 3 ; | B4 Mr. G. 8. Brady on Ostracoda specimens found in the Scottish glacial clays. The descrip- tion of them is therefore left for a ‘‘ Monograph of the British Posttertiary Entomostraca,”’ which is now in preparation for the Paleontographical Society, by Messrs. Crosskey and Robertson, in conjunction with the present writer. I have, however, thought it desirable to give here figures drawn from the recent Arctic specimens, the joint occurrence of these (the only known recent specimens) being of very considerable interest In connexion with their distribution in the fossil state. Cytheropteron pyramidale, nov. sp. (Plate V. figs. 11-14.) Carapace tumid, subpyramidal ; seen from the side, subrhom- boidal, highest in the middle, greatest height equal to more than half the length ; anterior extremity obliquely rounded, posterior narrowed and produced in the middle: superior margin very strongly arched, highest in the middle, and sloping steeply towards each extremity; inferior convex, bending upwards behind. Outline, as seen from above, subhexagonal, widest behind the middle, suddenly and sharply acuminate in front, strongly mucronate behind ; width and height equal. Knd view triangular, sides very slightly convex. Shell-surface marked with conspicuous fossee, which are arranged in transverse curved rows; ven- tral surface sculptured with interrupted longitudinal furrows. Length 75 inch. Dredged by Messrs. Robertson and Crosskey in 25-30 fathoms, amongst mud, at Drobak, Christianiafiord. This species, though in general appearance approaching very closely C. latissimum, differs considerably in the propor- tions of the carapace, beimg much more tumid when seen from above ; the sculpturing of the surface is also much deeper and more distinct, especially on the ventral aspect, and the sides are less convex; the contours are also altogether less rounded than in its neighbour species. Cytherura rudis, nov. sp. (Plate V. figs. 15-17.) Carapace, seen laterally, subrhomboidal, nearly equal in height throughout ; height equal to more than half the length: an- terior extremity obliquely rounded, posterior produced in the middle into an obscurely angular beak ; superior margin very slightly arched, inferior almost straight: seen from above, the outline is ovate, widest in the middle, sharply pointed in front, mucronate behind; greatest width equal to half the length. End view subpentagonal, widest in the middle ; the ventral surface concave, keeled in the middle. Surface of the valves covered with rather large angular from the Arctic and Scandinavian Seas. 30 pits, and having a sharply angular ridge or crest just within and parallel to the ventral margin. Colour white. Length z's inch. Two specimens only in the gathering from Davis’s Straits. In shape these agree very closely with Sars’s C. atra; but the sculpture and colour of the shell would seem to be different. The description “ valvule distincte et sat regulariter reticulate, areola mediana obsoleta. ‘Testa tota colore saturatissime atro insignis ’’ does not apply here. The sculpturing of C. rudis, is too decided to be called mere reticulation ; and there is no trace of coloration of any kind in our specimens. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuaTE LY. Fig. 1. Cythere borealis (female), from left side.) Fig. 2. The same, from above. | Fig. 3. The same (male), from left side. Lt Fig. 4. The same (male), from below. eaten’ Fig. 6. The same, outline of left valve (female). | Fig. 7. The same, outline of right valve (female). ; Fig. 5. Cythere Robertsoni (female), seen from left side. Fig. 8, The same, seen from above. 84 Fig. 9. The same, seen from below. cigs Fig. 10. The same, seen from front. Fig. 11. Pontocypris attenuata, seen from left side. Fig. 12. The same, seen from above. Fig. 13. The same, seen from below. Fig. 14. The same, end view. [The description of Pontocypris attenuata (a southern species) will be given in a subsequent paper. | PLATE V. Fig. 1. Cytheropteron montrosiense (adult female), seen from left side. Fig. 2. The same, seen from above. Fig. 3. The same, end view. Fig. 4, The same (young ?), seen from left side. x40. Fig. 5. The same, seen from below. Fig. 6. Cytheropteron vespertilio, right valve, seen from outside. Fig. 7. The same, seen from above. ; ‘ig. 8. Cytheropteron inflatum, right valve, seen from outside. Fug. Fig. 11. Cytheropteron pyramidale, seen from left side. Fig. 12. The same, seen from above. Fig. 13. The same, seen from below. Fig. 14. The same, seen from behind. Fig. 15. Cytherura rudis, seen from left side. Fig. 16. The same, seen from above. Fig. 17. The same, seen from the front. j Fig. 18. Cythere pulchella (female), seen from left Aids) Fig. 19. The same, seen from above. x 40. Fig. 20, The same, seen from the front. 3 2 3 4 5 6 if 8 §. The same, seen from ahove. Fig. 10. The same, end view. 11 12 13 14 15 | ) 36 Dr. J. V. Barboza du Bocage on Hyalonema boreale. V.—On Hyalonema boreale. By J.V. Barsoza pu Bocace. To Dr. J. EB. Gray, F.RS. My pear FRIEND, Lisbon, May 6, 1868. I have just received the interesting memoir of M. Lovén upon Hyalonema boreale*. I must confess that M. Lovén’s publication has caused me some vexation, as more than two months ago I prepared a similar memoir, which I have been hitherto prevented from publishing by illness. Since the 17th of February I have been in possession of two curious specimens of a Spongiad, which I immediately regarded as the young of Hyalonema lusitanicum. I find some important differences between my specimens and that described by Lovén. In the first place, the sponge which forms the head has no apparent osculwm; and then the sarcode is covered with very complicated spiny spicules, which are not noticed by Lovén. I do not share all Lovén’s ideas. I cannot admit that the sponge which accompanies several specimens of Hyalomena from Portugal and Japan is the sponge-head of the young specimens; on the contrary, I am persuaded that the sponge which persists in the adult specimens is precisely that which forms the dilatation of the base, so that it is the upper portion or extremity of the filaments which re- mains free. The followimg are my rea- sons :— 1. T remarked in my two young speci- mens that the large spicules constituting the axis all terminate below at the same level, whilst their superior extremities re- main at different elevations. Now all the adult specimens present this same cha- racter: the filaments have their extremi- ties at the same level in the part enclosed in the sponge, whilst they show their free extremities at different heights. I think therefore that this sponge is inferior, and that it corresponds to the sponge which occurs at the base of the young specimens. (As a matter of course, I regard the speci- men figured by Lovén as a young Hyalo- nema.) : ; 2. The following is another argument ice ie ae in favour of my opinion. I possess a very sane Pees _* [A translation of this memoir, with which we have been kindly fur- nished by the author, will appear in our next Number.—Ep. ] : Dr. J. V. Barboza du Bocage on Hyalonema boreale. 37 curious example of Hyalonema lusitanicum, in which there are two bundles of filaments to a single sponge, nearly as in the annexed drawing (p. 36). Now I can perfectly conceive that the two bases, originally distinct, have become confounded together with increasing age; but I cannot understand this confusion if we are to assume that the natural position of Hyalonema is the reverse of that indicated in my sketch. I am now convinced that Hyalonema is a sponge. As to the polypes (Palythoa fatwa, Schultze), I regard them as para- sites. Ihave several specimens of Hyalonema with other para- sites: two are covered with an Antipatharian, three abso- lutely destitute of polypes and sponges, one embraced by the foot of an Actinia of what seems to me a new species. It is a flesh-coloured Actinia of enormous size. I am still sufferig from my recent illness. As soon as I am a little recovered, I shall endeavour to publish some sup- plementary notes upon the discovery of our learned friend Lovén. Believe me, always your devoted friend, J. V. Barsoza Du Bocace. My DEAR FRIEND : Lisbon, May 10, 1868. After a more careful examination of our two little sponges, I have arrived at somewhat different results, which I hasten to Fig. 1. a, head; }, stem; ¢, base. Fig. 2. Aggregation of linear spi- cules forming the stem. Fig. 8. Interior of the head to show the radiating bundles. Fig. 4. Spicules implanted perpendicularly upon the head and base. Fig. 5. Spicules of the radiating bundles. Fig. 6, Spinous spicules of the sarcode of the stem. Fig. 7, Spicules of the stem or axis. 38 Dr. J. V. Barboza du Bocage on Hyalonema boreale. communicate to you, because they completely change my first impression. The axis or stem of the sponge is composed of an aggre- gation of linear spicules. I thought at first that each of these spicules extended uninterruptedly, like those of Hyalonema, from the base to the apex; but I have now ascertained that these spicules are, on the contrary, short in proportion to the dimensions of the axis, and that it is by their regular aggre- gation that this axis is formed. To make myself more intel- ligible, I will say that the axis does not at all resemble that of Hyalonema, but is constituted as in figure 2. The axis of Hyalonema boreale seems to me to present an identical structure; but Lovén has not noticed all the impor- tance of this difference as compared with the true Hyalonemata. In my opinion, therefore, my two little sponges are not, as I at first thought, the young of Hyalonema lusitanicum ; on the contrary, | am convinced that they must belong to a perfectly distinct genus, which I intend to name Lovenia. To this same genus Hyalonema boreale, Lovén, must belong ; it is perhaps identical with my two specimens. The only differ- ence of any importance which prevents my proposing this iden- tification is that Lovén does not seem to have detected the spiny spicules implanted in the sarcode in his two specimens, whilst the surface of mine is covered with them. Perhaps this appa- rent difference is only the result of an imperfect observation. The new genus Lovenia will therefore be characterized by the existence of a solid axis or stem composed of an aggre- gation of short linear spicules, covered by a very distinct layer of sarcode, in which are implanted small defensive spicules analogous to those of the genus Aphrocallistes, according to the drawing published by Wyville Thomson (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., February 1868). This stem is surmounted by a rounded head composed of radiating filaments, formed by linear spicules analogous to those of the stem. Other linear spicules, but shorter and in the form of little bacilli, are im- planted perpendicularly to the surface of the head and in the spreading part of the base. . I am busy at present studying the structure of the sponges which accompany many of my specimens of Hyalonema lusi- tanicum, and I shall soon communicate to you the results of my observations. The pertinacity with which Dr. Bowerbank regards the animals of the Palythoa as the oscula of a sponge, astonishes me more and more whenever I think of it! You will soon hear from me again. Believe me, your devoted friend, J. V. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE. Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. 39 VI.—On the Tricuspidariex, a Subtribe of the Eleocarpee. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c. Tue Eleocarpee, as a natural order distinct from Tiliacee, was proposed in 1808 by Jussieu, who united with it the Tricuspidaria and Vallea of the ‘ Flora Peruviana.’ Kunth, in 1821, followed this example; but, in a note, he suggested that it might well form a distinct tribe of the Tiliacee. De Candolle, in 1821, adopted the view of Jussieu, adding to the list Prdesta and others now subgenera of H/e@ocarpus. Lindley, in 1836, in his ‘ Nat. Syst.,’ followed a similar course ; but in 1845, in his ‘ Veget. Kingd.,’ he adopted the hint suggested by Kunth, uniting the family with Ti/iacee as a distinct tribe. The authors of the new ‘ Genera Plantarum,’ in 1862, followed this arrangement under some modifications, excluding Vallea upon very insufficient data, and amalgamating Firdesta with Avistotelia and Orinodendron with Tricuspidarta upon slender ‘grounds. After a careful examination of these several genera, I am led to follow the views of Endlicher in maintaining the Tricuspidarie as a subtribe distinct from Eleocarpee, which are distinguished from one another by very salient and con- stant characters. In the former the petals, though three-lobed at the apex or nearly entire, are never fringed as in the E/l@o- carpee ; in the latter the fruit is a drupe, with a single thick osseous mesocarp, assuming the shape of an indehiscent tuber- culated nut, which, by abortion, is seldom more than 1- or 2- celled, each cell producing a single seed (not suspended from the summit, as generally stated, but) appended by the middle of its ventral face. On the other hand, the Tricuspidaria, besides the difference in the form of the petals, have a fruit always 3—5-celled, with two or more superposed seeds in each cell, and either capsular and dehiscent or else baccate with a membranous endocarp. But a still more forcible dis- tinction exists in the nature of the integuments of the seeds. In the Eleocarpee the outer integument is chartaceous, thin, and brittle, the second tunic being submembranaceous ; but there is no osseous coat. In the Zricuspidariew the seeds in- variably have three tunics: the outer one is thick and fleshy, in which the chord of the raphe is imbedded; the second coat is thick, osseous, obpyriform, truncated at its base, where, beneath the chalaza, there is always a distinct chamber, into which the vessels of the raphe find their way ; the third tunic is opaque, somewhat membranaceous, with a large orbicular chalaza at its base, corresponding with the chalazal base of the bony tunic. No structure of this kind is seen in the Hl@o- carpe ; but it is constant in all the Tricuspidariee. An ana- 40 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidarieee. logous organization is observable in the Sloanee, the seeds ot which have a similar red-coloured fleshy covering, which has been designated by some authors an arillus ; the ‘second tunic is osseous, and broadly truncated at its base by a large orbi- cular chalaza; but this wants the hollow chamber below it, which forms a characteristic feature in the Zr tcuspidariee. In regard to the nature of these seminal envelopes, the outer coat may be regarded as an arilline, analogous to a similar tunic which I formerly described covering the osseous coat in the seeds of Clusia and Magnolia*. Upon the nature and origin of these integuments I then endeavoured to offer an ex- planation, which was contested by others, who maintained that in these cases the outer fleshy covering is merely the epi- dermis of the bony coat, both being elicited by the growth of one single tunic, the primine of the ovule. There is a bar to such an areument, in the instance of Aréstotelia, in the ex- istence of the singular appendage upon the outer fleshy coat, resulting from the duplicature of that integument, which could not occur if it were merely an epidermis. “By those who have not studied the subject, the origin of this appendage might be attributed to a fungous enlargement of the funicle (as Gaertner supposed in an analogous instancet) or to an expansion of the chalaza; but a more careful examination will show that it is too remote from the latter and from the hilum to admit of such a supposition. Whatever be its origin, this outer tunic appears to be an integument wholly independent of the bony shell, consisting of its reticulated epiderm, a fleshy mesoderm replete with resinous cells, and an endoderm in the form of a white, opaque, reticulated cuticle, separable from the shell, the chord of the raphe being found within its substance. The fact that this fleshy tunic and bony shell are two dis- tinct integuments is shown by an examination of the unim- pregnated ovules in the abortive cells of Aristotelia: here, with the ovules grown to the length of half a line, I have succeeded, by means of a longitudinal section, in actually sepa- rating them. The tunics, which, if fertilized, would have grown into the fleshy coating and hony shell, are then seen as two distinct, thin, membranaceous integuments, easily separa- ble at this stage, ’ the second being a little shorter and more pointed than the first or outer one, the third integument, en- closing the rudimentary nucleus, being still shorter than the others. It is worthy of notice that at this stage the outer in- tegument exhibits the peculiar appendage or duplicature so conspicuous in the ripe seed. * Linn. Trans. xxi. 89, tab. 19. figs. 56-59; Contrib. Bot. i. 219; Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3.1. p. 2 276. + De Fruct, ii, 271. Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. 41 The Tricuspidariee may be divided into two sections: the first, having a baccate fruit, mostly indehiscent, comprises the genera Aristotelia, Friesia, and Vallea; the second, with a capsular fruit, consists of T’ricuspidaria and Crinodendron,— in all, five genera. Having studied their structure with much care, I proceed to describe each genus separately. 1. ARISTOTELIA. This genus, established by L’Héritier upon the well known Maqui of Chile, was referred by the late Mr. Brown and De Candolle to the Homalinee ; by Endlicher it was made into a suborder attached to Ternstremiacee ; Von Martius also made it a suborder (Maquine), which he placed near Pittosporee ; Lindley considered this suborder allied to Philadelphiacee ; Reichenbach placed it in Hscalloniee ; but Don was the first who rightly imdicated its affinity with the Hlwocarpee, to which alliance it unquestionably belongs. The genus for many years was confined to its single typical species; but Dr. Hooker, in his ‘ Flora Zelandica,’ associated with it the genus Hriesia. ‘There are so many points of structure in the Chilean plant at variance with the several species of Lriesia, that it appears to me this genus cannot remain amalgamated with Aristotelia, for the following reasons. In Aristotelia the petiole is always 2-glandular at its apex ; and. the teeth of the leaves have each a glandular termination. In Friesta no indication of any gland is seen either on the leaves or petioles. In Aristotelia the flowers are usually 5-merous, with a 3- celled ovary, and always hermaphrodite or else polygamous, with only a partial depauperation of the male or female organs. In Friesia the flowers are 4-merous, with a 4-celled ovary ; and they are described as being dicecious in most instances. In Aristotelia the petals are not divided at the apex, being only slightly emarginated or truncated; and the absence of this feature led botanists to believe, for a long time, that it could not belong to Elwocarpee ; they are white, with a slightly yellowish tinge. In Fiesta, on the other hand, they are more or less deeply 3-lobed at the apex, as in other Tricuspidariee, and are generally marked with a deep purple colour. In Aristotelia there is a large, deep, cup-shaped disk fixed on the thickened apex of the pedicel or torus, to which the sepals are agglutinated by a broad line of attachment. In Friesia there is no circular disk; but in lieu of this we see four small free fleshy glands emanating from the narrow torus and placed opposite to the sepals. In Aristotelia the stamens are inserted upon the pentagonal 42 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariee. cup-shaped disk, in the bottom of which the ovary is placed ; the fifteen stamens are in five phalanges, three being fixed bi- serially upon each angle of the disk, two of them more inter- nally than the other, the filaments rising out of as many pro- minent foveated articulations ; and in this manner all the sta- mens are opposite to the sepals and none face the petals. In Friesta the twelve stamens are arranged in a single whorl op-. posite to the sepals and petals alike, and they are fixed around the ovary within and independent of the fleshy glands. The difference is, therefore, that in one case the stamens are borne upon the disk, and in the other are situated within the disk. In Aristotelia the fruit is extremely baccate, the mesoderm being copious, fleshy, and capable of fermentation ; so that the berries are used by the natives of Chile in the fabrication of a kind of wine, of which they are very fond. In Friesva the fruit, though indehiscent and of similar form, has a dry testa- ceous pericarp. It is three-celled in the former, 4-locular in the latter. In Aristotelia the outer fleshy integument of the seed is furnished, below the hilum and above the chalaza, remote from both, with an enlargement in the form of a horny laminar prolongation, decurrent for some distance, and then arched over involutely ; it appears like a sacciform duplicature of the integument, filled with long corneous cells. Where only one seed is perfected, this process is either superior or inferior, according as the upper or lower ovule is fertilized; when two seeds are matured, which are always superposed, the process is seen upon one seed on the right hand of the line which se- parates them, and upon the left in the other. This appendage is not unlike that figured by Gaertner in Ganitrus (Hleocarpus serratus), 11. p. 271, tab. 140, and is often seen in the seeds of Eleocarpus and Monocera: it has not before been noticed in Aristotelia by any botanist, except Prof. Agardh, who, in his ‘Theor. Syst.’ p. 276, alludes to it as appearing upon the “putamen.” In Friesia the corresponding fleshy tunic is quite smooth, without any such appendage. In Aristotelia the second or osseous tunic is externally quite smooth ; in /riesa it is always very tuberculated. It appears to me, therefore, that with so many and such prominent differences of structure, it must be conceded that Friesia has little to justify its amalgamation with Aris- totelia. It offers a much closer approximation to Vadlea. Gay states that in Aristotelia the typical plant has velvety stipules, which are very caducous. I have never perceived any indications of them; and they do not appear in the drawing I made of the hving plant forty-five years since. Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. 43 The source of this mistake appears to me obvious; for in the axils of the leaves there is seen an oval bud. consisting of several decussately imbricated, velvety, bract-like, con- cave, pointed, oval scales, out of which a new floriferous branch springs ; and these soon fall away after the development of the branch, which is consequently marked at its base by several annular cicatrices, as may be seen in all the dried specimens. ARISTOTELIA, L’Hér.—Flores seepius hermaphroditi, vel im- perfecte polygami, rarius 4-meri. Sepala 5, oblonga, acuta, basi toro cupuliformi agelutinata, estivatione valvata, de- mum decidua. Petala 5, cuneato-oblonga, apice subtrun- cata et leviter emarginata, sepalis paulo longiora, membra- nacea, estivatione imbricata. Descus amplus, annulari- cupulitormis, sub-5-gonus, carnosulus, toro arcte adnatus. Stamina 15, in phalanges 5 disposita, in foveolis totidem elevatis supra marginem disci inserta, nempe 3 in quoque angulo biseriata, quorum 2 exteriora, omnia sepalis hoc modo absolute opposita ; jilamenta brevia, subulata, com- pressa, pilosa; anthere lineares, 4-sulcate, 2-loculares, lo- culis collateraliter adnatis, imo breviter divaricatis, in sinu dorsaliter affixee, erecta, scabridule, apice rima brevi oblique transversa utrinque dehiscentes. Ovarium subglobosum, 3-sulcatum, fundo disci insitum, 3-loculare ; ovula in quo- que loculo 2, ad medium axis ’ centralis appensa. Stylus erectus, teres, petalis equilongus ; stigmata 3, brevia, subu- lata, subdivaricata. Hructus baccatus, elobosus, pisl mag- nitudine, pulpa copiosa gelatinosa tunicatus, 3-locularis, endocarpio dissepimentisque membranaceis, columna cen- trali tenui ad medium seminifera. Semna in quoque loculo 2 vel 1, dorso convexa, ventre angulata, et hinc ad medium hilo parvo signata 5 integumentum externum (arillina) ni- grum, nitidum, carnosum, processu supra angulum basalem decurrente laminari galeatim inclinato subcorneo appendi- culatum, intus raphe chordiformi brevi ad basin ab hilo descendente munitum; integumentum secundum osseum, ovatum, imo truncatum, hine crassissimum et foramine in locellum vacuum pro raphes intrusione perforatum, apice mamilla parva (micropyle) notatum; integumentum inter- num tenuiter membranaceum, ad basin liberum, hine cha- laza magna orbiculari fusca signatum, apice micropyle fusco punctata ; albumen ovatum, imo valde truncatum, co- plosum, carnosum ; embryo inclusus, paulo brevior, cotyle- donibus ovatis, crasso-foliaceis, radicula tereti ad micropylen spectante 2-plo longioribus. 44 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. Arbores Chilenses sempervirentes ; folia subopposita, oblonga, glanduloso-serrata, petiolata ; racemi axillares, brevissimt, pauciflore. 1. Aristotelia Maqui, L’Hérit. Stirp. 31, tab. 16; Lam. Illust. t. 399; DC. Prodr. ii. 56; Gay, Chile, i. 336 ;—Aristotelia glandulosa, R. & P. Syst. Fl. Per. p. 126; Potr. Suppl. ii. p. 587;—frondosa, ramosissima; foliis suboppositis, late ovatis vel oblongis, imo rotundatis vel subcordatis, apice subobtusis aut breviter attenuatis, marginibus sub- revolutis, dentato-serratis, dentibus glanduliferis, utrinque glabris, nisi in costa nervisque pilosulis, supra lete viridi- bus, nitentibus, reticulato-venosis, subtus pallidis vel glau- cis; petiolo tenui, apice 2-glanduloso, supra canaliculato, limbo dimidio vel 3-plo breviore, puberulo : racemis in ramis novellis axillaribus, ramose 3-5-floris, subpuberulis.—In Chile frequentissima: v. v. et s. An evergreen tree, growing to the height of 12 feet. The leaves are 24-3 inches long, 14-2 inches broad, on a petiole 1 inch long; one or two peduncles grow out of each axil, 4 lines long, each bearing on its apex three one-flowered pedi- cels, 3 lines long, between two minute bracts; the sepals are 1 line long, the petals 13 line*. I collected also, in the province of Aconcagua, the variety Andina, described by Philippi (Linn. xxxii. p. 31), and dis- tinguished by its much thicker leaves. 2. Aristotelia glabra, n. sp.;—foliis oppositis, oblongis vel lanceolato-oblongis, imo acutis, apice obtusis, membrana- ceils, marginibus subrevolutis, integris vel obsolete glandu- loso-serratis, undique glaberrimis, reticulato-venosis, sub- concoloribus ; petiolo tenuissimo, glabro, supra canaliculato, apice minutissime 2-glanduloso, limbo 3-4-plo breviore : racemis in ramulis novellis axillaribus, glaberrimis, rachi tenuissima, petiolo paulo longioribus, 3—4-floris.—In Chile : v. v. et s. (Prov. Quillota); v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. (Hort. Kew. cult. A.D. 1779). This is very distinct from the preceding, in its very glabrous leaves, sometimes acutely narrowed at the base, upon more slender petioles ; they are 2-23 inches long, 3-14 inch broad, upon a petiole 6-9 lines long; the peduncle of the raceme is 6 lines long, its pedicels 2-3 lines long, sometimes abortively with only one or two flowers. * A drawing of this plant, with copious analytical details, will be given in my ‘ Contributions,’ plate 80. Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidarice. 45 2. FRIESIA. This genus has certainly some points of resemblance to Aristotelia; but the many differential characters, already enu- merated, are too numerous to admit of the two genera being amalgamated together. Aristotelia is confined to Chile, while Friesia hitherto has been found only in insular positions, being distributed over New Zealand, Tasmania, and Hong Kong. Its generic features may be thus stated :— Friesta, DC.;—Aristotelia (én parte), Hook. fil. — Flores dioici aut polygami. Sepala 4, oblonga, utrinque sub- obtusa, eestivatione valvata, decidua. Petala 4, cuneato- oblonga, apice 3-loba, lobis oblongis, rotundatis, sepalis paulo longiora, estivatione imbricata, Discus e glandulis 4 squamiformibus carnosulis sepalis oppositis tori margine enatis constans, pilosus. Stamdna 12, disco interiora, crebre uniserialia ; filamenta brevia, compresso- subulata, apice in- curva, pilosa; anthere oblong, 4-sulcate, in sinu cordato basifixe, 2- loculares, pilosule, primum poris 2 magnis api- calibus, demum rimis lateralibus dehiscentibus. Ovariwm in sterilibus, quadratim disciforme, depressum, in fertilibus ovatum, toro semiimmersum, 4-loculare; ovula in quoque loculo 2; stylus brevis, subulatus ; st¢gma obtusum, obscure 4-lobum. Fructus exsuccus, baccitormis, globosus, pi- peris mole, 4-locularis, pericarpio crustaceo, dissepimentis membranaceis. Semina in quoque loculo 2, superposita, angulato-triquetra, angulo centrali hilo parvo medio affixa ; integumentum externum nitidum, crassiusculum, mesodermide gelatinosa mox siccata repletum, exappendiculatum ; ¢ntegu- mentum secundum osseum, extus valde tuberculatum, imo crassiore, et hinc foramine minuto in locellum parvum va- cuum pro raphe intrusa perforatum ; ¢ntegumentum internum submembranaceum, coloratum, chalaza magna orbiculari signatum ; a/bumen subovatum, imo truncatum, carnosum ; embryo inclusus ; cotyledonibus subtoliaceis, ovatis, radicula tereti ad micropylen spectante longioribus. Arbores Tasmanice, Nova-Zelandice et Chinenses ; folia sub- oppostta, ovata, serrata vel integra, petiolata ; flores ramoso- paniculati, vel intra bracteas solitarti, subracemiformes, axillares, parvt. 1. Friesia peduncularis, DC. Prodr. i. 520; Bot. Mag. Ixxii. tab. 4246 ;—Eleocarpus peduncularis, Lab. Nov. Holl. ii. 15, tab. 155.—In Tasmania. 2. Friesia racemosa, A.Cunn. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 1. vol. iv. p. 23; Hook. Icon. vit. tab. 601 ;—Eleocarpus dicera, Vahl. 46 Mr. J. Miers on the 'Tricuspidariee. Symb. iii. 67 ;—Dicera? serrata, Forst. Prodr. 227; DC. Prodr. i. 520; A. Rich. Hl. Nov. Zel. 8304 :—Aristotelia ra- cemosa, Hook. fil. I'l. N. Zel. i. p. 33.—In Nova Zelandia. 3. Lriesia fruticosa ;—Aristotelia truticosa, Hook. fil. l.c. p. 34. —In Nova Zelandia. 4. Friesia Chinensis, Gardn. & Champ. in Hook. Kew Journ. i. 243.—In ins. Hong Kong. 3. VALLEA. This genus, proposed by Mutis, was first established by Linneus, in the Supplement to his ‘Systema.’ Its floral characters were figured and described in the ‘ Flora Peruviana 3’ and the genus was afterwards better illustrated by Kunth. Most botanists have placed Vallea in the Hleocarpee ; but the authors of the new ‘Genera Plantarum’ have arranged it in their tribe Sloanew, on account of the “subliigneous muri- cated capsule.” But there is very little resemblance in the pericarp of this genus to that of Sloanea and its allied genera, where, in a dry capsular fruit, the valves are thick, ligneous, and densely covered with long spines or rigid hairs. It is not correct to say that the pericarp of Vallea is muricated; on the contrary, the fruit is baccate, the mesocarp being thick, soft, and fleshy, covered by a thim membranaceous epicarp, which is corrugated in the form of many fleshy obtuse tuber- cles; this dries upon the testaceous endocarp after the fall of the fruit, when it becomes impertectly dehiscent at its summit. I have seen the fruit in an unripe state only, when the seeds have not been sufticiently perfected to ascertain the nature of the integuments ; but a longitudinal section through the centre shows that the edges of the dissepiments are firmly ageluti- nated upan a solid central column that rises to three-quarters of the length of the cells, the remaining upper portions being separated by a hollow space; and it is this which limits the small extent of the apical dehiscence of the fruit when it be- comes quite dried. ‘his structure is analogous to that in Lricuspidaria; but there the axile column scarcely rises above the base; so that the edges of the dissepiments, being un- restrained, admit of a considerable extent of divarication of the valves. In Aristotelia this central column rises to two-thirds ot the length of the cell; but the endocarp is of too thin a texture to give sufficient elasticity to the parts, after they be- come dried, to cause its dehiscence. It will appear, therefore, that Vallea ought to stand close to Aristotelia, as it possesses all the essential characters of the Lleocarpee : it has the calyx and petals of Hivesia, a disk very different from any of the Sloanee, the stamens, ovary, style, and stigma as in Aristo- Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. 47 telia. It has, however, one peculiarity in sometimes having stipules, which do not seem to be known in other genera of the Elewocarpee; nor do they exist in the Sloanew ; but this appears to be only a partial feature in the genus. I have drawn up an amended character of Vallea from my own observations. VaLLEA, Mutis.—Vlores hermaphroditi. Sepala 5, oblonga, acuta, marginibus lanuginosis, estivatione valvata. Pe- tala 5, sepalis paulo longiora, membranacea, obovata, fere ad medium 3- loba, marginibus supersessis, xstivatione im- bricata. Discus crassus, in annulos 2 fossa intermedia con- strictus, exteriore plano, margine undulato toro adnato, in- teriore subcupuleformi, margine elevato et crenulato, in- tervallo staminigero. Stamina 40, in seriebus 2, in con- strictione disci crebre disposita ; filamenta linearia, compla- nata, superne tenuiora, puberula, apice incurvata; anthere lineares, sub-4-gonz, antice et postice profunde sulcatee, basifixee, 2-loculares, apice utrinque poro obliquo angulato dehiscentes. Ovarium conico-rotundum, 3—4-sulcatum, 3- 4-loculare, loculis 3-ovulatis ; ovu/a subreniformia, axe cen- trali affixa, superposita: s/y/us filiformis, erectus, stamina eequans, glaber; stigmata 3—5, subbrevia, teretia, subdivari- cata. Hructus baccatus, globosus (pericarpio succulento, in tubercula plurima elongata obtusa carnosa corrugato, endo- carpio levi), 3- -locularis, siccus dehiscente ad apicem brevis- sime ac loculicide 3-valvatim aperiens: semina pauca, ig- nota. Arbores Neogranadenses et Peruviane, frondose ; folia al- terna, integra, ovato-oblonga, subcordata, integra, petiolata, interdum stipulata, stipulis parvis, reniformibus, geminis ; paniculi axdllares et terminales, pedicellis bracteatis. 1. Vallea stipularis, Mutis in Linn. f. Suppl. 266; DC. Prodr. i. 520; H. B. K. v. 349, tab. 489. a, Sita Fé de Bogota : v. 8. in herb. Mus. Brit. (Mutis). This plant is very well described and figured by Kunth. 2. Vallea pubescens, H. B. K. v. 350 ;—ramulis teretibus, ni- grescentibus, junioribus ferrugineo- -tomentosis ; foliis ovato- oblongis, imo subrotundis, vix cordatis, apice subobtusis, integris, e basi 3—5-nerviis, nervis conspicuis, reticulato venosis, supra nitidis, glaberrimis, subtus flavido-glaucis, undique preesertim in axillis nervorum molliter ferrugineo- pubescentibus ; petiolo tenui, fere glabro, limbo dimidio breviore; stipulis geminis, reniformibus, fere sessilibus, extus parce puberulis: paniculis axillaribus, folio paulum 48 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariee. brevioribus, rufo-puberulis, bis dichotome divisis, cum flore in dichotomis ; ; pedicellis incrassatis, bracteolis minimiis, ca- ducis; fructu carnoso, tuberculato, globoso, pisi majoris mole.—In Nova Granada et Peruvia: v. s. in herb. meo, Peru (Mathews, 3048) ; in herb. Mus. Brit.* 3. Vallea cordifolia, R. & P. Syst. Fl. Per. 132; Prodr. 75, tab. 14; DC. Prodr. i. 520 ;—ramulis teretibus, junioribus rufo-tomentosis ; foliis elongato- oblongis, imo cordatis vel truncatis, sursum gradatim ‘angustioribus, longiuscule acu- minatis, marginibus seepius sinuatis, supra obscure viridi- bus, nitentibus, glabris, nervis tenuibus, reticulatis, subtus fusco-ferrugineo-glaucis et undique presertim in nervis rufo-pubescentibus ; petiolo subtenui, tereti, parce puberulo, limbo 3-plo breviore ; ; stipulis deficientibus et forsan nullis : paniculis in ramulis junioribus subterminalibus, pubescenti- bus, laxe dichotome divisis, cum flore in dichotomiis ; brac- teis foliolosis ; pedicellis crassissimis; stigmate 5-fido,— In Peruvia: v.s. in herb. meo, Peru (Mathews, 892); herb. Mus. Brit. The leaves in this species are 4—44 inches long, 23-3 inches broad, on a petiole 1? inch long. No stipules » can be disco- vered in any of the specimens I have seen, although DeCan- dolle states their presence, perhaps under a mistake : they are not mentioned by Ruiz & Pavon. 4. Vallea glabra, n. sp.;—ramulis teretibus, glabris; foliis imo truncatis (non cordatis), ovatis vel obovatis, subpandu- reformibus, apice obtusule ac breviter attenuatis, integris, 3-nervils, supra pallide viridibus, nitentibus, reticulatis, subtus pallidissime flavo-glaucis, glabris (nisi axillis nervo- rum que barbate sunt), nervis venisque nudis, stramineis ; petiolo tenuissimo, glaberrimo, i imo apiceque paululum in- crassato, limbo dimidio breviore; manifeste exstipulatis : paniculis glaberrimis, terminalibus, bis dichotome divisis, cum flore in dichotomiis, pedicellis apice incrassatis ; sepalis glabris, marginibus intus lanatis; stigmate 3- fido.—In Peruvia: v.s. in herb. meo, Prov. Chachapoyas (Mathews). This is a distinct species, hitherto undescribed, ane oaching the last in the want of stipules. Its leaves are 23-3 inches long, 13-13 inch broad, on a petiole 14-13 inch long. The terminal panicle is 14 inch long, pedicels 2-24 lines long; sepals 2 lines long ; stioma 3-fid. * This species, with ample details, will be figured in the forthcoming volume of my ‘ Contributions,’ pl. 81. Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez, 49 4, TRICUSPIDARIA. There are many points of analogy between this genus and Aristotelia; but it differs in its solitary and much larger flowers upon lengthened peduncles, in their being always hermaphrodite, in having a tubular calyx, more fleshy petals, longer stamens arranged uniserially on the summit of a tall cylindrical disk or gynophore that supports the ovary, in its long subulate style, its capsular fruit, and in its seeds. In Aristotelia the hilum is upon the middle of the ventral edge of the seed; in 7ricuspidaria it is at one extremity, the other being deficient of the horny appendage. The outer tunic is less fleshy, more friable, and easily separating when dry, leaving the chord of the raphe upon the second integument or bony shell, extending from one extremity to the other, where it is lost in the large truncated chalaza. There are two spe- cies, both natives of Chile, one of which I examined atten- tively, many years ago, in the living state. The following is an amended and more amplified generic character, founded upon my own observations. TRiIcusPIDARIA, R. & P.—Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx urceo- lato-tubulosus, submembranaceus, margine breviter sinuato- 5-dentatus, demum irregulariter dirupto-partitus et deciduus. Petala 5, xqualia, cuneato-oblonga, concava, imo subsac- cata, intus usque ad medium carinata, apice in denticulos 3 acutos incisa, calyce 3-plo longiora, carnosa, imo disci in- serta, estivatione e marginibus longitudinaliter late inflexis introplicato-valvata, decidua. Discus in forma gynophori, alte cylindraceus, profunde 10-sulcatus, ovarium fulciens, persistens. Stamina 15, petalis equilonga, uniserialiter summo disci inserta, ovarium crebre circumstantia; fila- menta filiformia, compressa, pilosula, superne paulo divari- catim curvata; anthere his dimidio breviores, lineares, 4- sulcate, summo filamentorum geniculatim affixe, apice con- niventes, collateraliter 2-loculares, loculis vertice e poris 2 confluentibus, brevissime 2-valvatim dehiscentes. Ovartum disco superpositum, elongatum, apice conico-subeylindricum, 3—4-suleatum, 3—4-loculare: ovu/a in quovis loculo 12-16, per paria angulo centrali horizontaliter affixa; stylus ovario equilongus, tenuiter subulatus ; st¢gma obtusulum aut vix ullum. Capsula ovata, 3-4-quetra, angulis undulatis, stylo acuminata, disco persistente stipitata, 3—4-locularis, ultra medium loculicide patentim dehiscens, dissepimentis medio valvarum affixis,adaxin solutis, margine seminiferis, columna centrali nulla. Semina in quoque loculo 4-8, biserialia, obovata, subangulata, una extremitate Azlo minimo notata, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 4 50 Mr. J. Miers on the 'Tricuspidariez. altera rotundata ; ¢ntegumentum eaxternum nitidum, nigrum, carnosulum, sicco fragile et facile desiliente, raphen ab hilo ad chalazam in forma chord longitudinalis includens ; tunica secunda obovata, subossea, imo incrassata et truncata, hinc foramine intra locellum vacuum (pro raphes transitu) perforata, apice mamilla parva apiculata, levis, opaca, pal- lida; cntegumentum internum submembranaceum, fulvum, imo chalaza magna orbiculari notatum, apice micropyle punctatum: albumen obovatum, prope chalazam truncatum, carnosum ; embryo inclusus, fere equilongus, cotyledonibus ovatis, compressis, radicula tereti ad hilum spectante 4-plo longioribus. Arbores Chilenses, sempervirentes, frondose ; folia suboppo- sita, oblonga, glanduloso-serrata, breviter petiolata: flores speciost, albi, majusculi, solitarti, aaillares, longe pedun- culati. Tricuspidaria dependens, R. & P. Prodr. Fl. Per. 64, tab. 36, Syst. p.112; DC. Prodr. i. p. 520 ;—Tricuspis dependens, Pers. Ench, 1. p. 9;—Arbor frondosa, ramis divergentibus, alternis, rarius suboppositis, teretibus, glabris, ultimis bre- vibus, rigide spiniformibus et foliolosis ; foliis subalternis, rarius oppositis, subparvis, ovatis, utrinque obtusis, coria- ceis, marginibus subrevolutis, crebre glanduloso-serratis, supra leete viridibus, glaberrimis, subtus pulverulento-glau- cis; petiolo brevissimo, glabro, limbo 10-plo breviore : flori- bus axillaribus, solitarius, subbreviter pedunculatis, folio paulo brevioribus ; calyce irregulariter rupto, demum deci- duo; petalis subcoloratis, extus pulverulento-tomentosis : capsula disco stipitata, depresso-trigonoidea, levi, subcar- nosa, valvarum marginibus planis.—In Chile prov. austra- lioribus: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. (spec. typ. Ruiz & Pav.) ; Concepcion (Dombey). —_ There can be no doubt in regard to the identity of this spe- cies, with which the following has been confounded. It is an evergreen tree, about 20 feet high, with a trunk about a foot in diameter, growing in moist places and on the sides of rivers in the provinces of Concepcion and Itata, with pendent branches which reach the ground and there sometimes take root; it has much smaller leaves than the following species, more diva- ricating and shorter branchlets (often like leaf-bearing spines), extremely short petioles, and smaller flgwers. The leaves are generally 9 lines, sometimes 15 lines long, 6-8 lines broad, on a petiole 1-14 line long; the peduncle is 8 or 9 lines long; the flowers have a very sweet smell; the calyx, 2 lines long and broad, becomes lacerated to the base, and soon falls off ; sab p Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariex. 51 the petals are darker, 6 or 7 lines long; the filaments are 3 lines, the anthers 2 lines long ; the ovary is conically oblong, somewhat puberulous, anc, together with its long pointed subulate style, is 5 lines long; the capsule is 5 lines high, 7 Imes broad, smooth and subfleshy (not transversely corruga- ted), 3-valved, the margins of the valves being straight and flattened. 2. Tricuspidaria Patagua, nob.;—Tricuspidaria dependens, Hook. (non R. & P.) Bot. Misc. iii. p. 156; Gay, Chile, i. p- 338 ;—Crinodendron Patagua, Mol. (non Hook.) Hist. Chile, pp. 146 & 290; Cav. Diss. 300, tab. 158 ;—Arbor frondosa, ramis elongatis, subascendentibus, teretibus, stria- tellis, cinereis, brevissime tomentellis; foliis seepius oppo- sitis, oblongo vel lanceolato-oblongis, imo cuneatis, apice rotundatis aut obtusis, coriaceis, marginibus subrevolutis, sinuato-serratis, dentibus glanduloso-mucronulatis, supra pallide viridibus, glaberrimis, nitidis, subtus glauces- centibus et presertim In nervis prominulis arcuatim nexis parce puberulis, petiolo canaliculato, flavido-pubescente, limbo 8-plo breviore: floribus solitariis, axillaribus, longe pedunculatis, folio paulo brevioribus; calyce campanulato, margine demum lacerato, ab ovario in forma annulari sece~ dente pedunculum circumdante prolapso; petalis niveis, carnosis, majusculis, intus usque ad medium valde cari- natis, marginibus introplicatis; capsula disco stipitata, ovata, utrinque acuta, subtrialata, marginibus valde un dulatis, coriacea, transversim corrugata, seminibus nigris, nitentibus.—In Chile prov. centralibus: v. v. et sicc. (Brid- ges, 159). This is a handsome tree, about 30 feet high, also evergreen, growing in drier situations in all the central provinces, extending even into the deep valleys of the Cordillera: it produces a timber of much utility and of considerable size— according to Molina, sometimes 7 feet in diameter; but I never heard of any approaching so large a size. Its leaves are from 13-24 inches long, 8-12 lines broad, on a petiole 3 lines long; the peduncle im flower is 8-10 lines long, in fruit 12 lines long, gradually thickening upwards, and 5-sul- cate; the calyx is 14 line long, 2 lines in diameter, seceding from the summit of the pedicel and remaining strung upon it, in the form of a fimbriated annular disk; the petals are 7-8 lines long; the capsule is 6 lines long and broad, pointed at each extremity, opening upon the sharp, sutural, much undu- lated edges of the valves, which, curving back horizontally, show the seeds attached to each side of the margin of the Ve: 52 Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariez. dissepiments; the pyriform seeds are 2 lines long, 14 line in diameter *. 5. CRINODENDRON. This name was given to the well-known Patagua of Chile by Molina, who described it so imperfectly that Ruiz and Pavon did not recognize it when they founded their genus Tricuspidaria upon the same plant. Molina gave Cavanilles a rough drawing, showing the flower and seed, made from memory, which the latter described and figured in his ‘ Dis- sertationes,’ the characters there assigned to it being altoge- ther erroneous. Sir William Hooker, in 1833, described a plant from the island of Chiloe, collected by Cuming, which he supposed to be the same as that incorrectly described by Molina and Cavanilles, and accordingly named it Crinodendron Patagua. In giving an outline of its generic character, he wrongly described the flower as having no calyx, which had fallen away from Cuming’s specimens; the inflection of the petals was not noticed; and the remarkable glands were not observed upon the disk, which was figured as being simply columnar. Gay, in his ‘ History of Chile,’ erroneously de- scribes the calyx; but he gives an account of the structure of the fruit, which was not known previously. Crinodendron cannot be said to have existed as a genus until Sir William Hooker first established it in his ‘ Botanical Miscellany ;’ and he, perceiving its near affinity to Tricuspidaria, placed it in the Llcocarpee, notwithstanding the then apparently discordant characters of its floral envelopes. De Candolle has not noticed the genus ; but Endlicher placed it in his tribe Tricuspidarie, in association with Vallea and Tricuspidaria. Bentham and Hooker, in their ‘ Nova Genera,’ have regarded it as a syno- nym of Tricuspidaria, evidently unaware of the characters which separate it from that genus. The following is an amended diagnosis, according to my own observations, as far as regards the floral structure; not having seen the ripe fruit, IT have copied the details in that respect from Gay’s work, where alone it is described. CRINODENDRON, Hook. (non Mol. nee Cavan.).—Flores her- maphroditi. Sepala 3, obovata, apice 2-dentata, dentibus rotundatis, equalia, parallele nervosa, utrinque adpresse pilosa, estivatione paulo imbricata, valde caduca. Petala 5, oblonga, sepalis plusquam duplo longiora, extus convexa, imo breviter saccata, lateribus inflexis, apice breviter et * A figure of this species, with full structural details, will be shown in my ‘ Contributions,’ plate 82. A yn Mr. J. Miers on the Tricuspidariex. 53 acute 3-dentata, carnosula, suberecta, extus glabra, intus in nervis parallelis prominulis pilosula, estivatione introflexo- plicata, dentibus valvatis, mox decidua. Déscus in forma gynophori late columnaris, centralis, extus in glandulas 10 parallelas oblongo-ovatas inciso-sulcatus, coloratus, per- sistens. Stamina 20, equalia, summo disci cirea ovarium uniseriatim inserta ; filamenta tenuissime linearia, imo paulo latiora, subcurvata, brevissime hispida; anther longe line- ares, 4-sulcate, scabridule, geniculatim basifixe, apicibus conniventes, antice et postice profunde suleate, 2-loculares, vertice e poris 2 confluentibus brevissime 2-valvatim serius longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Pollen minute globosum. Ovarium ovatum, disco stipitatum, sulcatum, velutino-pi- losum, 5-loculare; ovu/a 24-30 in quovis loculo, crebre 3-seriatim axi centrali affixa: stylus subulatus, erectus, sub- tenuis, 5-sulcatus, subglaber; stigma obsoletum. Capsula (sec. cl. Gay) subrotunda, grosse bullata, coriacea, velutina, 4—5-locularis, loculicide dehiscens ; semina in quovis loculo 3-4, superposita, axi affixa, rotundo-pyriformia, subangu- lata; testa crustacea: embryo in albumine subtenui corneo- carnoso, orthotropus; cotyledones plani, suborbiculares, radicula brevi, supera. rbor Chilensis et Chiloensis, frondosa, sempervirens ; folia sublanceolata, glanduloso-serrata, breviter petiolata: flores speciost, aurantiact, majusculi, solitarti, axillares, longis- sime pedunculatt. Crinodendron Hookerianum, C. Gay, Flor. Chile, i. p. 341 ; —Crinodendron Patagua, Hook. (non Mol. nec Cav.) Bot. Mise. ii. p. 156, tab. 100 ;—Arbor frondosa ; foliis suboppo- sitis vel subternis, lanceolato-oblongis, utrinque obtusis aut subacutis, marginibus valderevolutis, remote serratis, dentibus longe glanduloso-mucronatis, supra pallide viridibus, subtus flavido-glaucis, in axillis nervorum fasciculato-barbatis, nervis arcuatis prominentibus, petiolo limbo 12-plo breviore costaque pubescente: floribus axillaribus, solitariis, cum pedunculo apice incrassato pubescente 2-3-plo longiore folia subeequantibus ; sepalis utrinque puberulis; petalis carnosulis, aurantiacis, glabris, sepalisque mox deciduis ; ovario flavide tomentoso ; stylo subulato, ad medium piloso; capsula ovato-globosa, majuscula, grosse bullata, tomentosa, 4—5-suleata, 4-5-loculari, apice breviter loculicide dehis- cente; seminibus in loculis 3 vel 4, majusculis; testa crus- tacea.—In Chile prov. Valdivia et in insula Chiloe: v. s. in herb. meo, Mus. Brit., et Hook., Valdivia (Bridges, 613) ; Chiloé (Capt. King ; Cuming, 22). 54 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on An evergreen tree, 8-16 feet high, with a trunk 8 inches in diameter: leaves 13—4 inches long, 5-12 lines broad, on a etiole 14-2 lines long; peduncle 13-1? inch long, gradu- ally thickening to the summit; sepals 4 lines long, 3 lines broad, free and attached to the margin of the thickened apex of the peduncle, each with seven parallel nervures; petals 9-11 lines long, 4-5 lines broad, including the inflected margins, with three apical teeth 1 line long, glabrous; co- lumnar disk 1 line high, 2 lines in diam., glabrous ; filaments 3 lines, anthers 5 lines long ; scabridly rugulose ; ovary 3 lines long, 2 lines broad; style 4-7 lines long; capsule 8-10 limes in diameter; seeds at least 2 lines in diameter, attached to the central column*, VII. — Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. VIII. Some Lower-Silurian Species from the Chair of Kildare, Ireland. By Prof. T. Ruprerr Jones, F.G.S., and Dr. H. B. Hout, F.G.S. [Plate VIL] In 1863 Mr. W. H. Baily, F.G.S., Paleeontologist of the Geologi- cal Survey of Ireland, sent us, from the mountain near Kildare known as the Chair of Kildare, some of the grey, crystalline, encrinital limestone, of ‘‘ Caradoc-Bala” age, containing the minute fossils referred to by Prof. M‘Coy, in Sir R. Griffith’s ‘Synopsis of the Silurian Fossils of Ireland,’ p. 58, as Cythere phaseolus of Hisinger. In 1865 Mr. Joseph Wright, F.G.S., of Cork, visiting the Chair of Kildare, brought away a quan- tity of this limestone to examine at his leisure; and having broken it up and picked out the separate fossils, he found many of these little Entomostraca, and sent us a liberal supply of them for examination. ‘These specimens are all smooth calcareous representatives of closed carapaces: they may be said to consist of the carapace-valves replaced by calcite and filled with the same; while a very thin film of pulverulent calcareous material sometimes represents the outermost portion (or surface) of the valves. It has been difficult to find alliances for these Lower-Silu- rian Entomostraca, simple as they are in form and structure ; but since our determination of the Silurian Primitie of the * A representation of this plant, with particulars of its floral structure, will be seen in plate 83 A of my ‘ Contributions,’ + See the explanatory memoir entitled ‘Data and Descriptions to ac- company Quarter-Sheet 35 N,E. of the Map of the Geol, Survey of Ire- land,’ 1858, 7 the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 55 Malverns and elsewhere, described in the‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’* ser. 3. vol. xvi. (1865), pp. 414-425, pl. 13, we have a clearer view of the probable relationship of some of these specimens from Kildare; whilst others of them fall into the groups of Cythere and Bairdia, as recognized by the shape of the cara- pace-valves. Primitia is a characteristically Silurian genus t (see Ann. Nat. Hist. 7. c.); and now Cythere and Bairdia are shown to have existed at that early period, judging from fossil carapaces, such as already have been accepted as evidence of the persistency of these genera from the Upper-Paleozoic (Carboniferous) times to the present day. 1. Primitia Maccoyiit, Salter, sp. Pl. VII. figs. 1 a-c, 2ad&b, 3 a-e. Cythere phaseolus, M‘Coy (not of Hisinger), Synops. Sil. Foss. Ireland, 1846, p. 58. Cythere Maccoyii, Salter, in Morris’s Catal. Brit. Foss. 2nd edit. 1854, p. 105. Cythere Maccoyv, (“ Forbes, n.s.?”), Baily, Descript. Quarter-Sheet 35 N.E. Geol. Surv. Ireland, 1858, p. 10. Cythere? phaseolus§ (M‘Coy, not of Hisinger), Salter, in Murchison’s ‘Siluria,’ 2nd edit. 1859, p. 538, and 3rd edit. 1867, p. 517, Carapace like a bean, smooth, subovate, swollen in the middle and equally compressed at the ends ; somewhat Leper- ditioid in outline, having a nearly straight dorsal line and slightly sloping antero- and postero-dorsal margins, and being somewhat narrower at one extremity than at the other. Dorsal profile acute-oval (in some specimens rather acute-ovate). At the middle third of the hinge-line the edge of each valve is suddenly depressed, and the boundary of the inflection is rounded in the young and slightly ridged in the old specimens. The ventral border of each valve is thickened with a rim, which is doubled in large and aged individuals. * In this paper on Primitie, at p. 417, the name “Schrenk” is twice printed by mistake for Schmidt; also in the footnote at p. 424, + To the already recorded Primitie (Ann. Nat. Hist. /. c.) we wish to add two, namely, (1) Cytheropsis rugosa, Jones (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. i. p. 249, pl. 10. fig. 5, figured upside down) from the Trenton Lime- stone of Canada, which in shape much resembles Primitia senucircularis, J. & HL, whilst its punctation is such as we see in P. variolata, J. & H.; (2) Leperditia Solwensis, Jones, a very small Leperditioid Entomostracan, without eye-tubercle or muscle-spot, from the Lower Lingula-flags, of Upper Solva, on the west side of Solva Harbour, near St. David’s, South Wales (see Annals Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvii. p. 95, pl. 7, fig. 16; and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. p. 288). { For the relative sizes of the Primitie &c. described in this paper, see further on, page 58. q Specimens from the Chair of Kildare are also referred to, in the ‘Catal. Collect. Fossils Mus. Pract. Geol.’ 1865, p. 7, as “ Cythere phaseo- lus, case 7, tablet 37, specimen 15,” 56 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on As one valve does not overlap the other in this Entomos- tracan, it is not a Leperditia; and the absence of both eye- spot and muscle-spot also distinguishes it from that form and the allied Jsochilina. The acutely elliptical depression of the dorsal margins and the ventral rims remind us of similar features in Primitia cristata, P. umbilicata, and P. tersa (Ann. Nat. Hist. /.c. pl. 13. figs. 1-3) ; and a ventral rim is charac- teristic also of other Primitiw, whether the median pit or fur- row 1s present or not. P. Maccoyii is very abundant in the limestone of the Chair of Kildare. Several years since, Mr. Salter intimated that this fossil could not be the same as Hisinger’s Cythere phaseolus. ‘The latter, we know, is a Leperditia closely related to (or the young of) L. Balthica; and, though figured roughly in Hisinger’s ‘ Lethzea Suecica’ (pl. 1. fig. 1), with a mere ovate outline (as, indeed, L. Balthica also was at first), it is really Leperditioid in shape, and has other characters of the genus. An individual P. Maccoyii is present in one of the specimens of Bala-Caradoc limestone from Aldeans*, on the Stincher (or Stinchar) River,in Ayrshire, preserved in the W oodwardian Museum at Cambridge, and, indeed, appears to have been no- ticed, though not recognized, by Prof. M‘Coy (see Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. viii. p. 387; and further on, p. 60). In the equivalent limestone of Keisley, in Westmoreland, which has a close affinity, both in fossils and mineral charac- ter, with that of the Chair of Kildare, P. Maccoy7i has been discovered by Prof. Harkness (see his account of the Lower Silurian Rocks of Westmoreland, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxi. pp. 243 &c.). 2. Primitia Sancti-Patrict’, n. sp. Pl. VII. figs. 4a, 46. Carapace smooth, almost semicircular in outline, convex in the middle and nearly equally compressed towards the margin all round; back very slightly arched, rounded at the end of the hinge-line ; one extremity rather more broadly curved than the other; ventral margin fully convex, and bordered (espe- cially posteriorly) with a faint rim where the edge of the valve turns inward. Dorsal profile acute-oval. Rather more semicircular than P. obsoleta, this Irish species differs from it also in having less of the marginal rim and no sulcus, and in being more oval than ovate in the profile of the closed valves. Indeed it seems to be intermediate between P. * Also written Aldens and Aldons. t Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850, Trans. Sect. p. 107; Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. viii, (1851) pp. 189 &c. ; and ‘Siluria,’ 3rd edit. 1867, p. 156, the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. DT obsoleta and P. ovata, both of Scandinavian origin (see Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 8. vol. xvi. pl. 13. figs. 12 & 13). Rare. 1. Cythere Wrightiana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 5a, 55. Carapace smooth, elongate-reniform or subcylindrical, like a haricot bean; ends nearly equal in curvature and compres- sion; but one (the anterior) is rather more elliptical and rather more compressed than the other; dorsal line elliptic; ventral line slightly sinuate, being somewhat incurved at the middle. Dorsal profile elongate-ovate. Rare. Modifications of this shape are not uncommon among the carapaces of Cythere, both recent and fossil; but we cannot definitely match this form with any known species. The same may be said of those that follow. We have named this old Cythere after Mr. Joseph Wright, F.G.S., to whose care we owe the many well-preserved speci- mens of Entomostraca that we have seen from Kildare. 2. Cythere Jukesiana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 6 a, 6d. Carapace subcylindrical, but very much narrower and rather more compressed at one end (anterior) than at the other,—in fact strongly tapering from the posterior third forwards. The back is arched behind the middle, and the ventral margin is incurved a little im front of the middle. Ends elliptical in curve; the posterior is broader than the anterior extremity. Dorsal profile subovate, acute at the ends and compressed at the sides. Rare. Named after the Director of the Geological Survey of Ireland. 3. Cythere Bailyana, sp.nov. Pl. VIL. figs. 7 a, 7b. Carapace smooth, somewhat bean-shaped; straight on the back, rounded nearly equally and attenuated at the ends; in- curved and compressed at the middle of the ventral region. Dorsal profile acute-oval, laterally compressed. Rare. Named after the Palzontologist of the Geological Survey of Treland. 4, Cythere Harknessiana, sp. nov. Pl. VII. figs. 8 a, 8 d. Carapace smooth, nearly ovate; the back is more strongly arched than the ventral edge ; and these opposite margins have their greatest convexity in an oblique direction one to the other—that of the ventral margin being in advance of the middle, and that of the back rather behind it. Dorsal profile nearly oval, but subacute at the ends. Rare. We dedicate this Lower-Silurian species to Prof. Harkness, F.R.S., of Queen’s College, Cork, who has laboured on the Paleozoic rocks of Ireland and the north of England. 58 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on 1. Bairdia Murchisoniana, sp.nov. Pl. VIL figs. 9a, 9. Carapace smooth, almost subcylindrical, arcuate, tapering, and compressed at the ends. Anterior end rounded obliquely, posterior obtusely pointed. Dorsal profile narrow and acutely oval, Rare. This elegant Bairdia, resembling to some extent other elongate forms of Bairdia, but wanting the broadly produced and hatchet-shaped anterior end of the Carboniferous and Permian B. curta and its varieties*, is dedicated to Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., whose Silurian researches have so greatly aided in elucidating the structure and history of the old rocks of Ireland, as well as of Great Britain and many other parts of the world. 2. Bairdia Griffthiana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 10 a, 10 d. Carapace smooth, subdeltoid; back obliquely arched, with steep unequal slopes to the extremities, the anterior of which makes an acute angle with the ventral border, whilst the pos- terior is obtusely rounded. Ventral border slightly sinuate. Ventral profile acute-ovate, compressed. Rare. The name of Sir Richard Griffith, Bart, the veteran Geolo- gist of Ireland, is attached to this species. 3. Bairdia Salteriana, sp.nov. Pl. VII. figs. 11 a, 11. Carapace smooth, swollen, subovate; with angular com- pressed ends, and an acute-oval profile. Rare. ‘l’o some ex- tent this species resembles a subrhombical variety of B. plebeta (see ‘‘ Permian Entomostraca,” in the Transact. ‘Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. iv. pl. 11. fig. 12 a). Named in honour of J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S., whose re- searches among Silurian Fossils are well known. Measurements. Length. Width. Thickness. inch. inch. inch. Primitia Maccoyii, old ...... 0-09 0-0575 0-045 rs a5 intermediate| 0-07 0:0525 rr young ....| 0°0375 | 0025 0:02 Sancti-Patricii...... 0:05 0:04 0:025 Cythere Wrightiana ........ 00675 | 0:0325 0:0275 Pi Baily 2a oostiaeopetae OO56 sl oncee 0-015 ya, SUReSANA 5 6 cscs es 0:07 0:0275 00225 Pr) blarkmessiaria.ycite ss 0:0575 0:0325 0:03825 Bairdia Murchisoniana ...... 0:0525 0:0225 0:0175 yy OREM Naas. ee seh 0-04 0:0225 nearly | 0-015 to 0:0175 yy o allterianiar 2, oe an 0-045 0:0225 0:0225 nearly * Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xviii. p. 42. the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 59 From the “ Caradoc” or “ Bala-Caradoc”’ formation there are some other Bivalved Entomostraca known, namely :— 1. Primitia strangulata, Salter, sp. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xvi. p. 416; from Coniston Waterhead, Lancashire ; and found also in the “ Brandschiefer”* of the Baltic Provinces, according to Schmidt. , Var. a, op. cit. p. 417. Robeston Wathen, Pem- brokeshire. la. 2. Salteriana, J. & H., op. cit. p. 417. Sholes Hook, Haverfordwest; in the “ Brandschiefer’’ of Wannemois and in the Borkholm bed (Schmidt), 2a. , var. crenulata, Schmidt, op. cit. p. 417. Pag- gar and Borkholm. 3. semicordata, J. & H., op. cit. p. 417. Sholes Hook, Pembrokeshire. 4, matutina, J. & H., op. cit. p.418. Cheney Longville, Shropshire. 5. simplex, Jones, op. cit. p. 417. Harnaget, Shrop- shire; and in the Llandeilo schists of Busaco, Portugal. 6. bicornis, Jones, op. cit. p.420. Harnage. te nana, J. & H., op. cit. p.420. Harnage. 8. Leperditia |Primitia?] minuta (Kichwald, sp.), Schmidt, Untersuchungen, p. 194; in the Brandschiefer and the Wessenberg and Borkholm beds. [ ?| brachynotha, Schmidt, Untersuch. p. 195; Borkholm. [ holm. 11. Beyrichia complicata, Salter. Abermarchant &e. (See Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvi. pp. 164 &e.) This spe- cies occurs also in the Llandeilo rocks of Wales, and in the “ Brandschiefer”’ of the Baltic Provinces (Schmidt). afinist, Jones. 'Tramore, Ireland. Op. cct. p. 171. 9. 10. ?] obliqua, Schmidt, Untersuch. p. 195; Bork- 12. * This Brandschiefer is in the uppermost part of the lowest Silurian group of the Baltic Provinces of Russia; and the Borkholm bed lies higher up, being the uppermost of the Lower Silurian beds. See F, Schmidt’s ‘ Untersuchungen tiber die Silurische Formation von Esthland, Nord-Livland und Oesel,’ 8vo, Dorpat, 1858 ; and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe, vol. xiv. pp. 45 et seq. + The Lower Silurian schists at Harnage (near Shrewsbury, in Shrop- shire), which yield these little Entomostracans, are regarded by the Geological Surveyors as belonging to the Caradoc-Bala formation. Mr. Salter, however, thinks that they may be of Llandeilo age. { In the last edition of ‘Siluria,’ at page 516, this species is placed by mistake in the Llandeilo column of the Table of Silurian Fossils, and 2B. Barrandiana (a Llandeilo fossil) in the Caradoc Column, 60 Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. H. B. Holl on 13. Beyrichia Wilckensiana, Jones, op. cit. p. 89. Horderley, Shropshire. 14. Cythere Aldensis, M‘Coy, sp. Aldeans, Ayrshire. Re- specting this last species it is advisable to give here all the particulars we know of it. Cythere Aldensis, M‘Coy, sp. Pl. VII. fig. 12. Cytheropsis, n. sp. M‘Coy, 1851. Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1850, Trans. Sect. nLOTe Cytheropsis Aldensis, M‘Coy, 1851. Ann. N. Hist. ser. 2. vol. viii. p. 387. Cytheropsis Aldensis, M‘Coy, 1852. Syst. Descr. Pal. Foss. Geol. Mus. Cambridge, pl. 1 L. fig. 2. Cytheropsis Aldensis (M‘Coy), Salter, 1859. In Murchison’s ‘Siluria,’ 2nd edit. p. 539, Cythere? Aldensis (M‘Coy, sp.), Jones, 1867. In Murchison’s ‘Siluria,’ 3rd edit. p. 517. In his memoir “On some New Cambro-Silurian Fossils,” 1851 (Ann. Nat. Hist. 7. c.), Prof. M‘Coy thus describes this species :-— « Arcuato-oblong, dorsal margin much arched, greatest convexity about the middle, sloping more towards the anterior, which is slightly smaller than the posterior end ; posterior end broadly arched, anterior end obtusely pointed; a concave flattened sinus, rather more than half the length of the shell, in the ventral margin, rather nearer to the anterior than the posterior end; an obscure roughened spot slightly nearer to the anterior than the posterior end, and slightly nearer to the dorsal than the ventral margin; valves moderately and evenly gibbous; surface very minutely punctured, under a strong lens. Length 14 millimetre, depth about two-thirds the length. “This little species is accompanied by a more elongate, oblong, less arched form, of greater rarity, which may either be a distinct species or the male. “Extremely abundant in the dark earthy limestone of Aldens, Ayrshire.” In the Woodwardian Museum at Cambridge are preserved some specimens of the “‘ Lower Bala” Limestone of Aldeans, collected by Prof. Sedgwick in 1850, and containing several (six or seven) small Bivalved Entomostraca, one of which Prof. M‘Coy described as above, and figured in the Brit. Pal. Foss. Camb. Mus. part 2. fasc. 1. pl. 1 L. fig. 2. Through the courtesy of Mr. Harry Seeley, one of us has carefully examined these specimens. ‘l'hey are all imbedded to a greater or less extent in the matrix; and there are at least two distinct forms. One of these we refer to P. Maccoyii (see above, p. 56) ; and the most striking of the others is the specimen figured by Prof. M‘Coy. What appears as an obscure tubercle, however, the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 61 on the figure is an exaggerated feature, and without import- ance; in other respects the specimen somewhat resembles our new Cythere Jukestana, but it is much shorter in proportion and more arched. It also approaches some of the Bairdie in shape; but its narrow (anterior) extremity has the curvature of a Cythere, and is markedly deficient in the peculiar up-turned hatchet-like edge characteristic of Batrdia. C. Aldensis is smaller (;!; inch long) and less convex than the specimen of Primitia Maccoyzi associated with it in the same limestone. The name “ Cytheropsis” has been applied to this and other Paleozoic Entomostraca*. With regard to this term as a generic appellation, we once thought it useful in classifying those Paleozoic Entomostraca that do not closely assimilate either to Leperditia or Beyrichia, but in outline and size re- semble many of the Cythere of existing seas, though differing - from them in having tubercles, relatively thick valves, or other distinctive features (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. i. p. 249). The establishment, however, of the natural group of Primitie en- ables us to brig together several of the “simple Beyrichie,” some of the dubious Leperditioid forms, and nearly all the so- called Cytheropses. Indeed of the known species referred to Cytheropsis there remain only C. rugosa (Jones, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol.1. p. 249, pl. 10. fig. 5), which is probably a Primitia, figured upside down, and C. siliqua (Jones, op. cit. fig. 6), which, perhaps, like some of the Kildare specimens, is a Cythere or a Macrocypris. Kxcepting the relatively greater thickness of the valves in some of them (and that is more ap- parent than real), there is nothing to indicate that these old Entomostraca, which “ Cytheropsis” was intended to com- prise, differed from what now exist as Cythere, Bairdic, Macrocyprides, &c. The so-called Cytheropses of the Car- boniferous formations have already been shown to belong to Leperditia Okeni, &c. (see Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xviii. p- 39). EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL. Fig. 1. Primitia Maccoyii (full-grown): a, right valve; 6, dorsal, and ec, ventral aspect. Fig. 2. P. Maccoyii (intermediate stage of growth): a, left valve; 6, ven- tral aspect. Fig. 3. P. Maccoyit (young): a, left valve; 6, ventral aspect; ec, end view. *“Cytheropsis” has also been applied to a group of recent Cytheride by G. O. Sars in 1865; but G.S. Brady proposes Lucythere in its place for these living forms. 62 Bibliographical Notice. . P. Sancti-Patriei: a, right valve; 6, dorsal aspect. . Cythere Wrightiana: a, left valve; b, ventral view. . C. Bailyana: a, right valve; 6, dorsal view. . C. Jukesiana: a, right valve; 6, ventral aspect. . C. Harknessiana: a, right valve; 5, dorsal aspect. . Bairdia Murchisoniana: a, left valve ; 6, ventral view. Fig. 10, B. Griffithiana: a, left valve; 6, ventral view. Fig. 11. B. Salteriana: a, right valve; 6, ventral view. Fig. 12, Cythere Aldensis: right valve. hy S~} CO OU coon BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. On Subaérial Denudation, and on Cliffs and Escarpments of the Chalk and the Lower Tertiary Beds. By Wiui11amM WuitakEr, B.A., F.G.S., &. 8vo, pp. 27. Hertford, 1867. « For some years,” writes Mr. Whitaker, in this reprint from the ‘Geological Magazine, “ geologists haye more or less agreed in the view that the present features of the earth, whether hill, valley, or plain (with some small exceptions, as volcanic outbursts), have been formed directly by denudation; though indirectly disturbances, whether faults, upheavals, or sinkings, have of course hau their effect in determining the flow, so to speak, of the denuding agent.” Of late much discussion has been held on the comparative effect of the two forces, disturbance and denudation, and on the relative extent to which sea-action on the one hand and atmospheric agen- cies on the other have worn away the earth’s surface and carved its rocks into their present form. Although the action, simple or combined, of frost, avalanches, glaciers, icebergs, coast-ice, river-ice, rain, snow-water, springs, torrents, and rivers, has never been ignored by geologists since their science took a systematic form, yet doubtless they have been too much influenced in general by the popular notion that the sea has been up and over the land time after time, and effected the scoop- ings and carvings of hill and valley,—the quiet and slow action of air and rain (universal, indeed, but lost sight of by the unobservant) having been neglected in many calculations as to the alterations the earth’s surface has undergone. Now that advanced knowledge and improved observation have given credit to atmospheric agencies, rather than to marine action, for some of the enormous denudations recognized by geologists in past as well as in present times, we are not at all surprised to find some favouring the new views with such warmth as reaction, enthusiasm, and party-feeling usually create. With an earnest love of truth and of his subject, the writer of this pamphlet has carefully collated the statements of many geologists about “ subaérial denudation,” showing how much has already been done and thought on the subject; and he adds his own experience and views, somewhat dogmatically and with some contempt for those whom he regards as differing from him. Royal Society. 63 Scientific knowledge is arrived at by repeated efforts, with imper- fect observation and half-true hypotheses ; and every effort is re- garded as good and true until further researches and better conclu- sions eliminate the errors, leaving a residuum of real truth as a basis for further advance. The “subaérialists” and the “ submarinists ”’ (we know not, indeed, if there be any pure and simple followers of these schools) may, by their one-sided efforts, help to carry on observation and knowledge; and it seems as unavoidable that this should be the natural method of progress in geology as that by tacking and tacking the wind-stayed ship should make its weary way to port. We look, then, on Mr. Whitaker’s pamphlet, com- prising his réswmé of what has been done and his opinions of what ought to be thought, as an effort in the right direction; and we trust that, whether the ship’s prow be now too much to windward or the contrary, the voyage is successfully, though laboriously, progressing towards the happy land of geologists, where all the strata will be seen and all the fossils deciphered, where homotaxis and boulder- drift are unknown, where ice will do everything to please some, and water slave for others, where the voleano will give up the se- crets of its laboratory to solve the problems of the plutonist, and the hydrothermalist, no longer in hot water, will have his doubts re- moved. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. April 23, 1868.—Dr. William Allen Miller, Treasurer and Vice-President, in the Chair. “On the Geographical and Geological Relations of the Fauna and Flora of Palestine.” By the Rev. Henry Baker Tristram, M.A., F.G.S. A detailed examination of the fauna and flora exhibits results remarkably in accordance with the views expressed by Mr. Sclater and Dr. Giimther on the geographical distribution of species. Pa- lestine forms an extreme southern province of the Palearctic region. In every class, however, there are a group of peculiar forms, which cannot be explained simply by the fact of Palestine impinging closely on the Ethiopian, and more distantly on the Indian region, but which require a reference to the geological history of the country. _ The results of the examination of the collections made in 1864 by the expedition assisted by the Royal Society, may be tabulated thus :— 64 Royal Society :-— Indian, including Total. Palearctic. Ethiopian. those which are Peculiar. also Ethiopian. Mammalia .... 82 4] 30* 13 a Wrens. cies B26 1. 258 36+ 14 27 Reptilia ...... 48 25 13f 2 4§ Pisces, fluviatile 17 l 3 3 10|| Mollusea...... 146 48 8 2 81 Flora, general.. 9634 Flora, Dead-Sea basin (Phane- rogamic).... 113 27 leg 26 3 Several of the Ethiopian Mammalia are sedentary forms, and seem to point to an earlier settlement than across the recent deserts. There is no trace of any immigration from the Indian region. Of the peculiar species, Hyrawz syriacus belongs to an exclusively Ethio- pian and isolated type, yet is specifically different from its congeners, which are all most sedentary in their habits. The Avifauna is very rich in number of species, most unequally distributed. The Ethiopian and Indian types are almost exclusively confined to the Dead-Sea basin, excepting only the desert forms. There are several Indian species, as Ketupa ceylonensis, which have no affinities with any Ethiopian forms. Of the peculiar species, besides several modifications of well-known Palzearctic forms, there are eleven, belonging to as many different Ethiopian and Indian genera. Three of these are decidedly Indian in their affinities. The Avifauna of the Dead-Sea basin is decidedly distinct and typical, sometimes Indian, more generally Ethiopian in its character. In the Reptilia there is a less prominent intrusion of Ethiopian types, there being a general similarity to the Egyptian herpetological fauna, which must be classed within the Palearctic region. The Indian is present in Daboia wanthina; and the affinities of a new genus Rhynchocalamus are rather obscure. Snakes in particular are more limited to the original locality of the individuals ; and the groups, like the individuals, are more stationary. The fluviatile ichthyological fauna is much more distinct, though the number of species is small. In its consideration. we confine ourselves to the Jordan and its tributaries, in which are three Nilotic fishes, three others extending eastward in Asia, six to other rivers of Syria, and four peculiar, bearing a strong affinity to the species and genera (as Chromis and Hemichromis) of tropical Eastern Africa. Of the Mollusca, most of the peculiar species have no geographical signification. The Pulmonifera have developed in groups which * Of which 9 are also Indian. + Of which 8 are also Indian. + Of which 1 is also Indian. § And 5 others Asiatic, but not Indian. || Of which 5 are also Syrian and Asia Minor. q About 1300 species are known from Palestine (Phanerogamic). ** Of which 26 are also Indian. Rev. H. B. Tristram on the Fauna and Flora of Palestine. 65 are modifications of desert types in the south, and of Mediterranean forms on the coast. Variation in this class appears rapidly to follow segregation, as shown by the Jordanic species. ‘The fluviatile mol- lusca are much more distinct, and indicate a very ancient separation from any adjacent district. Similar inferences may be drawn from the examination of the Arachnida, Lepidoptera, Hemiptera, and Orthoptera, as well as from the Rhizopod fauna, which is similar to that of the Indian Ocean. (The examination of the Coleoptera is not yet completed.) The flora of Palestine is, on the coastline and highlands, simply a reproduction of that of the Eastern Mediterranean. That of the Jordan valley is most distinct. Of 113 species by the Dead Sea, only 27 are European, and these chiefly weeds of world-wide distri- bution. In this area the flora is almost exclusively Ethiopian, con- sisting largely of species extending from the Canaries to India. Thus in the Dead-Sea basin, an area of but a few square miles, we find a series of forms of life, in all classes, differing from those of the surrounding region, to which they do not extend, and having Ethiopian and, more strictly, Indian affinities. The basin is depressed 1300 feet below the sea-level; and as zones of elevation correspond to parallels of latitude, so here a zone of depression represents the fauna and flora of a low latitude. If the flora were representative, this law, that climatal zones of life are mutually repeated and repre- sented by elevation or depression and latitude, would account for their existence. But we have a transported flora ; this negatives the idea of an independent origin on the spot. The theory of migration, under present conditions, is refuted by the coexistence of peculiar and unique forms with others now found in regions widely apart. Of these, the physical character, and the phenomena of their present distribution, present insuperable obstacles to their migration under existing geological conditions. Their existence must be mainly due to dispersion before the isola- tion of the area; this must have been after the close of the Eocene period, to which belong the most recent superficial deposits of Southern Palestine. There are no beds synchronizing with the miocene deposits of Sicily &c. ; it must have had a fauna and flora contemporaneous with the miocene flora of Germany. There is geological evidence that since the Eocene period the Jordan fissure has had no connexion with the Red Sea or Mediterranean. There are subsequent vast marl deposits of the Dead Sea when it was at a higher level; but they are wholly unfossiliferous. The diminution of the waters may, for reasons given, be fixed about the close of the tertiary epoch. We have also evidence of the extension of the glacial period thus far south, as in the moraines of Lebanon. Still the lake existed in its present form before the glacial epoch, when there was an unusually warmer climate, and the more antique Ethiopian fauna and flora had a more northerly extension. This would be contemporaneous with the miocene continent of Atlantis, and the Asturian flora of South-west Ireland. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. in. x 66 Royal Institution :— ‘ Palestine would then be East African. Afterwards the glacial inroad would destroy the mass of preexisting life, excepting the few species most tenacious of existence, which survive in the still com- paratively warm depression of the Jordan valley, which thus became a tropical ‘outlier,”’ analogous to the boreal marine outliers of our own seas. The Indian types are explained by the former continuous miocene continent from India to Africa. The peculiar species may either yet be found in Arabia, or, if not, may be descendants of species which inhabited the country with a limited range, or may be variations stereotyped by isolation. The peculiar fishes of the Jordan are most important, dating probably from the earliest period after the elevation of the land. The genera of the peculiar species are exclusively African, while the Species are representative rather than identical. We may explain this by the miocene chain of freshwater lakes, extending from Galilee to the Nyanza, Nyassa, and Zambesi, when an ichthyological fauna was developed suited to the warm conditions that prevailed, part of which survives in the Jordan. During the glacial period Lebanon must have been similar in temperature to the present Alps, as the existing mammals and birds on the summits are identical with those of the Pyrenees and the Alps; not so the glacial flora, of which almost every trace has been lost. But the flora had not the same powers of vertical migration with the fauna, of which, however, the Elk, Red Deer, and Reindeer, found in the bone-caverns, have long since perished. During the present period the Mediterranean forms have over- spread the whole country, excepting the mountain-tops at an eleva- tion of 9000 feet and the Jordan depression. These two exceptions can be best explained by the fact that the traces of the glacial road are not yet wholly obliterated, and that the preceding warm period has left its yet stronger mark in the unique tropical “outlier’’ of the Dead-Sea basin, analogous to the boreal outliers of our mountain- tops, the concave depression in the one being the complement of the convex elevation in the other. ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN, February 7, 1868. “Qn the Animals which are most nearly intermediate between Birds and Reptiles.” By Professor Huxrey, LL.D., F.R.S. Those who hold the doctrine of Evolution (and I am one of them) conceive that there are grounds for believing that the world, with all that is in it and on it, did not come into existence in the condition in which we now see it, nor in anything approaching that condition. On the contrary, they hold that the present conformation and com- position of the earth’s crust, the distribution of land and water, and the infinitely diversified forms of animals and plants which consti- tute its present population, are merely the final terms in an immense series of changes which haye been brought about, in the course of Prof. Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 67 immeasurable time, by the operation of causes more or less similar to those which are at work at the present day. Perhaps this doctrine of evolution is not maintained consciously and in its logical integrity by a very great number of persons *. But many hold particular applications of it without committing them- selves to the whole; and many, on the other hand, favour the ge- neral doctrine without giving an absolute assent to its particular applications, Thus, one who adopts the nebular hypothesis in astronomy, or is a uniformitarian in geology, or a Darwinian in biology, is so far an adherent of the doctrine of evolution. And, as I can testify from personal experience, it is possible to have a complete faith in the general doctrine of evolution and yet to hesitate in accepting the nebular, or the uniformitarian, or the Dar- winian hypotheses in all their integrity and fulness; for many of the objections which are brought against these various hypotheses affect them only, and, even if they be valid, leave the general doc- trine of evolution untouched. On the other hand, it must be admitted that some arguments which are adduced against particular forms of the doctrine of evolution would very seriously affect the whole doctrine if they were proof against refutation. For example, there is an objection which I see constantly and confidently urged against Mr. Darwin’s views, but which really strikes at the heart of the whole doctrine of evolution, so far as it is applied to the organic world. It is admitted on all sides that existing animals and plants are marked out by natural intervals into sundry very distinct groups: insects are widely different from fish, fish from reptiles, reptiles from mammals, and so on. And out of this fact arises the very pertinent objection, How is it, if all animals have proceeded by gradual modification from a common stock, that these great gaps exist ? We, who believe in evolution, reply that these gaps were once non-existent ; that the connecting forms existed in previous epochs of the world’s history, but that they have died out. Naturally enough, then, we are asked to produce these extinct forms of life. Among the innumerable fossils of all ages which exist, we are asked to point to those which constitute such connect- ing forms. Our reply to this request is, in most cases, an admission that such forms are not forthcoming; and we account for this failure of the needful evidence by the known imperfection of the geological record. We say that the series of formations with which we are acquainted is but a small fraction of those which have existed, and that between those which we know there are great breaks and gaps. * The only complete and systematic statement of the doctrine with which I am acquainted is that contained in Mr. Herbert Spencer's ‘Sys- tem of Philosophy,’ a work which should be carefully studied by all who desire to know whither scientific thought is tending. ze 68. . Royal Institution :-— I believe that these excuses have very great force ; but I cannot smother the uncomfortable feeling that they are excuses. If a landed proprietor is asked to produce the title-deeds of his estate, and is obliged to reply that some of them were destroyed in a fire a century ago, that some were carried off by a dishonest attorney, and that the rest are in a safe somewhere, but that he really cannot lay his hands upon them, he cannot, I think, feel pleasantly secure, though all his allegations may be correct and his ownership indis- putable. But a doctrine is a scientific estate, and the holder must always be able to produce his title-deeds, in the way of direct evi- dence, or take the penalty of that peculiar discomfort to which I have referred. You will not be surprised, therefore, if I take this opportunity of pointing out that the objection to the doctrine of evolution, drawn from the supposed absence of intermediate forms in the fossil state, certainly does not hold good in all cases. In short, if I cannot pro- duce the complete title-deeds of the doctrine of animal evolution, I am able to show a considerable piece of parchment evidently belong- ing to them. To superficial observation no two groups of beings can appear to be more entirely dissimilar than reptiles and birds. Placed side by side, a Humming-bird and a Tortoise, an Ostrich and a Crocodile offer the strongest contrast, and a Stork seems to have little but ani- mality in common with the Snake it swallows. Careful investigation has shown, indeed, that these obvious differ- ences are of amuch more superficial character than might have been suspected, and that reptiles and birds do really agree much more closely than birds with mammals, or reptiles with amphibians. But still, “though not as wide as a church-door or as deep as a well,” the gap between the two groups, in the present world, is considerable enough. Without attempting to plunge you into the depths of anatomy, and confining myself to that osseous system to which those who desire to compare extinct with living animals are almost entirely restricted, I may mention the following as the most important differences be- tween all the birds and reptiles which at present exist. 1. The pinion of a bird, which answers to the hand of a man or to the fore paw of a reptile, contains neither more nor fewer than three fingers. These answer to the thumb and the two succeeding fingers in man, and have their metacarpals connected together by firm bony union, or ankylosed. Claws are developed upon the ends of at most two of the three fingers (that answering to the thumb and the next), and are sometimes entirely absent. No reptile with well-developed fore limbs has so few as three fin- gers; nor are the metacarpal bones of these ever united together ; nor do they present fewer than three claws at their terminations. 2. The breast-bone of a bird becomes converted into a membrane bone, and ossification commences in it from at least two centres. The breast-bone of no reptile becomes converted into a membrane bone, nor does it ever ossify from several distinct centres, Prof. Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 69 3. A considerable number of caudal and lumbar, or dorsal, ver- tebree unite together with the proper sacral vertebre of a bird to form its “sacrum.” Jn reptiles the same region of the spine is con- stituted by the one or two sacral vertebra. 4. In Birds the haunch-bone (ilium) extends far in front of, as well as behind, the acetabulum; the ischia and pubes are directed backwards, almost parallel with it and with one another; the ischia do not unite in the ventral middle line of the body. Tn reptiles, on the contrary, the haunch-bone is not produced in front of the acetabulum ; and the axes of the ischia and pubes diverge and lie more or less at right angles to that of the illium. The ischia always unite in the middle ventral line of the body. 5. In all birds the axis of the thigh-bone lies nearly parallel with the median plane of the body (as in ordinary Mammalia) in the natural position of the leg. In reptiles it stands out at a more or less open angle with the median plane. 6. In birds, one half of the tarsus is inseparably united with the tibia, the other half with the metatarsal bone of the foot. This is not the case in reptiles. 7. Birds never have more than four toes, the fifth being always absent. The metatarsal of the hallux, or great toe, is always short and incomplete above. The other metatarsals are ankylosed together, and unite with one half of the tarsus, so as to form a single bone, which is called the tarso-metatarsus. Reptiles with completely developed hind limbs have at fewest four toes, the metatarsals of which are all complete and distinct from one another. Although all existing birds differ thus definitely from existing reptiles, one comparatively small section comes nearer reptiles than the others. These are the /tatite, or struthious birds, comprising the Ostrich, Rhea, Emu, Cassowary, Apteryx, and the but recently extinct (if they be really extinct) birds of New Zealand, Dinornis &ce., which attained gigantic dimensions. All these birds are remark- able for the small size of their wings, the absence of a crest or keel upon the breast-bone, and of a complete furcula; in many cases, for the late union of the bones of the pinion, the foot, andthe skull. In this last character, in the form of the sternum, of the shoulder-girdle, and in some peculiarities of the skull, these birds are more reptilian than the rest ; but the total amount of approximation to the reptilian type is but small, and the gap between reptiles and birds is but very shghtly narrowed by their existence. How far can this gap be filled up by a reference to the records of the life of past ages ? This question resolves itself into two :— 1. Are any fossil birds more reptilian than any of those now living? 2. Are any fossil reptiles more bird-like than living reptiles ? And I shall endeavour to show that both these questions must be answered in the affirmative. 70 Royal Institution -— It is very instructive to note by how mere a chance it is we happen to know that a fossil bird, more reptilian in some respects than any now living, once existed. Bones of birds have been obtained from rocks of very various dates in the Tertiary series without revealing any forms but such as would range themselves among existing families. A few years ago the great Mesozoic formations had yielded only the few fragmentary ornitholites which have been discovered in the Cambridge greensand, and which are insufficient for the complete determination of the affinities of the bird to which they belonged. However, the very fine calcareous mud of the ancient Oolitic sea- bottom which has now hardened into the famous lithographic slate of Solenhofen, and has preserved innumerable delicate organisms of the existence of which we should otherwise have been, in all probability, totally ignorant, in 1861 revealed the impression of a feather to the famous paleontologist Hermann von Meyer. Von Meyer named the unknown bird to which this feather belonged Archewoptery« lithogra- phica ; and in the same year the independent discovery by Dr. Hiiber- lein of the precious skeleton of the Archwopteryw itself, which now adorns the British Museum *, demonstrated the chief characters of this very early bird. But it must be remembered that this feather and this imperfect skeleton are the sole remains of birds which have yet been obtained in all that great series of formations known as Wealden and Oolite, which partly lie above, and partly correspond with, the Solenhofen slates. Though some paleontologists may be forced, by a sense of con- sistency, to declare that the class of birds was created in the sole person of Archwopterya during the deposition of the Solenhofen slates and disappeared during the Wealden, to be recreated in the Green- sand, to vanish once more during the Cretaceous epoch and reappear in the Tertiaries, I incline to the hypothesis that many birds beside Archeopteryx existed throughout all this period of time, and that we know nothing about them, simply because we do not happen to have hit upon those deposits in which their remains are preserved. Now, what is this Archeopteryx like? Unfortunately the skull is lost; but the leg and foot, the pelvis, the shoulder-girdle, and the feathers, so far as their structure can be made out, are completely those of existing ordinary birds. On the other hand, the tail is very long, and more like that of a reptile than that of a bird in this respect. Two digits of the manus have curved claws, much stronger than those of any existing bird ; and, to all appearance, the metacarpal bones are quite free and disunited. Thus it is a matter of fact that, in certain particulars, the oldest known bird does exhibit a closer approximation to reptilian structure than any modern bird. Are any fossil reptiles more bird-like than those which now exist ? * The fossil has been described by Professor Owen, in the ‘ Philosophi- cal Transactions ’ for 1863, Prof. Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 71 As in the case of birds, the tertiary formations yield no trace of reptiles which depart from the type of the existing groups. But otherwise than is true of birds, the newest of the Mesozoic forma- tions, the chalk, makes us acquainted with reptiles which, at first sight, seem to approach birds in a very marked manner. These are those flying reptiles the Pterodactyles, which resemble the great majority of birds in the presence of air-cavities in their bones, in the wonderfully bird-like aspect of their coracoid and scapula, and in their broad sternum with its median crest. Furthermore, in some of the Pterodactyles, the praemaxille and the symphysial part of the mandibles were prolonged into beaks, which appear to have been sheathed in horn, while the rest of each jaw was armed with teeth. But horn-sheathed beaks are found in reptiles as well as in birds ; the structure of the scapulo-coracoid arch and of the sternum, and the pneumaticity of the bones vary greatly among birds themselves ; and these characters of the Pterodactyles may be merely adaptive modifications. On the other hand, the manus has four free digits, the three inner of which are strongly clawed, while the fourth is enormously pro- longed, in total contrast to the abortion of the corresponding digit in birds. The pelvis is as wholly unlike that of birds as is the hind limb and foot. Thus it appears that Pterodactyles, among reptiles, approach birds much as Bats, among mammals, may be said to do so. They area sort of reptilian Bats * rather than links between reptiles and birds ; and it is precisely in those organs which in birds are the most cha- racteristically ornithic, the manus and the pes, that they depart most widely from the ornithic type. Clearly, then, the passage from reptiles to birds is not from the flying reptile to the flying bird. Let us try another line. I have already observed that in the existing world the nearest approxima- tion to reptiles is presented by certain land birds, the Ostriches and their allies, all of which are devoid of the power of flight by reason of the small relative size of their fore limbs and of the character of their feathers. Can we find any extinct reptiles which approached these flight- less birds, not merely in the weakness of their fore limbs, but in other and more important characters ? I imagine that we can, if we cast our eyes in what at first sight seems to be a most unlikely direction. The Dinosauria, a group of extinct reptiles, containing the genera Iguanodon, Hadrosaurus, Megalosaurus, Poikilopleuron, Scelidosaurus, Plateosaurus, &c., which occur throughout the whole series of the Me- sozoic rocks, and are, for the most part, of gigantic size, appear to me to furnish the required conditions. In none of these animals is the skull or the cervical region of * Tt will be understood that I do not suggest any direct affinity between Pterodactyles and Bats. 72 Royal Institution :-— the vertebral column completely known, while the sternum and the manus have not yet been obtained in any of the genera. In none has any trace of a clavicle been observed. With regard to the characters which have been positively deter- mined, it has been ascertained that :— 1. From four to six vertebre enter into the composition of the sacrum, and become connected with the ilia in a manner which is partly ornithic, partly reptilian. 2. The ilia are prolonged forwards in front of the acetabulum as well as behind it; and the resemblance to the bird’s iium thus pro- duced is greatly increased by the widely arched form of the acetabular margin of the bone, and the extensive perforation of the floor of the acetabulum. 3. The other two components of the os nnominatum have not been observed actually in place ; indeed only one of them is known at all ; but that one is exceedingly remarkable from its strongly ornithic character. It is the bone which has been called “clavicle” in Me- galosaurus and Iguanodon by Cuvier and his successors, though the sagacious Buckland had hinted its real nature *. But these bones are not in the least like the clayicles of any animal which possesses a clavicle, while they are extremely similar to the ischia of such a bird as an ostrich’; and in the only instance in which they have been found in tolerably undisturbed relation with other parts of the ske- leton, namely, in the Maidstone Jguanodon, they lie, one upon each side of the body, close to the ilia, I hold it to be certain that these bones belong to the pelvis, and not to the shoulder-girdle, and I think it probable that they are ischia; but I do not deny that they may be pubes. 4. The head of the femur is set on at right angles to the shaft of the bone, so that the axis of the thigh-bone must have been parallel with the middle vertical plane of the body, as in birds. 5. The posterior surface of the external condyle of the femur pre- sents a strong crest, which passes between the head of the fibula and the tibia as in birds. There is only a rudiment of this structure in other reptiles. 6. The tibia has a great anterior or “ procnemial” crest, convex on the inner and coneaye on the outer side. Nothing comparable to this exists in other reptiles; but a correspondingly developed crest exists in the great majority of birds, especially such as have great walking or swimming powers. : 7. The lower extremity of the fibula is much smaller than the other ; it is, proportionally, a more slender bone than in other rep- tiles. In birds the distal end of the fibula thins away to a point, and it is a still more slender bone. 8. Scelidosaurus has four complete toes, but there is a rudiment of a fifth metatarsal. The third or middle toe is the largest, and the * The so-called “coracoid” of Megalosawrus is the ilium. Iam in- debted to Professor Phillips, and to the splendid coilection of Megalosau- rian remains which he has formed at Oxford, for most important evidence touching this reptile. Prof. Huxley on the Animals between Birds and Reptiles. 73 metatarsal of the hallux is much smaller at its proximal than at its distal end. Iguanodon has three large toes, of which the middle is the longest. The slender proximal end of a first metatarsal has been found adhe- rent to the inner face of the second; so that if the hallux was com- pletely developed, it was probably very small. No rudiment of the outer toe has been observed. It is clear, from the manner in which the three principal meta- tarsals articulate together, that they were very intimately and firmly united, and that a sufficient base for the support of the body was afforded by the spreading out of the phalangeal regions of the toes. From the great difference in size between the fore and hind limbs, Mantell, and more recently Leidy, have concluded that the Dino- sauria (at least Jguanodon and Hadrosaurus) may have supported themselves for a longer or shorter period upon their hind legs. But the discovery made in the weald, by Mr. Beckles, of pairs of large three-toed footprints, of such a size and at such a distance apart that it is difficult to believe they can have been made by anything but an Jquanodon, lead to the supposition that this vast reptile, and perhaps others of its family, must have walked, temporarily or per- manently, upon its hind legs. However this may be, there can be no doubt that the hind quarters of the Dinosauria wonderfully approached those of birds in their gene- ral structure, and therefore that these extinct reptiles were more closely allied to birds than any which now live. But a single specimen, obtained from those Solenhofen slates to the accident of whose existence and usefulness in the arts paleeonto- logy is so much indebted, affords a still nearer approximation to the ‘missing link” between reptiles and birds. This is the singular reptile which has been described and named Compsognathus longipes by the late Andreas Wagner, and some of the more recondite orni- thic affinities of which have been since pointed out by Gegenbaur. Notwithstanding its small size (it was not much more than 2 feet in length), this reptile must, I think, be placed among, or close to, the Dinosauria ; but it is still more bird-like than any of the animals which are ordinarily included in that group. Compsognathus longipes has a light head, with toothed jaws, sup- ported upon a very long and slender neck. The ilia are prolonged in front of and behind the acetabulum. ‘The pubes seem to have been remarkably long and slender (a circumstance which rather favours the interpretation of the so-called “ clavicles” of Jguanodon as pubes). The fore limb is very small. The bones of the manus are unfortunately shattered; but only four claws are to be found, so that possibly each manus may have had but two clawed digits. The hind limb is very large, and disposed as in birds. As in the latter class, the femur is shorter than the tibia—a circumstance in which Compsognathus is more ornithic than the ordinary Dinosauria. The proximal division of the tarsus is ankylosed with the tibia, as in birds. In the foot the distal tarsals are not united with the three 74 Royal Institution. long and slender metatarsals, which answer to the second, third, and fourth toes. Of the fifth toe there is only a rudimentary metatar- sal. The hallux is short, and its metatarsal appears to be deficient at its proximal end. It is impossible to look at the conformation of this strange reptile and to doubt that it hopped or walked, in an erect or semierect position, after the manner of a bird, to which its long neck, slight head, and small antericr limbs must have given it an extraordinary resemblance. I have now, I hope, redeemed my promise to show that, in past times, birds more like reptiles than any now living, and reptiles more like birds than any now living, did really exist. But, on the mere doctrine of chances, it would be the height of improbability that the couple of skeletons, each unique of its kind, which have been preserved in those comparatively small beds of So- lenhofen siate, which record the life of a fraction of Mesozoic time, should be the relics, the one of the most reptilian of birds, and the other of the most ornithic of reptiles. And this conclusion acquires a far greater force when we reflect upon that wonderful evidence of the life of the Triassic age which is afforded us by the sandstones of Connecticut. It is true that these have yielded neither feathers nor bones; but the creatures which traversed them when they were the sandy beaches of a quiet sea have left innumerable tracks which are full of instructive sugges- tion. Many of these tracks are wholly undistinguishable from those of modern birds in form and size; others are gigantic three- toed impressions, like those of the Weald of our own country ; others are more like the marks left by existing reptiles or Am- phibia. The important truth which these tracks reveal is, that at the commencement of the Mesozoic epoch bipedal animals existed which had the feet of birds, and walked in the same erect or semierect fashion. These bipeds were either birds or reptiles, or more pro- bably both; and it can hardly be doubted that a lithographic slate of Triassic age would yield birds so much more reptilian than Archeopteryx, and reptiles so much more ornithic than Compsogna- thus, as to obliterate completely the gap which they still leave be- tween reptiles and birds. But if, on tracing the forms of animal life back in time, we meet, as a matter of fact, with reptiles which depart from the general type to become bird-like, until it is by no means difficult to imagine a creature completely intermediate between Dromeus and Compsogna- thus, surely there is nothing very wild or illegitimate in the hypo- thesis that the phylum of the class Aves has its root in the Dinosau- rian reptiles—that these, passing through a series of such modifica- tions as are exhibited in one of their phases by Compsognathus, have given rise to the Ratite—while the Carinate are still further modi- fications and differentiations of these last, attaining their highest specialization in the existing world in the Penguins, the Cormorants, the birds of prey, the Parrots, and the song-birds. Miscellaneous. 75 However, as many completely differentiated birds in all probabi- lity existed even in the Triassic epoch, and as we possess hardly any knowledge of. the terrestrial reptiles of that period, it may be re- garded as certain that we have no knowledge of the animals which linked reptiles and birds together historically and genetically, and that the Dinosauria, with Compsognathus, Archeopteryx, and the struthious birds, only help us to form a reasonable conception of what these intermediate forms may have been. In conclusion, I think I have shown cause for the assertion that the facts of paleontology, so far as birds and reptiles are concerned, are not opposed to the doctrine of evolution, but, on the contrary, are quite such as that doctrine would lead us to expect ; for they enable us to form a conception of the manner in which birds may have been evolved from reptiles, and thereby justify us in maintain- ing the superiority of the hypothesis that birds have been so ori- ginated to all hypotheses which are devoid of an equivalent basis of fact. MISCELLANEOUS, Occurrence of Tinnunculus cenchris in Britain, By W. 8. Datxas, F.L.S. Tuts Museum has just been fortunate enough to obtain a fine specimen, killed within a few miles of York, of a species of Falcon, the occurrence of which in this country has, I believe, never before been authentically recorded,—namely, the little Kestrel of South- eastern Europe, Tinnunculus cenchris (Naum.). The specimen, which is a mature but apparently not an old male, was presented to the Museum by Mr. John Harrison, of Wilstrop Hall, near Green Ham- merton, who shot it upon his farm at that place, after having ob- served it for some little time flying about. The date, he thinks, was about the middle of last November; but of this he took no note, as he at first thought that the bird was merely a small and curious variety of the common Kestrel. It, however, presents all the dis- tinctive characters of Tinnunculus cenchris, among which the yel- lowish-white claws may be mentioned as affording an easy means of identifying the bird. Mr. Graham, of York, to whose intervention the Museum is in- debted for the acquisition of this interesting specimen, has informed me that, on a recent excursion of his, he saw another example of this species, in the possession of the Rey. Charles Hudson, of Trowell, near Nottingham. On my writing to that gentleman, he kindly informed me that the specimen of the ‘small Kestrel”? had been in his possession for about eight years, and that he purchased it from a joiner named Brown, formerly living at Thorpe Hall, near Brid- lington, who was an enthusiastic collector of birds, and in the habit of preparing them for people in that neighbourhood. Brown’s ac- count of the bird, which he denominated the ‘* American Falcon,” 76 Miscellaneous. was that it was shot between Bridlington and Bridlington Quay, one Sunday morning, by a man who sold it to him for eighteen pence. Mr. Hudson purchased it for half a sovereign. Museum, York, June 24, 1868. Lithodomous Annelids. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GrenTLeMEN,—As I am anxious to put on record all the cases which I can ascertain of the occurrence of Lithodomous Annelids or worms, allow me to mention that I find that Dr. Ed. Grube, in his «‘ Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden,” published in the ‘ Archiy fiir Naturgesch.’ vol. xxi. 1855, has described, under the name of Heterocirrus saxicola, an Annelid which perforates limestone, and belongs to the same family (though differing in im- portant generic features) as Leucodore, Johnston (Polydora, Bosc). The Annelid was found at Villa Franca. I also find that that most accurate and talented investigator, M. Lacaze-Duthiers, in his researches on the Gephyrean Bonellia, ob- served that this animal inhabited cracks in rocks, and by preference calcareous rocks; further, he noted, in the case of calcareous rocks, that the rock was to a certain extent excavated, thus fitting to the body of the worm. It is almost impossible to assign any but a chemical means of excavation to Bonellia. I am, Gentlemen, Truly yours, E. Ray LAnxkester, Oxford, June 4th. On some Species of Oliva, To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GrnttemEn,—I have but just now seen Mr. Marrat’s reply to my observations on this subject. In considering the value of the species in question, I weighed the matter as far as it was possible to do it without seeing the specimens. Whether my conclusions are wrong or not, it is not for me to say. As regards the apparent inaccuracies in my paper pointed out by Mr, Marrat, he will, I think, find, on referring to it again, that they are explained by the context, With respect to my observation as to the fallibility of colour as a guide for distinguishing species, I cannot help thinking that Mr. Marrat’s reply tends rather to prove its truth than otherwise. As far as I am concerned, the question as to the specific value of Mr. Marrat’s species will rest here. I am, Gentlemen, yours, &e. THomas GraHam Ponton, Clifton, Bristol, June 26, 1868. Mascelliineous. 77 Note on a Variety (?) of Aleyonella fungosa. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN,—I have much pleasure in introducing to your notice a variety, as I believe it to be, of the above species; it grows in large pyriform or fusiform masses, on twigs of bushes dipping just below the surface of the water, in a pond about a mile from Exeter, near the South-western Railway. The polyzoon has from forty-eight to fifty tentacles, which are much longer than those figured by Professor Allman. The ccencecium is repeatedly branched from the base upwards : the upper branches only are free; the lower portion is of a very tough, dark-brown, nearly black, coriaceous substance, the upper or free portion thin and trans- parent; and, instead of being smooth, these are wrinkled into a number of transverse folds, the edges of which are frequently coloured brown. Some of the apices of the ectocyst are nearly smooth, or with only the rudiments of folds; and others, again, are rugged, and the orifices widened and rolled back, so as to give them a sort of trumpet- shaped mouth; but they all have the brown annulations as above mentioned. The apices of the ectocyst are emarginate or notched similarly to those of A. Benedent, but they have no appearance whatever of a ridge or furrow. The statoblasts are of three kinds :—1. Those with a rather broad annulus, and the centre perforated with a rather large perforation, the sides or edges of which are pressed into slight plaits or folds ; these vary in colour from pale yellowish brown to a full rich brown ; they are dotted with raised points, the same as in the type figured by Professor Allman; the annulus is reticulated the same. 2. With a much broader outline, nearly orbicular, dark brown, and without any perforation. 3. Forming a very broad ellipse, and with a com- paratively very broad annulus; this forms somewhat of an angle, or point, at the long axis of the ellipse, nearly approaching the form of the statoblast in Lophopus crystallinus ; but they are thicker and more opaque than in that species. The above appear to be the principal differences that I have been able to observe in this variety or species. There is one more, however, which may have some weight; and that is the form of the tubes: these are not round as in A, Benedeni, or pentangular as in A. fun~ gosa, but are intermediate between the two; for when a section is made of a mass of tubes at right angles to their length, they will be seen to be irregular, the outside ones round, whilst those on the in- side are from 3- to 4-, 5-, or 6-angular. This variety appears to me to be intermediate between A. fungosa proper and A. Benedeni, as it seems to possess characters belonging to both. Thus the round tubes and the emarginate mouth would point to Benedeni; whilst the subangular tubes and the mode of growth and attachment, with the form of the staloblasts, point to fungosa, leaving the remarkable rugose and annulose appearance of the ccencecium peculiar to this variety. 78 Miscellaneous. The pond in which this was found is a very small one, only 5 or 6 yards in diameter, and the only other species I have met with in it is Lophopus crystallinus ; of the latter I have not met with any this year. This variety grows attached to twigs in the full blaze of the sun; and the little animals appear to enjoy it immensely. The speci- men I obtained was about four inches long, by an inch thick in the middle; but I left another about the same length but apparently thicker. I am, Gentlemen, Yours obediently, Devon and Exeter Institution, Epwarp Parrirt. Exeter, June 18, 1868, On the Avicolar Sarcoptide, and on the Metamorphoses of the Acarina. By C. Rosin. The Acarina pass through a series of metamorphoses—a hexapod larva issuing from the egg becoming converted into a nympha, from which the adult Mite proceeds, The author has observed in the Sarcoptide a more complicated series of phenomena; in these the males pass through four, and the females through five stages, indi- cated as follows :— 1. The egg, on issuing from which the animal has the form of 2. A hexapod larva, followed by the stage of 3. Octopod nymphe without sexual organs, 4, From some of these nymphee issue :—a, seaual males, after a moult which is final for them ; 6, from others issue females without external sexual organs, resembling the nymph, but larger, and in some species furnished with special copulatory organs. Finally, after a last moult following copulation, these females produce 5. The sexual and fecundated females, which do not copulate, and in the ovary of which-eggs are to be seen. No moult follows that which produces males or females furnished with sexual organs; but previously to this the moults are more numerous than the changes of condition. Ovular and embryonal state.—The eggs of these Acarina are of a cylindroid form with rounded ends, one of which is smaller than the other, and corresponds with the rostrum. They are more or less flattened on one side; and to this surface the ventral surface of the young animal corresponds. The exclusion is effected by the division of the cephalic extremity into two halves. The ova are deposited by the avicolar Sarcoptidee in the angle formed by the barbs with the stem of the feather. In general the segmentation of the vitellus has not commenced when the eggs are laid ; but in some species the vitellus is divided into four lobes while the egg is still in the oviduct. The division takes place in planes perpendicular to the greater axis of the vitellus. The Larva.—In all the species the larve are hexapod; and the arrangement of the epimera shows that it is the third, and not the Miscellaneous. 79 fourth pair that they possess on issuing from the egg. When the males haye the fourth pair of legs disproportionately large, these legs remain small throughout the preparatory state, and only acquire their large size under the skin of the nympha before the last moult. The larvee undergo from two to three moults before passing to the state of nymph. ‘They have only one pair of hairs at the apex of the abdomen. The Nymphe.—tThe impuberal octopod individuals, or nymphe, show no distinctive sexual characters. In those species the males of which have the fourth pair of legs disproportionately large, these remain small during the whole of this state, and increase in size under the skin before the last moult, at the same time that the sexual organs are produced. At the same period are formed the posterior prolongations of the abdomen in some species; and at its close the sex of the individuals may be distinguished. In the larva from which a nympha is to be produced, the fourth pair of feet are seen beneath the skin, folded forwards. These and the lobes and hairs borne by many nymphe are evidently produced beneath the skin of the larva. The nymphe have two pairs of long setze at the apex of the abdomen. The nymphe have only the single granular tequmentary plate of the epistoma, the thoraco-abdominal plate of the sexual individuals being wanting in them. They undergo two or three moults in this state. The coupled females.—These, although larger, are not always easy to distinguish from the nymph ; in some species they have two colourless appendages to the hinder part of the body, which do not exist in the nymphe. This copulation of adult males with indi- viduals haying no sexual organs is remarkable, as nothing of the kind has been observed in T'yroglyphus, Glyciphaqus, &c., although a similar phenomenon was noticed in Psoroptes by Bourguignon and Delafond. In these ayicolar Sarcoptide a female may often be seen in copulation and retained by the male, showing through her integu- ments a female with well-developed genital organs. The adhesion of the male to the female is effected by means of the two anal disks possessed by the former. The adhesion lasts for some days, but the actual eoition seems to occupy but a small portion of this time. The ova are developed in the ovaries of the females whilst still in this nymph-like form, and before the final moult. The author remarks upon the relationships of these parasitic Sar- coptidee, and gives the following list, in a note, of the forms observed by him, which will be fully described in his memoir :—1. Ptero- lichus, g.n., including 5 new species; 2. Dermalichus (Koch), sp. passerinus (Linn.), oseinum (Koch), and 1 new species; 3. Ptero- nyssus, g.n., sp. Dermal. picinus (Koch); 4. Proctophyllodes, g. n., sp. Dermal. glandarinus (Koch), and 4 new species ; 5. Pterodectes, g.n., with 3 new species.—Comptes Rendus, tome lxvi. April 20, 1868, pp. 776-786. The Pelvis and Hind Limbs of Whales. Professor Yan Beneden has read a paper at the Academy of 80 Miscellaneous. Sciences of Brussels describing the pelvis of Cetacea. He has de- scribed and figured the femur and tibia of the Greenland Whale ; they are both rudimentary, and somewhat similar to the rudimen- tary femur observed by Mr. Flower when describing the Finner Whale (Physalus). On a remarkable Form of Pleuronectidee from the Mediterranean. By Dr. SrerpacHner. This fish, described under the name of Apionichthys Ottonis, has rudimentary, punctiform eyes, a short, fissure-like branchial aper- ture, and a long pointed caudal fin, into which the dorsal and anal gradually pass. The length of the head is contained 53 times, the depth of the body 34 times, and the caudal 41 times in the total length. On the blind side of the body the ventral is wanting. The lateral line passes through 87—90 scales; the dorsal contains 70-73 and the anal 52-54 rays. On the upper margin of the lower lip there are 16-17 cilia, but only on the eye-bearing side of the head. The nasal orifice on the blind side of the head is dilated into a disk, and lobed.—Anzeige der Akad. der Wiss. in Wien, May 22, 1868, p. 120. On the Antherozoids of the Mosses. By E. Rozr. The author’s first investigations on the antherozoids of the Mosses led him to express the opinion that these organs are composed of a biciliated filament with two spiral turns, to which a mass of amyla- ceous granules adhered, but only during their motility. In the spring of this year he ascertained that these granules, instead of being affixed directly to the spiral, are contained in a hyaline plas- mic vesicle, which is attached to the filament by a sort of tangential adhesion. Under a power of 1500 diameters, this vesicle is clearly discerned, both by its spheroidal outline and by the very brisk molecular move- ments of its contents. It swells in water immediately after the quiescence of the ciliated spiral; then it suddenly bursts, and the amylaceous granules continue in the liquid the lively molecular tre- pidation which seems normally, in the vesicle, to coincide with the cessation of the ciliary movement. Except as regards the existence of this vesicle, the facts previously indicated by the author are by no means modified. From this new fact it appears that the antherozoids of all classes of Cryptogamia pre- sent not only an organ of locomotion, but also a vesicular appendage filled with a plasmic liquid suspending either non-analyzable grains or amylaceous granules. This fact was foreseen by M.A. Brongniart. The author’s recent observations were made upon the antherozoids of various genera of Polytrichacee (Atrichum, Pogonatum, Polytri- chum), still contained in their mother cells, and upon the free an- therozoids of Brywm capillare and pseudotriquetrum, Mnium hornun, and Hypnum cupressiforme.— Comptes Rendus, tome lxyi. June 15, 1868, pp. 1222-1223. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES.] No. 8. AUGUST 1868. oe nee VIII.— On a remarkable Sponge from the North Sea. By 8S. Loven*. [Plate VI.] THE Swedish Museum of Natural History at Stockholm pos- sesses two specimens of a siliceous sponge which seem to well de- serve a careful examination. One of them belongs to collections made by myself long ago on the coasts of Finmark, while the other was obtained last year by M. G. von Yhlen in the North Sea, on the Storeggen, at the depth of about two hundred fathoms, and presented by him to the Museum. Both are preserved in spirits. The external form of this sponge is peculiar—a clavate body, which may be called the head, supported by a slender stem thrice as long, round, and somewhat curved, the inferior end of which has been attached to the bottom of the sea by numerous roots (Pl. VI. fig.1). The whole sponge without the roots is 52 millimetres high, the length of the head 13 mil- lims., that of the stem 39 millims. The colour is pale yel- lowish grey. The transverse section of the head is oval; its upper surface is flattened, and in one specimen quite plain; in the other (fig. 2) it has a large, oblong, well-defined aper- ture, from which canals, separated by irregular partitions, are seen to penetrate into the interior. This is the well-known osculum (Bowerbank), which the living Sponge is capable of opening and closing at will, and its interior canal-system. The surface of the head (fig. 3) is smooth, finely and irregu- larly reticulated, with scattered and somewhat larger lacune, and, when seen under the microscope, seems as if covered with very fine hairs from projecting spicules. The stem, which is hard, firm, and elastic, has a distinct, finely hairy * Translated from the ‘ Ofversigt af K. Vetenskaps Akademiens Fér- handlingar,’ Stockholm, 1868, p. 105. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. i. 6 ? 82 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge dermal layer. Its inferior end is thickened into a dilated base, from which the fine root-fibres spread in branches, forming loops, and having attached to them numerous grains of sand, spicules of sponges, and Foraminifera. A closer examination has given the following results. The dermal layer of the stem is thin, but tough, and may be drawn off in long pieces. It then shows a transparent uncoloured protoplasma, full of small yellowish granular corpuscles, with or without larger granules (fig. 4). In this parenchyma is imbedded (fig. 5) a felt of very small siliceous spicules, spindle- shaped, not inflated in the middle, furnished with a central canal (fig. 6). When measured, these were found to be from 0-1 millim. in length and 0:0018 millim. in thickness to 0°08 millim. in length and 0-002 millim. in thickness ; the mean length was 0:08 millim., and the relation between length and thickness in one as 100: 3°6, in another as 100: 1°8, the mean of eight measurements as 100: 2°76. The granules of the parenchyma are more discernible if prepared with gly- cerine, while the spicules are more distinct in pesads balsam. Within the dermal layer the stem is made up of closely packed spicules, held together by a relatively small quantity of parenchyma (fig. 7). At first sight it seems as if the stem were composed of very long, rather spiral filaments; but a closer examination shows the spicules to be very short, but disposed in strings ; so that the whole has the aspect presented in fig. 8. The spicules are all of the same type: they are spindle-shaped needles (figs. 9, 10, 11), having near the middle a slight but distinct globular inflation or nodule, and tapering towards either end from that point, not in a straight line, but forming together a very obtuse angle. It is owing to this peculiarity that the needles, united in rows, produce the slightly spiral structure of the stem. Every needle ends in a fine but rounded. point (fig. 12). They are more or less round. The layers of which they consist are not to be discerned ; only the exterior one appears in the transverse section (fig. 13) as a very thin ring, They have a fine central canal, which, if the needle is not broken, is closed at the point. When the infla- tion in the middle is not larger than is shown in figs. 9,10,11, the central canal goes through it without branching; but if the nodule has increased a little more in two opposite direc- tions (as is shown in fig. 14), which is very seldom the case, two fine but distinct transverse canals are seen to go off cross- wise from the central canal into its nodule or inflation. I have not observed this formation of secondary canals in the middle nodule carried further than shown in fig. 14; it is an incipient branching, and appears also in other parts of the From the North Sea. 83 needle. Figs. 15 and 16 show beginnings of such branches directed towards the middle of the needle; figs. 17 and 18 the same directed towards the point. Sometimes the branching is double crosswise, four branches with four canals (fig. 19), sometimes regularly, sometimes rather irregularly, or in con- nexion with bifurcation (fig. 20). I have, besides, several times found an irregular heap of round, bladder-like tuberosi- ties (figs. 21, 22, 23), to which the central canal gives no branches. Often there are spicules with graduated points (figs. 24, 25) ; very seldom their surface is studded with short, pointed projections (fig. 26). When the spicule is perfectly entire and uninjured, the con- tents of the central canal, even after boiling in nitric acid, re- tain their transparency ; but if the spicule has been broken, even scarcely perceptibly, at the outermost point, the canal is partly filled with long, mterrupted columns of gas, less trans- parent than the lumen of the canal (figs. 28, 29, 30). Prof. Lieberkiihn observed the first formation of siliceous spicules in young individuals of Spongilla*. In a cell with nucleus and nucleolus there appears among the granules a little ball of silica, from which, in opposite directions, but not exactly in the same straight line, shoot out two points, which are little by little elongated, until they form spindle-shaped needles, the ball remaining near the middle as the nodule. It is hardly to be doubted that the inflation or nodule in the spindle-shaped needles of our sponge, and which, as long as it is of small size, receives no branches from the central canal, is the part earliest formed—the siliceous ball. Of the growth of the needle, free in the parenchyma, we know at present very little. It increases by layers one over another. Prof. Kolliker, who regards the canal as a solid fibre of soft organic matter, on which, within the cell and from its contents, silica is deposited, supposes that the spicule increases by secretion of silica from the parenchyma in layers one above anotherf. In our sponge these layers are scarcely discernible. But another siliceous sponge from the Arctic Sea has offered some observations which may deserve to be previously mentioned here. The layers are very distinct, and seem to be alternately soft and hard. A spicule has lost, near the end, its exterior layer, so that the point projects beyond the remaining part of it, as out of a sheath. Between the outermost broken lamella and the exterior surface of the uninjured point there is a space, the former contents of which, a soft substance, have disappeared, the Canada balsam now occupying their place. If one of the * Miiller’s Archiv, 1856, p. 408, t. 15. f. 17-25. + Icones histiologicee, i. p. 61. 6* 84 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge spicules, boiled in nitric acid, has been a little damaged, its inner parts are altered; if the point is broken, there appears in the canal, and between two or more layers of silica, besides some gas, a black substance—the carbonized soft matter. If the point is not damaged, but the side, this substance is spread between the outermost layer and the next, but the canal and the inner layers retain their transparency unaltered. In one spicule a part of the canal and the interval between the inner- most and the following layer is filled with the dark substance, which has been pressed out right through a third layer, by very fine pores, at right angles from the longitudinal axis. From this it seems to follow that the canal, normally closed at the ends, contains a soft organic matter alternating with the lamelle of silica in such a manner that one of these is the exterior, and that the layers are perforated with minute pores. The fluid contents of the needle accordingly may be in contact with the exterior, and an exchange of substance take place. That this is really the case is shown by the manner in which branches are first formed, when the hitherto firm and straight lamellee, as if yielding to a force from the interior, without fracture, bend outwards with undiminished thickness, and, bulging out, soon take up in the interior a branch from the central canal. The silica of the exterior layers has its source in the surrounding parenchyma. The spicule is by degrees covered with new layers of silica. If an anchorate spicule, which is of the same structure, with central canal and lamelle, is brought mto contact with a needle, it is soldered to it, co- vered with layers of silica, and finally partly immersed in the needle, thick and with blunted outlines, whilst in the interior the originally slender and elaborate form is well discerned through the glassy mass. The spicules of our sponge are of various lengths. I have found them from 2°93 millims. in length and 0-047 millim. in thickness to 0°79 millim. in length and 0-01 millim. in thick- ness, the mean length 2°12 millims.,—the relation of length to thickness being in one as 100: 1°95, in another as 100 : 0°93, the mean relation as 100 : 1°42. The stem is continued into the head above its middle, and there ends conically. From that part proceed the spicules which give to the head its structure, form, and consistency (figs. 31, 32). Between the erect spicules of the stem, bundles of needles are inserted (fig. 33), which radiate in different directions (if with any regularity I cannot say), downwards, upwards, and to the sides. These bundles are light and firm as the stem, arcuated, gradually broader and somewhat flat- tened, soon divided into several almost cylindrical branches ; From the North Sea. 85 they consist of spindle-shaped needles, of exactly the same type as those of the stem, but smaller. Ten measurements have given from 1°14 millim. in length and 0:013 millim. in thick- ness to 0°4 millim. in length and 0°011 millim. in thickness ; the mean length was 0°73 millim., and the relation of length to thickness in one as 100 : 2°86, in another as 100: 1-09, the mean of twelve measurements being 100: 1°85. Very rarely there appear some few small straight needles without nodules near the middle (fig. 27). The nearer the surface, the more the bundles divide; but, regularly, not one of their spicules reaches out of the dermal layer, in which appear other spicules (fig. 34) of the same type as those in the skin of the stem, but longer, arcuated, without nodule (fig. 35), and placed in the same manner. The measurements gave from 0°45 millim. in length and 0-004 millim. in thickness to 0°34 millim. in length and 0:0046 millim. in thickness; the mean length was 0°39 millim. ; the relation of length to thickness in one as 100: 1°25, in another as 100: 0:8, the mean being 100 : 1. The interstices between these bundles of spicules, which form the partitions of the canal-system of the head, are filled with the parenchyma, which, although it has been a very long time under the influence of the alcohol, has a yellowish-brown colour, is firm and tough, has very numerous, mostly oblong corpuscles and granules, among which there are some larger ones with granular contents (fig. 36). From the rather thickened base of the stem, out of its dermal layer, a great number of roots go off, irregular and branched filaments here and there forming loops and gradually spreading over a surface almost twice as great as the upper surface of the head (fig. 37). The roots consist in greater part of a tolerably transparent colourless substance, the same as that of the skin, covered by a somewhat thin layer of fine, yellowish, granular matter. Very rare, extremely small and straight spicules may possibly belong to this layer, though it is very difficult to refer them to it with certainty among the great number of foreign objects of many kinds which are attached by the granular layer’s having crept over them and penetrated even into the canal of the fragments of sponge- spicules (fig. 38). When the stem of the sponge is broken not far from the root, and the upper part, thus separated from the basal, is turned upside down and placed on the flattened surface of the head, the stump of the stem directed upwards, it has an un- uestionable likeness to the well-known Hyalonema Steboldi, ivay, as this has been hitherto exhibited. What we have 86 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge called the head answers to “the sponge” of the Hyalo- nema, and the stump of the stem to the splendid “ twisted cord’’ hitherto supposed to rise from the sponge. But the difference of size is very considerable. The large specimen of Hyalonema figured by Professor Max Schultze has “ the sponge” ten times as high and in volume more than six hundred times as large as the head of our sponge, “‘ the twisted cord” eight times as long and very much thicker. The opinions as to the true nature of the Hyalonema have been widely different among naturalists. That the zoophyte Palythoa and the sponge Hyalonema are two separate organisms no doubt is possible. Professor Max Schultze’s researches have settled this question, on which opinions have been so divided. In another point all who have treated of the Hya- lonema as a natural production have agreed: they all assume “the sponge” to be the basal part, ‘‘the coil” a part arising from it. But if we regard the Hyalonema in the contrary manner, if we place it so that “ the sponge ” is upwards, ‘the coil”’ down- wards, and suppose this to be only a part of the stem, torn off by the fisherman’s line, the remainder having been left at- tached to the bottom (in the same manner, for example, as the deeply immersed Lygus mirabilis (O. F. M.) is so often cut off by the dredge), and if we then compare it more closely with the sponge here described and figured, we shall have, as I will try to show, a view of its structure and habits approaching more nearly to the truth than that now generally accepted. The surface of the Hyalonema called the lower one of “ the sponge”’ is now the upper one, corresponding to that which is marked a in fig. 1, and shown by fig. 2. In our sponge this surface is provided with a great osculum, in the bottom of which the canal-system is seen entering the inner parts of the head. Professor Max Schultze is the only author who has described the same surface in the Hyalonema. If ever at- tached to the bottom, it ought to bear traces of it; sand, frag- ments of shells, Foraminifera would, as usual (for example, in Huplectella cucumer, Owen, and E. aspergillum, Owen), adhere to it. This, however, is not mentioned. On the other hand, there open on this surface ‘not less than six irregularly oval apertures, half an inch wide, which are in connexion with anastomosing canals, bordered by a membranous and porous network of siliceous needles. These canals can be followed as far as two inches deep in the sponge, and form an irregular lacunar system, which is in conjunction, through the fine meshes of the spongious network, with the openings on the surface.” It is evidently the oscula of Hyalonema, with the From the North Sea. 87 canal-system, which Prof. Schultze here describes; and it is difficult to explain the extraordinary circumstance that these openings, which are so important to the life of the sponge, should have their place where it is adherent to the rock, and where the current issuing from them would meet with such resistance. By an incision in the head (‘the sponge”) Prof. Schultze laid open its inner structure. The stem (‘the coil”’) is con- tinued, as in our sponge, deeply into it; and the spicules of the head, inserted among the larger ones of the axis in the form of flattened strings or blades, are regularly disposed all round “the axis.” The figure (M.Schultze, ‘ Die Hyalonemen,’ pl. 2. f. 1) shows, though rather indistinctly, this structure, which accords well with that of our sponge. The parenchyma of the specimens examined by Prof. Schultze, was very much dimi- nished by drying. It is evident that the stem (‘the coil’’) of all the specimens of Hyalonema described has been torn off at its free end. Professor Schultze expressly states that its long needles are all broken; they are of the same type of form as those of our sponge—spindle-shaped, more or less round, thickest at the middle, tapering towards both ends, and somewhat spirally bent. The thickest part of many of the smaller and those of middle size has an inflation or nodule, in the interior of which the central canal gives off two short transverse canals, at right angles and in opposite directions. All this is as in our Sponge. From this simple primary type of spicule a number of secondary, more complicated forms are derived, almost without exception the same as in our Sponge, although in the latter not so fully developed. Such are the spicules with graduated ends (/. c. pl. 3. f. 5, 6, 7, our figs. 24, 25) or studded with short spines, into which the canal does not enter (/. c. pl. 3. f. 1-4, 9-15, our fig. 26), or with branches in two or four crossing directions (/. c. pl. 4. fig. 1, our figs. 14,19) ; but those of Hyalonema are strongly and perfectly developed, forming six-rayed needles, or five-rayed ones where one part of the primitive needle is lost (/.¢. pl. 4. £3, 5,6). There can be a branch also in only one side (/.c. pl. 3. f. 15, to compare with our figs. 15, 18). Whether the arcuated spicules without nodules, found in the dermal layer of our sponge (figs. 6, 35), are to be recognized in the spicules figured by Prof. Schultze (pl. 3. f. 2,3) may be left undecided. Besides these affinities, there are also differences. In addi- tion to the spindle-shaped needles, Zyalonema has also another type of siliceous spicules, which are not to be found in the specimens of our sponge I have examined. It is the type of 88 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge the amphidisci (birotulate spicula, Bow.) described and figured by Messrs. Bowerbank and Schultze. Spicules of this form are found, as far as hitherto known, among marine sponges, so perfect only in Hyalonema, and less pertect in Halichondria and in the freshwater genus Spongilla, where they are well known from the excellent and long-continued researches of Prof. Lieberkiihn*. In this genus they enter into the com- position of the envelope of the gemmules (ovaria, Bow.) in great number and in regular order. This kind of spicules accordingly is m connexion with the propagation. In Hyalo- nema Prof. Schultze searched in vain for such an arrangement; but this cannot be expected to be recognized in its primitive order in a dried specimen. If the specimens of our Sponge here described, so extremely small in comparison with the gigantic Hyalonema Sieboldi, were young, not yet prolific, or if the sexes were separated in this form of Sponges, the ab- sence of the amphidisci might be explained. The spindle-shaped needles of the stem of Hyalonema are of an immense length. The greater number of them reach from one end to the other; some of them are up to 0°67 metre long. The entire ones have their greatest thickness a little under the middle. The longest, though broken, needles have their thickest part nearer their free end. If this point is sup- posed to be at a distance of 0°5 metre from the end concealed in the interior of the sponge, then the longest needles, when entire, ought to have had the length of a metre, nearly eight times the longitudinal axis of the head. The longest needles of our sponge are not the fourth part of the length of the head. The stem of the Japanese sponge may have had the length of a single needle ; thirteen needles of the longest in our sponge would not, if laid end to end, have attained the length of the stem, which is, however, not more than thrice that of the head. ‘This great difference in the length of the needles can- not be entirely explained by the young state of the indivi- duals; their character of incomplete development, however, appears, as already remarked, by the comparison between their secondary forms, which in our Sponge are much less developed; and the same character is probably also indicated by the circumstance that in our Sponge the nodule very seldom receives transverse branches from the central canal, which appears to be a common case in Hyalonema. It may also be remarked that in Hyalonema the deposition of siliceous layers in the longest needles has gone so far that the nodule at the middle has been outwardly quite concealed, while its * Miller’s Archiv, 1856, pl. 15. f. 28, 29, 30; Bowerbank, British Spongiada, figs. 208-222, 317-319. From the North Sea. . 89 innermost layers, by being bent, show that it existed when the needle was smaller. ‘This may also possibly be an indication that the specimens of Hyalonema examined are old individuals. The long needles of Hyalonema present a singularity first observed by Dr. Gray, and of which no trace is seen in our sponge. Their free ends have hooks placed in rings or spirals directed towards the thickest point of the needle. Professor Schultze expressly remarks that this cannot depend on the exterior layers having been partly broken. It is an uncom- mon case. Professor Schultze, who described the oscula of the flattened surface of the head of his great Hyalonema, found this same surface in the smaller younger specimens covered by a net- work of spicules similar to that which covers the free end of Euplectella cucumer, Owen, and E. aspergillum,Owen*. No- thing similar is to be found in our sponge. The head of the large specimen of Hyalonema examined by Professor Schultze shows a great number of circular holes, with a diameter of nearly a line, surrounded by bundles of fine siliceous needles, radiating in all directions from their edges. They are not at all to be found in our sponge. Professor Schultze regards them as “ chimneys”’ (that is, oscula) ; but these are situated, as shown above, in Hyalonema as in our and many other species, on the free surface of the head. Pores for entering currents they cannot be. In their present form they are probably foreign to the structure of the sponge, tubes formed by the same parasitic zoophyte which Prof. Schultze discovered in their yellowish-brown clothing, and the urti- cating organs and arms of which he recognized. In looking back on what is said above—the differences (which may depend partly on distinction of species or different ages, partly on incomplete observation), the affinities in the most important points (in the form of the head, with its great oscula on the free surface, the spicules in its interior radiating around the upper end of a stem composed of spindle-shaped siliceous needles)—it seems to follow that the little sponge which I have described, from the great depth of the North Sea, is a Hyalonema in its complete state, with its stem un- injured, and with its roots. But with regard to certain dif- ferences—the absence of amphidisci (which seem to belong to the propagation), the much shorter spindle-shaped needles and their little-developed secondary forms—it seems probable that the specimens I have described are young individuals of a * Loc. cit. p.9; Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. p. 203, pl. 18; Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. pl. 21, see footnote, p. 118, 90 Dr. 8. Lovén on a remarkable Sponge. species of Hyalonema distinct both from H. Steboldi, Gray, and from H. lusitanicum, Barboza du Bocage. In the present state of our knowledge of sponges, it is not advisable to make a new genus of it. There exist between the fauna of lower animals living in the North Sea or fossil in the Crag formation, on one side, and that of the Japan seas, on the other, certain analogies which deserve to be kept in view. The crustacean Geryon tridens, for instance, described by Kréyer, which lives in the North Sea, always far from the shore, bears a very close afti- nity to the Japanese genus G‘a/ena of De Haan. Hyalonema may be traced far back in geological time. The sponge from the Greensand figured as Stphonia pyri- formis, Goldf., by J. de C. Sowerby*, has a strong resemblance to it; and Prof. Suess has recognized it in the Serpula pqral- lela, M‘Coy, of the Yorkshire Coal-formation f. The genus Hyalonema may be characterized thus :— Hyatonema, Gray. Spongia silicea; corpus clavatum in facie superiore applanata oscula gerens, stipite suffultum intrante, tereti, radiculis affixo. Spicula fusiformia stipitis ad longitudinem spiraliter et arte con- juncta parenchymate tenui ; corporis in fasciculos radiantes congesta, interstitiis parenchyma lacunosum amplum continentibus ; cuticulee simplicia arcuata ; amphidisci {[gemmulas vestientes ? ]. 1. Hyalonema Sieboldi, Gray. Hab. in mari Japonie. 2. H. lusitanicum, Barboza du Bocage. Hab. in mari Atlantico extra oras Lusitanie. 3. H. boreale, nob. Hab. in mari septentrionali extra oras Norvegie, profunditate 200 orgyarum. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fig. 1. Hyalonema boreale, nob., magnitudine sesquies aucta. Fig. 2. Facies superior cum osculo. Fig. 3. Facies externa strati dermalis. Fig. 4. Eadem, magnitudine auctiore. Fig. 5. Spiculorum ejusdem congeries. * Fitton, ‘Strata below the Chalk,’ p. 340, pl. 15 a. + Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellschaft Wien, xii. p. 85. (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. xviii. 404.) Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 91 Fig. 6. Spicula singula. Fig. 7. Stipitis sectio longitudinalis cum parenchymate. Fig. 8. Stipitis pars, sublato strato dermali. Figs. 9-11. Spicula fusiformia, simplicia. Fig. 12. Apex spiculi. Fig. 13. Sectio ejusdem. Fig. 14, Spiculi pars media, ramis inchoatis canalem excipientibus. Figs. 15-26. Spiculorum forme secundariz. Fig. 27. Spiculum minutum simplicissimum, rarum. figs. 28-30. Spicula fracta, canali aére repleto. Figs. 31, 82. Sectiones longitudinales corporis. Fig. 33, Finis stipitis in eodem, cum fasciculis spiculorum radiantibus. Fig. 34. Ramuli ultimi fasciculi. Fig. 35. Spiculum strati dermalis corporis. Fg. 36. Parenchyma corporis. Fig. 87. Radicis pars. Fig. 38. Spongolithes in parenchymate radicis exceptus. IX.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S. [Continued from vol. i. p. 333. ] [Plate VIII. ] Lycide (continued). METRIORHYNCHUS, Guérin-Ménev. 1. Metriorhynchus sulcicollis. Lycus sulcicollis, Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 78. I have received two species which, I believe, respectively belong to Mr. James Thomson’s Lycus sulcicollis and Lycus semifiabellatus. His description of the former is as follows :— “ Prothorax of a brownish black, with yellow sides; elytra yellow, with the posterior fourth black ; underside black ; base of the thighs yellow. “Very elongated, almost parallel in the male. Female with the antenne very broad, almost pectinated. Prothorax with the anterior margin very projecting in the middle ; sides lightly sinuated, posterior angles sharp; base strongly bisinuated, in the middle a very deep channel, changing into a ridge in front. Elytra each with four strong ridges, the intervals regularly reticulated. “Length 7 to 11 millims., breadth 24 to 4 millims.” With all this my specimens agree; but they have also one or two other striking characters, which one would have ex- pected to be mentioned if they were present. The black an- 92. Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. tenne, for example, have the terminal article of a pale yellow. The thorax, beside the ridge and groove, y., 1 Fic. 2 : 5 : : : eel ig. 2. has four diverging minor ridges radia- ting from the middle ridge (fig. 1); and the reticulations of the elytra between 4 each ridge are singly scalariform, as shown Bi in fig. 2, and not doubly scalariform as ~ in the next species. 2. Metriorhynchus semiflabellatus. Fig. 3. Lycus semiflabellatus, Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 79. Mr. Thomson’s description of what Fig. 3. I suppose to be this is as follows :— ‘“‘ Above yellow, with the middle of the prothorax, the scutellum, and a little more than the posterior third of the elytra black; below, legs and antennz black, as well as the base of the thighs, the middle of the metasternum and the last article of the antenne yellow. “Very elongated, slender, parallel. Antenne very broad, with prolonged articles diminishing towards the extremity ; prothorax angularly rounded in front, in the middle a ridge changing behind into-a broad groove. LElytra straight on the sides, having each three strong ridges; intervals reticulated. “ Length 74 mill., breadth 2 mill.” The only difference between this and the description of the preceding species is that, while the elytra of LZ. sulczcolls have four strong ridges with the intervals “regularly reticulated,” this has only three strong ridges with the inter- vals “reticulated,” and that the scutellum of this species is black, while that of the other is not. The difference in reticulation is not alluded to; but the reader will see, on comparing fig. 4, which shows it in this species, with fig. 2 in the last, that it is an excellent distinction. Iam in doubt whether any difference is meant to be implied by the use of the different expressions “reticulated” and “yegularly reticulated; but the single scalariform interval appears more suggestive of regularity than the smaller and closer double scalariform interval, which is necessarily more crowded ; and on that ground I have referred the “ regularly reticulated” to LZ. sulcicollis ; and I am the more supported in doing so by the scutellum (or, rather, the scutellar region) being black in it. The numerical difference of three strong ridges instead of four I cannot find: they all have four; and Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 93 I have come to the conclusion that the allotment of only three ridges to this species is a mistake on the part of Mr. Thomson. In all the allied Lycide the ridges are usually the same in number; and it seems by no means probable that in one sec- tion there should be two different species, so nearly allied to each other, yet having different numbers of ridges on the elytra. In many, however, and in particular in this spe- cies, the four ridges are not always observable at the base, the fourth being sometimes concealed or, rather, occupied by the shoulder; but nearer the apex they are all four always very visible. Dascyllide. PTILODACTYLA, Latr. Ptilodactyla punctatostriata. Nitida, castanea, elytris dilutioribus; thorace distincte et crebre leviter punctato; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis levissime sparsim punctatis. Long. 24 lin., lat. 2 lin. Shining, chestnut-coloured, the elytra a little paler than the thorax. Head finely punctate and slightly pubescent. Thorax distinctly and (under a lens) rather deeply and thickly punctate, most closely on the sides and angles, not so closely but with larger punctures on the disk. Scutellum _heart- shaped, with two raised lobes at the base, finely punctate. Elytra punctate striate, base and shoulders less so, the inter- stices finely punctate ; the striz disposed obliquely, except the sutural stria, which is straight; the shoulder separates two strie, which unite about halfway down, those on each side of these again unite concentrically below them; the stria next to the sutural one is short, and fills a space left at the base by the oblique direction of the others. This is another instance of the occurrence at Old Calabar of American forms (most nearly related to Brazilian types). Ptilodactyla is strictly an American genus, and has not hitherto been recorded as met with in the Old World. CopTocerA*, nov. gen. (Fig. 5; and details, figs. 6-11.) Mentum subtriangulare, apice truncato. Ligula quadrilobata, lobis duobus utroque latere conicis magnis ciliatis (fig. 6). Maxille lobo exteriore in duos lobos diviso rectos tenues et ciliatos ; lobo interno lato, apice truncato, forsan semifisso * From kérra, I cut, and xépas, a horn, in allusion to the truncate termi- nation of the last article of the antenne. 94 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. margine interno (fig. 7). Palpi labiales et maxillares arti- culo ultimo subsecuriformi. Mandibule sat prominentes arcuate, apice fortiter bidentate (fig. 8). Labrum antice rotundatum (fig. 9). Caput declive ; epistoma antice rectum. Oculi sat parvi parum prominentes. Antenne (fig. 10) Fig. 10. Fig. 7. Fig. 11. dimidio corporis longitudine, fere equales, fortiter serrate, articulo primo brevi sat parvo, secundo minuto, ceteris fere equalibus latis, tertio parum longiore, ultimo truncato (fig. 11). Prothorax transversalis, postice latior, ad basin fere recte truncatus, parum bisinuatus. Scutellum postice rotundatum, sat magnum. Elytra lata, antice subparallela, pone medium dilatata, apice late rotundata. Pedes me- diocres ; tarsi mediocres, articulis primis quatuor trigonis, bilobatis, bilamellatis, lamellis latis et magnis, quinto ungui- culis robustis. Carina prosternalis brevis et tenuis. Corpus crassum, convexum, postice parum dilatatum. Coptocera gallerucoides. Levis, nitidissima, testaceo-ferruginea ; antennis, apice man- dibularum, palpis, tibiis tarsisque nigris. Capite antice oblongo, biimpresso, impunctato ; thorace sat convexo, im- punctato, disco bifoveolato, lateribus parum explanatis et reflexis, postice impressis. Scutello mitriformi. LElytris levissime seriatim punctulatis, stria suturali et stria laterali prope humeros fortius punctatis, lateribus bisinuatis, mar- gine reflexo, humeris et disco ante medium et pone medium separatim elevatis. Subtus fulvo-pubescens. Long. 9 lin. ; lat. elytrorum ad basin 3? lin., pone medium 5 lin. Smooth, very shining, testaceo-ferruginous, with the an- tenne, the palpi, the apex of the mandibles, and the tibize and My. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 95 tarsi black. The head impunctate, biimpressed in front. The thorax rather convex, impunctate, with the disk bifoveolate and the sides somewhat expanded and reflexed, and impressed near the posterior angles, which, although acute on the great scale, are inflexed and rounded at the tip, the anterior angles obtuse and rounded at the apex; base nearly straight. Scu- tellum mitre-shaped. Elytra very faintly impressed with a series of punctures in rows; but there is a sutural line or stria and an anterior marginal one, both of which are pretty deep and strongly punctate; the sides are bisinuate, and the mar- gins reflexed ; the shoulders and the disk near the scutellum and before the middle, and the disk behind the middle, all separately raised into prominences. Beneath fulvo-pubescent, the pubescence longest on the metasternum. Abdomen rather flat and somewhat soft. This species looks exceedingly like some of the tropical Gallerucide, as Agelocera, Rhombopalpa, &e. It does not appear to have been common, a few specimens only having been received. Elateride*. APHANOBIUS, Esch. Aphanobius seclusus, Cand. Elat. iv. p. 322. Several specimens received. The genus Aphanobius has hitherto been supposed to be peculiar to the Kast. ‘Ten species are described by Candeéze. Of these, four are from the Mauritius and five from other parts of the Indo-Malayan district—Singapore, Java, India, China, &c.; the occurrence of the only other species (the present) at Old Calabar is, as I think, an evidence either of a connexion be- tween Africa and India, or else of a great geological antiquity of the generic form. The presence of many other Indian forms in Africa makes the former the more probable explana- tion; and the greater diffusion of such Indian forms would seem to indicate that the connexion was probably of a much older date than that which seems to have existed between the west coast of tropical Africa and the opposite coast of Brazil. Craronycuust, Boisd. & Lacord. Cratonychus umbilicatus, Gyll., Cand. Elat. ii. p. 322. This is the only species in the large genus Cratonychus * All the Elateride which I had then received from Old Calabar were placed by me in Dr. Candéze’s hands at the time he was engaged on his great work on that family, and were therein described. A few additional species have since been received. + Ido not agree with my friend Dr. Candéze in his reasons for aban- doning the old name Cratonychus and substituting Melanotus. 96 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. which is found out of the limits of the northern hemisphere : all the rest come from Europe, Siberia, North America, &e. I think we must regard it as a straggler which has passed the barrier of the Sahara either before or after it became dry land. It appears to be distributed all over Africa proper, having been met with in Senegal, Guinea, Old Calabar, the Cape of Good Hope, and Caffraria. CarpiopHorvs, Esch. Cardiophorus accensus, Cand. Elat. iii. p. 178. One or two specimens received. MELANOXANTHUS, Esch. Melanoxanthus melanocephalus, Germ. Zeitsch. v. p. 191 ; Cand. Elat. 11. 512. Elater melanocephalus, Thunb. Nov, Spec. Ins. Diss. iii. p. 63; Oliv., Fab., Herbst, &c. Var. subsuturalis. This species seems nearly cosmopolitan. It is found, not rarely, in Brazil. It occurs in India, the Malaccas, and gene- rally in all the tropical regions of Asia from Arabia to China. It has also been met with in Madagascar and the Mauritius, and Bourbon Island. The specimen (only one) which I have received from Old Calabar agrees with the ordinary type, with the exception that the black mark on the thorax is a little wider and extends further back on the thorax, and that the black apex of the elytra extends further up them and runs narrowly and feebly up the suture for a short space. I have therefore treated it as a variety. HETERODERES, Latr. Heteroderes coctus, Cand. Elat. 11. p. 366. This is one of the commonest of the Elateride of Old Calabar. IscHIODONTUS, Cand. Ischiodontus monachus, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 120. One specimen received. PsePHus, Cand. § 1. Third article of antennz smaller than the fourth. 1. Psephus limonioides. Generi Limonio facie similis (ex. gr. Limonio fulvipilis, Cand.), fusco-niger, parum nitidus; fronte convexa, antice im- Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 97 pressa, breviter fulvo-pilosa, fortiter punctata; prothorace parum elongato, profunde ac dense punctato, convexo, pos- tice breviter canaliculato, sat longe presertim lateribus et disco fulvo-piloso, angulis posticis longis et parum divari- catis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subrugose granu- latim punctatis, fulvo-pilosis ; antennis nigris; pedibus tes- taceo-ferruginels. Long. 4% lin., lat. 13 lin. Similar in general appearance to the genus Limonius, and more especially to the Limonius fulvipilis, Cand. Subcylin- drical in form, fuscous black, slightly shinmg. Head thickly and strongly punctate and fulvo-pilose, convex, with a well- marked transverse impression close to the margin of the keel. Antenne black or brownish black, with the second and third articles minute. Prothorax deeply and very closely punctate, fulvo-pilose, especially on the sides and disk, convex, with a short distinct smooth canaliculation behind, longer than broad, narrowest in front; sides sloping to the front, where they are rounded in; the posterior angles long and slightly divaricated, keeled along their outer margin, also shortly in the middle and on their inner margin, sharp at the apex. Scutellum elongate pentagonal. LElytra of the breadth of the thorax, nearly parallel or very slightly dilated until beyond the middle, not very much attenuated at the apex, punctate striate, the strize not very strongly punctate, the intervals flat, subrugosely granularly punctate. Legs testaceo-ferruginous, fusco-pu- bescent. Lamelle on the second and third tarsi only. Three specimens received, 2. Psephus brevipennis, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 27. Several specimens received. 3. Psephus macrophthalmus, Cand. Elat. 11, p. 26, Only one individual received. A, Psephus elimatus, Cand. Elat. 11. p. 22. Only one specimen received. § 2. Third article of the antenne as large as the fourth. 5. Psephus conicollis. Fuscus, parum nitidus, griseo-pilosus ; fronte fortiter sat dense punctata, convexa, antice impressa ; prothorace convexo, sparsim subleviter punctato, postice leviter canaliculato, latitudine majore, ab angulis posticis sensim angustato, an- gulis posticis carinatis; elytris leviter punctato-striatis, in- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 98 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. terstitiis planis, granulatim subrugosis; subtus castaneus, abdomine parum dilutiore; pedibus castaneis, tarsis secundis et tertiis lamella instructis. Long. 44 lin., lat. 14 lin. Conical in front, and conical or subcuneate behind. Fus- cous, slightly shining, griseo-pilose. Head convex, impressed in front, rather coarsely and somewhat densely punctate. Pro- thorax broader than long, convex, faintly punctate (most so in front), and clothed with a longish pubescence, with a slight longitudinal canaliculate depression behind, gradually narrowed from the posterior angles to the anterior angles, the posterior angles carinated. In one of my specimens the exterior outline of the posterior angles is slightly rounded, which may be a sexual difference. Scutellum elongate, mitre-shaped. Elytra wedge-shaped or conical at the base, nearly as broad as the base of the thorax, gradually attenuated to the apex, feebly punctate striate, the intervals flat, subgranulously transversely rugose. Below chestnut, darkest on the thorax ; metathorax thickly punctured all over, rather deepest on the sides, the punctures so close to each other as to meet. Legs chestnut. Lamelle on the second and third tarsi. Two specimens (probably ntale and female) received. 6. Psephus nitidus. Statura P. conicoll’, minor, rufo-castaneus, nitidus, vix pilosus, fronte punctata; prothorace leviter punctato, postice fere impunctato; elytris levissime striato-punctatis, interstitiis parum elevatis, transversim subrugosis. Long. 33—4 lin., lat..1 lin. Similar in form and sculpture to Psephus conicollis, smaller, reddish chestnut, almost without hairs, shining. Head punc- tate, anteriorly very slightly depressed. Prothorax conically rounded to the front, finely and sparingly punctate, more espe- cially behind, posterior angles rounded in, carinate. Scutellum elongate, mitre-shaped. LElytra very finely punctate striate, interstices slightly elevated, transversely granulously sub- rugose. Underside and legs same colour as the upperside. Metathorax very coarsely punctured on the sides, but finely punctured on its disk, the punctures scattered and not touching each other. Only one specimen received. 7. Psephus striatopunctatus, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 21. Several specimens received. Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 99 8. Psephus beniniensis, Cand. Elat. ii. p. 21. Only one or two specimens received. OLopH aus, Cand. Olopheus gibbus, Cand. Elat. 1. p. 15. This varies considerably in size, some being very nearly twice the size of others. TETRALOBUS, Lepell. et Serv. 1. Tetralobus Chevrolati’, Cand. Elat. 1. p. 374. In my specimen I observe one character not noticed by Candéze in his description, viz. that the spine of the pro- sternum is deeply canaliculate. One specimen. 2. Tetralobus subcylindricus. Nigro-brunneus, pube fulvo-sericea brevissima sat dense ves- titus, punctatissimus, elongatus, elytris subcylindricis ; fronte punctata, postice linea levi carinata, antice excavato, carina frontali transversali subrotundata; prothorace crebre et sat fortiter punctato, inequali, subquadrato, antice lateri- - bus rectis et parallelis, angulis anticis rotundatis, angulis posticis divaricatis, apice retrorsum flexis, subtus grosse sparsim punctatis; elytris subparallelis, prope medium levissime dilatatis, creberrime leviter punctatis, haud striatis, obsoletissime nervatis, apice angulis suturalibus rotundatis ; subtus mesosterno et metasterno sat longe fulvo-pilosis ; ab- domine fulvo-sericea pube vestito, ischiis fere parallelis, transversim depressis, interne parum incisis, vix dentatis. Long. 19 lin., lat. 6 lin. Brownish black, clothed with an excessively short but dense silky fulvous down, thickly punctured, elongate, rather narrow, transversely convex, so as to appear almost subcylindric, at least as regards the elytra. Head rather coarsely punctate, behind with a slight smooth raised line, in front with a deep longitudinal excavation ; the frontal transverse keel subrotun- date, in some aspects like a truncate triangle with the corners rounded and the middle slightly simuate. The prothorax closely and rather coarsely punctate, unequal on its surface, slightly depressed on each side of the middle in front, also on the disk, and on each side behind the middle, and with a small oblique distinct fovea near the posterior angles; the sides parallel, margins rounded in, anterior angles rounded, posterior strongly divaricate, with their apex slightly incurved, and with a small raised tubercle in their middle ; base with a sel in front 7 100 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. of scutellum. Scutellum rounded at the base, wedge-shaped at the apex. LElytra convex, subcylindrical, subparallel, a very little dilated about the middle, very thickly and finely punctate, without strie, but with some obsolete traces of ner- vures near the base; sides with a slight bent keel at the base, the sutural angle at the apex rounded. Underside of pro- thorax much more coarsely, but not nearly so closely punctate as the upper surface, the spine with a slight appearance of keel on each side near the base; the mesosternum and meta- sternum clothed with rather long fulvous hair; the abdomen with fine down only, as on the upperside. The posterior haunches are of nearly equal breadth throughout, with a trans- verse depression of no great depth; the free margin at the inner end slightly notched, but very slightly, if at all, toothed. Only one specimen received. It is most nearly allied to 7’. punctatus from Senaar, both having the thorax very much punctate; but its shape is different, and the elytra in this species are not nearly so much costate as In punctatus. ALAus, Esch. Alaus Candézet. Niger, squamulis cinereis cervinis fuscisque marmoratus ; an- tennis haud longitudinem thoracis eequantibus, fuscis, articulis primis tribus nitidis et pubescentibus, ceteris opacis et velu- tinis, valde serratis ; prothorace latitudine longiore, lateribus parum depressis, sinuato, parallelo, angulis posticis divari- catis, carinatis, apice retrorsum flexis ; elytris pone humeros et postice depressis, antice fortiter punctato-striatis, versus apicem punctis levioribus instructis, apice subemarginato, angulis externis rotundatis, suturalibus submucronatis ; subtus pube magis concolori vestito; mesosterno et meta- sterno pilosis; abdomine segmentorum marginibus extus subdenticulatis. — Long. 14 lin., lat. 44 lin. Black, densely clothed with ashy and fawn-coloured scales, marbled and peppered with brown. Antenne very strongly serrate, brown, the first three articles shining and pubescent, the remainder opaque and velvety. Head concave in front. Pro- thorax longer than broad, disk most convex behind the middle, with the sides subparallel, sinuate, and somewhat depressed ; anterior margin bisinuate ; posterior angles diverging, keeled, their apex slightly incurved. Scutellum sloping more in front than behind, obovate. Elytra depressed towards the apex and behind the shoulders, punctate-striate, the punctures distinctly apart from each other, deepest outside the shoulder, less deep Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 101 towards the suture, and gradually diminishing as they ap- proach the apex, which is subemarginate, with the external angles rounded and the sutural angles turned outwards and feebly mucronate. Below more uniform in tint; the meso- sternum and metasternum pilose; the abdomen with the mar- gins of its segments subdenticulate at the external angle. In the female the pencilled margin of hairs on the free margin of the last segment of the abdomen is composed of singularly shaped hairs, somewhat club-shaped, or like an irregular knob on a thin stalk—cherries on a stalk, in fact, only the cherries are not round. The African species to which this comes nearest is A. sene- galensis ; but it differs in the prothorax not having a broad longitudinal median canal, in there not being a tubercle on it in front of the median lobe, in the sides being sinuate instead of rounded, in the elytra not being tubercular at their base, in their apex not being bidentate, and in their third interval not being more raised than the others. It has more resemblance, however, to some of the Malayan species. Only one specimen (a female) received. Lacon, Lap. Lacon sordidus, Cand. Elat. 1. p. 114. Of this species I have one specimen, given to me by Mr. Fry, who had acquired it from Mr. Gray, of Glasgow, with the locality marked as Old Calabar. Mr. Gray was in rela- tions with my friends the missionaries, and I have no doubt that his locality is to be depended on. The only habitat given by Candéze for the species is Senegal. My specimen is probably immature, being chestnut-coloured instead of black. It may be worth mentioning, as a character not noticed by Candéze, that the scales on the elytra are dis- posed in pairs on the intervals between the strie, and are arranged obliquely, pointing backwards towards each other, so that it gives them the appearance of a plaited flat rope. DivopoTarsus, Latr., Cand. Dilobotarsus cornutus, Cand, Elat. Nouv. p. 8 (1864). Castaneus, elytrorum apice ochraceo, pilis albidis et ochraceis hic et illic sparsim irroratus, lineari-elongatus, angustus, subcylindricus ; fronte excavata, luteo-squamulosa; protho- race inequali, antice latiore, lateribus sinuatis, apud mar- ginem anticum tuberculis duobus, transversim granulose multistriolato ; elytris anguste linearibus, granulose crebre 102. Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. punctatis, obsolete nervosis, basi pilis ochraceis obductis, fascia saturatius castanea ante apicem pilis albidis et pos- tice pilis ochraceis marginata, altera fascia interrupta vel potius linea tenui transversa interrupta punctorum albido- rum paulo pone scutellum ; antennis pedibusque castaneis. Long. 5 lin., lat. 14 lin. Chestnut, with the apex of the elytra paler or ochraceous and a band immediately before the lighter space darker chest- nut, and here and there spattered with whitish and ochreous scales; linear-elongate, narrow, subcylindric; the head exca- vated in front, clothed with yellowish-white hairs. Prothorax broadest in front, unequal, with depressions on the sides and in front of the scutellum, and with two rather large tubercles near the anterior margin; sides sinuate, covered with numerous transverse fine granulous strie, giving the effect of punctures. Scutellum black, deeply sunk in the elytra, nearly vertical, elongate, with the apex rounded and somewhat knobbed. Elytra narrowly linear, granulously thickly finely punctate, obsoletely costate, clothed with ochraceous hairs on each side of the scutellum, and with two interrupted slender bands of white scales, the anterior one a little behind the scutellum, confined to one or two small spots of white hairs or scales, the posterior immediately in front of the darker band of chestnut, which is just before the pale apex; the anterior margin of this pale apex is clothed with ochreous-yellow scales, which gives a light border to each side of the darker band, making it ap- . pear darker in colour than it really is. The antenne and legs chestnut. Underside of body brown, except the sides and margins of the sutures and segments of the abdomen, which are chestnut. The above description was written before I saw that given in Dr. Candéze’s ‘ Elatérides Nouveaux,’ and I have allowed it to stand, as perhaps useful to some as a second description, and at all events convenient to those who may not possess the Supplement to Dr. Candéze’s ‘ Elateride,’ which has been published under the above title in the Mémoires of the Roy. Acad. of Brussels. This is another instance of the occurrence of Brazilian forms at Old Calabar. No D¢lobotarsus has previously been found out of South America; and as it is a genus of remarkable characters and striking form, there is no room for referring its affinity to some other type which may occur in the Old World. It is what I should term a crucial example of the occurrence of a purely American form in Africa proper. But another noteworthy circumstance is, that this species is not (as is the case with most of the strictly American forms which we have Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 103 recorded from Old Calabar) confined to the west coast of Africa, but is also found on the east coast. I know of three specimens in different collections—my own from Old Calabar, one from Natal, in the collection of Mr. Janson, from which Dr. Candéze’s description was taken, and one from Algoa Bay, in the collection of Mr. Wilson Saunders, nearly twice the size of (but still the same as) the other two. Eucnemide. OISOcERUS*, nov. gen., De Bonvoul. This remarkable genus has not yet been published; and I had intended that its first appearance should be in M. de Bon- vouloir’s work on the Eucnemidz, on which he has been for some time engaged. As, however, I have now reached the place in my list where it comes in, I have asked my friend M. de Bonvouloir to favour me with an advance copy of his description, which he has kindly done; so that I am able to give the reader that eminent entomologist’s own description of this giant of his group, in anticipation of that in the work itself :-— “* Genus OISOCERUS. ‘“‘ Head strongly convex, tolerably deeply sunk in the pro- thorax ; epistome continuing directly the curve of the fore- head, forming a very obtuse angle with the latter, and con- sequently distinctly bent in as regards the head, slightly nar- rowed at its base, with its anterior margin arched in front. Mandibles only showing exteriorly a surface transversely arched and narrow, very much crossed, with a long and sharp point. Antenne distinctly shorter than the half of the body, more or less strongly flabellate. Pronotum short, strongly attenuated in front; marginal ridges and prosternal sutures converging in front. Propectus not canaliculated below along the external ridge, showing laterally a single marginal line obliquely con- verging in front, starting from the posterior angles and reach- ing the anterior angles, deflexed, without another supplemen- tary line. Propleura tolerably broad, subtriangular. Pro- sternal sutures rectilimear. Prosternum without mentonniére, with its anterior margin raised in a keel very slightly sinuated in the middle. Metathoracie episterna subparallel; epimera invisible. Posterior haunches furnished with an upper trans- verse blade tolerably narrowed on the outer side, and raised above the abdominal surface so as to leave a free passage for the thighs to rest in. Legs rather narrow, scarcely thickened * From oigds, a willow, and képas, a horn, in allusion to its flabellate antenne. 104 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. at the summit. Tarsi cylindrical, with the penultimate article simple. “This genus is extremely remarkable, not only by its facies but by its characters, and cannot be confounded with any other of the family of Eucnemide. It appears to approach a little to the genus Phlegon, but is distinguished from it very easily by the structure of its antennz as well as by the penultimate article of its tarsi being simple. “ Otsocerus Murray, Be Bony. PI. VIII. fig. 5. “ Oblongo-elongatus, postice tantum leviter attenuatus, obscure brunneus, supra pube fulvescente brevi dense vestitus ; capite sat fortiter dense rugoseque punctato, clypeo medio valde excavato ; antennis pronoto multo longioribus longius- que flabellatis articulo tertio flabellato (¢), vel pronoto vix longioribus brevius flabellatis articulo tertio dentato ( ? ); pronoto latitudine multum breviore, lateribus sinuato, basi media bipunctato, medioque foveis duabus sat profundis no- tato, minus fortiter dense rugoseque punctato ; elytrisdistincte striatis, interstitiis leviter dense transversim rugose punc- tatis ; lobo prosternali basi depresso ; pedibus rufo-brunneis. “Long. 9-10 lin., lat. 33 lin. “Body oblong-elongate, slightly attenuate in its posterior third only, slightly convex, of a reddish brown, somewhat opaque, covered above with a yellowish short and dense pubescence. Head tolerably distinctly punctate, punctuation very close and rugose. Hpistome slightly narrowed at the base, distinctly broader than the space between it and the eye, strongly excavated transversely in its middle. Forehead scarcely visibly depressed in its midst in front, marked in some with a small longitudinal keel extending backwards to the vertex, and absent in others. Antenne very short, passing distinctly (¢) or scarcely (@) the posterior angles of the pronotum ; in the ¢ the third article is prolonged in a very elongated compressed branch, about twice as long as the first two articles united, the remainder similarly prolonged, with their branches becoming gradually longer towards the extre- mity, the last subequal to the preceding; in the ? the third article is simply prolonged into a strong internal tooth, which is nearly equal to the rest of the article, the fourth into a narrow branch of the length of the first two articles united, the remainder similarly prolonged, and gradually becoming a little longer towards the apex; in both sexes the antenne are covered by a very close yellowish pubescence. Pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, sufficiently distinctly attenuated in front and very distinctly sinuated on each side above the Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 105 posterior angles, which are strongly prolonged behind, with a punctuation a little less strong than that of the head, but very dense and very rugose ; marked in the midst of the base with two small punctiform depressions, and with a longitudinal line which reaches the anterior margin ; moreover, marked on each side in its middle by a transverse or subrounded, tolerably large and very deep depression. Scutellum elongate quadrate. Elytra oblong, subparallel, slightly attenuated in their posterior third, very distinctly striated, their intervals scarcely convex, finely, very densely, and very rugosely transversely punctate. Underside of body of a deeper reddish-brown colour. Pro- pectus tolerably distinctly and not very densely punctate in the middle, more rugosely on the sides. Prosternal projection rather strongly depressed in the middle of its base, with its sides somewhat raised, very slightly narrowed in its posterior half, and almost subrounded behind, then abruptly and strongly inflexed and terminated below in a sharp point. Abdomen very finely, very densely, and somewhat rugosely punctate. Legs and tarsi of a deep reddish brown.” Apparently rare, only a few specimens haying been re- ceived. Buprestidae. Corasus, Cast. & Gory. 1. Corebus nodifrons. /Enescenti-brunneus, subopacus, subpunctatus, aciculatim ru- gosus, pube cinerea et nigra irregulariter vestitus; elytris pube nigra bifasciatis prope apicem, et versus apicem pube ochracea notatis; capite nodoso; thorace impresso; elytris apice denticulatis; subtus nitidus, eneus, fulvo-pubescens, aciculatim rugosus. Long. 5 lin., lat. 14 lin. Brown, with a slightly greenish brassy tinge only visible from some points of view, subopaque, subpunctate, acicularly transversely rugose, clothed with a fine longish grey or ash- coloured pubescence, irregularly mixed with black, which is disposed in two bands near the apex of the elytra, where a few ochraceous hairs occur both on the black bands and along their sides. Head vertical, with the epistome slightly raised, being divided off by oblique grooves on each side; from it a deep longitudinal groove runs back to the vertex, making two lon- gitudinal tubercles highest behind on each side of the head, which, however, are slightly interrupted, so that from some points of view there would appear to be four tubercles besides the epistome, while from others there only appear two, which 106 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. are very prominent when seen from behind. Kyes moderate. Thorax subquadrate, unequally impressed, a large fovea in the lobe in front of the scutellum, two others placed obliquely on each side of it, a transverse one in front, and a triangular one on the inflexed side, which is sinuate ; posterior angles obtuse, and posterior margin of median lobe truncate, straight. Scutellum triangular. Hlytra with the shoulders not very prominent, and the apex fimbriated with fine denticulations. Underside shining eneous, fulvo-pubescent, acicularly rugose. One specimen. (Subgen. Polyonychus, Chev.) This subgenus is not accepted by Lacordaire nor by Kiesen- wetter, although the former so far inclines to adopt it as to point out the characters which distinguish it from Corebus, and the latter divides Corwbus into two sections, of which the one has the characters of Corewbus as restricted by Chevrolat, and the other those of this genus (Polyonychus). Although the seizable generic characters are trifling, the difference in facies is tolerably marked; and I therefore think it a useful section, worthy of being preserved, particularly in a family which is so numerous, and of which the species are so much alike as the Agrilide. The true Corebi are the broader flat species with irregular patches or bands of different coloured pubescence, of which CU. rubi may be taken as the type, while the more uniformly metallic and less banded species, such as C. elatus, compose the genus Polyonychus. It is to be ob- served, however, that the name is not happy ; for both Corewbus and Polyonychus have equally the claws of the tarsi spht in two. 2. Corebus (Polyonychus) viridanus, Cast. & Gory, Monogr. Bupr.-t3. 1.15: One specimen. 3. Corabus (Polyonychus) sophoroides. Agrilo Sophore aftinis, thorace antice latiore; elytris apice et fascia prope apicem pilis albidis leviter et sparsim obtectis. Long. 23 lin., lat. 4 lin. This species differs in the following respects from Castelnau and Gory’s description and figure of Agrilus Sophore, to which it was referred by some continental entomologists to whom I sent it. In the first place the tarsi are short, more especially the first article, which is inconsistent with the genus Agrilus, in which Castelnau and Gory place Sophore. Pass- ing that, it is, like it, a small bright-green insect like an Agri- Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 107 lus, but, although more elongate than most of the Corab7, has a good deal of the facies of that genus. Its surface is very granular, and the head has a slight impression in the middle. The thorax may be said to be nearly square, but is certainly not broadened behind, as said by-Gory, but in front. As in A. Sophore, its disk is convex in front, with a strong transverse impression behind, and a hollow which comes from each side to unite with the posterior angles, which are sharp; but the bottom of this hollow space is not purple, but of a brilliant fiery copper or brassy green; that, however, is not a point of any importance ; neither, perhaps, is it that the underside is black, with very little eneous hue, instead of being bronzy. The legs, too, nearly correspond, being (especially the posterior ones) of a bright coppery golden hue, which is near enough to Gory’s description—“a brilliant golden green.” But Gory takes no note of a peculiarity which could not fail to strike him had it been present in his species, viz. that there is a transverse band of whitish scales near the apex, and the apex itself is clothed with similar scales. It is possible enough that this may be Gory’s A. Sophore, and that the differences which I have pointed out are due to his having had rubbed specimens to describe from, or to errors in his description : but [ am not entitled to take this for granted; and as it certainly does not agree with his description, nor with his figure, I have no alternative but to describe it anew under a fresh name. Whether it is new or not, I think there is no doubt that it ought to come into the metallic section (Polyo- nychus) of the Corbi, and that it does not properly belong to the genus Agri/us as restricted either by Lacordaire or by Gory himself. AGRILUS, Curtis. 1. Agrilus tgnicollis. Pl. VIII. fig. 1. Sat crassus, supra viridis, thorace cupreo-rubro, subtus niger, pallide pubescens; capite convexo, levissime aciculato, leviter longitudinaliter impresso, canali angusto secus marginem interiorem oculorum, oculis minus convexis; thorace antice latiore, transversim plicato, angulis posticis obtuse rotundatis, angulis anticis projicientibus ; elytris aciculatim punctatis, apice cuneato-truncato, denticulato, fascia parva apicali albido-piloso ; tarsis primo articulo sat longo. Long. 34 lin., lat. 14 lin. Rather stout; above bluish green, with the thorax fiery copper; below bluish black, with a slight pale pubescence. 108 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. Head convex, faintly aciculated, slightly impressed longi- tudinally, and with a narrow canal on the inner margin of the eye; eyes rather flat. Thorax without impressions, narrowed behind, transversely plicate, with the posterior an- gles obtusely rounded, the anterior angles projecting, anterior margin sinuate; posterior basal median lobe moderate. _Scu- tellum broad and ridged in front, acuminate behind. Elytra acicularly punctate, with the apex cuneate-truncate, denticu- late, and clothed with a small band of whitish pile. Under- side acicularly punctate, with a frequent short pale pubescence. Tarsi moderate in length, the first article long, longest in the posterior tarsi. Several specimens received. OAL gril us Bonvouloirit. Subopacus, capite et thorace brunneo-znescentibus, elytris viridibus ; elongatus, capite et thorace aciculatim transverse plicatis; elytris subrugose aciculatim punctatis; subtus geneo-cupreus. Long. 5 lin., lat. 1 lin. Above somewhat dull; head and thorax brownish brassy ; elytra green, with a purplish tinge when looked at horizontally from before or behind; the underside shining greenish coppery brassy ; elongate, nearly of the size and shape of Agrilus bi- guttatus, but a little smaller and more attenuated in front. Head irregularly transversely and obliquely acicularly plicate, the plicee curved; a narrow longitudinal depression down the forehead, and a narrow canal along the inner margin of the eye. Thorax transverse, transversely finely plicate, unequal, broader than long, slightly narrowest in front ; anterior margin nearly straight, sides subparallel ; basal margin with the median lobe short, broad, and its sides oblique, a curved raised space at each posterior angle, with a sinuate depression winding round in front of it. Scutellum broad at the base, with a transverse basal ridge, acuminate at the apex. LElytra acicularly sub- rugosely punctate, with a basal triangular fovea at the inner side of the shoulder, slightly expanded behind the middle ; apex conical, sharply denticulate. Underside bright shining greenish coppery brassy, bluish under the thighs, acicularly punctate, the segments of the abdomen not much more thickly punctate in front than behind. ‘'Tarsi as long as the tibie, first joint as long as all the rest put together. One specimen. 3. Agrilus capensis. A. Bonvouloirti affinis, forsan varietas ejus, fronte magis ex- Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 109 cavata; elytris postice purpureis; abdomine segmentis erebre antice punctulatis. Long. 4 lin., lat. 2 lin. This may be a small variety or one of the sexes of A. Bon- vouloirit ; but there are one or two points of distinction which seem to me to warrant its being provisionally described as dis- tinct. It is smaller, and the elytra are purple behind, that colour encroaching more or less on the green at the base; the head is more deeply excavated; the scutellum is bi-ridged transversely at the base, and the segments of the abdomen are finely and closely punctate along the anterior margin. Several specimens have been received. I am informed by Mr. Edward Saunders that in some cabinets it stands under the unpublished name of A. capensis, which I have preserved. 4, Agrilus Saundersii. Pl. VIII. fig. 2. Mnescenti-olivaceus, apice parum cupreo ; elytris punctis, sex albido-pilosis (duobus ad basin, duobus ante medium, duo- bus propinquioribus post medium) instructis. Long. 34 lin., lat. 2 lin. In general appearance similar to Agrilus sexguttatus, but smaller and narrower in proportion, also similarly marked with six small spots of white scales. Brassy olivaceous, slightly coppery at the apex of the elytra; surface finely gra- nulous. Head with the forehead very prominent, and with a longitudinal groove separating it into two lobes. Thorax sub- quadrate, slightly widest in front, transversely finely acicu- larly rugose, behind with a broad transverse curved depression concave to the front, with a slightly deeper impression in the middle and another on each side. There is also a some- what curved impression near the middle in front; median lobe short, curved. Scutellum small, triangular. Elytra finely granular, with a small depression, full of whitish scales, at the inner angle of the shoulder; and a larger median depression, filled with whitish scales, somewhat before the middle, and a still larger one (although all actually small) behind the middle and closer to the suture; the apex doubly emarginate, more deeply next the suture, with a large tooth at the sutural angle and another at each of the external angles: exterior to this external tooth there are one or two minute denticulations. Underside and legs greenish brassy, sparingly clothed with a longish whitish pubescence. The upper margins of the segments as seen beyond the elytra clothed with whitish pubescence. Posterior tarsi with the first article equal in length to the three following; in the anterior tarsi the first article not quite so long. 110 , Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. ‘Two or three specimens. I have named this species after Mr. Edward Saunders, in recognition of the services he has already done in rescuing a portion of the Buprestide from the confusion in which they lay—services which all entomologists must hope will be con- tinued and extended to other groups. MycHOMMATUS*, nov. gen. Caput parum excavatum, secus marginem internum oculorum canaliculatum; epistoma antice parum emarginatum. Anten- ne breves, articulis primis, secundis et tertiis obconicis, pri- mis majoribus, secundis et tertiis eequalibus, ceteris fortiter serratis, transversis, undecimis emarginato-truncatis. Pro- thorax depressus, brevis, transversalis, lateribus canaliculatis, postice latior et medio lobato. Scutellum sat magnum, planum, transversum pentagonale, antice arcuatum. Hlytra elongata, disco plano et subdepresso, a basi ad apicem gra- datim attenuata, apice parum expanso, rotundatim truncato, dentibus fimbriato. Ischia postica margine antico excavato, margine libero late curvatim emarginato. Tibiz posticee extus pilo fimbriate, anticee simplices; tarsi sat robusti, lamellis omnes instructi, articulis brevibus, postici articulo primo parum elongato, ceteri fere equales: unguiculi sat fortes, breviter fissis. Metasternum antice protensum, medio profunde emarginatum. Prosternum depressum, antice truncatum, postice projiciens. Corpus elongatum, depressum, cuneatum. This genus has the cuneiform facies of Stenogaster, dif- fering apparently only in being smooth and shining, instead of unequal and marbled with irregular pubescence, &e.; and Stenogaster bemg wholly Brazilian, at first I regarded it as another instance of the presence of a South-American form on the west coast of Africa; but the presence of lamelle on all its tarsi removes it from that category. Its facies, however, seems to require the establishment of a new genus for its reception, the shortness of the tarsi preventing its Beis a place among the Agrili, which it most resembles in form Mychommatus cyaneus. Pl. VIII. fig. 3 Nitidissimus, et supra et subtus lete cyancus, elytris violaceo- cyanels ; ; capite leviter sparsim punctato ; prothorace parum fortius punctato, disco fere impunctato, angulis posticis sub- rectis ; scutello impunctato ; elytris sparsim 1 leviter punctatis, * From puy7, @ recess, and dupa, the eye, in allusion to the canal along the inner margin of the eye. Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. | 111 stris irregularibus, sutura depressa et leviter lineata, humeris elevatis, lateribus sinuatis, apice denticulato, angulis sutura- libus leviter mucronatis ; subtus leviter transversim rugoso- punctatus, albidis setis minutissimis instructus. Long. 6 lin., lat. 14 lin. Bright and shining, rich blue both above and below, the elytra violet-blue. Head very faintly and sparingly punc- tate; thorax a little more strongly punctate, but still very sparingly, a little more thickly in front, and almost im- punctate on the posterior part of the disk; posterior angles nearly right-angled, basal lobe emarginate. Scutellum im- punctate. Elytra sparingly and finely punctate, the punc- tures arranged somewhat longitudinally ; shoulders rather prominent, an irregular depression inside of them; suture depressed, and with a fine line along it, and denticulate at the apex, about seven to nine denticuli fringing the rounded. apex of the elytra. Underside finely transversely rugose, finely punctate, and bearing very minute whitish scales or sete. One specimen. Bexionota, Esch. Belionota Championt, Murr. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1862, xxii. p- 451. Pl. VIII. fig. 4. Not rare. PSILOPTERA, Sol. Psiloptera piperata, Murr. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1862, xxii. p- 451... Pl VILL fig: 7. Not very rare. CHRYSOCHROA, Sol. Chrysochroa elongata, Fab. Syst. Eleuth. t. 11. p. 200; Cast. & Gory, Buprest. 1. p. 10. One specimen received. CHRYSODEMA, Cast. & Gory. Chrysodema chrysochlora, Pal.de Beauv. Ins. recueill. en Afriq. et en Amér. 1805, p. 44; Cast. & Gory, Bupr. iv. p. 68. Pia Lk tig..6. One specimen. Notwithstanding the great authority of Prof. Lacordaire, I cannot bring myself to merge the old genus Chrysodema with the typical Chalcophora, and therefore still keep Palisot de Beauvois’s C. chrysochlora under the former genus. [To be continued. | 112. Mr.C. Spence Bate on Anomurous Crustacea. X.—Carcinological Gleanings. No. IV. By C. Spence Bare, F.R.S. &.* [Plates IX., X., XI. ] THE entrance to the English Channel appears to be the boun- dary or extreme limit of two distinct faunas. We find species that are decidedly arctic in their character represented by spe- cimens that have a generally depauperized appearance, both as to size and typical expression, while Mediterranean species are represented without any large amount of variation in form or dimensions of specimens. But my observations induce me to believe that the southern forms, when taken on our shores, are generally dredged from water of considerable depth ; whereas those of the arctic types are as invariably taken in shallow water. The variations of depth and local habitats appear to us to depend more upon the condition of food and its general supply than upon other causes; we therefore think that the geogra- phical distribution of animals in limited regions can only be worked out by a previous knowledge of the history of the ani- mals, particularly in relation to their food, and even then can- not be very reliable. Amongst the anomurous Crustacea I would wish to notice the genus that Leach has named Munéda in order to distin- guish it from the genus G'alathea; but the points of distinction are not sufficient to warrant so great a separation, and they appear to me to be naturally but species of one genus. Three fine specimens I have recently taken on the shelly ground off the Dudman, in about thirty fathoms of water. The first specimen that was obtained differed from those pre- viously known and described by having, instead of a long central rostriform spine flanked by two shorter ones of analo- gous construction, three equally important anteriorly porrected spines—this in consequence of the two lateral spines being de- veloped to a length corresponding with that of the central in normal specimens; whilst in another specimen the central spine appears to be rather longer in proportion to the lateral ones than that figured by either Leach or Prof. Bell, so that the specimen bears a very close relationship to G'alathea mono- don of Milne-Edwards from the Brazils—a circumstance that supports an opinion that I have elsewhere expressed, that there is a very considerable resemblance between the Crustacea of the South-American coast and that of the British seas. This species, Galathea bamffica (Munida Rondeletii, Bell), is stated to be one of the rarest of our Crustacea, and is seldom to be met with in our museums. Its habitat is most probably * Abstract, communicated by the author, from the Report of the Com- mittee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall. (Brit, Association Report for 1867, p. 275.) Mr, C. Spence Bate on Anomurous Crustacea. i BL the temperate latitudes, in tolerably deep water, on the western shores of Europe; for although extending as far as the Shet- lands, yet the specimens that have been dredged in the colder regions are, we believe, invariably very small, and the inha- bitants of very deep water. Among the G‘alathee that we have taken on our coast, and which embrace all that were previously known as British, is one that we think must be accepted as not having been pre- viously described. The largest specimen, measuring from the extremity of the tail to that of the extended hands, is little more than 2 inches, of which the animal itself, measuring from the extremity of the rostrum to that of the tail, is little more than 1 inch. This species differs from either of the others in having the large pair of chelate pereiopoda flat and broad, the fingers much curved, very distant, and meeting only at their apex when closed, furnished on the inside with a considerable brush of hairs, and armed near the base of the moveable finger with a prominent tubercle or tooth, but which appears to be of little importance, since it is not able to impinge against the opposite finger. I have sometimes thought that this specimen may only be an extreme form of the male of Galathea squamifera ; but the armature of the surface of the hands, which is generally a safe guide in specific character, has a distinct variation. In G. squamifera the arms are covered generally with a series of curved scale-like tuberculations, the anterior margin of which is divided into a series of bead-like elevations, of which in the most typical parts, such as on the surface of the meros and carpus, the central prominence is elevated to a point; and the whole of the tubercular ridge is crowned by a row of short hairs, so minute that they are not perceptible except by the assistance of a lens. These tuberculations are closely packed and regular. In the supposed new species the tuberculations are less prominent and defined, their margins can only be perceived to be at all baccated by careful arrangement of the light, while the cilia, being far less numerous, are yet more conspicuous under the lens. If it be only a variation of G. squamifera, as we are inclined still to consider it, it is too important a va- riety to be passed over without notice; and we have named it provisionally Galathea digitidistans, until the observation of a larger series of specimens than we have as yet seen may en- able us to arrive at a correct conclusion. The zoéa of the genus Porcellana has, I believe, been figured from exotic species by Dana*; and having the opportunity of * [Also by Fritz Miiller, ‘ Fiir Darwin,’ p. 35, fig. 24.—p. | Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 8 114. Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of Pagurus. observing that of P. platycheles (Pl. IX. fig. 4), I have taken advantage of the circumstance. It differs from the recognized typical zoéa of the common shore-crab (Carcinus menas) in the monstrous development of an anterior and two posterior cor- nuous processes to the carapace, and in the formation of the telson; but in its complete character it offers an intermediate condition between the brachyurous and macrurous Crustacea. It has the appendages of the cephalon and pereion developed to a similar extent with those of the Brachyura, whereas the telson and carapace bear a nearer resemblance to the same parts in the Macrura, from which they differ in degree only. In the carapace, instead of the rostrum and the posterior angles of the carapace being only just pronounced as in the macrurous z0éa, they are developed to a larger extent in the anomurous larve, and in the young of the Porcellane to nearly twice or three times the length of the animal; while the telson, instead of being shaped like the caudal fin of a fish, has in the Anomura the central portion sometimes produced to an angle posteriorly. Beyond this stage of the development of this species, or, I believe, any species of the Anomura, we have no sure know- ledge, except that which I stated relative to the genus G'lauco- thoé being a stage in the development of the genus Pagurus. The zoéa of Pagurus (Pl. LX. fig.1) is probably tolerably well known to earcinologists, but Lam not aware of its having been figured* or described. It has the anomurous character of a pointed rostrum and a projecting point at each of the posterior angles of the carapace, and the telson terminating in a gradu- ally widening fishtail-like appendage, fringed with a few ter- minal spimes—the appendages being developed rather on the type of those of the Brachyura than of the Macrura. During our expeditions we have taken specimens that we believe to be the zoéa of the same genus still further developed; we say be- lieve to be, because it is only from analysis that we have come to this conclusion, and have not the testimony of direct obser- vation that the one is the older stage of the other. That which we take to be the second stage of the genus Pagurus (Pl. IX. fig. 2) was captured toward the end of May, in a towing-net, in Plymouth Sound. From its general appearance my first impression was that it was the young of a Palemon; but closer: observation and a careful dissection of its parts induced me strongly to believe that it is the young of one of the anomurous group of Crustacea,—in the first place, the form of the carapace; in the next, the general divergence of its appendages from and their resemblance to those of the zoéa of a macrurous Decapod. ‘The superior * [Likewise figured by Fritz Muller, op. cit. p. 36, fig. 26,—EDb. | Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of Pagurus. 115 antenna is developed upon the brachyurous type; but the inferior has the squamiform appendage of the macrurous Crustacea. So have all the other appendages that pertain to the cephalon and pereion, except the last pair of pereiopoda; and these are not developed, at least they were not percep- tible to our examination—a circumstance that would accord with the animal being an undeveloped anomurous crusta- cean. The pleon and its appendages bear a very close resem- blance to those of the larva of a prawn, since it is equi- laterally developed and furnished with a pair of appendages, posteriorly and ventrally, attached to each somite, the last of which is much larger than the others, and is evidently a pro- gressive stage in the development of the great caudal plates of the macrurous Crustacea. We attribute it to the genus Pagurus rather than to any of our other anomurous Crustacea, because it differs from the known zoéa of Porcellana, and of that of Galathea we have no knowledge; but from the nearer approach of these last genera to each other in their adult stage than to Pagurus, we are in- clined to believe in a nearer resemblance of their larve. Hence our assumption that this present immature species is a young Pagurus. The next stage to which we allude (Pl. IX. fig. 3) is one which we noticed in our preliminary Report to the British Association. The animal is a small creature that was taken floating near the surface of the sea, in a warm day in June. Its general appearance is that of a young macrurous crustacean, and as such it has been classified near to Callianassa and Calliadina. It is symmetrical, except in the larger development of the great chela of the right side. The two succeeding pereiopoda are very long, but simple in their formation; the last two are considerably reduced in size, and the anterior terminates in a small imperfectly didactyle forceps,while the posterior has a copious terminal brush, consisting of cilia and short and broad spines, amongst which the short, obtuse, and spmous dactylos is discernible. The pleon is well developed, having each somite clearly defined, and all, except the first, carrying an equally developed pair of appendages, each of which consists of a peduncle and two unequal rami. The posterior pair, or uro- poda, differ from the others in having the peduncle shorter and the outer ramus longer and more robust; it is likewise slightly curved, in the older specimens, more on the left side than on the right. In this condition they probably continue until they find a suitable molluscous shell in which to reside. [ imagine that 8 116 Mr. C. Spence Bate on the Development of Pagurus. they may continue to cast their exuvium and grow, during the whole time that they are deficient of such shell, because I have taken specimens occupants of shells that are still smaller than the one described, and yet further advanced to maturity. It would be curious to see if, were they deprived entirely of the use of a shell for a habitat, they would con- tinue to grow and retain the normal form of the pleon gene- rally—a feature that characterizes some of the exotic closely allied genera. Thus a careful examination of numerous specimens has enabled us to demonstrate the progressive development of the genus Pagurus, and to affirm with much confidence, judging by the descriptions and figures of the authors, that the genera Glaucothoé of M.-Edwards and Prophylax of Latreille are no other than an immature stage of the genus Pagurus ; but since their specimens were exotic, they are probably the young of some foreign species. : Amongst the macrurous Crustacea we have had the oppor- tunity of examining and figuring the larva of Palinurus (PI. X. fig. 2). The young of this genus was first made known to the British Association by the late Mr. R.Q. Couch, of Penzance, at the Meeting at Dublin, in 1857, when he drew attention to the near resemblance existing between it and the genus Phyllosoma. In 1864-65, M. Gerbe, in the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ repeated the discovery of Mr. Couch, and asserts that the larva of Pali- nurus is identical with the genus Phyllosoma, and that conse- quently the genus Phyllosoma is the young of the genus Pali- nurus. The larvee of most of the Decapod Crustacea have the largest amount of development commencing with the cephalon and the pleon; whilst in the larva of Palinurus the greatest ad- vancement exists in the anterior part of the cephalon and in the pereion, whereas the pleon is almost rudimentary. On comparing it with the genus Phyllosoma (Pl. X. fig. 1), as M. Gerbe has done, there is little that can warrant a sepa- ration of the two in the general structure of the animals, or that might not be accounted for by increased develop- ment of the younger specimens. Yet there are certain points that weigh heavily in the balance of evidence against the larva of Palinurus and Phyllosoma being but different stages of the same animal. (1) It is contrary to our experience that so small an amount of progressive development has taken place in an animal that has increased in growth to about thirty times its size. We generally perceive, in the development of Crustacea, that the most important changes are those that immediately succeed Mr. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea. Ttz the birth of the larva. (2) The most certain mark by which a young animal may be known is the immature condition of the antenne, more especially the flagella; now, whilst in the larva of the Palinurus they are very rudimentary, in Phyllosoma they assume an adult character, and in the second pair one that is of a peculiar feature, at least in the species to which we refer. (3) The oral appendages appear to be present, though only as the germs of the future parts; whilst in Phyllosoma they appear to exist in a rudimentary condition that assimilates little to a progressive stage. (4) Double branchial vesicles are attached to the coxe of each pair of pereiopoda, whilst none exist in the larva of Palinurus. We must admit, however, that this argument is not very strong, seeing that in the adult Palinurus such organs are present, and that there must be a period when they first appear; and it ts most probable that their earliest stage is of the most simple character. And per- haps we should not have thought it sufficiently important to have remarked upon, had not M.Gerbe stated that Phyllosoma, like the larva of Palinurus, was without branchial appendages, and M.M.-Edwards remarked that these vesicular appendages are vestiges of the external branch of the limbs. (5) Phyllo- soma is a tropical genus, and with such we can only compare the larva of Palinurus ; two specimens only of the former have been obtained in the British seas, whereas Palinurus is very common on our coasts—an argument that might be very forc1- ble were we not cognizant of the fact that we are quite as much, if not more, in the dark in relation to the development of the common lobster. Our ignorance upon these interesting and important points in the history of the Crustacea, together with the discovery of Fritz Miller that the larva of Peneus, and probably that of some other prawns, very closely resembles that of the cirripeds and other entomostracous larvee, shows that there is much yet to be done of far more interest to zoological science than the mere discovery of new species to be added to our fauna. The great diversity of structure, and the wonderful variation in the development of animals that possess a great similarity in their adult condition, indicates that careful study of these animals will probably assist in throwing a considerable hght on some of the more profound problems of biological knowledge. Several specimens of Scyllarus arctus have been taken recently on our coasts. It is some years since Mr. Couch announced the first appearance of this as a British species ; and none has since been recorded until these last two years, when six have been taken near Penzance by Mr. Cornish, and one off the Mewstone, near the eastern entrance of Plymouth Sound ; two 118 Mr. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea. of these were furnished with spawn, and two of the others were found in the stomach of a codfish. That which was obtained off the Mewstone was 44 inches long, and one of the most in- teresting additions to our local fauna: this length is half as long again as that recorded by M. Milne-Edwards of the Medi- terranean specimens. In the dredging-list published by the British Association, the common lobster of Europe is called Astacus gammarus (L.), marinus (Fabr.), and Homarus vulgaris (M.-Edwards). But, since the descriptions of Crustacea by Linneus are so very general, and the specific name used by him has been long closely associated with that of a very distinct genus, we think that of Fabricius, the next in succession, should be adopted. Again, the generic name, given by Fabricius, of Astacus, although prior to all others, yet included the freshwater genus, with which it is so closely associated as to make an exchange inconvenient. I therefore propose, in accordance with the rules laid down by the Association, to retain the generic name of M. M.-Edwards and the specific name of Fabricius, and call it Homarus marinus, Fabr. We cannot turn away from this species without noticing the manner in which the process of repair is carried on in the de- velopment of a new flagellum to the inferior pair of antennee. Mr. Lloyd, Conservator of the Marine Zoological Collection at Hamburg, to whom we are indebted for the preparation from which fig. 4 in Pl. XI. is taken, writes to me :—‘‘ The animal lost the antenna by accident, just where the juncture with the peduncle takes place, and then the antenna began to grow in a spiral case, the spiral growing larger and increasing the number of its turns as it grew older, but never getting hard or coloured. When the entire exuviation of the lobster took place (in about four months after the antenna was broken off), the antenna was drawn out of its special case and came forth straight, the spiral skin retaining its shape. Hardening of the antenna does not take place (or at least it does not appear hard) till after exuviation, and in like manner the limbs of all the lobsters here which renew their limbs.” A specimen of the genus Aaius was taken by Mr. Couch off Polperro, and described by him as new, in the ‘ Zoologist,’ 1856, pp. 52-82; but I am not aware that it has been since met with. I have taken what I believe to be specimens of Crangon fasciatus and Cr, sculptus; and a careful comparison of them with the descriptions and figures of the authors has failed to convince me that they are not more or less spinous varieties of the same species; and in character they agree so well Mr. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea. 119 with the description of Crangon boreas that it is difficult to believe that they are not depauperized specimens of that large arctic species. Several specimens of Alpheus ruber have been taken on shelly ground off the Dudman,—and from the same locality two other specimens of A. Hdwardsii, which I believe is the first time that this latter species has been recorded as British. I had them alive for several days. Their colour is a bril- liant red crimson, A. ruber being rather paler and more banded than A. Hdwardsii. One peculiar and interesting feature in the structure of this animal is the alteration of the character of that portion of the carapace that covers and protects the organs of vision (not so much from the anterior development of the carapace as from the eyes having receded beneath it), which, while it offers protection to the organs of vision, yet has be- come so transparent that it is only by close and careful exami- nation that, in the living state, the relation of the two parts to each other can be distinguished. The next genus to which we have to allude is one that we believe must be described as new to our fauna. It was first described by Costa from a Mediterranean species (7ypton spongicola), as far back as 1844, in the ‘ Annali dell’ Acecad. degh Aspir. Nat. di Nap.’ i., also by Grube (Ein Ausflug nach Triest und Quarnero, pp. 65 & 125), and again by Hel- ler under the name of Pontonella (Verhandlungen des zool.- bot. Vereins in Wien, p. 627, Tafel ix. f. 1-15), as well as in his ‘ Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa,’ p. pl. f. . Be- lieving it to be distinct, I have given it the name of Typton spongiosus, of which the following is a short description :— Gen. char.—Carapace short and deep, covering the entire pereion. Pleon twice as long as the carapace, with the lateral walls deep. Eyes prominent, not concealed under the cara- pace ; superior antenne having a secondary branch. First pair of pereiopoda equal, slender, long, and chelate; second pair large, in general the right much larger than the left. Spec. char.—Carapace having a short simple rostrum. Eye longer than the rostrum. Anterior antennee with the secondary appendage longer than the primary ; posterior antennee having the squamiform plate of the third joint small, pointed, and not ciliated. Second pair of pereiopoda having the propodos as as long and nearly as eat as the carapace. Dactylos of the right hand with the cutting margin convex and simple, of the left hand less convex and cuneated. Posterior pair of pleo- poda with the posterior external angle of the outer ramus dentated, the inner tooth being the longest ; telson armed with 120 Mr. C. Spence Bate on Crustacea. as lateral dorsal spines, and tipped with a few spines and airs. We have taken ‘several specimens of Nika; and from their general resemblance to N. Couchi?, while possessing the chan- nelled telson of N. edulis, so particularly pointed out by Bell as specifically distinctive, I am much inclined to believe that there is but a single British species yet known, and that N. Couchit is but a variety of N. edulis, Risso. An examina- tion of its parts in detail has shown us that the mandibula (Pl. XI. fig. 3) are formed on a plan that nearer associates the genus with Crangon than with Alpheus, in the family of which (Alpheidee), the latter being the type, Nika is placed by Milne-Edwards and Bell, while Dana, more correctly we think, has placed it in a subfamily of the Crangonide, the Lysmatine. Two or three specimens of Athanas nitescens have been taken off Polperro. Hippolyte Barleet, which was described by me from a Shet- land specimen several years ago, must, I think, be expunged from the list of species, since, as pointed out by the Rev. A.M. Norman some time since, it is only an accidental variety of H, Cranchii. Observations of the Stomapoda on the south- western coast have been limited to a few of the commoner species : whether this arises from the species not being abun- dant on our southern shores as compared with those on the northern, or from accidental causes attributable to collecting arrangements, is yet to be determined. Amongst the smaller Crustacea, there is little to which I should wish to draw special attention, except the recent dis- covery of what may prove to be an undescribed Anthura, and some observations on the structure of Tanais. In 1861 Van Beneden asserted that the proper place of the genus Tanais was near to that of the family of the Diastylide, because the cephalon was developed upon the type of the cara- pace of the Decapoda. In 1864 this opinion was followed by Dr, Fritz Miiller, who stated that though he had been unable to identify branchial appendages, yet he felt assured that it possessed rudimentary organs, because he had observed a cur- rent of water playing from beneath the carapace. Recently, having obtained some living specimens, I have been able to support Dr. Fritz Miiller’s conclusion relative to the current of water; for, by the assistance of transmitted light, I have been able, through the walls of the carapace, to see the branchial appendage waving to and fro; since which I have dissected out the organ, a drawing of which accompanies this memoir. (Pl. XL. fig. 5.) Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 121 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE IX. Fig. 1. First stage of development of Pagurus*. Fig. 2. Second stage. The author gives this with the reservation stated, having taken it swimming in the open sea. ©, dorsal view of cephalon ; a, eye; b, superior antenne ; ¢, inf. ant. ; d, mandible ; g, posterior maxilliped; A, first pair of gnathopoda; /, second pair; 4, first pair of pereiopoda; /, m,n, 0, three posterior pairs of pleopoda ; p,q, ¢, pleopoda ; «, sixth pair of pleopoda ; z, telson. Fig. 3. Third stage, representing the genus Glaucothoé of Milne-Edwards and Prophylax of Latreille: n, penultimate pair of pereiopoda ; o, ultimate pair of pereiopoda; p, a pleopod; wu, sixth or poste- rior pair of pleopoda; z, telson; P, pleon of an older specimen. wg. 4. Zoéa of Porcellana platycheles : z, telson. PLATE X. Fig. 1. Phyllosoma. Fig. 2. Zoea of Palinurus marinus. PuaTE XI. Fig. 1. Typton spongiosus, n. sp. References as above. Fig. 2. Alpheus Edwardsi. Fig. 38. Mandible of Mika edulis. Fig. 4. Homarus marinus. Development of flagellum to lower antenna. Fig. 5. Tanais : h, first pair of gnathopoda, with branchial appendage attached. XI.— Observations on some of the Heliotropiee. By Joun Mirrs, F.R.S., F.L.S8., &e. In the ‘ Prodromus’ of De Candolle we find the order Borra- ginee divided into four distinct tribes, the Cordiew, Khretiee, Heliotropiee, and Borragee. Long before the appearance of that work, the late Mr. R. Brown had pointed out, in his ‘ Prodromus,’ p. 492, that the Cordiew ought to be held as a distinct family, on account of their 4-fid style, and their seeds without albumen, with plicated cotyledons—an opinion sup- ported by Endlicher and Lindley for reasons which appear sufficiently valid. Von Martius rightly held that the perfectly gynobasic style, placed in the middle of four distinct ovaries, entitled the Borragee to rank as a separate natural order, and accordingly he combined the two remaining tribes of DeCan- dolle, the Hhretiew and Heliotropiew, in another family, which he designated with the name of Hhretiacew. 'The uncertainty and confusion in the distribution of the species in these several groups have in great measure arisen from a neglect to examine the structure of the fruits; it may, however, be taken as a rule that among the whole of them it is essential that the seeds * This was taken so young from the ovum that I am not certain whe- ther the long projecting rostrum is a feature or not, as at this period it is generally folded under. 122 Mr. J. Miers un some of the Heliotropiee. should be suspended and solitary in their respective cells, with a superior radicle. But it is important to notice that Gaertner distinctly attributes to Beurrerta, and figures, a 4-carpellary fruit, with seeds having an inferior radicle; and Kunth de- scribes his South-American species of Hhretia (formed into the genus Amerina by De Candolle) as having a unilocular ovary, with four ovules attached to two bifid opposite parietal placentee—structures only reconcileable with Verbenacew : in- deed De Candolle appeared so far disposed to adopt this view that he suggested the latter genus might be allied to Tectona. Amerina, however, appears much nearer Citharexylon, with which it agrees in its tubular persistent calyx, its cylindrical 5-lobed corolla, with five exserted stamens, the ovary and seed being formed as above indicated, having also an arbores- cent habit with opposite leaves. The doubts that have been thrown upon the truth of Kunth’s observations concerning Amerina and of Gaertner’s regarding Beurrerta are only in- ferences founded upon analogy ; but no one has yet shown by actual examination that the statements of those botanists are contrary to fact. It is difticult to draw a line of distinctive characters between the Hhretie and Heliotropiew: some have suggested a suffru- ticose habit in the former, and a subherbaceous one in the latter; but these characters are too variable to be of use: others have urged the presence of albumen and a bifid style in the former, and the want of albumen with an undivided stigma in the latter; but the former character has been denied to Ehretiece by De Candolle, and I have to show the existence of a deeply cleft stigma in Heliotropiew. De Candolle places Tournefortia in Ehretiee ; Fresenius, who has elaborated the Brazilian Borraginee, ranks that genus in Heliotropiew, and with reason. ‘To the latter tribe, again, has been assigned the distinctive character of a scorpioid spicated inflorescence ; but that character is rendered nugatory by the presence of solitary axillary flowers in Coldenia and in many species of Schleidenia, and of several congested single axillary flowers in 7%quilia. There remains, therefore, scarcely a tangtble uniform character that can mark the limit between Hhretiew and Heliotropiee. In regard to Hhretia I will not venture to offer any decided opinion, because I have had no opportunity of examining its species; but we are evidently much in the dark concerning its real structure. All authors agree in attributing to Hhretia a 4-locular ovary with a slender simply 2-fid style, a single ovule suspended from the summit of each cell, and a baccate fruit enclosing a 4-celled nut, or two nucules, each 2-celled. But Dr. Wight, in his ‘ Icones,’ pls. 1882 & 1383, figures in Ehretia a bifid style upon an ovary which is 1-locular, with Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 123 two opposite bipartite parietal placente, each fork bearing a single ovule, as in Agiphila and Amerina. If these figures be correct, as there is no reason to doubt, these species cannot belong to Ehretia, or else the characters of the genus have been erroneously defined, and the tribe itself has been placed in a wrong family. ‘These discrepancies show that we have yet much to learn in regard to the Hhretieew. If we hold Beurreria still in doubt, as well as Amerina, for the reasons before given, there will remain only Ehretia itself to represent the tribe; and this offers so many anomalous characters that DeCandolle considered it must ultimately be divided into se- veral genera, of which he traced the outlines in Beurreria, Carmona, Xerodema, and Menais. Xerodema has been shown to be identical with Rhabdia, a Brazilian genus minutely and accurately described by Prof. von Martius in his ‘ Nova Genera,’ and since figured by Sir Wm. Hooker (Icon. 828). This construction, of a 1-locular ovary, with two opposite 2-lamellar placentee bearing an ovule on each of their reflected margins, and a fruit with four nucules, each with a longitu- dinal open slit leading into two cells, is quite at variance with the structure that has been attributed to Hhretia and its allied genera. I will offer some observations upon Lthabdia and Cortesia under separate notices. The following is a synopsis of the genera of the Helio- trope — 1, Fructus baccatus; albumen distinctum. A. Pyrenze 2, singulz 2-loculares. a. Embryo rectus; stamina inclusa; stylus brevis; stigma latum, breviter 2-lobum.............. Tournefortia. B. Pyrenze 4, singule 1-loculares. 6. Embryo lunatim curvatus; corollz laciniz subu- late; stamina inclusa; stylus longiusculus ; stigma majusculum, apice conico, piloso ...... Messerschmidtia. 2. Fructus exsuccus; albumen distinctum, aut nullum. C. Pyrene 2, singulee 2-loculares; stamina inclusa. c. Stigma breve, vix divisum; albumen nullum.... Helophytum. d, Stigma magnum, elongatum, profunde 2-fissum ; STUNTIST, CUSGUTIC LUI, . ueie e evs sree su0'e ats a Wiss chat Cochranea. D. Pyrenz 2, singulz 2-loculares. e. Stamina longe exserta; stylus tenuis; stigma te- MOR) 2-8 LLIN 35.5091 aisha oy. payee bleh «ae oldies me . Tiquilia. E. Pyrenee 4, singule 1-loculares. p f. Antherz apice papilloso coherentes; stylus brevis aut subnullus; stigma magnum; flores interdum sOlifnMsen axallares*.1) 7.0) \els see Fas ahees we.» Sehlerdenia, g. Anthere glabree, oblongze, liberze ; stylus medio- cris; stigma magnum; flores in spicas longas : curvatas terminales, 1-laterales.............- Heliotropium. h. Anthere glabree, globose, liber ; stylus simplex, : 2-fidus; flores axillares, solitarill ............ Coldenia, 124 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. Pentacarya, Hook. & Arn., and Huploca, Nutt., appear to be foreign to this group. Péptoclaina, Don, differs little from Heliotropium, except in its four broadly margined 1-celled nuts, frequently reduced to two by abortion ; it has five dis- tinct sepals (not a tubular 5-toothed calyx, as Don states) ; it has the habit of Coldenia, but with terminal solitary spikes. Halgarnia, Gaud., also appears alien to this group, because of its campanular calyx and its incompletely 2-celled ovary with two pairs of collateral ovules suspended from two semisepti- form placente. As the genera Cochranea and Messerschmidtia hitherto appear almost unknown, I will here define them and note their species. CoCHRANEA. This genus, proposed by me in 1825, upon a Chilian plant, was afterwards described as a variety of the Heliophytum stenophyllum, Hook. & Arn. It differs from Heliophytum in the peculiar habit of the plants (being short, erect, branching shrubs) ; they have more woody (not fistulose) branches, which are generally covered with numerous very fasciculated lmear leaves; the genus also is remarkable for its very large elon- gated stigma, two or three times the length of the style, or even longer, having a broad annular peltate enlargement at its base, and cleft at the summit, generally halfway down, into two narrow subulate segments, which are entire, or more rarely 2-denticulated. The fruit consists of two bilocular nucules, as in Heliophytum ; but they have not the same deep vacuities on the inner face, and the seeds are enveloped in a distinct albu- men. The inflorescence is not in long, solitary or geminate spikes, as in Hel’ophytum, but is corymbosely branched, at first in subglobose heads, afterwards becoming more spread. CocHRANEA, nob. ;—Heliotropium et Heliophytum in parte auct.—Sepala 5, lanceolata, erecta, plus minusve pilosa, estivatione imbricata, persistentia. Corolla hypocrateri- formis, tubo cylindrico vel supra medium paulo infundibuli- formi, fauce plicis 5 angustato, sub-5-gono, nervis 5 crassis a medio loborum in angulis tubi decurrentibus et intra faucem sepe glandulis totidem munitis, limbo expanso, vix ad medium 5-lobato, lobis rotundatis cum plicis totidem alter- nantibus, estivatione valde imbricatis. Stamina 5, inclusa, fere sessilia, tubi dimidia longitudine: jilamenta brevissima, circa medium tubi affixa; anthere lanceolate, 2-lobe, mu- cronate, imo breviter auriculatee, in sinu dorsaliter affixe, erecte, utrinque rima laterali dehiscentes. Déscus parvus, hypogynus, margine crenulatus. Ovariwm in hoc impositum, Myr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez. 125 subglobosum, 4-suleatum, 4-loculare, loculis ovulo solitario suspenso munitis: stylus teres, superne paulo incrassatus ; stigma inclusum, valde elongatum, imo annulo crasso cinc- tum, sursum attenuatum, plus minusve profunde 2-fissum, laciniis subulatis, integris, vel 2-denticulatis. Fructus ex- succus, globosus, profunde 2-sulcatus, calyce persistente in- clusus ; nucule 2, semiglobose, marginibus rotundatis, facie subplana, foraminulo obsoleto incavate, osseex, singule 2- loculares, loculis 1-spermis. Semen ovatum, apice suspen- sum ; ¢ntegumenta tenuissima ; albumen parcum, carnosum; embryo orthotropus, cotyledonibus ovatis, subcompressis, carnosulis, radicula tereti ad summum spectante duplo lon- gioribus. Suffrutices Chilenses, dumost, odore balsamico scatentes, ra- most ; ramis sepe virgatis, valde foliosts ; folia in axillis alternis plurima, fasciculata, sepius anguste lineares, mar- ginibus interdum valde revolutis : panicula terminalis, pri- mum subcapitata, demum expansa, valde ramosa, ramis bre- viter divisis et spicatifloris ; flores parvi, 1-laterales, sessiles, ebracteatt. 1. Cochranea conferta, nob. Trav. Chile, 1. 529;—Heliophytum stenophyllum, var. rosmarinifolium, DC. Prodr. ix. 552; Gay, Chile, iv. 456 ;—ramis strictiusculis, erectis, breviter pauciramulosis, in junioribus viscoso-pilosulis, demum glabris, confertissime imbricatim foliosis; foliis in axillis alternis, plurimis et fasciculatis, anguste linearibus, imo spathulatis, sessilibus, marginibus valde revolutis, supra subrugulosis, glabris aut obsolete puberulis, subtus parce rigido-pilosis: paniculis terminalibus, corymbosis; ramis alternis 3-4, spicas plurimas alternas gerentibus; floribus sessilibus, uniserlalibus ; stigmate stylo 2-plo longiore, fere ad medium 2-fido, laciniis subulatis, obtusulis—In Chile : v. v. ad Cuesta larga de Llaillay; v. s. in herb. variis (Cu- ming, 377; Bridges, 235); in herb. Hook., Coquimbo (Harvey), ex Mus. Paris. Chile (Gay). I found this plant in 1822 in the province of Quillota, where it is frequent upon the lofty hills, forming a bushy shrub from 3 to 5 feet in height. Its erect branches are densely covered with crowded, imbricated leaves, fasciculated in the approxi- mated axils; they are 14-18 lines long, 4 line broad. The terminal inflorescence, when fully developed, has a main peduncle 14-2 inches long, bractless, expanding into three or four alternate branchlets, 9 lines long, bearing many crowded sessile flowers arranged unilaterally in a spike; the sepals are 1} line long, obtusely subulate, glabrous, with ciliated mar- 126 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez. gins; the tube of the corolla is 2 lines long, glabrous, with five glands in its mouth; the border is 2} lines in diameter, white, with red nervures, becoming pink when faded; the stamens, half the length of the tube, reach its mouth; the ovary is 4-grooved, seated on a crenulated disk; the style is about the same length; the stigma, double that length, is an- nulated at its base, conical, and simply 2-fid to nearly its middle*. Var. auriculata ;—caulibus erectis, rugosis; foliis creberrime divaricatis, imbricatim tectis ; ramulis paucis, fuscis, granu- lato-papillosis; foliis in axillis approximatis circiter 10, longe linearibus, sessilibus, imo latioribus et subauriculatis, marginibus subsinuatis, subrevolutis, supra glabris: pani- culis terminalibus, corymbosis; stigmate stylo equilongo, apice 3-dentato.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Hook. (Lobb, 442). A plant with the habit of C. congesta, differing in its more crowded, more divaricated, longer leaves. It is probably a distinct species intermediate between C. congesta and C. si- nuata, differing extremely from the latter in its habit, its longer, narrower, and more crowded leaves. The leaves (generally eight or ten in each approximated axil) are 14-2 inches long, 1 line broad, quite glabrous above, with subsinuated margins, are minutely puberulous or pulverulent below, when examined under a strong lens; the peduncle and its branches are pubes- cent; the acute-lanceolate sepals are pilose on both sides; the cylindrical tube of the corolla is angular and pilose ; the stigma (rather longer than the style) is somewhat conical, and 3-den- ticulated at its apex. In Bridges’s No. 1838, referred by De Candolle to H. myosotifolia, where I have placed it, the stigma is invariably as I have there described it; but here it is con- stantly 3-lobed or imperfectly 4-denticulate, as De Candolle mentions. There is probably some confusion in the specimens. 2. Cochranea corymbosa, n. sp.;—valde ramosa; ramis brun- neis, rugosis; ramulis longis, adscendentibus, subflexuosis, epidermide rubente laxa rimosa nitente vestitis ; foliis ma- joribus fasciculatis, late lanceolatis, acumine brevi obtu- sulo, in petiolum longum imo dilatatum sensim cuneatis, planis, submembranaceis, tenuissime nervosis, utrinque sub- glabris, rugulosis, versus marginem et in costa subsca- brido-pilosis : paniculis in ramulis terminalibus, corymbosis, glabris; pedunculo longissimo, compresso, rubente, nitido, superne alternatim et subremote ramoso ; ramulis apice bis * A drawing of this plant, with ample analytical details, will be shown in Plate 53 a, in the second volume of my ‘ Contributions.’ Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiew. 127 dichotome divisis, ultimis tenerrimis, unilateraliter spicati- floris ; floribus majusculis, inferioribus breviter pedicellatis, reliquis sessilibus ; sepalis lanceolatis ; stigmate stylo equi- longo, conico, fere ad basin 2-fisso, laciniis subulatis, ob- tusulis.—In Chile: v.s. in herb. Mus. Brit. et Hook., Co- quimbo (Bridges, 1341). This species is at once distinguished from all the others by its much larger, flat, submembranaceous leaves. It seems to be a low-growing shrub with ascending branches, with branchlets 3-4 lines apart, which are subangular, subcompressed, 4-6 inches long, with axils 4-6 lines apart, which are somewhat nodose; the leaves (including the petiole, 7 lines long and 4 line broad) are 2 inches long, 3-34 lines broad, the narrow petiole being somewhat enlarged at its insertion upon the node; within this, three or four shorter leaves are fasciculated in each axil; they are all nearly glabrous. The terminal peduncle is 4 inches long, bearing at intervals of 3 to 9 lines several branches 6-12 lines long, each divided into two uni- lateral spikes 14 inch long, bearing sessile flowers 2 lines apart; the sepals, almost glabrous outside, are pubescent within and on the margins, are 2 lines long, acutely lanceolate ; the tube of the corolla is 3 lines long, } line broad, with a border 5 lines in diameter ; the anthers, 1 line long, are inserted 1} line above the base ; the pistil is the length of the sepals, the ‘style being rather longer than the stigma, and twice the length of the ovary. 3. Cochranea sinuata, n. sp. ;—subdichotome et tortuose ramo- sissima, ramis ramulisque glabris, epidermide laxa fusca rimosa vestitis, junioribus pilosulis ; foliis in axillis plurimis, fasciculatis, linearibus, apice rotundatis, imo in petiolum angustum longe spathulatis, marginibus undulato-sinuatis, sepe subrevolutis, submembranaceis, supra rugulosis, in nervis impresso-sulcatis, obsolete pilosis, subtus _palli- dioribus, plus mimusve cano-pilosis : paniculis terminalibus, subcorymbosis, alternatim ramosis, ramis geminatim divisis et spicatifloris ; stigmate stylo paulo longiore, imo annulato, conico, eranulatim viscoso, ad medium 2-fisso, laciniis 2- denticulatis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Coquimbo (Bridges, sine num°.); 7 herb. Hook., Coquimbo (Bridges, 1342). This is evidently a low-growing shrub, with erect branches, which, in the lower portions, are nearly bare of leaves, very rough, with tortuous branchlets again divided, the younger ones being 5 or 6 inches long. The leaves are 9-14 lines long 128 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. (including a petiole of 3 lines), 14-2 lines broad, with very sinuous and undulated margins. The many approximated floriferous branchlets form a large corymbose head: each ter- minal panicle has a peduncle 4 lines long, with four alternate branches 3-4 lines apart, 4 lines long, each divided into two spikes 14 inch long; the sepals are 1 line long, oblong, obtuse, pilose outside; the tube of the corolla is 14 line long, with a border 4 lines in diameter ; the pistil is 1 line long, the stigma being a little longer than the style. 4, Cochranea stenophylla ;—Heliophytum (Heliotropium) ste- nophyllum, Hook. & Arn. Beech. Voy. 66; DC. Prodr. ix. 552; Gay, Chile, iv. 456 ;—caulibus erectis, longiusculis, vix flexuosis, subnudis, nodis prominulis ruderatis, superne valde ramosis, ramulis plurimis, alternatim approximatis, divaricatis, griseis, glabris, paucifoliosis et puberulis; foliis fasciculatis vel rarius solitariis, linearibus, utrinque attenuatis, crassiusculis, supra breviter sparsim tuberculato- pilosis, subtus adpresse hirtulis: paniculis terminalibus, subcorymbosis, pilosis ; pedunculo ramos 3—4 alternos breves spicatifloros gerente; floribus majusculis, crebriter sessili- bus; stigmate stylo equilongo, imo incrassato, conico, fere ad basin 2-fido, laciniis 2-dentatis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. et Hook., Coquimbo (Bridges, 1340). These specimens have a somewhat flexuous knotty stem, 1 foot long, above which they throw out several close ascending branches, 4-10 inches long, with several divaricating branch- lets, at distances of 6—9 lines, and about 4 inches long. The leaves are 5 lines long, ? line broad; the terminal peduncle, 6-9 lines long, bears three alternate short curving spikes, each with about six flowers, all forming a corymbulose head; the sepals, 1? line long, } line broad, are linear, pilose on both sides ; the tube of the corolla is 2 lines long, a little swollen in the mouth, pilose on its angles, with a border 4 lines in dia- meter; the pistil is 14 line long, the stigma as long as the style, cleft for nearly half its length into two obtuse segments, which are minutely 2-denticulated at their apex. The original typical specimen is not to be found in the Hookerian herbarium. 5. Cochranea myosotifolia ;—Heliophytum stenophyllum, var. myosotifolium, A.DC. Prodr. 1x. 552; Gay, Chile, iv. 456; —ramosum, ramis subtortuosis, irregulariter diffusis, crebre nodosis, epidermide rimoso, griseo ; ramulis teretibus, griseo- puberulis; foliis in axillis alternis, plurimis, fasciculatis, linearibus, imo paulo attenuatis, apice obtusulis, utrinque My. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 129 adpresse scabrido-pilosis, marginibus subrevolutis ; inflores- centia terminali, pubescente ; pedunculo 2-fido, in ramos di- chotome spicatifloros diviso; floribus crebriter sessilibus ; stigmate stylo brevissimo 8-plo longiore, imo incrassato, sursum acutissime conico, ad medium 2-fisso, laciniis sub- setaceis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Coquimbo (Bridges, 1338). This appears to be a low straggling shrub, with irregularly spreading branches covered with a glabrous splitting epidermis; the lower ones are knotty, with prominent leafless nodes; the upper branches are terete and pubescent, with axils 2-6 lines apart. The leaves are 8 lines long, 1 line broad; the peduncle of the terminal inflorescence is 9 lines long, its branches 3-4 lines long, each bearing two short spikes, all forming a corymbose head; the sepals are 2 lines long, acutely linear, pilose on both sides; the tube of the corolla is 1$ line long, somewhat sarger about the mouth, and pilose outside, with a border 34 lines in diameter, with five radiating, broad, coloured nervures ; anthers 1 line long, reaching the mouth; pistil 14 line long, the ovary, style, and stigma being in the proportions Gia bo. 6. Cochranea florida ;—Heliophytum floridum, 4A. DC. Prodr. ix. 553 ;—Heliotropium floridum, Gay, Chile, iv. 457 ;— e basi ramosissima, ramis subangulatis, ramulisque crebris, rufescentibus, glabris ; foliis linearibus, obtusis, mo angus- tissime spathulatis, planis aut marginibus vix revolutis, utrinque subrugulosis, fere glabris aut versus margines ob- solete pilosis: paniculis terminalibus, corymbosis, 1—3-ra- mosis, ramis spicatifloris; floribus sessilibus, majusculis ; stigmate stylo fere equilongo, imo annulato, apice 2-fisso, laciniis 2-dentatis.—In Chile: v.s. in herb. Hook., Coquimbo (Cuming, 858 ; Bridges, sine num?®.) ; ex Mus. Paris. (Gay). A low-growing shrub, with suberect or decumbent stems, with ascending, very approximated branches, covered with a lax, reddish, shining epidermis; leaves 8-10 lines long, 1-14 line broad, decurrent on a petiole of one-fourth their length ; peduncle of terminal inflorescence 1 inch long; its branches, 3 or 4 lines apart, are bare at base, spicated unilaterally, with few sessile flowers; the acutely lanceolate sepals, pilose on both sides, are 24 lines long; the tube of the corolla is penta- gonous, glabrous, 3 lines long, the expanded border 5 lines in diameter ; the stamens occupy the upper half of the tube; the pistil is 24 lines long; the conical stigma, annular at base, is eleft for one-third or one-fourth of its length into two segments, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 9 130 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 2-denticulate at their apex. In Bridges’s specimen the flowers are paler and smaller, and the leaves narrower. 7. Cochranea hebecula, n. sp.;—ramosissima, ramis griseis, creberrime ramulosis, ramulis junioribus dense sericeo- pubescentibus, incanis ; foliis fasciculatis, oblongo-linearibus, imo in petiolum angustissime spathulatis, apice rotundatis aut obtuse attenuatis, carnosulis, subplanis, utrinque incano- pilosulis, eveniis: paniculis corymbosis, terminalibus, 2-3- spicatis ; floribus majusculis, 1-serialibus; stigmate stylo 6-plo longiore, 2-fido, laciniis 2-denticulatis—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Coquimbo (Bridges, sine num?.). This appears to be a bushy plant, with knotted branches 3 lines thick, divided at their summit into numerous very close leaf-bearing ramifications, 8-10 inches long, with branch- lets 4-6 inches long; the axils are 3-6 lines apart; the leaves 8-12 lines long, 1 line broad ; the terminal peduncle is 6 lines long, sometimes bearing a single spike, 2 inches long, or with two or three alternate spicated branches 3—4 lines apart, much shorter, bearing a few large flowers 1 line apart; calyx 1 line long, cleft nearly to the base, where it is shortly cupuliform, with five acutely oblong segments, densely pilose on both sides; the tube of the corolla 14 line long, 5-gonous, somewhat pilose outside, with a border 4 lines in diameter; pistil somewhat longer than calyx; stigma annular at base, six times as long as the style, cleft for one-third of its length into two broadish bidenticulate segments. 8. Cochranea ericoidea, n. sp. ;—ramosissima, ramis ramulis- que tenuissimis, divergentibus, pallidis, glaberrimis aut molliter puberulis, axillis cupula brevissima obtusa promi- nula foligera munitis; foliis pluribus, fasciculatis, parvis, linearibus, sessilibus, apice callosis, carnosulis, enerviis, supra pilis rigidulis, imo tuberculatis scabridulis, subtus costa et marginibus subrevolutis scabridule hirtellis: pani- culis terminalibus, pilosis, sepius geminatim spicatifloris ; floribus sessilibus, minoribus ; stigmate longissimo, incluso, 2-fido, laciniis obtusis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. et Hook., Coquimbo (Bridges, 1339). This appears to be a low straggling shrub, with very slender divaricating branches, having much the habit of an Aloysia; the lower branches are quite smooth and bare; the foliiferous branchlets are very slender, scarcely more than } line in thickness, nodose at the axils, with a very short obtuse spine, ade epiae by the persistent base of the midrib of the exterior eaf: out of these cupular nodes, which are 2-3 lines apart, Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 131 three or four leaves spring, which are 3-5 lines long: the peduncle is 2-3 lines long, with geminate or three alternate spikes 3 lines apart, 1-14 inch long, rigidly and shortly pilose; the sessile flowers are 1—2 lines apart; the sepals, 2 line long, are connate at base into a short cup, with oblong segments, callous at the apex, fleshy, pale green, pilose on both sides ; tube of corolla 1 line long, wider and pilose above, with a border 2 lines in diameter ; pistil the length of tube of corolla, with a subglobose sulcated ovary seated on a 10-lobed disk ; the stigma, annular at base and as broad as the ovary, six times as long as the style, tapering to an obtuse point, cleft for a quarter of its length into two obtuse segments. 9. Cochranea filifolia, n. sp. ;—ramosissima, ramis_ teretibus, nodosis, epidermide grisea rugulosa tectis, striatellis ; ramulis alternatim approximatis, subadscendentibus, glabris, juniori- bus papilloso-tomentosis; foliis in axillis, plurimis, in- equalibus, fasciculatis, rarius solitariis, spathulato-lineari- bus, parvis, crassiusculis, granuloso-rugosis, divergentibus : paniculis floribundis, in ramulis terminalibus, glanduloso- puberulis; pedunculo bis dichotome diviso, ramis ultimis tenuibus, spicatifloris ; floribus sub-2-seriatis, remotiusculis, sessilibus ; sepalis brevibus, extus farinaceo-leprosis ; stig- mate imo lato, conico, profunde 2-fido, laciniis obtuse 2- dentatis.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. et Hook., Co- quimbo (Bridges, 1343). These specimens of Bridges’s collection, though under the same number as C. chenopodiacea in M. de Boissier’s herba- rium, are specifically very distinct from it. The plant is everywhere covered with a resin-like minute granulation ; the leaves are more than twice the length and narrower than those in the species referred to: it is somewhat ericoid in its habit, with the young branchlets terete, fulvous, and rugulose, 6-8 inches long, with axils 3—4 lines apart. The leaves are 3-6 lines long, 4 line broad. The peduncle of the terminal inflorescence is 3-1 inch long, twice dichotomous, the ultimate branches spicated, 2 inches long, with about eight rather large sessile flowers, 3-4 lines apart, all forming a corymbose pani- cle; the sepals are 3 line long, obovate, obtuse, erect, fleshy, covered with whitish leprous scales, glabrous within ; the tube of the corolla is cylindrical, 1 line long, the border being 3-4 lines in diameter; the ovary, subglobose, 4-grooved, is seated on a lobed disk; the stigma is six times as long as the very short style, has a basal ring broader than the ovary, is shortly conical, obtuse, cleft halfway into two obtuse pena seg- 132 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. ments : the fruit, consisting of two nuts enclosed in the persis- tent calyx, is polished and glabrous. 10. Cochranea hispidula, n. sp.;—crebre ramosissima, ramis subrugoso-striatis, ramulis subdivergentibus, teretibus, brun- neis, pilosis ; foliis fasciculatis, sessilibus, spathulato-lineari- bus, obtusis, marginibus valde revolutis, carnosulis, fusco- viridibus, undique hispidulis; paniculis in ramulis termi- nalibus, brevibus, bis dichotome divisis, pubescentibus ; ramis ultimis 2-seriatim spicatifloris ; floribus paucis, crebris, sessilibus ; stigmate stylo 6-plo longiore, apice 2-fido, laci- niis 2-dentatis—In Chile boreali: v. s. én herb. Hook. (Lobb, 440). This is evidently a low-growing shrub, with extremely crowded, elongated branchlets, 3-4 lines apart, 8 or 9 inches long, the lower ones again branching, the upper ones simple: the axils are 3 lines apart; the leaves are 4-6 lines long, $ line broad. The peduncle of the inflorescence is 6 lines long, its branches 6 lines long, their ultimate 2- or 3-spicated branch- lets being 9 lines long; the calyx is tubular, cleft halfway into five erect teeth, is pubescent on both sides, 1 line long; the tube of the corolla is 1 line long, pubescent outside, with a border 2 lines in diameter ; the pistil is 1 line long ; the stigma, eight times the length of the style, annular at base, slenderly conical, cleft for a quarter of its length imto two bidentate segments. 11. Cochranea chenopodiacea;—Heliophytum chenopodiaceum, A. DC. Prodr. 1x. 553 ;—Heliotropium chenopodiaceum, Gay, Chile, iv. 458;—nana, divaricato-ramosissima, gla- bella; ramulis subrigidis, teretibus, flavidulis, junioribus obsolete puberulis ; axillis cupula prominente munitis ; foliis fasciculatis, parvis, spathulato-linearibus, subteretibus, mar- ginibus valde revolutis, carnosulis, fere sessilibus, glabris vel subviscosis: paniculis terminalibus, bis dichotome di- visis, ramis ultimis tenuibus, spicatifloris; floribus paucis, sessilibus, pallide ceeruleis ; calyce tubuloso, 5-dentato, extus pilosulo ; stigmate stylo 2-plo longiore, apice obtuso, breviter bifido.—In Chile: v. s. in herb. Hook. ex Mus. Paris., prov. Copiapo, ad montes Arqueros (Gay). This plant was found by Gay in the more northerly pro- vince of Copiapo, in the silver-mining district of Arqueros, and is distinct from the plant I have referred to C. filifolia, which has been confounded with it. Gay says it is a low shrub, not more than a foot high, with many short stiff spread- ing branches, which are terete, covered with a yellowish, Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana Lynceus. 133 shining epidermis. The fasciculated leaves are very small, somewhat glutinously rugulose, 1 or 2 lines long, scarcely + line broad ; the terminal inflorescence has its spicated branch- lets 6 lines long; the calyx is broadly tubular, 1 line long, cano-pubescent outside, divided halfway into five triangular teeth ; the tube of the corolla is a trifle longer than the calyx, cylindrical and pilose outside; the pistil is as long as the tube of the corolla; the ovary semiglobose, seated upon the disk ; the stigma, annular at base, is rather longer than the style, conical, and divided at its apex into two short obtuse segments. The glabrous fruit consists of two nucules, each 2-celled. [To be continued. | XII.—On Phidiana lynceus and Ismaila monstrosa. By Dr. Rup. Bereu*. [Plate I.] THE genus Phidiana, Gray, may be thus characterized :— PHIDIANA, Gray. Corpus gracilius, elongatum. Rhinophoria perfoliata ; tentacula elongata. Papille dorsales in series obliquas confertas disposite. Podarium antice rotundatum vel subtruncatum. Margo masticatorius mandibule singula serie denticulorum pre- ditus. Radula paucidentata, dentibus uniseriatis armata. This genus agrees, with regard to the structure of the rhi- nophoria, with the more remote genus Antiopa, as well as with Flabellina, Cuv., from which latter, however, it is easily dis- tinguished by the bases of the papille and by the produced anterior corners of the foot in Wlabellina ; but the statements of Dr. Gray and Messrs. Alder and Hancock, as to the occurrence of lateral teeth in the latter genus, were not borne out by a more recent examination of this point in a new species, £7. Sempert, Bgh. Facelina, Ald. & Hance., is also easily dis- tinguished by the produced corners of the foot. Spurilla, Bgh. (see the ‘Transactions of the Royal Danish Society of Sciences,’ vii. 1864, p. 205), forms an intervening link between Phidiana and the more typical Alolidide, particularly Aoli- diella, a new genus, comprising as yet four species (viz. 4’. Semmeringti, F. 8. Leuckart, 4%. occidentalis, Bgh., n. sp., MG. glauca, A. & H., 4. Alderi, Cocks), and which may be thus characterized :— AMOLIDIELLA, Bgh. Forma corporis, rhinophoria, tentacula, papille et podarium ut in Afolidiis sensu strictiore. * Extract from ‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening i Kjobenhavn’ f. 1866, 134 Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana lynceus. Margo masticatorius mandibule minutissime longitudinaliter ph- catus. Dentes radule uniseriati. Dentes pectiniformes, medio emar- ginati. Only four species can with certainty be classed under Phi- diana, viz. Ph. inca (d’Orb.), Ph. patagonica, VOrb., Ph. wni- lineata, A. & H., Ph. lynceus, Bgh., n. sp. Perhaps 4. Al- deriana, Desh. (Frédol?, ‘Le Monde de la Mer,’ 1864, p. x1, f.7) and 4. northumbrica, Ald. & Hance., also belong to Phidiana. An anatomical examination of Ph. lynceus, Bgh., affords several interesting results, particularly with regard to the organs of vision. ‘The eye was observed in the middle of the external margin of the cerebro-visceral ganglion. Immediately behind the eye, and a little further in, another, smaller, shortly pedun- culate globular body was observed, which proved to be an accessory eye; the diameter was 0°05 to 0°06 millim., the pigment black, the lens small, colourless, with a small yellowish kind of nucleus. Close behind the accessory eye a vesicle, spa- ringly filled with cells and nuclei, with thin walls, was seen to protrude from the surface of the ganglion. This vesicle might be the auricular vesicle ; no other organ that could be so in- terpreted was found. Whilst plurality is a frequent phenome- non amongst Acephala and Tunicata, no instance of the normal occurrence of more than one pair of eyes was hitherto recorded in the class of Gasteropoda. The earlier statements concern- ing the occurrence of such an arrangement in the genus Diplom- matina (Bens.) turned out to be founded on a misconception *. Nor was Claparéde able to find the black spot which Moquin- Tandon stated he saw in Neritina fluviatilis behind the true eye, and which he described as being like an accessory eyeT. Agassiz states, in his ‘ Lectures on Comparative Embryology,’ 1849, p. 86, that on a little Margarita from the roadstead: of Boston, he had seen a row of eyes placed at the base of the tentacles of the epipodial frmge. But this statement is not borne out by the results of a careful examination of M. grén- landica and M. cinerea. When viewed from beneath, the ten- tacles of the epipodial fringe in M. grénlandica, Ch., are seen to issue each from a small depression, of which the inner mar- gin is almost always swollen in the middle, and contains a varying quantity of black pigment; sometimes this pigment is disposed in the shape of a ring, and in that case these tu- bercles assume a striking similarity to eyes. These tubercles resembling eyes are of very different shapes, sometimes rather oval; in some cases the pigment is continued along the lateral * Comp. A. Adams in ‘Ann. & Mag. N. Hist.’ ser. 2. vi. 1860, p. 118, and zbid. xii. 1863, pl. vii. figs. 11, 12. + Comp. Claparéde in Miiller’s ‘Archiv,’ 1857, p. 1389, and Moquin- Tandon in ‘ Hist. Nat. des mollusq. fluy. et terr. de la France,’ il. p. 22. Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana lynceus. 135 margin of the depression in which the tentacle stands, and even further, so as to form a narrow black border along the lobe between two succeeding tentacles; in these cases the underside of the base of the tentacle is occasionally also coloured. In some individuals no pigment was observable, and the tubercles were then generally but little developed. These latter are of a firm consistency ; and their colour is due te peculiar cells, which stand perpendicular on the surface, and much resemble those observed in the eyes of various mollusca. No ganglion could be found in the base of the tubercles ; and therefore the tubercles in question cannot even be regarded as merely photoscopic eyes, much less as corresponding in structure with the real eye of these animals. Something similar, but in smaller degree, was observed in MM. cinerea, Couth. (var. grandis). The real eye in Margarita was seen as a black spot shining through the apex of the ophthalmo- phorium; and on this spot a small oval opening was observed, of varying size, and which could be distended by pressure. No lens, nor apparently any vitreous humour existed. A simi- lar opening seems to exist on the eye of Missurella rosea (Lam.). If these observations are confirmed, the eye will in these animals exhibit the same remarkable structure, without diop- tric apparatus, which has been found in Nautilus. To return to Phidiana lynceus, it may be observed that a doubling of the eye on one or both sides has certainly been observed as a mon- strosity in many Gasteropoda; but the occurrence of accessory eyes in the Phidiana was certainly no monstrosity, for the three individuals examined agreed perfectly in this respect. Nor could these organs be interpreted in any other way than as eyes. There exist, no doubt, Adolididze in which the ear remains in its embryonal stage, with one otolith ; but, excepting a few Pteropoda, there exists scarcely any Gasteropod in which the ear exhibits such a development of pigment as is seen in the organs referred to in Phidiana lynceus. The band or tube connecting the sacs which contain the urticating cells with the lobes of the liver was unusually long in this species, rolled up in a coil generally placed on one side of the lobe. Both cysts and free urticating cells were seen dispersed through the whole length of the tube. Dr. Bergh does not agree with the theory advocated by Prof. Huxley, Dr. Gosse, and Mr. Strethill Wright, that the urticating cells in Alolidide are a kind of fecal excretions, and derived from the animals on which they live; for sacs containing urtica- ting cells are wanting in many genera, as Hmbletonia, Fiona, Phyllodesmium, in Hermacine and Proctonotine, though these, or at any rate most of them, certainly feed upon animals which 136 Dr. R. Bergh on Phidiana lynceus. possess urticating cells. Besides it is easy to show that in several Alolididee (for instance, species of Glaucus, which live almost exclusively on one kind of food, Vellella and Porpita) the urticating threads found in the digestive tube and derived from the food are quite different from those found in the urti- cating cells and secreted by the animals themselves. Nor does that theory agree with the fact that the urticating cells are toa great extent not free in the sacs, but enclosed in cysts, and become free only by the bursting of the latter. Dr. Bergh refers finally to the great analogy in anatomical respects between Holididee and Pleurophyllidide, and concludes that the urti- cating cells in the sacs are the product of the AZolididee them- selves, and not derived from their food. On the back of one of the specimens of Phidiana lynceus, immediately behind the second group of papille, a deep de- pression was observed, as if some body had been located there but had fallen off; in the middle of this depression an irregular round opening of 0°25 millim. diameter was seen. The sexual gland was very much atrophied, only the foremost and hind- most lobes being well developed. In the second specimen a round opening, 0°75 millim. broad, was observed in exactly the same place as in the first specimen, and a pointed promi- nence was seen in the opening ; another, much smaller opening was seen in front of the one described. On the sides of the animal several yellowish slanting bodies seemed to shine through the integuments from inside. When the inner cavity was examined the greater part of the space usually filled by the sexual gland was occupied by a parasite, the gland being atrophied as in the first individual. The parasite was a Co- pepodous crustacean, with the back downwards, the head forwards, and the posterior extremity reaching out into the larger opening before described. This crustacean reminded one of the Splanchnotrophus brevipes of Hancock and Norman, but differs from this in several important points, viz. the well-developed large cephalothorax, the articulated abdomen, the absence of true limbs, the peculiar arm-like lateral prolongations of the body, the dorsal prolongation, and the remarkable prolongation of the abdomen (which forms a kind of tail). The only specimen was a female: no males could be dis- covered ; and Dr. Bergh recalls with good reason Professor Kroyer’s remark, in his last contribution to the history of pa- rasitic Entomostraca (Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, ser. 3. ii. 1863, p. 396), that ‘ whenever the incompleteness of our know- ledge compels us to found genera on females only, or to group species of which only the female is known together with others Dr. R. Bergh on Ismaila monstrosa. 137 of which both sexes are known, it must always be care- fully borne in mind that such arrangements are only provi- sional, and can only be definitely settled when the males shall have been examined.” Nevertheless he ventures, with all due reservation, to give a generic character of the new para- site found in the Phidiana, and which he calls Zsmaila. IsMAILA, Bgh., n. g. Foemina.—Cephalothorax distinctus. Duo antennarum paria ; an- tenn priores minute ; posteriores paullo majores, prensoria. Ab- domen supra in tria segmenta divisum, ultimum in appendicem erectam productum; segmenta omnia utroque latere in brachium elongata ; duo priora segmenta inferiore pagina, pedum abdomina- lium loco, duobus paribus brachiorum inter sese similium preedita. Cauda elongata, apice solum articulata, ultimo segmento appendicibus caudalibus brevissimis setigeris. Mas ignotus. The mouth was furnished with a very powerful pair of mandibles. ‘The species is called sm. monstrosa, n. sp. Dr. Bergh has observed the Spl. brevipes, Hance. & Norman ( 2 ), in anew species of Galvina from the Kattegat, G. viridula, Bgh.; a specimen of G. rupium yielded another parasite, namely an oceanic Acaride, of which some very few have been observed before. Having on a former occasion given a less accurate description of the rasp in Galvina rupium, the author now supplies the deficiency by an accurate drawing showing a peculiar depressed position of the apex, which is not seen from above, and therefore not observable in the figures given by Hancock (Monogr., suppl. pl. 47. figs. 25-27), but which seems to be found in all species of Galvina. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. The rasp of Phidiana inca, D’Orb., from the side. Fig. 2. A dental plate of the same, from underneath. Fig. 3. A part of the rasp of Phidiana lynceus, Bgh., from the side. Fig. 4. A dental plate of the same from above obliquely. Fig. 5. The apex of a rhinophore of the same. Fig. 6. The middle dental plates of Galvina rupium, Moll., from the side. Fig. 7. The same, from above. Fig. 8. The central part of the nervous system of Phidiana lynceus: a, ganglion olfactorium; 6, gangl. cerebroviscerale; c, ganel. pedizum; d, gangl. buccinatorlum; «#, commissura pediwa ; B, comm. visceralis (branchialis); y, commissura buccalis; 6, comm. sympathica. Fig. 9. The larger eye of Phidiana lynceus. Fig. 10. The smaller eye of the same. Fig. 11. The epipodial margin of Margarita grénlandica, Ch., with the round bodies resembling eyes. Figs. 12 § 13, Small bodies resembling eyes. 138 Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus. Figs. 14, 15, 16. Cells from the surface of the latter. Fig. 17. Cells from the stratum containing the pigment of the true eye. vg. 18. The true eye of Margarita grénlandica, from the side. Fig. 19. The same, from the front. Figs. 20, 21, 22. Ismaila monstrosa, in different positions. XIII.—On Spirifer cuspidatus. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. University of London. GENTLEMEN, July 20, 1868. I have no intention of discussing with Prof. King the vali- dity of the generic distinction which has been affirmed to exist between Syringothyris and Spirifer, since this distinction was not laid down by myself, and the main question involved in it lies beyond the scope of my own researches. But, for the sake of those who are associated with me in this matter, I feel it necessary to make a few remarks upon that portion of his argument which relates to the microscopic structure of the shell in these two types respectively. Prof. King, having been allowed, by the kindness of Mr. Davidson, the fullest opportunity of examining the singularly well-preserved specimen of Spirifer cuspidatus, of which I de- scribed the structure in my last communication on this subject, and having found himself equally unable with myself to dis- cern in it any trace of those perforations which he has so persistently asserted to exist in that type, supplies the de- ficiency out of the depths of his own inner consciousness. “‘ Impressed,” he tells us, “with the preceding evidences and considerations, I can only conclude that, wherever imperforate spaces occur In Sptrifer cuspidatus, perforations were origi- nally present in them. And although Mr. Davidson’s speci- men (also, it must be remembered, Prof. Harkness’s) may be noted as ‘exhibiting not the smallest trace of perforations,’ I have no hesitation whatever in adopting the same simple conclusion in this case as well, rather than seek for its explana- tion in any strange morphological doctrine.” What ‘strange morphological doctrine” is involved in the assertion that the true Spirifer cuspidatus belongs to that ‘ im- perforate” type which I showed to exist among Brachiopods, at the very time when I first demonstrated* that the ‘ puncta- tions” by which the true Terebratulidee and certain Spiriferidee are characterized are the orifices of “ perforations,” I must own * Reports of the British Association for 1844. Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus. 139 myself unable to discover. But however “ strange” it may seem to Prof. King, I re-affirm, as a simple fact of observation, capable of being at once verified by any competent and un- prejudiced microscopist, that not only do my preparations of this shell show “ not the smallest trace of perforations,” but they exhibit a continuity of shell-structure where the per- forations ought (in Prof. King’s idea) to be seen, which is not surpassed in distinctness by that of a recent Rhynchonella*. No metamorphism could produce shell-structure where none previously existed. For anything I know to the contrary, however, Prof. King may still hold to the conclusion which he expressed with as little hesitation some twenty years agot, not only that Spiriferide, but that Rhynchonelle (or Hypothyrises, as he then designated them) are perforated. For although he has been repeatedly challenged, both publicly and privately, either to justify or to retract that statement (which, to use plain English, gave the lie to the figures and descriptions I had published four years previously), he has never, so far as I am aware, explicitly done either the one or the other. Now, as there cannot be any common basis of discussion between Prof. King and myself, so long as he ‘‘ doubts the absence of perforations in any Brachiopod whatever,” and as he appears at last to have made himself acquainted with the shell-structure of the recent Rhynchonella psittacea, to which I long since directed his attention as affording conclusive evi- dence on this point, I think that the scientific world has a right to know his present opinions on the following ques- tions :— 1. Do any traces of perforations exist in the shells of the recent Rhynchonella psittacea and Rh. nigricans ? * Compare my representations of the minute structure of the shell of Rhynchonella psittacea in ‘ Reports of the British Association’ for 1844, figs. 27-30, or in my Introduction to Mr. Davidson’s Monograph, plate 5. figs. 4, 5, with the representations of the structure of the perforated Tere- bratulide given in figs. 34-36 of the same ‘ Reports,’ or in pl. 4. figs. 6, 7 of the ‘Introduction.’ It is needless to repeat figures so well known. + “Dr. Carpenter places Hypothyrises in his non-perforated division of the Brachiopods ; but punctures, though much more minute than those in Terebratulide, occur in every species that has passed under my ob- servation. Punctures also occur in Productide and Spiriferide ; in short, I doubt their absence in any Brachiopod whatever.” (Permian Fossils, . 110, note.) Pa But unfortunately for Dr. Carpenter’s observation and Dr. de Koninck’s conclusion [as to the imperforateness of the Paleeozoic Spirifers], I have seen punctures in species of every genus of Spiriferids, so that [ am led to conclude a punctated structure characterized the entire family.” (Op. cit, p. 124.) 140 Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus. 2. Is there any reason for supposing that these shells have ever been perforated ? 3. Do any traces of perforations exist in the fossil Rhyncho- nelle generally? (Of course I do not expect Prof. King to surrender Rhynchopora Greinitziana; but I speak of such types as th. acuta, octoplicata, and rostrata.) 4. Is there any reason for supposing that these shells have ever been perforated ? If Prof. King does not yet feel himself able to give that direct and explicit negative to these questions, in which I have reason to believe that all other brachiopodists are agreed, it is to be hoped that he will feel it due to science to justify his affirmative conclusion by publishing the evidence on which it rests. If, on the other hand, he is now prepared to admit that which he formerly so unhesitatingly denied, I have fur- ther to ask :-— 5. What appearances are presented by Mr. Davidson’s spe- cimen of Spirifer cuspidatus which place it in a different category from the foregoing as regards the supposed existence of perforations ? When Prof. King shall have given a plain answer to these questions, those who are interested in this subject will be able to judge for themselves whether the cnviseble perforations which he sees with his mind’s eye in Mr. Davidson’s specimen of Spirifer cuspidatus* are anything else than a delusion of that too vivid imagination which, twenty years ago, led him to assert their existence in Rhynchonelle and Spiriferide generally, and to doubt their absence in any Brachiopod whatever. And it will then be quite time enough to inquire into the validity of Prof. King’s observations upon Prof. Hark- ness’s and other specimens, detailed in his last paper. I may add that I possess sections of two Devonian species (Sp. speciosus and Sp. Verneuilli) in which the continuity of imperforate shell-structure is, if possible, even more distinct than in Mr. Dayidson’s specimen, in consequence of the entire absence of metamorphic change. These and any other of my * I rest the whole case of the imperforation of Spirifer cuspidatus upon this specimen, for two reasons,—first, that it has the best-preserved shell I have ever met with in a Carboniferous-limestone fossil; and, secondly, because Prof. King has examined this very specimen, so that there can be no question about the appearances which its structure presents. But the most careful examination of those appearances has only confirmed the statement I originally made, when the question was simply one of observa- tion, not involving any “strange morphological theory ”—that, “although the structure of this shell is often obscured by metamorphic action, I possess sections in which it is extremely well preserved, and in which there is an evident absence of the perforations.” (Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1844.) Messrs. Salvin & Godman on Diurnal Lepidoptera. 141 preparations are open to the examination either of Prof. King or of any other naturalist interested in the question, on the simple condition that the results of such examination shall be made public in a form satisfactory to myself. I do not require that these results shall accord with my own; I only ask that simple facts of observation shall not be twisted into conformity with preconceived theories, and that, where accordance exists, it shall be freely admitted. I remain, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant, WILLIAM B. CARPENTER. XIV.—On some new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. By OsBert SALvIN, M.A., F.L.S., &c., and F. Du Cane GopMAN, F.L.S. &ce. HAVING recently acquired several interesting collections from the eastern valleys of the Andes of Bolivia, Peru, and Ecuador, we hasten to publish descriptions of some of the most promi- nent of the species which appear to us to be undescribed. To these we have added others which have been recently sent to us from several parts of Central America and Mexico. It is not our intention to leave these species, of which we now merely give isolated descriptions, in this “‘ unprotected” state; but as time shall enable us to work out the more difficult groups, we purpose giving a more detailed account of all the species contained in these collections, and a complete record of all the localities where the species were obtained. Besides the species here described, these collections contain others which we have little doubt are new to science, especially such as belong to the genus Jthomia and its allies; but as these groups require a more careful study than we have as yet been able to bestow upon them, we leave them for the present. 1. Callitera pyropina. 3g. Exp. 2°85. Diaphanous, nervures brown ; posterior wings with an evanescent band between the end of the cell and the anterior angle, and the whole of the outer margin diaphanous brown, broad at the posterior angle, where it encloses three round spots, between each of which and the margin is a narrow transverse streak; this portion of the wing is clothed, the transparent film with dark pink-coloured scales, the diaphanous brown portion with violet-coloured scales: between the radial nervures and close to the extremity of the wing is an ocellus of very dark blue scales, surrounded by the diaphanous 142 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of brown of the margin, this ocellus has a white pupilla, and there is another isolated white spot between the third median branch and the lower radial. The underside of the posterior wings differs from the upper as follows :—the pink-coloured spots are much paler, and the brown markings near the pos- terior angle are covered with scattered brown (instead of violet) scales: the ocellus has a buff submarginal ring. ?. Larger, the wings more rounded, and the colours of the posterior wings more vivid; a small white spot appears in the centre of the pink spot between the second and third median branches. Hab. Kastern Peru, Lower Huallaga (#. Bartlett), Pozzuzo (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. Nearest to Hetera Esmeralda, Dby., but is much larger, the wings more elongated, the pink spots on the posterior wing larger, and the colouring of this portion much more extended, 2. Pierella rubecula. 6. Exp. 3:1. Brown, the anterior wings with a green opalescence ; the posterior wings have the terminal half, ex- cept the actual margin, deep rufous, and two black ocelli at the anterior angle, that nearest the costa having a white pu- pilla: three narrow black bands, the inner two very faint, cross both wings, the outer band being nearly straight, the others convex; the innermost band, where it crosses the cell, is separated into distinct spots. The underside uniform and paler, washed with a purplish tinge and covered with faint darkish freckles; the cross bands are more distinct : there are also small distinct black spots at the base of both wings, and a series of indistinct white spots follow the ocelli; the anterior wings have three small white spots near the apex. ?. Larger, the anterior wings less acute, and the general coloration darker, the markings being more distinct. Hab. Guatemala, forests of Northern Vera Paz and valley of the Polochic (Salvin & Godman). Mus. 82k 'G. Near Hetera luna (F.), but may be at once recognized by the very distinct rufous patch on the posterior wings. 3. Hetera pallida. HI, luna, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. t. 42. f. 3. All specimens from Nicaragua resemble the drawing given by Hewitson as representing H. luna (F.). These differ from South-American specimens, which must be considered to be Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 143 the true Papilio luna of Fabricius, in being uniformly much paler in colour. This Nicaraguan race, having apparently permanent characters and a distinct geographical habitat, re- quires aname. We propose to call it Hetera pallida. 4. Prerella ocreata. 6. Exp. 2°75. Dark brown, the anterior wings have three black bands crossing the cell, the middle one being prolonged to the inner margin; the end of the cell is also black: two parallel black bands cross the wing from the inner margin to the costa, the innermost traversing the third section of the median nervure; between these bands and the outer margin are a series of spots, that nearest the costa white, the next black, and the two following white: the posterior wings have three black cross bands, being the continuation of the first, second, and fourth of the anterior wing; beyond the third of these bands is a large white patch, followed by a red one, the latter having a transverse irregular lower margin, and enclosing a distinct white spot between the third median branch and the lower radial; beyond these patches the wing is darker, and has a white spot between the upper radial and subcostal nervures, and a pupillated black ocellus between the radials; the outer margin is rather deeply indented, the end of the third median branch carrying a somewhat prominent tooth ; the indentations are all margined with buff. The ge- neral coloration of the underside is paler, the bands being more strongly shown ; between the two parallel bands is pale greyish, which is continued on the posterior wings as a large angulated patch tinged with red over its lower portion: the neighbourhood of the anal angle is tinged with buff, and a buff line between two black lines follows the sinuations of the outer margin: a third white spot appears between the second and third median branches, and the ocellus has a buff sub- marginal ring. The anal patch, characteristic of the males of this section, is dark brown. 9. Larger and darker, the anterior wings being less acute ; the underside of the posterior wings has a fourth white spot between the first and second median branches. Hab. Panama (M‘Leannan), Veragua (Arcé). Mus. 8. & G. Allied to H. helvina of Hewitson, from which it manifestly differs in having the upper portion of the red spot white. 5. Antirrhea pterocopha. 3. Exp. 3°85. Apex of the anterior wings not rounded, but abruptly obtuse, the outer margin being angulated at the 144 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of extremity of the upper radial; posterior angle definite and obtuse : posterior wings with the extremity of the first branch of the median nervure prolonged into an obtuse, and the third branch into an acute projection: anterior wings brown, with three bluish-white spots between the extremity of the cell and the outer margin: posterior wings brown at the base, black at the extremity, an irregular tawny spot at the anterior angle ; posterior angle with a succession of three blue spots across the wing, that between the second and third branches of the me- dian nervure whitish in the middle. Underside brown; a curved black band crosses both wings from the anal angle of the posterior wings to the extremity of the cell of the anterior; another, parallel line between this and the base of the wings: between these lines on the anterior wings is a median black line crossing the cell; all these lines have whitish outer margins gradually separating into freckles, so as to give the under surface a mottled appearance: outer margin of both wings deep tawny, a conspicuous black spot between the angle of the costal and subcostal nervures of the posterior wings. Antenne brown. Hab. Veragua (Arcé). Mus. 8. & G. The specimen from which our description is taken is in bad condition, but is sufficiently perfect to enable us to point out the remarkable characters of this conspicuous species. We are not aware that it has any near ally. 6. Oressinoma sorata. g. Exp. 2:2. Like O. typhla, Klug, but differs in being larger, the posterior wings much more elongated at the anal angle, the anterior wings more angulated, and the outer mar- gin straighter; the white band which crosses both wings is narrower and straighter; the indistinct submarginal markings of O. typhla are replaced by distinct white lunules on the hinder wings, and by a straight whitish line on the anterior wings; on the underside the buff submarginal edging of the posterior wings is less abruptly sinuated, and the white band has a dark inner margin. Hab. Callean, Northern Bolivia (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. 7. Acreea testacea. go. Exp.1°9. Both wings sooty, the nervures being rather darker; the anterior wings between the costal and median nervures, and almost as far as the end of the cell, brick-red ; an oblique band of the same colour beyond the cell reaches Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 145 from the costa to the second branch of the median nervure. Underside paler, the posterior wings yellowish, the nervures and a line between them sooty. Antenne black. Hab. Apolobamba, Northern Bolivia (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. 8. Heliconius notabilis. 9. Exp. 3:1. Dark sooty black ; anterior wings with two conspicuous white spots—one (quadrate) at the extremity of the cell, the other (oval) between the cell and the apex; the margins of these spots and a large patch contiguous to the inner one, and reaching to beyond the first branch of the median nervure, brick-red. Underside paler, the red spot only showing a pinkish tinge; the basal half of the costa of the posterior wings yellow ; four red spots at the base of the pos- terior wings. Antenne black. Hab. Canelos, Eastern Ecuador (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. Allied to H. Xenoclea, Hew., but differs in having the spots of the anterior wings white and red, instead of red orange. 9. Hueides lineata. gd. Exp. 2°4. Black; anterior wings with a broad arched band from the base, widening towards the outer margin and posterior angle, tawny orange; an oblique curved band, di- vided by the radial nervures, occupying the central portion of the apex, reaches to the costa; hind wings with the whole central portion tawny orange, the black margin extend- ing almost to the cell along the nervules, and to a less distance between them. Underside red brown intermingled with yel- lowish about the apical third of the anterior wings: posterior wings having the nervules dark, a red-brown longitudinal mark between them, the base yellowish, and a row of thirteen white spots close to the outer margin. Antenne black, a row of lateral white spots on the abdomen, and four on the head. 9. Larger and paler. ' Hab. Guatemala, valley of the Polochic (H. Haque). Mus. 8. & G. 10. Hresia mesta. Exp. 2°55. Grey, both wings bordered with brownish black, the nervures being of the same colour ; apex of the an- terior wings with a row of four submarginal white spots ; pos- terior wings with five white spots round the anterior angle and outer margin; a patch of tawny yellow along the inner margin and anal angle. Underside paler, the tawny patch more apparent, the base of the costa of the posterior wing Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 0) 146 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of yellowish grey. Antenne yellowish white, black at the base, the club being tipped with tawny orange. Hab. Canelos, Kastern Ecuador (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. This species has some resemblance to [thomia ceno. 11. Hresia phedima. g. Exp. 2-4. Anterior wings black; basal portion of the cell, part of the inner margin, and the whole space between the submedian nervure, the median and its first branch almost to the posterior angle, tawny yellow; terminal portion of the cell, a large patch between the first and second branches of the median nervure, and a smaller one between the second and third, dingy yellow; a series of three elongated spots of the same colour between the cell and the outer margin; six white submarginal spots between the nervules: posterior wing tawny yellow, with costal and outer margins black, the latter with six white submarginal spots. Underside paler, the white submarginal spots more prominent, the dingy yellow spots of the upper surface clear yellow; a central band of the same colour crosses the posterior wings, the costa of which is tawny yellow. Antenne black, the club yellow. 9. Larger. The basal tawny-yellow marks of the anterior wings more restricted, and the marks of the apical portion of the wing greyer and larger; the white submarginal spots of both wings more distinct: posterior wings with a white spot near the anterior angle next the margin. Underside with the markings of the terminal half of the anterior wings and the central portion of the posterior wings white. Antenne with the basal third only black. Head in both sexes black; fore part of the palpi and two spots between the eyes white. Abdomen tawny above, with a central black line, beneath yellowish white. Hab. Pozzuzo, Kastern Peru (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. 12. Callicore eupepla. The recent acquisition of a Venezuelan specimen of Calli- core Metiscus, Dby., has convinced us that there are three very distinct races of this form of Callicore, which may be shortly characterized as follows :— Callicore Metiscus, Dby. Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 30. f. 5. Has the refulgent spot of the anterior wings subtriangular, the inner edge being straight and cutting the median nervure at a slightly obtuse angle; between this spot and the base of the wing are a few scattered bluish scales. The refulgent Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 147 spot on the posterior wings is large and only slightly tinged on its inner edge with blue ; beneath, the red of the anterior wings is confined to a quadrate spot within the cell; the bend only of the costa of the posterior wings is red, this colour not reaching to the base of the wing; a small branch, however, leads into the basal black transverse band. Hab. Venezuela (Sallé). Mus. 8. & G. Callicore eupepla, sp. n. The refulgent spot of the anterior wings, except along the costa, reaches to their base, the lower portion being bluish. On the posterior wings the refulgent spot blends into a rich blue, which pervades the whole of the wing. Underside—a broad band of red crosses the anterior wings near their base : the costa of the posterior wings is red for two-thirds of its length, and beyond the termination of this colour is a quadrate spot, also red. Hab. Costa Rica (Carmiol). Mus. 8. & G. 13. Callicore phlogea, sp. n. The refulgent spots are narrower than in either of the pre- ceding species, and, looking at both anterior and posterior wings, form a crescent-shaped mark; the posterior wings are suffused with blue; underside, the basal half of the anterior wings, except the base itself, is red. The costa of the pos- terlor wings is red for two-thirds of its length, this colour branching at its base as in C. Metiscus. Hab. New Granada, Bogota (Sp. ex Dr. C. Felder). Mus. 8. & G. 14. Batesia hypoxantha. Like B. hypochlora, Feld. (Voy. Nov. t. 53. f. 1, 2), but differs in the following characters. The upper surface is greener where L. hypochlora is blue, a submarginal band of the same colour surrounding the outer margin of the posterior wings. The red spot of the anterior wings is pinker. Beneath, the hind wings are pure yellow, not green as in B. hypochlora, the last-mentioned species having a well-defined submarginal band of the same colour, whereas in the present insect this band is indistinct. Hab. Pebas, Upper Amazon (Hauawell). Mus. 8. & G. et H. W. Bates. 15. Batesia hemichrysa. Like B. hypochlora, but differs in having the hind wings 10% 148 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of beneath and the apical spot of the fore wings clear golden yellow instead of green. In the same way it differs from B. hypoxantha, which has these markings pale yellow. The submarginal band of the hind wings is distinct as in B. hy- pochlora. Hab. Guadalquiza, Ecuador (Pearce). Mus. 8. &G. We think that neither of these species can be justly referred to B. hypochlora, Feld. The plate above referred to repre- sents the colouring of the underside of the hind wings as green, whereas in one of our proposed species this portion is yellow, and in the other golden, almost orange. 16. Paphia cyanea. 3. Exp. 3°25. Apex of the anterior wings angular, pos- terior wings with a marginal appendage; wings glossy blue, black towards the costa and outer margin; a wide refulgent blue band crosses the hind wings from the posterior angle, past the end of the cell to beyond the second branch of the median nervure of the anterior wings; this band is followed by a spot of the same colour between the radial nervures, another being situated between the upper radial and subcostal nervures. Entire surface beneath silvery white, covered with minute transverse black lines, interspersed on the anterior wings with darker patches: posterior wings lighter, the anal half of the outer margin occupied with a buff-coloured elon- gated mark with a green margin, and containing five white lunules tipped externally with a blue followed by a black spot; palpi streaked with seven lines alternately black and white. Antenne black, with whitish marks beneath. Hab. Canelos, Ecuador (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. Certainly a Paphia, but quite unlike any member of the genus in coloration. 17. Paphia tyrianthina. 3. Exp. 3°50. Like P. centaurus, Feld., but has the an- terior wings more falcate and elongated; a short middle dis- coidal nervure is also present ; the purplish tint is more diffused and less broken up by blue markings; the posterior wings have no marginal appendage; the underside is generally darker and the cross lines less distinct. Hab. Apolobamba, Bolivia (Pearce). Mus. S. & G. Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 149 18. Morpho Justitia. 3. Like MM. theseus, Deyr., but the base of the wings is rich brown instead of hoary grey, the margin is much darker, and the brown spots clearer, the submarginal row of the hind wings being further from the margin, the dentation of which is deeper; the anterior wings are more acute and elongated beneath, the markings within the cell are less distinct, while those in the neighbourhood of the two ocelli, between the branches of the median nervure, are much clearer, and ap- proach nearer -to the ocelli; the pale band above the ocelli of the posterior wings is narrower in JV. Justitie. Hab. Guatemala, valley of the Polochic (Hague). Mus. 8. & G. 19. Hurygona aurantiaca. 3. Exp. 1:75. Above tawny orange; the apical half of the anterior wings and the anterior angle of the posterior wings black, the inner edge of the former irregular; inner margin of the hind wings dusky. Beneath yellowish white, an indistinct band crossing both wings beyond the cell; a row of indistinct submarginal spots. Antenne brown, the club black. Hab. San Geronimo, Vera Paz (Hague). Mus. 8. & G. Like E. Teleclus, Stoll, but the tawny yellow of the upper surface is much more extensive; beneath it is much less sil- very and the marks less distinct. 20. EHurygona Hieronymt. g. Exp. 1°30. Above dark brownish black, with a line of tawny red running parallel to the inner margin of the pos- terior wings. Beneath greyish brown; a narrow tawny band edged with black crosses both wings beyond the cell, and another faint band between it and the outer margin: hind wings with a black spot, edged externally with white between the second and third branches of the median nervure; two whitish dashes edged with black near the anal angle; a suc- cession of indistinct marks surround the outer margin. An- tennee black and white, the club black. Hab. San Geronimo, Vera Paz (Hague). Mus. 8. & G. 21. Huterpe nigrescens. 6. Exp. 2°70. Like H. Hurytele, Hew. Ex. B. i. t. 5. f. 1; but the tawny colour of both wings is brighter orange, the yellow spots of the anterior wings are also paler, and there are two elongated yellow spots between the submedian ner- 150 Messrs. Salvin & Godman on new Species of vure and the first branch of the median; the base of the an- terior wing is blacker. Beneath blacker; instead of a large black spot near the middle of the costa of the posterior wings, a black streak unites with the black of the outer margin ; wide black marks extend over the vicinity of the median nervure and its branches. Antenne wanting. Hab, Guatemala, valley of the Polochic (Hague). Mus. 8. & G. 22. Pieris Josepha. 3. Exp. 3:25. Near P. Josephina, Gdt. (Hiibn. Ex. Schm. ii. t. 126), but differs in the contour of the posterior wings. These wings in P. Josephina are elongated, the outer margin being much rounded, the anal angle only slightly project- ing; the third branch of the median nervure is fully *15 longer than in P. Josepha, which has the outer margin more straightened, the anal angle prominent, and the wing wider and more triangular. The geographical distribution of the two races is as follows :— P. Josephina, Antilles (Haiti, and Cuba). P. Josepha, Guatemala (valley of the Polochic) and Mexico (Oaxaca), Nicaragua. Mus. 8. & G We have several specimens of both sexes of both species, and find the above differences constant. Hiibner’s figure seems to have been undoubtedly taken from an Antillean specimen. 23. Papilio Fenochionis. 3. Exp.3°55. Like P. Epidaus, Bdv., anterior wings more transparent; whole of the outer half of the posterior wings, except a submarginal row of white lunules and two red spots, black. The central longitudinal band is continued into this black spot instead of stopping abruptly at the end of the cell. Beneath, the central red band is edged on both sides by black instead of only on the inside; the whole of the outer portion of the posterior wings, as on the upperside, is sooty black, with a submarginal single row of white lunulate spots. Hab. Oaxaca, Mexico. Mus. 8. & G. 24. Papilio euterpinus. ¢. Exp. 3°95. Wings rounded, entire, the costa much arched, the outer margin of the posterior wings slightly sinu- ated, but without projecting dentation: black; the upper margin of the cell of the anterior wings and the portion with- out the cell of the posterior wings thinly sprinkled with yellow scales; a curved band of brick-red colour occupies the greater Diurnal Lepidoptera from South America. 151 portion of the cell, and, extending thence towards the pos- terlor angle, is cut by the second and third median nervures. Beneath browner, the margin of the brick-red band of the an- terior wings black, the apical portion of the same wings and the whole surface of the posterior wings thinly covered with yellowish scales. Head and antenne black. Hab. Guadalquiza, Ecuador (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. This fine species is quite unlike any other known member of the genus. It must be placed with P. Zagreus, Dby., and its ales. Instead, however, of assuming the garb of Lycorea, it takes that of the underside of Huterpe Callinice, Feld. 25. Papilio xanthopleura. g. Exp. 5°80. Anterior wings elongated, acute, the outer margin only slightly concave; outer margin of the posterior wings deeply indented, the third branch of the median nervure bearing the longest projection; inner margin very hairy: black, each space between the nervules terminating at the outer margin of the anterior wings with an elongated, indis- tinct greenish line; the end of the cell of the posterior wings followed by four radiating patches, separated only by the ner- vules, bluish green; an oval spot of the same colour between the branches of the subcostal nervure and a similar triangular spot near the anal angle; a row of seven similarly coloured spots surrounds the wing near the margin, the indentations of which are narrowly edged with white; the spot nearest the anterior angle nearly white. Underside brown, the apex of the anterior wings paler; indistinct yellow markings about the end of the cell, and others, rather greener, near the posterior angle, those nearest the margin being divided by the median fold: posterior wings with a row of seven submarginal brick- red spots edged with black ; above the spot, at the anal angle, is a subtriangular yellow mark. Antenne black; a yellow spot behind the eye, another on either side of the origin of the maxillary palpi, others of the same colour on either side of the prothorax, the base of the wings, and the middle of the front part of the thorax ; abdomen black, dark brown beneath, with a large yellow patch on either side. Hab. Eastern Peru, Lower Huallaga (Bartlett). Mus. 8: & G: Allied to P. Corebus, Feld. (Voy. Nov. t. 13. f. a, 6), but abundantly distinct. The remarkable yellow patch on either side of the abdomen distinguish this fine species from every 152 Bibliographical Notices. other of this group. It is, probably, the largest of the Ame- rican Papilionide. 26. Papilio soratensis. gd. Exp. 4°40. Costa moderately curved, posterior angle rounded, outer margin concave ; posterior wings dentated, the branches of the median nervure bearing the longest projections : greenish black ; a double row of round yellow spots crosses the anterior wings beyond the cell to the posterior angle; the outer margin towards the same angle also yellow: posterior wings with a series of six submarginal, lunulate, greenish spots; all except that next the anterior angle followed by ma- cular blue spots, which are again followed by seven linear greenish spots; the spot at the anal angle reddish, the indentations of the hind wings yellow. Beneath, anterior wings black, with the apex and the whole of the posterior wings brown; the spots corresponding to the series of the upperside are larger, and there is an elongated transverse spot within the cell: the posterior wings are crossed beyond the cell by a curved band with a dark inner margin, the outer edge being deeply indented; a series of pale, lunulated spots near the outer margin; an orange spot with a black centre at the anal angle, followed inwardly by a black spot with bluish centre; there are yellowish hairs along the inner margin. Antenne black; head, thorax, and abdomen black ; a yellow spot on either side of the maxillary palpi; underside of the abdomen tawny. Hab. Apolobamba, Bolivia (Pearce). Mus. 8. & G. The only species that at all resembles this in form is P. Cacicus, Luc.; but from this it materially differs in the arrange- ment of its markings. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Principles of Geology, or the Modern Changes of the Earth and its Inhabitants considered as illustrative of Geology. By Sir Cuarzs Lye, Bart., M.A., F.R.S. Tenth and entirely revised Edition. In two Volumes, 8vo. Vol. i. 1867; vol. ii. 1868. Siluria. A History of the Oldest Rocks wm the British Isles and other Countries ;. with Sketches of the Origin and Distribution of Native Gold, the General Succession of Geological Formations, and Changes of the Earth’s Surface. By Sir R. I. Murcuison, Bart., K.C.B., &e. &e. &e. [Third Edition.] Fourth Edition including the ‘Silurian System.’ With Geological Map and numerous Il]lustra- tions. 8vo, 1867. Bibliographical Notices. 153 Acadian Geology: the Geological Structure, Organic Remains, and Mineral Resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. By J. W. Dawson, M.A., LL.D., &c. &c. &e. Second Edition, revised and enlarged; with Geological Map and numerous Illustrations. 8vo. London, 1868. We have before us three new and greatly enlarged editions of im- portant geological works, of which geologists may well be proud, as showing the advance of the science and the manner in which first- class writers can and do treat of it, and of which geologists also assuredly make every-day use, both at home and abroad, in the cabinet and in the field. One of these noble works is purely philo- sophical, giving the principles on which the science is founded ; the others magnificently and in detail show the application of these principles in the study of the structure, history, and capabilities of large portions of the globe. All geologists know the value of Lyell’s ‘ Principles of Geology,’ the object of which is well expressed in its title—namely, to eluci- date the causes and history of those changes on the earth’s surface that have been, by a careful study and full exposition of the changes Wwe can now recognize as taking place in both the organic and the inorganic world. Without this idea of the continuous and similar, but ever-varying, operations of natural agencies, the Philo- sophy of Geology would be wanting in its leading principle. In Sir Charles’s own words, ‘“ The ‘ Principles’ treat of such portions of the economy of existing nature, animate and inanimate, as are illustrative of geology, so as to comprise an investigation of the per- manent effects of causes now in action, which may serve as records to after-ages of the present condition of the globe and its inhabi- tants. Such effects are the enduring monuments of the ever-varying state of the physical geography of the globe, the lasting signs of its destruction and renovation, and the memorials of the equally fluc- tuating condition of the organic world. They may be regarded, in short, as a symbolic language, in which the earth’s autobiography is written.” Besides this special subject, the work before us gives us the historical sketch of the early progress of geological knowledge, which has served as a mine for all popular writers on geology ; also *‘a series of preliminary essays to explain the facts and arguments which lead me,” says the author, ‘to believe that the forces now operating upon and beneath the earth’s surface may be the same, both in kind and degree, as those which at remote epochs have worked out geological changes.” With this principle is bound up the personal interest of this excellent and charming book. Excel- lent in its original plan, in its steady growth and advance through riper and riper editions, and charming in its perfect English, elegant style, and fascinating hold upon the reader. Without some legiti- mate bias, some special aim, the best-written book may prove merely a heavy work of reference. A thread for the necklace, a string to bind the bouquet, a persistent idea in a scientific work, connecting the collected facts and notions as a philosophic whole, is requisite 154 Bibliographical Notices. to ensure the fulness of beauty, aroma, and perfection that can be attained. The doctrine of Uniformity in the series of past changes in the animate.and the inanimate world, then, is the living thought that gives completeness of form and a charming spirit to Sir C. Lyell’s ‘Principles of Geology.’ Every phenomenon of nature with which the geologist has to do, whether great or small, commonplace or wonderful, has its character and bearings studied fully and candidly, without the superstition and bonds of antiquity, on one side, leading us back to the mythic period of geology, and without the seeming cold-heartedness of ultra-positivism, on the other ; and all are made to show how long, how steadily, how ceaselessly, how perfectly the world’s work has been carried on. As the chief expounder of the disputed doctrine of Uniformity, Sir Charles stands on the highest point in the field of discussion, beyond, perhaps, most of his fol- lowers ; for some almost give up the hope of finding paleozoic mam- mals, some are weak in their belief in the absence of greater heat- agency in early times, and some begin to limit the earth’s age, as a cooled globe, to a hundred million years or so ; but it is well that his position should be clear to all good thinkers, if not perfectly in- controvertible ; and, indeed, he fairly uses all his facts for the sup- port of his view, without lessening their value to those who, think- ing differently, have to thank him for the conscientious care and painstaking labour by which he has brought together all that bears on the subject-matter of the ‘ Principles,’ from books, from people, and his own researches. The sources of information are indicated by many footnotes, and in the text too, or have been referred to in earlier editions ; and, indeed, it must be a matter of grave considera- tion to a geological writer now-a-days as to the extent to which references to published notions and descriptions should be introduced in the pages of a new work, unless he is anxious to leave popular writers and compilers no excuse for their careless habit of quoting opinions and statements at second hand, from such large and lead- ing works as that before us, and referring them to a wrong author- ship, instead of going to the fountain-heads in special memoirs and journals for the adopted facts and views. To those who take up a scientific subject for the first time, it is easy to refer details, princi- ples, and all to a favourite author, or perhaps to their only manual or book of study—anticipating the time when the science will be so far advanced that its accepted principles, formule, and practice will be universally applied, and pass, without reminder, as the result of the labours and thoughts of nearly forgotten men. Whilst, however, the science is still imperfect, let each geologist, be he gatherer of facts or builder of hypotheses, have the credit as well as the respon- sibility of his contributions to the general stock of knowledge. This is our author’s practice ; and hereby his work indicates the progress of modern geology among his contemporaries, as it supplies avowedly a history of geological thought and research in former times. The author himself supplies a list of the principal additions and corrections in this the tenth edition of the ‘ Principles.’ In vol. i., the ninth chapter, on the progressive development of organic life, Bibliographical Notices. 155 has been entirely rewritten, and the broad features of fossil faune, favourable to the doctrine of ‘‘ progressive development” or of “ pro- gressive evolution,” are fairly stated, and the probability of other data turning up in favour of “uniformity” is also insisted on, as well as “the unvarying constancy of the laws of nature,” enabling us to reason ‘‘ from the present to the past in regard to the changes of the terrestrial system, whether in the organic or inorganic world.” The tenth, eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth chapters are also quite new, treating of the changes of climate,—lIst, as proved by reference to successive and different geological formations, 2ndly, as resulting from various geographical conditions, and, 3rdly, as possibly caused by astronomical changes, such as variations in the excentricity of the earth’s orbit, changes in the obliquity of the ecliptic, and different phases of the precession of the equinoxes. Mr. Croll’s suggestion as to the probable effects of a large excentricity in producing glacial epochs is fully discussed, and the question is entertained whether geological dates may be obtained by reference to the combined effects of astronomical and geographical causes. Many points illustrative of changes in the inorganic world, now in progress, are elucidated in this volume with new woodcuts, or with the description of new facts, or both. The enlargement and emendation of those chapters com- prised in the second volume, and treating of voleanic phenomena and earthquakes, and of the changes of the organic world now in progress, are very extensive. Under the first-mentioned head comes the subject of upheaval and subsidence of large areas of the earth’s surface, the internal condition of the earth, metamorphic rocks, &e. Under the other heading we have several rewritten chapters,—on Lamarck’s theory of transmutation, Darwin’s ‘Origin of Species’ and ‘ Pangenesis,’ Natural and Artificial Selection (Darwin’s hypo- thesis being fully accepted), geographical distribution of animals and plants, the extinction of species, &c. The forty-third chapter is devoted to the consideration of Man, his origin and distribution, calmly treated, and leading to the clear belief in man’s uprising by progressive development from a lower stage of being, and adopting the fact of early man having been totally ignorant and barbarous. “We are sometimes tempted to ask whether the time will ever arrive,” says our veteran and thoughtful teacher (p. 493), ‘‘ when science shall have obtained such an ascendency in the education of the millions that it will be possible to welcome new truths instead of always looking upon them with fear and disquiet, and to hail every important victory gained over error, instead of resisting the new discovery long after the evidence in its favour is conclusive. The motion of our planet round the sun, the shape of the earth, the existence of the antipodes, the vast anti- quity of our globe, the distinct assemblages of species of animals and plants by which it was successively inhabited, and, lastly, the antiquity and barbarism of Primeval Man,—all these generalizations, when first announced, have been a source of anxiety and unhappiness. The future now opening before us begins already to reveal new doctrines, if possible more than ever out of harmony with cherished associations of thought. It is therefore desirable, when we contrast ourselves with the rude and superstitious savages who preceded us, to remember, as cultivators of 156 Bibliographical Notices. science, that the high comparative place which we have reached in the scale of being has been gained step by step by a conscientious study of natural phenomena, and by fearlessly teaching the doctrines to which they point. It is by faithfully weighing evidence, without regard to preconceived notions, by earnestly and patiently searching for what is true, not what we wish to be true, that we have attained that dignity which we may in vain hope to claim through the rank of an ideal parentage.” The nature of fossils of all sorts, from the microscopic siliceous atoms of the lowest plants to the bony remains of Man, their rela- tions to the materials in which they are imbedded, the causes of their burial, and their distribution in agreement with the terraqueous conditions of the earth’s surface at any given time, past or present, form matter enough for the always interesting chapters towards the conclusion of the work; and they have had their share of amend- ment and augmentation. In fact, in this elaborate work we have a series of well written and philosophical essays on several branches of natural history, closely related one to another, to the gradual formation of the exist- ing surface of the globe, and to its foregone changes and future mo- difications. This is an exhaustive work, complete, and without a rival. Elegant in style, perspicuous, and far from pretentious, this masterly book is read by many not studying geology as a science ; for it gives a clear account of many natural phenomena in which Man has a deep and common interest. Murchison’s ‘Siluria,’ having almost as wide a circulation as the ‘Principles,’ is also well known to geologists, amateur and profes- sional, though it is more technical, and treats specially of certain rock-formations and fossils. The wide extent, however, to which Silurian strata reach in the different quarters of the globe—the fullness and accuracy with which these strata and their fossils are described and delineated—the many elucidations of the bearings that these have theoretically on the philosophy of geology, on one hand, and practically on the structure and capabilities of different hills, plains, and regions, on the other, render this ‘“ unrivalled résumé of all that is known about the Lower Paleozoic rocks and fossils, all the world over,” indispensable to many and attractive to others. It contains also a comprehensive sketch of the Upper Paleozoic formations, their history and their relationships, compri- sing valuable notices of the geology of several parts of Britain, Ger- many, &¢., where such rocks abound. Moreover the interesting and practically useful subject of gold and its distribution has a very careful and comprehensive chapter devoted to it; and an essay on geological succession (showing the very gradual out-coming of the higher kinds of animals), and on the intensity of some natural opera- tions in former times, complete this grand work. The improvements in this new edition are very extensive, and are mainly noticed in the author’s preface, where, moreover, as also in the text, he takes care to enumerate as far as he can the manifold sources of information and aids to knowledge that his contemporaries have supplied him Bibliographical Notices. 157 with. Our acquaintance is enlarged now with the great and old Lau- rentian formations of Canada, thanks to the Geological Survey of that country, and with synchronous rocks in Scotland, Bohemia, and else- where, as worked out by Giimbel, Murchison himself, and others— with far more of the so-called “ Primordial” fauna of the Lingulella- flags and the corresponding beds in Bohemia than formerly known, thanks to Barrande, Salter, Hicks, and others—with a clearer view of the Caradoc-Bala series and its intercalated volcanic masses, thanks to our Geological Survey—with improved notions respecting the Middle and Upper Silurian rocks and fossils, thanks to Salter, Davidson, and many others—and so forth. The clearing up of the doubt as to the real geological place of Telerpeton Elginense, Hypero- dapeton, and Staganolepis, of the upper Sandstones near Elgin, now determined to be Triassic, is a great gain. The clear notices of the nature and relations of the paleozoic rocks of the Pentlands and of Ayrshire, by Mr. Geikie, are also highly acceptable; and the more exact knowledge of the Paleozoic rocks of the Continent, from the communications of De Prado, Collomb, De Verneuil, Kjerulf, Dahll, Barrande, Helmersen, and others—and of those of Canada and America also, by Logan, Hall, Billings, Bigsby, &c., add greatly to the value of this edition. “Lastly,” writes Sir Roderick, “after taking a general view of the history of the different races of animals which have succeeded to each other during all geological periods, [ have, in the last chapter, added a brief sketch of my long-cherished convictions respecting many of the former physical and mechanical changes of the earth’s surface, as contrasted with any movements which have taken place in historical times ;” and well does he argue respecting the great changes the young earth suffered, as proved by the long and deep fractures, extensive dislocations, enormous reversals of crumpled strata, and vast removals of shattered rocks, that such great move- ments and denudations are inexplicable by reference to the modern action of common earthquakes, volcanoes, rain-wash, and wave- action ; and he refers rather to such mighty operations as we have been lately reminded of by the powerful earthquake-wave of Hawaii, rolling in, 60 feet high, for a quarter of a mile, and answering, with its fatal bore, the devastating eruption of Mauna Loa. Although these two great chiefs among geologists, Murchison and Lyell, differ in opinion as to whether the progressive advance of organic nature has been at a relatively slow or rapid rate, and whe- ther the changes of land and sea, and all the concomitant variations of physical conditions, have taken place violently or gently, in long past periods, these are matters that little concern the actual truths of geology and the application of geological knowledge to the mani- fold requirements of our age. To the advance of the science and to its practical use each of these noble works is an admirable contribu- tion and aid. Both of the eminent geologists above mentioned are veterans, fellow-workers forty years ago, when their science was young. 158 Bibliographical Notices. Their labours, indeed, have been great and continuous since then ; and not the least important portion of their work has consisted in directing and helping younger labourers in the same field of research. Among these Dr. J. W. Dawson, Principal of M‘Guill University, Montreal, is eminent. In 1842 Sir C. Lyell visited Nova Scotia, giving and taking information on what he saw in the remarkable sec- tions of coal-beds &¢. in the Bay of Fundy and elsewhere, and putting Mr. Dawson and others on the right track towards elucidating the geology of their Province. Great results have followed. Year by year new observations were made, authenticated, and published, chiefly in the ‘ Journal of the Geological Society of London,’ until, a few years since, Dr. Dawson published his ‘ Acadian Geology ;’ and now, with greatly increased material, collected and made known by himself and others, he has brought out what is rather a new work than a new edition, so much enlarged, enriched, and so much more complete is the present thick volume of nearly 700 pages. Acadia or Acadie is the old and beautiful name, derived from a Micmac (native Indian) word meaning the “ place” or “place of abundance,” applied by the early French colonists to what is now known as Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and the neighbouring islands; and, distinct in its natural arrangement and produce from Canada on the one hand, and from the United States on the other, this water-cut region deserves its special and appropriate name. So the author thinks, and he cordially hopes the name Acadia will live, and that the region will in the end assert its natural preeminence. A general account of the Acadian provinces is followed by a descrip- tion of the deposits of the modern period, including submarine forests, remains of prehistoric man, and other interesting matters— showing how rapidly some of the changes of the surface, due to alterations of drainage and burning of forests, may have taken place. The Boulder-clay and other deposits of the Glacial period, with the remains of Mastodon &c., are next noticed and illustrated. These lie on the Triassic rocks, which, with their trap-rocks, useful mine- rals, fossil plants, and reptilian remains, are fully treated of. After noticing the Permian blank, Principal Dawson takes up the Carboni- ferous period and its wondrous accumulation of fossil fuel and other deposits, with its minerals, physical characters, and its fossils both of animal and vegetable origin. Eleven chapters are not too much for this rich subject, on which the author has devoted many years of labour and acute research, and from which he has extracted a vast store of information, both for paleontologists in particular and for geologists at large. He has reconstructed several of the strange trees and plants of the period, and brought together the shattered remnants of many reptiles, with two kinds of land-shells and a centipede. But these are already known to reading geologists. The Devonian rocks in this portion of the American continent are richer in plants than those of Europe and Britain; and several insects, too, as well as plants, have been discovered in them by the geologists of New Brunswick. Dr. Dawson’s remarkable plant, the Psilophyton, is mainly of Devonian age, though some older fragments Royal Society. 159 of it are found in the Upper Silurian. The Silurian, Huronian, and Laurentian rocks are also found in Acadia, and have been elucidated by Dr. Honeyman, Mr. Hartt, and others. The economic geology of the region is kept well to the fore, also its physical geography and agricultural characteristics, as dependent on its geological structure. Many subjects of great interest in general geology are illustrated or described in this volume, especially the nature of coal, the flora of the coal, preservation of erect trees, origin of gypsum, life in seas, estuaries, &c., trails, rain-marks, and footprints, albertite, gold, primeval man, &c. Upwards of 270 woodcuts, mostly excellent in character, a good geological map, and, lastly, several lists of contents, special subjects, and illustrations, a valuable appendix, and useful index complete this satisfactory, well-written, and well-printed work on the geology and geological resources of Acadia. These large and varied provinces possess enthusiastic enlightened geolo- gists, and furnish fields as rich for their research as the unprece- dented supply of gold which Nova Scotia offers to the miner. It must be a mutual satisfaction to our Acadian brethren and ourselves to have at command this handsome and elaborate réswmé of all that is known of the geology of that important region. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. June 1], 1868.—Lieut.-General Sabine, President, in the Chair. “On the Osteology of the Solitaire or Didine Bird of the Island of Rodriguez, Pezophaps solitaria (Gmel.).”’ By ALrrep Newron, M.A., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni- versity of Cambridge, and Epwarp Newron, M.A., Auditor-General of Mauritius. The Solitaire of Rodriguez was first satisfactorily shown to be distinct from the Dodo of Mauritius (Didus ineptus) by Strickland in 1844, from a renewed examination of the evidence respecting it, consisting of the account given by Leguat in 1708, and of the re- mains sent to France and Great Britain. Strickland, in 1848, further proved it to be generically distinct from the Dodo. The remains existing in Kurope in 1852 were eighteen bones, of which five were at Paris, six at Glasgow, five in the possession of the Zoological Society (since transferred to the British Museum), and two in that of Strickland, who, at the date last mentioned, described them as be- longing to two species, the second of which he named Pezophaps minor, from the great difference observable in the size of the specimens. In 1864 one of the authors visited Rodriguez, and there found in a cave two more bones, while a third was picked up by a gentleman with him. All these bones have been described, and most of them figured, in the publications of the Zoological Society, and in the large work of Strickland and Dr. Melville *. * The Dodo and its Kindred. London: 1848, 4to. 160 Royal Society :— Encouraged by his former success, that one of the authors of the present paper who had before been to Rodriguez urged Mr. George Jenner, the magistrate of the island, to make a more thorough search in its caves ; andin 1865 this gentleman sent no less than exghty-one specimens to Mauritius. These were forthwith transmitted to Lon- don, and exhibited at a meeting of the Zoological Society in that year, when it appeared that the notion previously entertained of there having been two species of Pezophaps was erroneous, and that probably the difference in size of the specimens was sexual. News of this last discovery reached England during the meeting of the British Association at Birmingham, and, prompted by Mr. P. L. Sclater, that body made a liberal grant to aid further re- searches. Owing to several causes, the scarcity of labourers in Rodriguez being the chief, nearly a year elapsed before these could be begun. But in 1866, some coolies having been expressly sent thither to dig in the caves, a very large collection of the bones of this bird, amounting to nearly two thousand specimens, was obtained. These specimens include almost all the most important parts of the skeleton, and furnish the authors with the material for the present aper. * This vast series of specimens shows that there was a very great amount of individual variability in the bird, so much so as to render the task of describing them minutely, and yet generally, a very diffi- cult one. Yet, in consequence of this wealth of material, the authors have greater confidence in the opinions they declare. Professor Owen, having lately published a very detailed account of the osteo- logy of the Dodo*, the present paper follows as closely as possible the mode of treatment he therein adopted, the authors thinking that they are so consulting the convenience of those who may wish to compare the structure of the two allied birds. Thanks to him, also, they have been able themselves to examine the very specimens which he described; and they are further indebted to many others —Mr. George Clark of Mauritius, Professors Reinhardt, Fritsch, and Alphonse Milne-Edwards, Sir William Jardine, and Mr. Flower, for valuable assistance in the shape of models or other additional material. To Mr. J. W. Clark they also mention their obligations for reconstructing from specimens in their possession the skeletons of the Dodo and of two Solitaires now exhibited. The description of the latter follows in much detail, the amount of individual variability to which each bone was subject being spe- cially dwelt on, and the whole compared bone by bone with that of the Dodo and also of Didunculus. Pezophaps differs from Didun- culus quite as much as Didus does, but it is nearly allied to the latter. Still there are important differences. The neck was much longer than in Didus, and the vertebre, on the whole, larger. The ribs also possess perhaps somewhat thicker heads and articular tu- bercles. The pelvis is much more rounded, and approaches that of * “On the Osteology of the Dodo (Didus ineptus, Linn.),” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. pp. 49-85. Messrs. A. & E. Newton on the Solitaire of Rodriguez. 161 the normal Pigeons much more than that of Didus does; but in its posterior portion it differs very remarkably from that of any known bird; for the pubis in Didus has not yet been discovered. In the sternum Pezophaps generally agrees with Didus, but has some distinctive features. This bone shows articular surfaces for four sternal ribs only, instead of five, which seems to be the normal num- ber in Didus ; and the posterior extremity, so far as can be judged from the imperfect condition of the specimens, is very unlike what it is in that bird; but the characters deducible from this last portion in birds generally are shown to be very inconstant. The ‘scapular arch”’ differs from that of Didus, its constituent portions having been appa- rently never anchylosed as is the normal state there, and consequently resembling in this respect those of the generality of birds. The angle made by the junction of the coracoid and scapula cannot be accu- rately determined, but would appear to have been not much less than what it is in Didus. The scapula is of very peculiar form, unlike, so far as known to the authors, that of any bird, being in- clined somewhat forward, and only pointing backward at its extre- mity, where it becomes spatulate in shape. The coracoid exhibits, as usual in this very significant bone, some good diagnostic charac- ters. Itis much stouter than it is in Didvs—a fact not so surprising when the exceedingly abnormal form it there assumes is taken into consideration. At its sternal end it differs from that of most other birds, in the extension and rounding off of the outer border. Other peculiarities in it are also described, one of which appears to be sexual. This is the surface to which the scapula is articulated, and which in the large individuals (presumed to be males) is roughly quadrate, while in the smaller ones (the supposed females) it is triangular. In Pezophaps the bones of the wing are more massive and smoother than in Didus, judging from such remains of the latter as exist. The most remarkable thing about them, however, is the presence of a bony knob on the radial side of the metacarpal, unlike what is found in any other bird. It is large in some of thé specimens, supposed to have belonged to old males, but very little developed in the presumed females. It is more or less spherical, pedunculate, and consists of a callus-like mass with a roughened surface, exceed- ingly like that of diseased bone, and was probably covered by a horny integument. It is situated immediately beyond the proximal end and the index, which last would appear to be thrust away by it to some extent. It answers most accurately and most unexpectedly to Leguat’s description of it :—‘‘ L’os de Vaileron grossit 4 lextré- mité, et forme sous la plume une petite masse ronde comme une balle de mousquet.” A description of its structure, as ascertained microscopically by Mr. J. Gedge, is added. The extremity of the wing is wanting. The leg-bones of Pezophaps, when compared with those of Didus, show more strongly developed ridges and muscular impressions, just the converse of what is observable in those of the wing; but the leg-bones having been minutely and correctly de- scribed by prior authors, it is unnecessary here to say much of them. Part of the skull, too, had been already described ; but the only Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. 1. it 162 Royal Society :— specimen then known was so incrusted with stalagmite that not much could be made of it. The present remains show that it was very markedly different in many respects from that of Didus. The cranium is narrower and longer, and without the peculiar frontal protuberance of Didus, being nearly flat at the top, with the fore and hind part elevated into two bony ridges of cancellous structure. The upper mandible also presents a remarkable difference from that of Didus, where the axes of the nasal process and the maxillary converge, whereas in Pezophaps they diverge. The maxilla also was relatively very small; and the mandible differed by being much straighter above, showing a salient angle on its lower edge (which is very inconsiderable in Didus), and being much more solid poste- riorly. In the quadrate the two birds are more alike. The rest of the bones of the head are wanting. A comparison of the entire skeleton shows that Pezophaps is in some degree, and perhaps on the whole, intermediate between Dedus and the normal Columbe, while it has some features, such as the armature of the wing, quite peculiar. It has no very near affinity to Didunculus ; indeed that form must be considered the type of a separate family, though not so aberrant as the Didide, which must be looked upon as the most remotely connected of the order Colum- bee. Strickland was amply justified in arriving at the conclusion that the Solitaire of Rodriguez was generically distinet from the Dodo; but it seems expedient to define his genus Pezophaps more precisely. Accordingly the following characters are assigned to it :— Rostrum mediocre, curvatum, processu nasali et ramis maxillaribus antice divergentibus. Frons plana, porca osseo-cancellata circum- data. Ossa coracoidea robusta. Ale breves, involatiles. Manus singulis bullis osseo-callosis armate. Collum et pedes longiores. In like manner the genus Didus may be defined :— Rostrum magnum, aduncum, processu nasali et ramis maxillaribus antice convergentibus. Frons tumida, in umbonem hypoconicum osseo-cancellatum surgens. Ossa coracoidea attenuata, scapulas obtuse attingentia. Alze breves, involatiles. Manus inermes. Col- lum et pedes breviores. The account given by Leguat of his Solitaire is then quoted in full, as also that of d’ Heguerty, the latter from Strickland, and the authors proceed to remark upon the different causes of extinction of species within historic time. This, when effected by man’s agency, is seldom done by man’s will; and various cases are cited to support this opinion. In extirpating species man generally acts indirectly ; and they succumb to forces set in motion indeed by him, but without a thought on his part of their effect. In the case of the extinction of the Solitaire of Rodriguez, the cause usually suggested seems inadequate ; and the authors consider it was probably effected by feral Swine, and quote a remarkable passage from an old French Voyage, showing the extraordinary abundance of these creatures in Mauritius, where, in or about the year 1708, above fifteen hundred had been slain in one day. It is plain that where these abounded Messrs. A. & E. Newton on the Solitaire of Rodriguez. 163 inactive birds could not long survive. It is supposed that the case was the same in Rodriguez as in Mauritius; for in every country - newly discovered by Europeans, it has been an almost universal cus- tom to liberate Pigs, and there is no reason to believe that the island first named was an exception thereto. The extraordinary fidelity of Leguat’s account of the Solitaire is next considered. It is borne out in every point save one, perhaps, by a study of the remains. The rugose surface at the base of the maxilla, the convexity of the pelvis, the somewhat lighter weight of the Solitaire than of the Dodo, its capacity for running, and, above all, the extraordinary knob on the wing, all agree with the description he has given us. ‘lhe authors attempt also to account for the origin of this last by observing that its appearance is so exactly that of diseased bone, that it may have been first of all occasioned by injuries received by the birds in such combats with one another as Leguat mentions, and aggravated by the continuance of their pugnacity: The authors remark, also, that it is the habit of Pigeons to fight by buffeting with their pinions. The particular in which Leguat may have erred is in the assertion, or perhaps rather inference, as to the monogamous habits of the Solitaire ; and the cause of the error (if such it be) may be ascribed, without derogating from his truthfulness, to his anxiety to point a moral, which may have led him to imagine he saw what he wished to see. He especially mentions that one sex would not fight with the other, which is just what takes place among polygamous birds. The case of a very well-known bird (Otis tarda), about which much has been written, is then cited, to show that even now, after centuries of observation, it is doubtful whether it be monogamous or polyga- mons. Leguat, therefore, may easily have been mistaken in his opinion, even setting aside his evident leaning on the matter. The notion of Pezophaps having been polygamous was before entertained by one of the authors, and arises from a consideration of the great difference in the size of the two sexes, which in birds is generally accompanied by polygamous habits; but the question is now not likely to be solved. The amount of variability which every bone of the skeleton of this species presents, warrants the conclusion that as much was dis- played in those parts of its structure which have perished, letting alone Leguat’s direct evidence as to the individual difference in the plumage of the females. If such a process, therefore, as has been termed “Natural Selection,’ or ‘‘Survival of the Fittest,’ exists, there would have been abundant room for it to operate; and there having been only one species of Pezophaps might, at first sight, seem an argument against the belief in such a process. A little re- flection, however, will show that such an argument is unsound. Confined in a space so restricted as one small island, every indivi- dual of the species must have been subject to conditions essentially identical in all cases. Whatever power such a process might possess, there would be neither occasion nor opportunity for its operation, so long as no change took place in the physical character of the island. Ps 164 Royal Society. But if we venture to indulge our fancy, and consider what would have been the inevitable result of a gradual upheaval of the island, and a corresponding extension of its area until it became vastly in- creased and its original low rounded hills were exalted into moun- tains, it is plain that a great variety of physical conditions would be thereby incurred. One side of the island would be exposed to the full force and direct influence of the trade-winds, the other side would be completely sheltered from them. The climate of these two portions would accordingly differ, and a great difference would be speedily wrought in the character of their vegetation, while that of the elevated central part would undergo a corresponding modification. After some longer or shorter period, we can conceive the island itself being broken up into two portions, separated from one another by a strait, such as divides the North and Middle Islands of New Zealand. This rupture would certainly tend still more to affect the existing fauna and flora; and at the end of another epoch there can be little doubt that the animals and plants of each portion, exposed to different influences, would present a decidedly different appearance, and the eastern and western islands (supposing the separation to have taken place in the direction of the meridian) might each possess its own special form of Solitaire, as the islands composing New Zealand have their peculiar species of Apteryz. But it is only in such a case as has just been imagined that consi- derable modifications would be likely to be effected. It therefore seems to be no argument against the existence of such a process as that of ‘ Natural Selection,’’ to find a small oceanic island tenanted by a single species which was subject to great individual variability. Indeed a believer in this theory would be inclined to predicate that it would be just under such circumstances that the greatest amount of variability would be certain to occur. In its original state, attacked by no enemies, the increase of the species would only be dependent on the supply of food, which, one year with another, would not vary much, and the form would continue without any predisposing cause to change, and thus no advantage would be taken of the variability of structure presented by its individuals. On the other hand, we may reflect on what certainly has taken place. Of the other terrestrial members of the avifauna of Rodriguez but few now remain. A small Finch and a Warbler, both endemic (the first belonging to a group almost entirely confined to Madagascar and its satellites, the second to a genus extending from Africa to Australia), are the only two land-birds of its original fauna now known to exist. The Guinea-fowl and Love-bird have in all proba- bility been introduced from Madagascar ; but the Parrots and Pigeons of which Leguat speaks have vanished. The remains of one of the first, and the description of the last, leave little room to doubt that they also were closely allied to the forms found in Madagascar and the other Mascarene islands ; and thus it is certainly clear that four out of the s¢a indigenous species had their natural allies in other species belonging to the same zoological province. It seems im- possible on any other reasonable supposition than that of a common Miscellaneous. 165 ancestry to account for this fact. The authors are compelled to the belief that there was once a time when Rodriguez, Mauritius, Bourbon, Madagascar, and probably the Seychelles were connected by dry land, and that that time is suflicieutly remote to have permitted the descendants of the original inhabitants of this now submerged conti- nent to become modified into the many different representative forms which are now known. Whether this result can have been effected by the process of ‘‘ Natural Selection’? must remain an open ques- tion; but that the Solitaire of Rodriguez, and the Dodo of Mauri- tius, much as they eventually came to differ, sprang from one and the same parent stock, seems a deduction so obvious, that the au- thors can no more conceive any one fully acquainted with the facts of the case hesitating about its adoption than that he can doubt the existence of the Power by whom these species were thus formed. MISCELLANEOUS. Note on the Existence of a large Pelican in the Turbaries of England. By A. Mitnr-Epwarps. We know very little about the birds of which the remains are found in turbaries, and hitherto their precise determination has never been attempted. There would nevertheless be much interest in such an examination, and in seeking what species of this class inhabited our countries at the period when the beaver, the urus, the aurochs, and the gigantic stag lived in great numbers in the forests and on the banks of the watercourses. I have recently been able to convince myself that investigations of this kind may furnish im- portant results. The turbaries of the neighbourhood of Cambridge have furnished a considerable number of the bones of birds, which Mr. Seeley and Prof. Alfred Newton have been kind enough to submit to my exa- mination. I was astonished to find among these remains the bone of a pelican. This bone, which belongs to the Woodwardian Museum, was obtained from the turbaries of the marshy districts (fenlands) which cover the northern parts of the county of Cambridge. These deposits have been studied with much care by Mr. Seeley, who, with his usual obligingness, has furnished me with valuable information upon the subject. Beneath peat in course of formation, of variable thickness, and containing some freshwater shells and existing plants, there is a clay filled with marine shells and containing some remains of marine mammalia. This clay rests upon a bed of peat in which the trunks of trees are met with, some of them still placed vertically. It is in this layer that the bones of terrestrial animals occur; and although the exact position where the humerus of the pelican was collected was not noticed, its colour and nature prove that it is derived from this. peaty deposit. The mammalia indicated as occurring in it belong to the following species:— Bos frontosus, B. primigenius, Cervus megaceros, Ursus arctos, Lutra vulgaris, Canis lupus, Cervus 166 Miscellaneous. elaphus, C. capreolus, Sus scrofa, and Custor europaeus. Finally, I have been able to recognize several species of birds, such as the swan (Cygnus ferus), the wild duck (Anas boschas), the teal (Anas querquedula), the crested grebe (Podiceps cristatus), the bittern (Ardea stellaris), and the coot (Fulica atra). These birds still occur in great abundance on the east coast of England. Their presence in the turbaries, therefore, cannot surprise us; but this is not the case with the pelican, which does not belong to the British fauna ; for the few individuals which have been met with there had been carried by the winds very far from the regions which they usually inhabit. Now the existence of our pelican in the peaty deposits of Cambridge cannot be explained in this way. The bone in question is Festal in fact, from a young bird, consequently too weak to undertake a distant journey. A glance at the fossil the history of which I am giving is sufficient to prove that the work of ossification was not completed, as is indicated by the state of the articular ex- tremities. We cannot, therefore, think for one moment that this bird has quitted Africa or the south of Russia, and, being turned from its course by atmospheric currents, has come to die in England upon the edge of the marshes in which the peaty layers in which it was discovered were being deposited. Such an explanation as this is inadmissible; and this pelican was evidently a native of that country. The humerus here referred to is of very considerable dimensions. Its articular extremities are imperfect ; it is not, therefore, entire, and evidently with increased age it would have become considerably elongated. Nevertheless it measures about 37 centimetres. Know- ing the length of the arm-bone, we may easily deduce from it that of the entire wing ; for in the pelicans the proportions of the various bones which form the solid framework of the anterior limb vary very little. Thus, if we represent the length of the humerus of these birds by 100, that of the forearm would be 113, and that of the hand 78. Consequently, assuming that in our pelican from the turbaries the proportions of these bones were the same, the forearm would have measured 42 and the hand 29 centimetres, which brings the whole length of the wing without its feathers to 1:08 metre. I have compared the fossil from the Cambridge turbaries with several arm-bones of adult pelicans belonging to different species, such as Pelecanus onocrotalus, P. crispus, P. philippinensis, and P. thagus, but I have not found one the dimensions of which were the same; even the largest onocrotali scarcely approach it. Must we therefore regard the bird from the turbaries as a distinct species, of larger size? This supposition seems a very probable one; but it would perhaps be premature to attempt at present to establish a new specific type; and before inscribing it upon our scientific cata- logues, it seems to me that it will be more prudent to wait until further researches have led to the discovery of some parts of the skeleton of adult birds, which may make known to us more accu- rately the proportions of our British pelican.— Comptes Sonus, June 22, 1868, pp. 1242-1244. Miscellaneous. 167 On Oliva auricularia, Lam., O. aquatilis, Reeve, and O. auricularia, D’Orb. By F. P. Marrar. The history of these shells is somewhat remarkable—so much so that each author who has written upon them has had some informa- tion to impart of a character differing considerably from that of his predecessor. Lamarck described a species which he called O. auricularia (Auimaux sans Vertébres); the former part of this description refers to the O. aquatilis, Reeve, pl. 18. fig. 38, while the latter (“columella callosa, complanata”) refers to the O. auricularia, Lam., as figured by Reeve, pl. 18. fig. 39. D’Orbigny (Voy. Amér. Mérid. vol. ix. pl. 59. figs. 20-22) has figured a shell, accompanied by the animal, and named it Olivancil- laria auricularia, Lam., from which species it differs so much as to be regarded as even generically distinct. Deshayes, in a footnote to the description of O. auricularia, Lam., remarks that D’Orbigny has confounded his shell with Lamarck’s species, and considers D’Or- bigny’s species to be O. biplicata, Sow., quoting the figure in Wood’s Supplement. Again, this author, under the species O. biplicata, Sow., gives D’Orbigny’s O. auricularia as a synonym, and describes the difference existing between the two species. In the Tankerville Catalogue, page 33, Appendix No. 2331, we have a description of the two species under the name of 0. patula seu aperta, Sol. MS., the former portion of this description referring to the O. auricularia, Reeve, or the thick African species, and the latter portion to the O. aquatilis, Reeve, or the thin South-American shell. Duclos (Genre Olive, pl. 29. figs. 4-7) has not only figured the two shells hitherto confounded under the O. auricularia, Lam., but has introduced two figures of another allied species or variety (pl. 29. figs. 5 & 6). Reeve, in his ‘ Monograph on the genus Oliva,’ in 1851, separated the shells into two species, viz. O. awricularia, Lam., and O. aqua- tilis, Reeve, but gave a wrong locality to the former, viz. Brazil instead of Africa. The Messrs. Adams, in their valuable work on the ‘Genera of Recent Mollusea,’ vol. i. pp. 140 & 141, give a de- scription of the genus Olivancillaria, D’Orb., and figure at pl. 15. fig. 2 a copy of D’Orbigny’s animal and shell, with the name O, ve- sica, Gmelin. On the same plate, fig. 2%, O. auricularia, Reeve, is given as the shell of D’Orbigny, the first having an open canaliculate spire, and the second a closed canal; in fact two species could scarcely be selected that differ more widely. Dr. Gray, in his work on the Olivide, p. 19, gives the Claneophila auricularia, Lam., as the O. aquatilis, Reeve, and O. patula, Sow., as a synonym, and to the thick African shell he has given a new name, Cl. gibbosa, Gray. What inferences can we draw from these contradictory statements? First, that the O. vesica, Gmel., is the O. auricularia, Lam., in part, as well as the O. patula,Sow., in part, and of Duclos in part, these authors all believing that the O. aquatilis, Reeve, was only a variety of O. auricularia, Lam.; and the credit of distinguishing them as species 168 Miscellaneous. is due to Reeve. I suppose we shall have to record the O. aquatilis, Reeve, as the O. auricularia, Lam., unless we should find a figure of this shell in some early work under another name. The only shell remaining is the 0. auricularia, D’Orb. Both Deshayes and Duclos are of opinion that D’Orbigny made some mis- take: I am of quite the contrary way of thinking. We have the animal and shell given, the latter differing essentially from the O. auricularia, Lam.; and D’Orbigny might easily have thought it might belong to that variable species, as it was then supposed to be. I cannot think that such a naturalist as D’Orbigny would figure an animal and put an imaginary shell upon it; and therefore I conclude that the shell figured is the one dredged, and no other. Having arrived at this conclusion, and having carefully compared the shell figured with O. biplicata, Sow., there is no doubt in my mind of its being entirely new. In the first place, its open spire is sufficient to prevent its being mistaken for O. auwricularia, and it differs from O. biplicata in not being biplicate but multiplicate, in not having the violet interior and basal band, and in having the basal band spotted —characters by which it may at once be distinguished from that species. I think the species might be named after its discoverer, 0. Orbignyt. 2 Pevyeril Terrace, Edge Lane, Liverpool. July 17, 1868. On a Viviparous Sea-Urchin. By Dr. E. Grune. Our knowledge of the sexual conditions, reproduction, and develop- ment of the Sea-Urchins hitherto extended only to the fact that there are produced from the fecundated ova bilateral free-swimming larve furnished with lines of cilia (Pluteus), and that internal buds are formed in these, and become developed, in accordance with the 5-rayed type, with a spiny test and feet, into sea-urchins, which acquire male or female genitalia. The semen and ova issue through several small apertures situated at the summit of the test near the madrepore-plate. The little Sea-Urchin upon which I have the honour to report to the Academy enlarges our knowledge of the natural history of the Echinoida by a very singular character: it produces living young, which are already sea-urchins, provided with test, spines, and feet, and so large that their diameter is more than one-tenth of the length of the parent animal, to which I give the name of Anochanus. In its appearance Anochanus most closely resembles the Nucleo- lites (Echinobrissus) epigonus lately described by Dr. von Martens ; it has an oval test, not broader behind, of 9-5 millims. in length, with a pit descending in the hinder interambulacrum, in which the anus opens, and a subyentral peristome of elongate-oval form; but the feet run in uninterrupted rows from the peristome to the summit, which nearly occupies the middle. But the most peculiar circum- stance is that we seek in vain for genital openings and a madrepore- Miscellaneous. 169 plate at the summit, which, however, contains an orifice of con- siderable size, concealed by overlying spines. ‘This orifice does not lead into the cavity occupying the whole inner space of the test, but into a peculiar sac spread out beneath the dorsal arch, which does not seem to communicate with the general cavity, and in which the above-mentioned little sea-urchins lie; so that they can make their escape through the opening, which corresponds with them in diameter. The walls of this sac are formed by a membrane filled with a microscopic calcareous latticework; this is applied to the margins of the orifice, which are broadly turned inwards, and is thus suspended. Upon the inner surface of the sac small Pedicellarie are seated, and upon the inner surface of the above-mentioned in- curved margins small spines; upon the surface of the test, besides the spines, Pedicellarie of larger dimensions occur ; and the spines (which, however, do not appear to the eye to form rows) are of two kinds—namely, longer ones, which are not very sharp, and shorter ones spreading at the end into small teeth. The internal space of the test. situated beneath the sac destined for the reception of the young, is chiefly occupied by the intestinal canal, which is attached to the wall, and commences with a very narrow cesophagus: on the anterior part of the wide portion, in which this is immersed, and which perhaps may be indicated as a stomach, a spot beset with minute paired ceca may be observed. A very fine and rather rigid canal, descending from the bottom of the brood-sac and probably continued to the region of the peristome, may perhaps be the sand-canal, and the spot from which it origi- nates the madrepore-plate. But no trace of genitalia is to be seen, which is in accordance with the want of genital apertures. The germs of the young must be produced on the lower surface of the brood-sac ; for here are suspended oval corpuscles about ? millim. in length, closely embraced by a saccule, which greatly resemble the youngest spineless embryos in the brood-cavity, whilst the most de- veloped of the latter, as already stated, possess a test with feet and spines, and even with Pedicellarie. Nevertheless these young ani- mals do not present any complete agreement with the parent animal; their test is circular in its horizontal circumference, the peristome central, the larger spines distinctly stand in two longitudinal rows upon the interambulacra, and, above all, they want the apical orifice and the pit for the anus, although a spot free from spines may be observed upon the back of the test a little behind the middle. According to this representation (which, indeed, is founded only upon the investigation of a single specimen) these germs, which are seated upon the calciferous walls of a sac opening outwards with a wide orifice, would have to be regarded as buds, and Anochanus as it young or larval state, like a Pluteus; but the young which it pro- duces must await a sexual development. However, it is permissible, and will facilitate future comparisons; to give the animal on which these investigations have been made a distinct name; and as, according to the statement of Salmin, the natural-history dealer, it was found in the Chinese Sea, it may be: Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii, 12 170 Miscellaneous. provisionally cited as Anochanus sinensis.— Monatsber. Berl. Akad. Wissensch. March 12, 1868, pp. 178-180. Note on the Anutomy of Pontobdella verrucata (Leach). By L. Varrtanr. The number of rings in the zoonite in Hirudo and most of the allied genera is 5; in Pontobdella it is 4, as was recognized by Savigny. The body of P. verrucata contains 10 complete zoonites in its middle part, behind the cincture; the extremities and the cincture are less regularly formed, the rings being often grouped in threes. The total number of rings is 66. In the male zoonites (the six immediately following the cincture) the testes occupy the first ring, the nervous ganglion is placed between the third and fourth, and upon the last are the muciparous pores. Beneath the skin and muscles the body presents a thick layer of yellowish-brown glandules, the excretory canals of which may be traced to the surface ; they probably endue the animal with a pro- tective coat. ‘The muciparous vesicles of the cincture present a eiliated inner pavilion analogous to that indicated first in the Lumbricina, and afterwards in the Branchiobdelle. The trunk, by which these worms suck the blood which con- stitutes their food, is quite unarmed, so that it probably only pene- trates by separating the tissues. The cesophagus is surrounded by whitish glandules, the excretory ducts of which are directed forward, towards the anterior disk. An analogous arrangement has been in- dicated in Aulastoma by Leydig, who supposes that these glands discharge themselves at the jaws to facilitate their action; the author thinks that they have probably to do with the formation of the oviferous cocoon. The so-called stomach, which the author would prefer to name ingluvies or crop, 1s a reservoir in which the blocd accumulates without undergoing any perceptible change. It is divided anteriorly into seven chambers, indicated outside by slight constrictions, and separated by incomplete septa; behind is a large cecum to which the intestine is applied longitudinally. The intes- tine has two lateral dilatations at its origin, and is divided into four nearly equal parts. The wills of the ingluvies are formed by in- terlaced fibres of laminar tissue and smooth muscular fibres, without distinct glandular elements; the walls of the intestine contain a multitude of true glandular acini. It is here that the process of digestion commences. The female generative apparatus consists of a long sac or cecum, the anterior neck-like part of which terminates at a whitish body of glandular aspect. From this starts a duct which unites with that of the opposite side, to open by a single median aperture. The glandular organ likewise receives from five to seven ducts on its mner surface; and these the author believes come from the trans- parent glands which occur at some parts, mixed with the yellowish subcutaneous glandules. This system would then have to be re- Miscellaneous. ETE garded as a diffused vitellogene, analogous to that indicated in other Cotylide worms. The Pontobdella envelopes its ovum in a cocoon fixed by a pedicle to submarine bodies; this is figured by Hesse and Van Beneden, but from an altered specimen, unless it belongs to a different species. The animal embraces the cocoon with its anterior disk to complete and fix it. Hence, and from the facts observed in other species, the author concludes that the so-called salivary glands furnish the material for this protective envelope of the ova.—Comptes Rendus, July 13, 1868, pp. 77-79. Considerations upon the fixation of the limits between the Species and the Variety, founded upon the study of the European and Mee iter- ranean species of the Hymenopterous Genus Polistes (Latr.). By M. SIcHeEt. I. For several years the question of the mutability or immutability of the species has been afresh brought under discussion, and vividly attracts the attention of zoologists. Nothing can contribute more to exhaust this question and to pave the way to its solution, by aiding powerfully to fix the limits between the species and the variety, than the profound study and exact statistics of certain genera of insects richly represented in individuals, and possessing a sufficient number of species common in our climates to allow us to study them on a large scale in regular and complete series. Series captured in the nests especially, by permitting the comparison of allied species and the exact observation of the transitions between each species and its varieties, will singularly facilitate our conclusions, and give them a high degree of certainty. Such a genus is the Hymenopterous genus Polistes, represented in the whole of Europe, in Algeria, and in the western part of Asia by four species (three of which are very common even in the environs of Paris), viz. P. gallicus, biglumis, diadema, and Geoffroyi. II. But these last three species are identical with P. gallicus, and only differ from it as varieties. It is this opinion that I endeavour to establish here by numerous and, I think, convincing proofs, in order to show for once how the study of the Hymenoptera on a large scale and on the living animal may contribute to fix the limits be- tween the species and the variety. Ill. The above four species may be well characterized ; but their diagnostic characters are neither constant nor essential, as is proved by the following propositions, deduced from long-continued and accu- rate observations :— 1. The subvarieties are so numerous that we may at pleasure create new varieties among them. 2. The transitions between the different varieties are so frequent and so insensible that it is often impossible to say where one variety or subvariety ends, and where the next one commences. 3. In the same nest we see hatched simultaneously or successively 172 Miscellaneous. the different varieties and subvarieties, especially P. gallicus, biglumis, and Geoffroyi, with all the passages from one to the other. 4, Among the numerous individuals of P. biglumis that I have captured or bred from nests, I have never been able to find a female. The females revert more or less to the characters of P. gallicus, or are replaced by the female of the latter. 5. Nor does the male of P. biglumis exist ; it always, more or less, presents the characters of P. gallicus. 6. From this it follows that P. biglumis, according to the most accurate observation made upon large series and numerous nests, is only a peculiar modification, a variety, of P. gallicus. IV. Observations upon the exotic species of Polistes lead to per- fectly analogous conclusions. V. To sum up, the exact and serial observation of the genus Polistes serves marvellously to prove that the mutability of the spe- cies, in zoology, although very great as to its varieties, does not extend beyond these, and does not attain to the production of spe- cific types when these are well defined and correctly established.— Comptes Rendus, July 13, 1868, pp. 75-77. On a new Species of Chirogalus from the West Coast of Madagascar. By M. A. Granpiprer. Chirogalus Samati (nob.). Obscure fusco-griseus, subtus fulvescens. Cauda crassa, obsolete rufescente; fascia alba a fronte media ad nasi apicem decurrente ; oculis nigro circumdatis; auriculis paulo longioribus quam Chirogali Mili. Long. ab apice nasi ad caud basin 19 centim.; caud 17 centim. Habitat flumen Tsidsibon, in littore occidentali Madagascar insule. This Chirogalus is specially remarkable by its head, which resem- bles that of a young cat, and by the size of its tail, which is 6 centi- metres in circumference; it owes this size, which is abnormal in the Lemurids, to the presence of a thick layer of fat, similar to what occurs round the tails of the Cape sheep. The hair of the body, as well as that of the tail, is rather short. It is known to the natives by the name of Keéli-bé-houi. I have named this animal after M. E. Samat, who has resided for the last twenty-two years on the west coast of Madagascar, and from whom I have received great kindness during my stay in these inhospitable regions. To him I owe my acquaintance with this curious Lemurid and the two specimens which I have forwarded to the Paris Museum. I avail myself of this occasion to make known a curious fact which the beautiful collections recently brought from the north- west coast of Madagascar by the skilful keeper of the Musée de Bourbon, M. Lantz, have enabled me to verify, viz. that Bernicra major and Berniera minor are but one species: B. major is the male, B. minor the female. M. Lantz has taken some fifteen of each animal in the same locality, and ascertained that they lived together. - Saint-Denis, Ile de Réunion, Dec. 18, 1867. Ann. des Sciences Nat. viii. p. 294. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1868. XV.—On the British Species of Alpheus, Typton, and Axius, and on Alpheus Edwardsii of Audouin. By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A. In the ‘Annals’ of the present month Mr. Spence Bate records and figures two Macrourous Crustacea as new to our fauna, under the names of “ Alpheus Edwardsii” and “ Typton spongiosus.”’ 'The former species, however, is so far from being hitherto unknown in our seas, that this is the third time that it has been announced as a new discovery ; and the Crustacean here called Typton spongiosus was described and figured by Mr. Couch, in 1861, as “ Alpheus Edwardsii.” It seems strange that Mr. Bate should not have known this, as the species was found in his own neighbourhood, and, moreover, Mr. Couch is one of the members of the Devon and Cornwall Dredging Committee. I should not, however, have considered it necessary to no- tice this, if it had not been that the greatest confusion exists as to what “ Alpheus Edwardsii”’ is, on which account it seems desirable to make a few observations upon the genera Alpheus and Typton. Savigny, in his ‘ Histoire de l’Egypte,’ admirably figured a Crustacean, to which Audouin, in the descriptive portion of that work, gave the name “‘ Athanas Kdwardsii.””. Milne-Edwards, in his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Crustacés,’ described a Mediterranean form which he erroneously considered to be Audouin’s spe- cies. Lastly, Mr. Couch (Proc. Linn. Soc., 1860, Zoology, v. p- 210) described a Cornish Crustacean under the same name ; but his species is neither that of Audouin nor that of Milne- Edwards, but the Typton spongicola of Costa. The name of Alpheus Edwardsii has thus been given to no less than three distinct species, two of which, as we shall presently see, occur in our seas, though the true Alpheus Edwardsvi of Audouin is not European. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 13 174 Rey. A. M. Norman on the British Species of Alpheus. As long ago as 1835, Mr. Hailstone procured off Hastings a shrimp, which he figured and described in ‘ Loudon’s Maga- zine of Natural History,’ and to which Mr. Westwood gave the name of Hippolyte rubra; in a subsequent page, Mr. Hail- stone claimed a right to name it himself, and styled it Aippo- lyte megacheles ; and further on in the same volume, Mr. West- wood established a genus for its reception, calling it Drenecta rubra. Why Prof. Bell omitted this species im his ‘ History of British Stalk-Eyed Crustacea,’ I cannot understand. In 1854, Mr. Guise, having found the same species in the island of Herm, described it in the ‘Annals,’ and named it “Alpheus afinis.” Tn 1862 Prof. Heller pointed out the distinction be- tween the Red-Sea species (Alpheus Edwardsii, Aud.) and that found in the Mediterranean (Alpheus Edwardsti, Milne- Edwards), and named the latter Alpheus platyrhynchus. The Alpheus now found by Mr. Bate off the Dodman is the Medi- terranean species, and the same which had been previously taken in our seas by Hailstone and by Guise. As I write, thirty or forty specimens of this Alpheus, procured by me at Herm, are before me, and also a specimen of the true Alpheus Edwardsii of Audouin, for which I am indebted to Prof. Heller. From these examples I draw up the diagnostic characters which follow. Alpheus Edwardsti, Audouin. 1826. Athanas Edwardsii, Audouin, Savigny, Descript. : “K, fig. 1 (figures admirable). a ieee 1840 (P about), Alpheus Edwards, Guérin, Iconogr. du Régne Anim. Crust. pl. 21. fig. 3 (copy from Savigny). 1861. Alpheus Edwardsii, Heller*, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. W. Math.- nat. Cl. xliv. Bd. i. p. 267. Supraorbital portions of anterior margin of carapace rounded, the front thus furnished with only a single central point, 7.e. the rostrum. ‘The left first pereiopod much larger, and of totally different structure from the right; outer side of hand (not furnished with any spine-like central point pro- jecting at the junction of finger and thumb) having a deep incised curved groove widest at the distal extremity, sud- denly contracting in breadth towards the base, and at the same time curving downwards; finger large, very broad and massive, the outer margin very strongly arched, form- ing a complete semicircle; inner margin furnished at the base with a large tubercular process, which fits into a corre- sponding socket in the thumb. Right hand very much smaller, and formed more after the pattern of the hand in * Beitrage zur Crustaceen-Fauna des rothen Meeres. Rey. A. M. Norman on the British Species of Alpheus. 175 Palemon. The fingers of both hands articulating by a ver- tical movement with the hand. Hab. The Red Sea. Alpheus megacheles, Hailstone. 1835, Hippolyte rubra, Westwood, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 272 (but not Alpheus ruber, M.-Edw.). 1855. Hippolyte megacheles, Hailstone, ibid. p. 895. 1835. Dienecia rubra, Westwood, ibid. p. 552. 1837. Alpheus Edwardsti, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. ii. p- 352 (but not of Audouin). mee peep hale ruber, Costa, Fauna del Regno di Napoli, Crost. Di. /. . L. 1850. Dienecia rubra, White, Cat. Brit. Crust. in Brit. Mus. p. 41. 1854. Alpheus affinis, Guise, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xiv. p. 275, 1857. Alpheus affinis, White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. p. 112. 1862. Alpheus platyrhynchus, Heller*, Sitzungsb. der Kais, Wiener Akad. d. W. Math.-naturw. Cl. xl. Bd. i. p. 400, pl. 1. figs. 21-24. 1863. Alpheus platyrhynchus, Heller, Die Crust. des siidlichen Europa, p- 276, pl. 9. figs. 18, 19. 1868. Alpheus Edwardsii, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. (1867), p. 283; Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. 11. p. 119. Supraorbital portions of carapace produced into spine-like points ; and these, together with the rostrum, give a triden- tate anterior margin to the carapace. The right and left first pereiopods formed on nearly the same model, though differmg in minute details, one (generally the left) larger than the other, and having the centre of its broad outer side produced forwards between the finger and thumb into a spine, above and below which the hand is excavated, the upper groove the larger, not curved; finger very flat, acute above, twisted, no tubercle on the inner margin. Smaller hand having that part of the thumb against which the finger impinges grooved ; upper margins of both finger and thumb fringed with long sete; inner margin of finger microscopi- cally pectinated. Fingers of both hands articulating by a curious lateral movement. Hab. Herm (Guise & A. M.N.), Jersey (A. M. N.), Hastings (Hailstone), off Dodman (Bate), Mediterranean (Milne- Edwards), Adriatic (Heller). Alpheus ruber, Milne-Edwards. 21814. Cryptophthalmus ruber, Rafinesque, Précis des découvertes somio- logiques, &c., 21825. Cryptophthalmus ruber, Desmarest, Consid. gén. sur Crust. p. 215. 1837. Alpheus ruber, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. ii. p. 351, and Atlas du Régne Animal de Cuvier, édit. trois., Crust. pl. 53. fig. 1. 1840. Alpheus ruber, Lucas, Hist. Nat. des Crust. p. 182. * Beitriige zur naheren Kenntniss der Macrouren. 13% 176 Rey. A. M. Norman on the British Species of Typton. 1849, Alpheus ruber, Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 271. 1850. Alpheus ruber, White, Cat. Brit. Crust. in Brit. Mus. p. 88; and (1857) Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. p. 112, pl. 8. fig. 3. 1863. Alpheus ruber, Heller, Crust. des stidlichen Europa, 274. This species may at once be distinguished from the pre- ceding by the four longitudinal carine of the larger and greatly flattened hand. Three Cornish specimens of this species in my collection have the right hand the greatly developed organ; while a Mediterranean example and also that figured by Bell have the left the larger. The description of Cryptophthalmus ruber of Rafinesque and Desmarest appears to be partly applicable to the last spe- cies and partly to this. The words, however, “la plus grande” (main) ‘‘est & trois angles en dessous”’ cannot possibly be reconciled with A. megacheles, though they may be with A. ruber, 1f what Milne-Edwards speaks of as the outer side be viewed as the under. The Cryptophthalmus ruber of Costa is unquestionably a synonym of the last species, and not of this. Hab, Falmouth (Cocks), Polperro (Laughrin), Mediterra- nean (Milne-Edwards & Costa), Adriatic (Grube), Algerian coast (Lucas). Typton spongicola, Costa. ee Tupien spongicola, Costa, Fauna del Regno di Napoli, Crost. pl. 6 bis. os, 1-6. 1856. Pontonella glabra, Heller*, Verhandlungen des zool.-botan. Vereins in Wien p. 629, pl. 9. figs. 1-15. 1861. Alpheus Edwardsit, Couch, Proc. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. v. p. 210 (but not Alpheus Edwardsii of Audouin, nor that of Milne-Edwards). 1863. Typton spongicola, Heller, Crustaceen des sudlichen Europa, p. 254, pl. 8. figs. 12-17. 1868. Typton spongiosus, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. (1867) p. 283, pl. 3. fig. 1; and Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p. 119. The genus Typton differs from Alpheus in having the eyes free, and not concealed beneath the anterior portion of the carapace, in the second instead of the first pair of pereiopods being the more largely developed members, and in the mandi- ble being without an appendage, whereas in Alpheus it is fur- nished with a two-jointed palp. Seven or eight years ago, Mr. Laughrin, the intelligent coastguardsman of Polperro, found within the oscula of Jso- dictya palmata, procured off that coast, some shrimps. Mr. Couch gave an account of these in the Proc. Linn. Soc., naming them Alpheus Edwardsii, M.-EKdw. One of these specimens came into my hands; and having compared it with a specimen of 7ypton spongicola from the Adriatic, I found * Beitrag zur Fauna der Adria. ~ Rev. A. M. Norman on the Genus Axius. 1 4 them to agree in every particular. Mr. Spence Bate considers a species he has now met with to be distinct from that of Costa, and names it Typton spongiosus; but no character is given which will distinguish it from the Adriatic and Medi- terranean form. ‘The proportionate length of the eye and rostrum differs in different specimens, possibly according to age. In his generic characters, Mr. Bate says that the right hand of the second pereiopoda is generally much larger than the left; but the contrary would seem to be the case from the descriptions and figures of both Costa and Heller, and from the Adriatic and British examples in my own collection. In the genus Alpheus, however, we have seen that the rule is not constant, and that in the same species sometimes the one and sometimes the other limb will be the larger in size, and have the peculiar points of structure of that organ as distinguished from the smaller. It must, in addition to this, be borne in mind that in this and allied species the animals upon the slightest provocation are willing to part with their large claws, and that consequently reproduced members of smaller size are not uncommon, and may easily be mistaken for fully developed limbs. Hab. Polperro, Cornwall (Laughrin), Mediterranean (Costa), Adriatic (Grube & Heller). Genus AXIUS. I have not examined the typical specimen of Axdus sti- rynchus; but all the examples of Aaiws I have seen agree closely with the description, referred to by Mr. Bate, of the late Mr. R. Q. Couch (Zoologist, 1856, p. 5282) of a form which he considered distinct from Leach’s species. My col- lection. contains five specimens procured by Mr. Dodd in Jersey, and one taken by the Rev. R. N. Dennis, at Seaford, Sussex. All these have the telson quadrangular, the hands smooth, the fingers channelled, the particular articulation of cephalothorax and abdomen described by Mr. Couch, and the transverse lateral tufts of hair on the abdominal segments. All the points of difference indicated are probably at the most sexual. My specimens are in spirits: it is not improbable that, in drying, the sides of the telson would curl downwards; and thus that portion of the body might easily assume the “ elongate-triangular”’ form ascribed to it by Leach and Bell. At least we require further knowledge before it would be wise to give a distinctive name to the form in the col- lections of the late Mx. R. Q. Couch and myself. The young in this genus are much more hirsute than full-grown indivi- duals. 178 Mr. G. 8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda Crangon sculptus and fasciatus. I am surprised at Mr. Bate’s suggestion that Crangon sculptus and Crangon fasciatus are the same species. In my humble judgment, no two Crangons belonging to the same section of the genus can have stronger distinctive features. Can it be that Mr. Bate has not met with the true C. fasciatus? The differences are not confined to the number of spines: there are other characters ; and of far more consequence is the fact that, whereas in C. sculptus the abdomen is elaborately ornamented with beautiful sculpturing, in C. fasciatus it 1s quite smooth. Dr. Kinahan’s figures and description of this latter species are very good (Trans. Royal Irish Acad. vol. xxiv. (1861) p. 76; and Proc. Royal Irish Acad. 1862, p- 362, pl. 12). Crangon nanus, Kroyer (= C. bispinosus of Hailstone) appears to me to be the species most closely related to C. fasciatus*. P.S. As though to confirm what I have just said—among some shrimps dredged during the past month in Shetland by Mr. Jeffreys, and received from him this morning, I find se- veral C. fasciatus, but there are no C. sculptus; nor is that species known to inhabit the Shetland seas. I have never found these two species in company, nor seen a specimen in- termediate in character. Crangon fasciatus I have dredged off the Northumberland coast (where C. sculptus has not been found at all), at Falmouth, and off Guernsey ; and C. sculptus I have procured in the Minch, Lamlash Bay, and Guernsey. XV1.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GEORGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S8. &e. No. Il. Marine Ostracoda from the Mauritius. [Plates XII. & XIII. } THE species here described have been found in mud brought from the Mauritius, and kindly placed in my hands by my friends Messrs. Thomas Blain and E. C. Davison, of Sunder- land. It is interesting to note that two of the species, Cythere Darwinii and C. Hodgit, occur also in the Malay archipelago, and that the specimens from the Mauritius exhibit slight, but decided differences ; while Macrocypris maculata, Xestoleberis margaritea, and OCytheridea punctillata have a still wider range * Judging from Kroyer’s figures of C. boreas, Phipps, in the ‘ Natur- historisk Tidskrift,’ vol. iv. (1842) p. 218, pl. iv. figs. 1-14, I should con- clude that it is distinct from all our British species. from the Mauritius. 179 of distribution, extending even into the European seas. Some additional species from the same locality will be described in a future Number of ‘ Les Fonds de la Mer.’ List of Species. Pontocypris attenuata, nov. sp. Cythere hamigera, nov. sp. Dayisoni, nov. sp. bispinosa, ov. sp. Macrocypris maculata, Brady. convoluta, nov. sp. Cythere demissa, nov. sp. Cytheridea punctillata, Brady. plana, nov. sp. spinulosa, nov. sp. fumata, nov. sp. Loxoconcha Lilljeborgii, nov. sp. —— Hodgii, Brady. Xestoleberis margaritea, Brady. Darwinii, Brady*. | Pontocypris attenuata, nov. sp. (Plate LV. figs. 11-14.) Carapace, as seen from the side, subtriangular or siliquose, highest in front of the middle, and tapering to a point be- hind; greatest height scarcely equalling half the length : anterior extremity broadly rounded ; posterior subacutely pointed: superior margin obtusely angular at its highest point, from which it slopes steeply backwards with a gentle curve; inferior slightly sinuated about the middle: outline, as seen from above, compressed, somewhat clavate, widest at the anterior third, rounded and slightly mucronate in front, pointed behind ; greatest width equal to rather more than a third of the length. End view oval, widest in the middle. Surface of the shell smooth, slightly punctate, and clothed with numerous exceedingly short and fine hairs. Colour pale yellowish brown. Length 34; inch. Animal unknown. This pretty species approaches very closely to the European P. mytiloides, but is paler in colour, less distinctly pubescent, has a more shining surface, a more angular dorsal margin, and is also destitute of serratures at the posterior extremity. Pontocypris Davisont, nov. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 9, 10.) Carapace of the female (?) somewhat tumid, as seen from the side subreniform, highest in the middle; greatest height fully equal to half the length; rounded in front : posterior extremity rounded off below, scarcely angular; superior margin boldly arched, highest in the middle, inferior sinuated in front of the middle. Seen from above, the outline is ovate, widest near the middle, pointed in front, rounded be- hind; width much less than the height. The surface of the shell is granular or very finely punctate, and quite devoid * Deseribed in ‘ Les Fonds de la Mer.’ 180%, Mr. G. 8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda of hairs: colour whitish, semitransparent, with an opaque milk-white central patch and marginal belt. Length a inch, Ihave much pleasure in inscribing this species to my friend Mr. E. C. Davison, whose untiring diligence in collecting and general interest in all subjects connected with marine zoology have materially helped my own studies in this department. Cythere demissa, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 1, 2.) Somewhat similar to C. pellucida, but much smaller. Seen from the side, oblong, rather higher in front than behind ; ereatest height equal to about half the length: anterior ex- tremity broadly rounded, posterior subtruncate, and armed below the middle with four small teeth: superior margin straight, or very slightly curved; inferior deeply sinuated in front of the middle. Viewed from above, the shell is oblong-ovate, slightly constricted in the middle, broader behind than in front; extremities obtuse; width less than the height. Surface covered with closely set rather coarse punctations. Length 5); inch. Cythere plana, nov. sp. (PI. XIII. figs. 7, 8.) Valves, seen from the side, elongated, subquadrangular, nearly equal in height throughout; height considerably less than half the length: anterior extremity evenly rounded; poste- rior rounded above, obsoletely angular below: superior margin straight; inferior also nearly straight, but distinctly sinuated in front. Outline, as seen from above, compressed ovate. Surface of the shell smooth and polished, bearing numerous small, distant, rounded papille, and round the margins several long radiating hair-like limes. Colour dull brown. Length 34 inch. Three or four separated valves only of this species were obtained. Cythere fumata, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 13, 14.) Carapace compressed. Seen from the side, angular, subreniform, highest in front of the middle; greatest height equal to more than half the length: anterior extremity broadly and obliquely rounded, posterior subtruncate, slightly produced below: superior margin sloping steeply and in a slightly waved line from before backwards, and terminating in a somewhat produced obtuse angle; inferior margin deeply sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, compressed, sub- hexagonal, widest in the middle, and tapering evenly to the extremities, which are obtusely pointed ; width equal to less from the Mauritius. 181 than half the length. Surface of the valves covered with closely set angular excavations, arranged in a subradiate manner, and bearing just within and parallel to the anterior margin a prominent raised ridge. Colour smoky brown. Length 35 inch. Cythere Darwinti, Brady. (Plate XII. figs. 11, 12.) Cythere Darwin, Brady, Les Fonds de la Mer. The specimens found in the Mauritius mud differ somewhat in shape and surtace-markings from the type specimens, which were collected in the sea of Java. I have therefore thought it desirable to give a figure. It will be seen that the outline here is less flexuous ; but the essential characters of the species appear to be the same. Cythere hanugera, nov.sp. (Plate XII. figs. 5-7.) Carapace tumid, densely spinous. Seen from the side, sub- quadrangular, highest over the anterior hinge-joint ; greatest height equal to more than half the length: anterior extre- mity broad and well rounded; posterior narrow, scarcely rounded: superior margin straight, rather steeply sloping, with a slight sinuation in front of the middle; interior nearly straight. Seen from above, the outline is ovate, widest behind the middle, broadly rounded behind, obtusely pointed or subtruncate in front; greatest width scarcely equal to the height. Surface densely clothed with short tubercular spines, which towards the dorsal margin are often developed into sharp, reflexed, hook-like processes. Length ;5 inch. Cythere bispinosa, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 8-10.) Shell tumid. Seen from the side, subtrapezoid ; greatest height in front of the middle, and equal to more than half the length : anterior extremity obliquely rounded, bordered with a thin squamous lamina; posterior emarginate above, produced below the middle into a prominent subdentate beak: supe- rior margin sinuated in the middle, suddenly sloping at each extremity ; inferior slightly convex in the middle, and sinuated toward the extremities. Seen from above, ovate, widest behind the middle; extremities broadly rounded, mucronate. End view almost rectangular, with irregularly jagged margins. Surface of the valves uneven, beset with numerous small tubercles, and bearing three sharply cut longitudinal crests, that within the ventral margin termi- nating behind the middle in a sharp projecting spine. Length 5; inch. 182 Mr. G. 8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda Cythere convoluta, nov. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 3, 4.) Carapace of the female (?), seen from the side, subquadrangular, highest in front of the middle ; areatest height equal to about two-thirds of the length: anterior extremity broadly rounded ; posterior produced below the middle into a broad shghtly dentate process, emarginate above : superior margin slightly arched in front, excavated behind the middle ; in- ferior almost straight, bending upwards behind. Seen from above, the outline is irregularly ovate or subhexagonal, constricted in the middle, broadly mucronate before and behind; greatest width near the middle, equal to more than half the length. Surface of the valves sculptured with pro- minent, flexuous, reticulating ridges, and with a prominent sharp crest running entirely round and a little within the margins, but less conspicuous posteriorly. Length ,!, inch. Oytheridea punctillata, Brady. Cytheridea punctillata, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1865, vol. xvi. p. 189, pl. 9. figs. 9-11. Carapace of the female (?), seen from the side, subreniform, highest in front of the middle; greatest heig ht equal to half the length: anterior extremity well and evenly, posterior obtusely rounded: superior margin gently arched, inferior nearly straight. Seen from above, ovate, pointed in front, broadly rounded behind, scarcely constricted in the middle ; greatest width near the posterior extremity, equal to about half the length. Surface marked with closely set rounded puncta, and a few minute round papille. I cannot distinguish the examples here described from the European species Cytheridea punctillata, which occurs abun- dantly in some parts of the British and Scandinavian seas, and also, as a fossil, in the posttertiary clays. There are, indeed, some slight differences of form ‘and sculpturing ; but these seem subject to much variation, and are certainly not of sufficient importance to warrant our regarding them as indices of specific rank. Cytheridea spinulosa, nov. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 1-6.) Structure of the shell very robust and thick; valves tumid. As seen from the side, almost elliptical, highest near the middle ; greatest height equal to more than half the length; extremities broadly and obtusely rounded, and bearing be- low the middle a series of (about twelve on the anterior and six on the posterior) short rounded marginal teeth : superior margin feebly arched, highest in the middle ; inferior almost from the Mauritius. 183 straight. Outline, as seen from above, subcuneiform, widest behind the middle, obtusely mucronate in front, broadly rounded and centrally emarginate behind; greatest width equal to half the length. End view broadly ovate. Shell covered with large, distant, subcircular or obscurely angular pittings, and raised behind the middle into a rounded emi- nence. Colour white. Length 34 inch. Loxoconcha Lilljeborgit, nov. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 11-15.) Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to nearly two- thirds of the length: anterior extremity obliquely rounded ; posterior produced above the middle into a short (often bi- dentate) process: superior margin arched, highest near the middle, behind which it is gently sinuated ; inferior sinuated in front, protuberant behind. Outline, as seen from above, subovate or obscurely pentagonal, widest about the middle, pointed in front, strongly mucronate behind; greatest width much less than the height. Shell marked throughout with large oblong pittings, which are arranged in concentric rows, and tend to form furrows by their coalescence on the ventral surface: a conspicuous angular protuberance near the postero-dorsal angle of each valve. Length #5 inch. L. Lilljeborgit is in general appearance not very unlike a West-Indian species (Z. avellana) described by me in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v.; but the present species is well characterized by the posterior dorsal protuberance, and is, moreover, of very different outline when seen from above or below. L. affinis, a Mediterranean species, is also a nearly allied form. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuatTE XII. . Cythere demissa, seen from left side. The same, from above. . Cythere convoluta, seen from left side. . The same, from above. Cythere hamigera, seen from right side. . The same, from above. x 50. . The same, from front. . Cythere bispinosa, seen from left side. ) . The same, seen from below. Fig. 10. The same, from front. Fig. 11. Cythere Darwinit, from left side. Fig. 12. The same, from below. Fig. 13. Cythere fumata, from left side. Fig. 14. The same, from below. x 40. SY'S'S'S'S'S'S OO ~7 o> OUR CO DO -x 40. ‘SN 184 M. Jules Kiinckel on the existence of . Prare XIII. Fig. 1. Cytheridea spinulosa, from left side. Fig. 2. The same, from above. 40 Fig. 3. The same, from below. F Fug. 4. The same, from front. Fig. 5. The same, hinge-margins. 4 Fig. 6. The same, ventral contact margins. ; Fig. 7. Cythere plana, left valve, from side. —_) Fg. 8. The same, from above. Fig. 9. Pontocypris Davisoni, from left side. Fig. 10. The same, from below. Fig. 11. Loxoconcha Lilljeborgu, from left side. ;- x 40. Fig. 12. The same, from above. Fig. 13. The same, from below. Fig. 14. The same, from front. Fug. 15, The same, from behind. 3) XVIIL.— On the existence of Capillary Arterial Vessels in In- sects. By JULES KUNCKEL*. ZooLoGists supposed that the circulation of the blood in insects was limited to certain currents detected by Carus in transparent larvee, when in 1847 M. Blanchard proved that the trachez of these animals fulfilled the function of arteries, by conveying, in a peripheral space, the nutritive fluids to all the organs. He ascertained, by means of delicate injections, the existence of a free space between the two membranes composing the trachez: the injected fluid expelled the blood and replaced it. After having verified and confirmed M. Blanchard’s discovery, M. Agassiz insisted upon the evidence of the demonstration. Seeking afterwards to complete this discovery, he paid parti- cular attention to the termination of the tracheee. In a memoir published in 1849+, this naturalist distinguished the ordinary trachee terminating in little ampulle and the trachee termi- nated by little tubes destitute of a spiral filament, which he named the capillaries of the trachee. M. Agassiz expresses himself as follows :—‘‘ In the grasshoppers which I injected by the dorsal vessel I found in the legs the muscles elegantly covered with dendritic tufts of these vessels (the capillaries of the trachez) all injected with coloured matter; and in a por- tion of a muscle of the leg of an Acridium flavovittatum, sub- mitted to a high magnifying-power, I observed the distribution of these little vessels, which has a striking resemblance to the * Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ July 27, 1868, tome Ixvii. pp. 242-244, + Proc. American Association, 1849, pp. 140-143; translated in Ann. des Sci. Nat. 5° sér. xv. pp. 358-362. Capillary Arterial Vessels in Insects. 185 distribution of the blood-vessels in the bodies of the higher animals.” Nearly twenty years have passed since the period when M. Agassiz announced these facts, which appear to have been but little understood ; for the authors who have written on the anatomy and physiology of insects have not even mentioned them. The direct observation of the phenomenon of circulation was wanting: no one had succeeded in detecting the move- ment of the blood either in the peritracheal space or in the capillaries ; and M. Milne-Edwards indicated as a fact to be regretted that ‘ the existence of currents in the tubiform lacune had not yet been ascertained.”’ Having been led, by general researches upon the organization of the Diptera, to study the apparatus of circulation and respiration, I have frequently examined the trachee. I always saw, without difficulty, the globules between the two coats; but, the animals being dead, the blood was motionless. In pursuing my investigations of the distribution of the trachee in the muscles, I was too much struck by the character of this distribution not to dwell upon it. Having succeeded in removing a muscular bundle from a living Hristalis, without tearing it, and brought it quickly into the focus of a powerful microscope, I had the surprise of seeing the blood imprisoned between the two membranes of the trachez running in this peritracheal space, and penetrating into the finest arterioles. I observed the course of the blood- globules with the same facility as in the capillaries of the mesentery or the membrane uniting the digits of a frog. I was, therefore, fortunate enough to see the circulation of the blood in the capillaries of insects. I have been able to convince myself of the existence of a system of arterial capillaries in all insects: the most delicate arterioles creep not only through the muscles, but also over the other organs. In general the blood thus observed by trans- mitted light presents a rosy tint very favourable for observa- tion. When the blood abandons the trachez and its arterioles, which I have frequently seen, they lose their coloration. The trachea, recognizable by its spiral filament, may always be perceived ; but it is very difficult to distinguish the arterioles, so delicate and transparent are their walls. The difficulties of the experiment are great. The insect must be quickly opened, a muscular bundle must be taken from the living animal, and this bundle conveyed under the microscope; and then, under favourable conditions, the blood is seen flowing rapidly through the arterioles. For these in- vestigations a considerable magnifying-power is necessary. I 186 M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata. have been singularly aided by the very perfect immersion- objectives which M. Nachet was kind enough to place at my disposal. It is necessary to give a precise explanation of the structure of the arterioles and their mode of distribution. The trachez, as is well known, are composed of two coats : the inner coat forms the envelope of the aériferous canal; the outer coat, or peritracheal membrane (peritoneal membrane of the Germans), surrounds the former envelope, leaving an in- terval, the peritracheal space. But at the point where the trachex penetrate between the muscular fibres, the inner coat disappears, and the aériferous canal terminates ceecally, whilst the outer coat or peritracheal membrane becomes the wall of the blood-vessels or arterial capillaries. It is not only the spiroid thickening of the inner coat, or spiral filament, that disappears, it is the inner coat itself that stops and suddenly closes the aériferous canal. In this way we see, starting from a more or less voluminous tracheal stem, very delicate blood- vessels, in larger or smaller number, which divide and sub- divide regularly to their extremities. The blood retained in the peritracheal space remains through- out its course in contact with oxygen ; it reaches the capillaries perfectly vivified, and is a true arterial blood. The capillaries are not in communication with venous capillaries; the blood diffuses itself through the tissues, nourishes them, and falls into the lacunze; the lacunar currents convey it again to the dorsal vessel. Thus, to sum up, the trachez of insects, which are aériferous tubes in their central portion and blood-vessels in their peri- pheral part, become at their extremities true arterial capillaries. XVIII.—On Aranea lobata, Pallas (A. sericea, Oliv.). By T. THORELL*. Tuis large and well-marked Epeirid, which Pallas described and figured in 1772 (in ‘Spicilegia Zoologica,’ t. i. fase. 8. p- 46, tab. 3. figs. 14,15) under the name of Aranea lobata, and of which arachnologists have hitherto possessed only doubtful or incorrect notions, is, as the following remarks will render evident, identical with the form known under the ap- pellation Argiope 1. Epeira sericea (Oliv.), which, by its size and beauty, its unusual aspect, and its general occurrence, attracts notice more than any other species of spider, except * Translated from the ‘Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhandlingar,’ 1867, No. 9, by Arthur W. E. O’Shaughnessy. M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata. 187 perhaps the splendid Argiope Briinnichii*, in the arachnoid fauna of the south of Europe, now even attaiming the unknown northern limit of that fauna. When Pallas published the first or Latin edition of his above-named work, he was ignorant of the habitat of A. lobata, and unfortunately advanced a supposition that the species was probably the same as Petiver’s Araneotdes Cap. Jasciata lutescens, &e.t. It is, beyond a doubt, this circum- stance only which has caused later writers to overlook the correspondence of Olivier’s A. sericea and Pallas’s A. lobata ; for, although the description and figures which Pallas has left are not particularly well marked, they are sufficiently accurate to enable any one looking at them with unprejudiced eyes to recognize in A. lobata its identity with A. sericea. We have only to recollect that the examples which Pallas had before him were preserved in spirit: in such examples the silky down which covers the body is not apparent, whereas one easily perceives the two dark longitudinal bands and the large black transverse spots in front of the petiolus conspicuous in Pallas’s representation, as also the “line bis gemine fuscescentes supra apicem abdominis subtrilobum longitudinales” of which he speaks, which marks are, on the contrary, in living or dried examples, more or less hidden by the silk-like covering of hair. Pallas states (loc. cit.) that he met with several specimens of his A. lobata “in Museo Academiz Petropolitane:” pro- bably they came from Southern Russia, where this spider had been already found in 1768 by Lepechin. His “‘ Aranea se- noculata thorace depresso, abdomine exovato globoso lobato, punctis in dorso 4 nigris” t{ (which received from Gmelin, in Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 13, the name A. argentea), is in fact in- disputably nothing else than a variety of the common A. se77- cea, Which also was later observed in South Russia (Crimea) by Al. v. Nordmann§. But, should there yet remain, in spite of the agreement of the two descriptions, any doubt as to the European origin of * Aranea Briinnichit, Scop. (Annus V. Hist.-Nat.: 1772) = Aranea fasciata, Oliv. (1789) 1. Epeira (Nephila) fasciata Auct. rec. + Petiver, ‘Gazophylacium Nature et Artis,’ i. tab. 12. f. 11; Catalogus classicus et topicus, p. 3, No. 440. t Lepechin, ‘Tagebuch der Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des Russischen Reiches in den Jahren 1768 u. 1769.’ Uebers. von C. W. Haase. Th. i. p. 316, Taf. 16. fig. 2(1774). (The first part of the Russian original was printed in 1771). § “In the Crimea I have sat for a whole hour opposite the web of the beautiful Argyopes sericeus, the large female in the centre, the small male at the edge of the wide-meshed web.”—Nordmann, “ Erstes Verzeichniss der in Finnland und Lappland gefundenen Spinnen, Aranee,” in Bidra, till Finlands Naturkiinnedom, Etnografi och Statistik, viii. p. 18 (1868), 188 M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata. A. lobata, and its identity with A. sericea which is dependent upon that fact, it will be sufficient and conclusive to consult the German edition of the Spicil. Zool. fasc. 9, translated and revised by Pallas himself, and printed in 1777 under the title ‘ Naturgeschichte merkwiirdiger Thiere,’ 9te Sammlung, pp: 71, 72. From the account therein given of A. lobata we extract the following :— ¢... the true country of the spider the description of which I have already furnished from preserved specimens. .... L have met with it in the warm southern parts about the Wolga, and on the Upper Irtisch, and have indeed found it already perfectly developed in the month of May. .... It has also been noticed by my lamented friend Prof. Falk in the corners of houses in Zariczan ; and Prof. Lepechin, who has described and figured it in the first part of his Russian Voyage (p. 395, pl. 16. fig. 2), found it under the hollow bark of a tree, brooding over its eggs” (loc. cit. p. 72). Thus we find,—first, that Pallas expressly gives the south of Russia (both in Europe and Asia) as the country of A. lo- bata; and, secondly, that, according to Pallas, Lepechin’s above-named Aranea (“abdomine .... lobato,”’ &e.) is the same species as the A. lobata, Pallas. Both Pallas and Nordmann in the above-cited passage give us every reason to suppose that this species is as far from being one of the rarer forms of spider in the south of Russia as it is indeed in Italy and the south of France. Attention having been once called to the matter, no one would henceforth think of believing Pallas’s A. lobata to be the same as Petiver’s “ Araneotdes capensis” from the Cape of Good Hope; also Olivier’s specific name sericea must give place to the much older one of Jobata, and the species be henceforth known as Argiope lobata (Pallas). Fabricius adopts A. lobata in the ‘Species Insectorum’ (1781), after Pallas (Spicil. Zool.) ; and while he cites this author, he includes also, but with a query, Petiver’s species from the Cape among the synonyms, doubtless on the ground of Pallas’s previously hazarded guess concerning the habitat of A. lobata. He does the same in the ‘ Mantissa Insectorum’ (1787). For the habitat of the species, Fabricius, im both these works, has candidly left a blank. But some years later (1793), in the ‘Entomologia Systematica’ (tom. 1. p. 407), while giving the same diagnosis and synonymy for A. lobata as in the ‘Species Insectorum,’ he says, ‘‘ Habitat ad Caput Bonz Spei,” showing that he now abandoned his former un- certainty as to the country of this species, and, of his own accord, regarded it as exclusively exotic—an assumption M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata. 189 which has been admitted ever since*. We see, however, from this that Fabricius had no knowledge of Pallas’s A. lobata beyond that which he derived from the Spicil. Zool., and moreover that he was as unacquainted with the above-cited passage in Pallas’s ‘ Naturgesch. merkw. Thiere’ as any one of the various authors who have occupied themselves with Olivier’s A. sericea. Walckenaer (Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Apt. p. 117) believes, cu- riously enough, that the true Zp. sericea does not belong to the European fauna. This is the more unaccountable, from the fact that Olivier, who first described this spider under the specific name sericea, expressly says that he found it “ fre- quently in Provence.” Walckenaer nevertheless accepts as properly a European species the L. dentata (Risso), differing from A. sertcea merely in markings, which, coming from Nice, is consequently from almost the very same region (south of France) where Olivier found his Aranea sericea! Walckenaer seems to be as little acquainted from personal observation with E. dentata (his description of it is a mere extract from Risso) as with any European example of A. sericea. The specimens of the species in question, however, which I have seen, and which I collected in Italy in the tracts about Naples, where Costa also found “petra sericea” t, agree perfectly not only with Pallas’s A. lobata, but also with the descriptions and figures which Olivier, Latreille, Walckenaer, and Audouin have left us of A. (E.) sericea. They lack the markings which belong to “ H. dentata”’ according to Risso’s (and Walckenaer’s) representation of that form, which, how- ever, is certainly only a colour variety of “E. sericea” |. lobata. To “ E. dentata” Walckenaer rightly refers Lepechin’s above-named “Aranea (... abdomine... lobato, &e.)” (A. ar- gentea, Gmel.), which, as we have already seen, is allowed by Pallas himself to be identical with his A. lobata; here also should undoubtedly be referred Argyopes prelautus, Koch, from Turkey (tracts of the Balkan), as Walckenaer has sup- posed. * Walckenaer says (Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 116), with reference to Epeira argentata (Fabr.), “‘ Conférez pour cette espéce Pallas, ‘ Spici- legia Zoologica,’ fasc. 9. p. 46, tab. 3. fige. 13 et 14” (it should be “14 & 15”)—that is to say, the descriptions and figures of A. lobata, which, however, do not in the least agree with Walckenaer’s description of EF. argentata, but do agree very well with that which he gives af E. sericea. E. argentata, moreover, comes from America (“ India,” Fabr.). + O. G. Costa, ‘Cenni zoologici ossia descrizione sommaria delle specie nuove di animali discoperti in diverse contrade del regno nell’ anno 1884," p- 16 (1834). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 14 190 M. T. Thorell on Aranea lobata. The most important synonyms of this remarkable species, which is spread over the whole of Southern Europe, from Spain in the West to Southern Russia in the Hast, Southern Siberia, Northern Africa (Egypt, Algeria*), and which has even been observed in the Cape Verde Islands and in Senegal, should be as follows :— Argiope lobata (Pall.) 1772. Var. a, sive forma principalis. Syn. Aranea lohata, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. i. fase. 9. p. 46, tab. 3. figg. 14 et 15 (1772). , Pallas, Naturgesch. merkw. Thiere, i. 9te Sammi. p. 71, pl. 5. fige. 14 et 15 (1777). , Fabr. Spec. Insect. p. 536 (1781). , Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 15. t. 1. pl. 5, p. 2955 (1789 ?). sericea, Oliv. Encycl. Méth. iv. pp. 188 et 198 (1789). Epeira sericea, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. i. p. 107 (1806). , Hahn, Die Arachn. i. p. 8, fig. 4 (1831). Walck., Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Apt. i. p. 116 (1841). margaritacea, Risso, Hist. Nat. d. princip. Product. de Europe mérid. vy. p. 40 (1826). Argyope sericea, Say. et Aud. in Descr. de "Egypte, ed. 2. xxii. p. 384, pl. 2. fig. 6 (1827). Varia: Aranea argentea, Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 18. t. i. pl. 5, p. 2959 (1789 ?), Segestria dentata, Risso, Hist. Nat. d. prince. Prod. de Europe mér. v. p. 161 (1827). Epeira dentata, Walck. Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 118 (1841). Argyopes prelautus, Koch, Die Arachn. vy. p. 37, fig. 359 (1839). —_— In conclusion, I would say a few words respecting the generic name Argiope, which is usually written Argyope or Argyopes. Both in the passage in the ‘ Description de VEgypte,’ where the genus is characterized by Audouin {t, xxl. p. 328, in ed. 2), and in the index to the same part (p- 466), the Latin name employed is Argiope; but in French it is Argyope-(“ Genre ARGYOPE, Argiope,” just as Audouin writes elsewhere “Genre T&GENAIRE, Zegenaria,”’ ‘“ Genre PHOLQuE, Pholcus,” “ Genre FAucHEuR, Phalangium,” &c.). Later, in describing the species, he has used this latter form of the word, not only for the French, but also for the Latin name. However, as Audouin first, and in characterizing the genus, wrote Argiope, and as this is moreover the only correct orthography (the name is in fact formed from ’Aprycé7n, nom. prop. myth. femin. gen.), it should be retained through the * Probably also over the eastern maritime countries of the Mediterra- neen. ~In Syria occurs an allied form, Argiope splendida, Say. & Aud., which is possibly not specifically distinct from A. /obata. Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez. 108 rejection of the barbarous Argyope, which has obtained cur- rency with Lucas, Walckenaer and others. Latreille* has changed it (on what grounds I know not) to Argyopes, making it a masculine; and he is followed by Sundevall, Koch, Key- serling, and others. It is desirable that the genus should henceforth resume its original and correct name—Argiope, Sav. & Aud. XIX.— Observations on some of the Heliotropies. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.8., &c. [Concluded from p. 183. ] MESSERSCHMIDTIA. The late Mr. Robert Brown (in 1810) pointed out the neces- sity of constituting a distinct genus for those species of Towrne- fortia which differed from all the others in having the border of the corolla cleft into subulate lobes, a baccate fruit contain- ing four nucules (each unilocular and monospermous), the seed with a very curved embryo and a superior radicle (Prodr. p- 496); but he omitted giving a name to the genus. In 1819 Rémer and Schultes adopted this view, calling the genus Messerschmidtia, a name previously given by Linneus to those species of Tournefortia which have a fruit with two nucules, each 2-celled. As such characters, according to their showing, belonged to Tournefortia proper, the Messerschmidtia of Linneus naturally fell to the ground. Adopting it, there- fore, for the group in question, they enumerated eleven species, all natives of the New World, mostly climbing or subscandent plants; but it is strange that among these there appears only one species that answers to the essential characters of their own generic diagnosis. G. Don (1837), following the same train, amplified the species to twenty-four, in total disregard of the distinguishing features of Messerschmidtia, associating with them several belonging to Heliophytum. Endlicher (1838) acknowledged the genus, and gave it a tolerably correct dia- gnosis, though with some few errors. By some authors the name has been applied to other very different groups, selected from Tournefortia; and this has caused no little confusion. DeCandolle, in his elaboration of the Borraginee (in 1845), quite ignored Messerschmidtia as a genus, admitting neither that of Linneus nor of Rémer and Schultes; but he retained this name, as a section, for a small number of species of Tour- nefortia possessing very different characters (Prodr. ix. 528). * Cuvier’s Régne Animal, nouy. éd. iv. p. 70-(1829). . 14* 192 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropier. Fresenius (in 1857), in Mart. Flor. Bras., enumerated twenty- six Brazilian species of Tournefortia, among which are several belonging to Messerschmidtia; but he did not adopt this name, even as a section, apparently unaware of the peculiar structure of its fruit: the species of both these genera are therefore indiscriminately mingled together in that work. In order to clear away the mystification engendered by these several dis- cordant views, it appears necessary to define the true limits of Messerschmidtia with greater accuracy—a task of no great difficulty, as | have found its characters constant in all the species I have examined. It may readily be distinguished from Journefortia and Heliophytum by its four monospermous nucules, in which respect, however, it accords with Heliotro- pium; but it differs from all those genera in the greater length of its narrow acuminated sepals, in the narrow segments of the border of its corolla, which are cleft to the base, in the hippocrepiform duplicature of its carpels, im the depressed form of its 4-lobed fruit, in the extreme curvature of its embryo, and generally in its climbing habit. Heliophytum and Heliotropium differ in the very imbricated estivation of the lobes of their corolla. In Tournefortia, where the lobes of the border are not cleft to the base, these are simply folded together in a plicato-valvate estivation, while the intermediate plicatures in the sinus of the lobes make a fornix over the mouth of the tube. In Messerschmidtia the extremely narrow lobes of the border in the bud are quite involute by the rolling inwards of their margins, the estivation being thus subvalvate, not by the margins, but by the juxtaposition of the rounded inflected surfaces of the lobes. MesserscumiptTiaA, R. & Sch. (non Linn.).—Sepala 5, longe linearia, sepe setiformia, erecta, tubum corolla sepe equan- tia, persistentia. Corolla tubulosa, tubo angusto, plicis 5 longitudinalibus sulcato, cum angulis nervigeris, supra me- dium paululo inflato, fauce constricta, limbo ad basin 5- partito, laciniis linearibus vel anguste lanceolatis, stellatim expansis, estivatione involutiva. Stamina 5, inclusa, infra faucem fere sessilia; jilamenta brevissima, longe supra me- dium tubi orta, tenuia; anthere obconice oblonge, tubo 6- plo breviores, imo sagittate, dorso ad sinum affixe, apicibus mucronatis pilosulis circa stigma fornicatim coheerentes, 2-loculares, loculis collateralibus rima longitudinali latera- liter dehiscentibus, glabre. Dzscus parvus, hypogynus, margine crenulato. Ovarium conico-oblongum, in stylum gradatim angustatum, disco insitum, 4-loculare, loculis 1- ovulatis; ovu/o suspenso. Stylus longiusculus, filiformis, Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 193 stamina attingens, glaber, apice incrassatus et turbinatus ; stigma obtuse conicum, 4-sulcatum, pilosum. Fructus bac- catus, parce carnosus, globose 4-gaster, depressus, in medio umbilicatus et styli vestigio notatus; pyrene 4, demum se- parabiles, dorso convexe, intus angulatz, hippocrepice pli- cate, carunculate, et hinc primum coherentes, ossez, inde- hiscentes, 1-loculares, 1-spermze: semen hippocrepice cur- vatum ; ¢ntegumentum tenue; albumen parcum, carnosum ; embryo conformis, cotyledonibus ovato-oblongis, foliaceis, incumbenter arcuatis, radicula supera ad stylum spectante 6-plo longioribus. Suffrutices Americant, plerumque Brasilienses, seepius sub- scandentes; ramis tenuibus, sepe fistulosis ; folia alterna, petiolata, oblonga, integra, glabra, aut adpresse pilosa: in- florescentia axillaris et terminalis, divaricatim vel dichotome ramosa, ramis ultimis spicatifloris, apice recurvatis ; flores part, 1-laterales, crebri, sessiles aut brevissime pedunculati, ebracteatt. * Panicule axillares et subterminales, 1. Messerschmidtia subulata, Gardn. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1.532 ;— Tournefortia Gardneri, A. DC. Prodr. ix. 526; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras, xix. p. 54;—Tournefortia lanceolata, Pres. /. c. p. 55 ;—scandens, ramulis teneribus, fistulosis, pilosius- culis ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, acuminatis, imo rotundatis, submembranaceis, utrinque rugulosis et sparse adpresso- villosulis ; petiolo pilosulo, limbo 12-plo breviore: paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, pubescentibus, brevibus, crebre alternatim ramosis et spicatifloris ; sepalis lobisque corolle longe subulatis; baccis 4-gastris.—In Brasilia: v. v. prov. Rio de Janeiro (Jurujuba, Botafogo, et Rio Cumprido) ; v. s. Tejuco (Gardner, 175). A slender climbing plant, frequent in the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro: its long slender branches are 3 line thick, with axils about 2 inches apart; leaves 2-34 inches long, 9-14 lines broad, on a slender petiole 2-3 lines long ; panicle 4 inch long, branching from the base with three or four alter- nate curving branches 3 line apart, each 6 lines long, with about twelve sessile flowers closely uniserial on the upperside; sepals 2 lines long, + line broad at base, setiform, ciliate on margins ; tube of corolla 2 lines long, pilose outside, a little swollen below the mouth ; segments patent, very narrow, with inflected margins 3} lines long ; stamens cohering in the mouth by their barbated summits ; style long, slender, swollen above, with an annular ring terminated by a conical pilose apex ; 194 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. fruit baccate, 4-lobed, depressed, with four nuts, as in the generic diagnosis. 2. Messerschmidtia Marti’, nob. ;—Tournefortia Marti, Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 55 ;—subscandens, ramis teretibus, subglabris, in junioribus sparse pilosulis; foliis oblongis, imo rotundatis, gradatim angustatis, acutis, membranaceis, supra densius, subtus sparse strigoso-pilosis, pilis e tuberculis albis et adpressis; petiolo tenuissimo, pilosulo, limbo 8-plo breviore: paniculis axillaribus, laxis, bis dichotomis aut subpentastachyis, ramis subcompressis, valde divaricatis, pubescentibus, ultimis spicatifloris; floribus sessilibus, 1-serialibus, puberulis.—In Brasilia, prov. Bahia et Espirito Santo: v.s. in herb. meo (Rio Iheos, Mart.). A plant 10-20 feet high, with scandent or weak straggling branches scarcely a line in thickness, with axils 6-9 lines apart; leaves 2-34 inches long, 1-13 inch broad, on a very slender petiole 24-3 lines long; peduncle 8 lines long, with two divaricating arms 5 lines long, each bearing two or three floriferous spikes 1$ inch long, with about ten or twelve some- what distant flowers; sepals 14 line long; tube of corolla 2 lines long, swollen below the mouth, segments narrow, 1 line long, with introflected margins; anthers cohering by their barbated summits; ovary glabrous, subglobular, dis- tinctly 4-lobed; style swollen at its apex by a crenulated annular ring; stigma short, conical and papillose. 3. Messerschmidtia Organensis, nob. ;—scandens, ramis pen- dentibus, flexuosis, fistulosis, angulato-compressis, glaber- rimis; foliis oblongis, imo rotundatis, acute acuminatis, membranaceis, utrinque glaberrimis, marginibus subrevo- lutis; petiolo glabro, canaliculato, limbo 8-plo breviore ; axillis plerisque floriferis : paniculis supra-axillaribus, folis paulo longioribus, glaberrimis, longe et tenuiter peduncu- latis, ebracteatis, alternatim ramosis, ramis laxis, tenuibus, spicatifloris; floribus remotiusculis, breviter pedicellatis ; sepalis et lobis corolle longe subulatis——In Brasilia, prov. Rio de Janeiro: v. v. ad Imbuhy in montibus Organensibus. I found this very distinct species in 1838, growing in virgin forests. The axils are 14-1? inch apart; the leaves are 23-3 inches long, 10-13 lines broad, on a petiole 4—5 lines long. The panicles are always supra-axillary, 2}—3 inches long, com- pletely glabrous, on a slender naked peduncle 1-13 inch long, bearing eight or ten alternate slender patent spicated branches 6-9 lines long. The terminal panicle is pyramidal, 6 inches long, and compound, consisting of a great many alternate Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. - 195 branches like the axillary panicles, but without leaves: the uniserial flowers are 14-2 lines apart, each on a pedicel 4 line long; the sepals are 1 line long, glabrous, with ciliated mar- gins; the tube of the corolla 2 lines long, its segments 1 line long ; the anthers cohere by their papillose summits ; the style is slender, enlarged at its summit, and terminated by an oval, obtuse, pilose stigma. 4. Messerschmidtia Blanchett, nob. ; Tournefortia Blanchetii, A. DC. Prodr. ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras, xix. 52; —scandens, ramis teretibus, adpresse sericeis ; foliis ovatis, acutissime acuminatis, imo obtusis, membranaceis, utrinque pilosis, subtus pallidioribus, nervis parum distinctis, petiolo limbo 10-plo breviore: paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, divaricato-dichotomis, subferrugineo-pubescentibus ; flori- bus in ramis ultimis spicatim sessilibus, remotiusculis; se- palis lanceolatis, 'acuminatis, tubo corolle sericeze dimidio brevioribus; limbi lobis anguste lnearibus——In Bahia (Blanchet, 1914) (non vidi). A species much resembling I. Salzmanni. Leaves 24-3 inches long, 20-24 lines broad, on a petiole 4 lines long; flowers 3 lines long. 5. Messerschmidtia salicifolia, Gardn. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1. 181 ; —Tournefortia salicifolia, DC. Prodr. ix. 531; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 55 ;—scandens, ramis_ fistulosis, angulato-compressis, subflexuosis, molliter patenter pilosis ; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, lanceolatisve, imo obtusis, a medio sensim acuminatis, supra molliter pilosulis, subtus ferru- gineo-glaucis, tomentoso-villosulis, marginibus ciliatis ;_ pe- tiolo patenter ferrugineo-villoso, limbo 12-plo breviore : paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, folio longioribus et suboppositis, bis dichotome geniculatim divisis, ramis alter- natim ramosis et spicatifloris, villosis; floribus remotius- culis, sessilibus ; sepalis lobisque corolle acutissimis ; drupis 4-castris, pilosis—In Brasilia ad Rio de Janeiro: v. v. et s. Morro de Flamengo (Gardner, n. 81). A climbing plant, not uncommon in the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro, with branches 1-14 line thick, geniculately flexuose at the axils, which are about 1 inch apart; the leaves are 2-4 inches long, 5-18 lines broad, on a petiole 2-3 lies long. The panicle, 2 inches long and broad, has a peduncle 6 lines long, its primary very divaricated branches 4 lines long, the secondary branchlets 3 lines long, each bearing two or three spikes 6—9 lines long, with about ten to fifteen sessile flowers } line apart; sepals 1 line long, clothed with long 196 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. hairs upon raised tubercles; tube of corolla 1 line long, with segments of equal length; anthers cohering in the mouth by their acuminated papillose summits; style glabrous, with a turbinated fringed summit, crowned by a short, oblong, pilose stigma. 6. Messerschmidtia Vauthier’, nob. ;—Tournefortia Vauthieri, DC. Prodr, 1x. 526; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. 55 3;— scandens ?, glaberrima, ramis angulato-sulcatis ; foliis ellip- ticis, acuminatis, imo obtusis, petiolatis: paniculis axillari- bus, ferrugineo-subvelutinis, folio dimidio brevioribus ; se- palis corolleeque lobis subulatis, tubo subvelutino dimidio brevioribus.—In Brasilia, in montibus Organensibus (non vidi). From the above brief character, this species differs from M. Organensis in its always axillary panicles, of only half their length, and which are ferruginously velutinous ; its leaves, somewhat smaller, have a comparatively longer petiole; and the flowers are pubescent. It is said to be near M/. macro- loba, but I have seen neither of them. Its leaves are stated to be 24 inches long, 8-12 lines broad, on a petiole 3-5 lines long ; the corolla is 2 lmes long. 7. Messerschmidtia floribunda, G. Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tour- nefortia floribunda, 7. B. K. i. 79; Rim. & Sch. Syst. iv. 541; DC. Prodr. 1x. 527 (non Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. 51) ;—scandens, ramis teretibus, cano-tomentosis ; foliis ob- longis aut ovato-oblongis, acuminatis, imo rotundatis, supra tenuissime pubescentibus, subtus cano-tomentosis; petiolo teretiusculo, cano-tomentoso: paniculis axillaribus, dicho- tome multifidis, cano-tomentosis ; spicis 20-24, filiformibus, diffusis ; floribus unilateralibus, distantibus ; sepalis corolle- que lobis acuminato-subulatis; drupis glabris, 4-gastris.— In Cumana (non vid?), Kunth does not state the length of the inflorescence or the size of the leaves ; but their petioles are said to be 3 or 4 lines long. Fresenius has confounded with this species the MZ. mem- branacea, Gardn., which is a very different plant. 8. Messerschmidtia macroloba ;—Tournefortia macroloba, DC. Prodr, 1x. 527; Fresen, in Mart, Fl. Bras. xix. p. 55;— scandens ?, glaberrima, ramis teretibus, superne obtuse an- gulatis; folis elliptico-lanceolatis, longe acuminatis, imo subobtusis ; petiolo limbo 12-plo breviore: paniculis axil- laribus et terminalibus, puberulis, folio multo brevioribus ; sepalis lineari-lanceolatis, corolla tubo dimidio brevioribus, Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 197 corolle lobis subulatis, patentibus, tubum equantibus.—In Brasilia, Rio de Janeiro (Lotschy) (non vidi). Leaves 4-5 inches long, 14 inch broad, on a petiole 3-4 lines long. It is remarkable for the extreme length of the lobes of the border of the corolla. 9. Messerschmidtia vicina, nob. ;—ramis teretibus, rugosis, gnosis; ramulis subcompressis, angulato-sulcatis, juniori- bus pallidis, glabris; foliis oblongis, imo obtusis, apice acuminatis, submembranaceis, supra sparse scabridulis, rigide adpresso pilosis, pilis brevibus e tuberculis majusculis albis enatis, subtus pallidioribus, rugoso-punctatis, glabris, costa tantum subpilosa; petiolo supra plano, scabridulo, limbo 12—18-plo breviore : racemis axillaribus, subglabris, geniculatim flexuosis; ramulis alternis, 3-4, gracilibus ; floribus remotiusculis, parvis, sessilibus; baccis glabris, 4- gastris.—In Brasilia: v. s. in "herb. Mus, Brit. , Penédo, Rio S. Francisco (Gardn. 1362). The leaves are 3-43 inches long, 13-14 inch broad, on a rae 3 lines long ; peduncle of inflorescence bare, 9 lines ong, geniculated at the axils of the alternate branches, which are d—6 lines apart, and 2} diminishing to 1 inch long; sepals very narrow, 1 line long. 10. Messerschmidtia ramiflora, nob.;—scandens, ramis laxe ramulosis, ramulis pendentibus, fistulosis, compressis, sul- catis, subglabris ; foliis oblongis, vix lanceolatis, imo acutis aut subobtusis, apice acuminatis, nervis tenerrimis, utrinque immersis, glaberrimis, nisi in costa parce puberula, fusco- viridibus, opace rugulosis, concoloribus ; petiolo tenui, su- perne tomentoso, limbo 8-plo breviore : paniculis axillaribus, multiramosis ; ; folium excedentibus, brevissime pubescentibus ; pedunculo petiolo 3-plo longiore; ramis plurimis, alternis, longiusculis, simplicibus aut 2- fidis, uniserialiter spicatis ; floribus remotiusculis, breviter pedicellatis ; sepalis corollae- que lobis longe subulatis.—In Brasilia: v.s. an herb. Mus. Brit., Rio Parahybuna, prov. Minas Geraés (Gardner, 5037). The axils are # inch apart; the leaves 23-3} inches long, 1-1} inch broad, on a petiole 5 lines long ; each axil is flori- ferous. The panicle i is 85-43 inches long, upon a bare pe- duncle 1-14 inch long, with many alternate branches, 3 lines apart, 1-23 ‘inches long, often bearing a small leaflet at its base ; flowers 1-serial, 1-2 lines es slightly pubescent ; sepals 14 line long ; tube of corolla 13-2 lines long, below glabrous, seements | line long; anthers cohering by their barbate sum- 198 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. mits ; ovary, style, and stigma 1} line long, glabrous ; style four -times the length of the ovary, turbinate at its summit, with a fringed margin, supporting a pilose ovate stigma one-tenth of its length. 11. Messerschmidtia valga, nob. ;—ramis teretibus, lignosis, lenticellatis, ramulis striatellis ; ; foliis ovato-oblongis, imo obtusis aut in petiolum acutiuscule decurrentibus, apice sub- acuminatis, submembranaceis, utrinque pilis brevibus e tuberculis sparsim adpresse strigosis, supra nervis tenuibus nigris immersis, subtus paulo prominulis, livide glaucis ; petiolo superne sulcato, pilosulo, limbo 5-6-plo breviore : paniculis axillaribus, foltum equantibus, parce pilosis, pedunculo petiolo equilongo; rachi brevi, flexuosa, divari- catim Brenna aut tristachya ; ramis ‘rigidulis, spicati- floris ; floribus 1-serialibus, remotiusculis ; ; sepalis corollee- que lobis longissime subulatis, valde pilosis.—In Brasilia : v. 8. in herb. Mus. Brit., Maceio (Gardn. 1363). lis axils are ? inch Saat the leaves are 21-23 inches long, -14 inch broad, on a petiole 5 lines long: peduncle of eae 9 lines long, its two branches 4 lines long, the spicate branches, slightly curved, 1? inch long; the flowers 13 line apart; pedicels 4 line long; sepals 14 line long; tube of corolla 13 ‘line, the segments 14 line long; anthers very short, cohering by their apices in the mouth of the tube ; pistil 13 line long; style six times as long as the stigma. 12. Messerschnidtia minuta ;—Tournefortia minuta, Bert. in DC. Prodr, ix. 527 ;—scandens?, ramis virgatis, junioribus minute puberulis ; foliis anguste lanceolatis, obtusis, sca- bridis, petiolatis : paniculis axillaribus, conjugatim ramosis, ramis spicatifloris; floribus remotis; sepalis lanceolatis, acutis ; corolle tubo medio coarctato, limbi lobis lanceolato- acuminatissimis ; drupis 4-gastris.—In Jamaica (non vide). Leaves 1} inch long, 3 lines broad. ** Panicule in ramis aut in ramulis terminales, 13. Messerschmidtia microphylla, nob. ;—Tournefortia micro- phylla, Desv. in Ham. Prodr. p. 24 (non Bert.) ; DC. Prodr. ix. 528 ;—Tournefortia lucida, Desf. Cat. Hort. Par. p- 897 (non Desv.) ;—subscandens?, undique glaberrima, ramulis tenuissimis, teretibus, lenticellatis; foliis parvis, obovatis, imo rotundatis, a medio gradatim angustior ibus, apice valde obtusis, submucronulatis, crassiusculis, obscuris, utrinque rugulosis ; petiolo tenui, limbo 6- -plo breviore : paniculis in ramulis terminalibus, suboppositifoliis, breviter puberulis, Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 199 bis dichotome divisis aut simplicioribus ; ramulis spicati- floris, filiformibus; floribus minutis; sepalis corolleque lobis longe subulatis, puberulis—In Antillis: v. s. in herd. Mus. Brit., ms. S* Cruz (Van Rohr). This appears to be a slender plant, with somewhat trailing branches 4 line thick, with axils 4-6 lines apart; leaves 7-11 lines long, 5-6 lines broad, on a petiole 13-2 lines long ; the peduncle of the inflorescence is 3 lines long, its two branches 2 lines long, the spicated branchlets 6-12 lines long; the flowers 1} line long, on a pedicel $ line long; the sepals somewhat shorter than the tube of the corolla, and its lobes the same length as theirs. 14. Messerschmidtia volubilis, Rim. & Sch. Syst. iv. 541; Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tournefortia volubilis, Linn. Sp. 201 (non R. & P.); DC. (in parte) Prodr. ix. 523; Lam. Dict. v. 3098, tab. 95. fig. 2 (non 1 nec 3); Gaertn. Fr. 1. 365, tab. 76. fig. 2; Hresen. (tn parte) in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. 53 ;—scandens, ramulis tenuissimis, fistulosis, rufo-pubes- centibus; foliis parvis, lanceolato-oblongis lanceolatisve, acutis, lete viridibus, utrinque scabridule rugulosis, supra laxe pilosis vel subglabris, subtus adpresse puberulis; pe- tiolo puberulo, tenu1, limbo 6-plo breviore : paniculis seepius terminalibus, subpuberulis, bis vel ter dichotome divisis ; ramis tenerrimis, valde divaricatis, spicatifloris; floribus breviter pedicellatis, parvis; sepalis laciniisque corolle lanceolato-subulatis ; drupis 4-gastri-globosis, centro de- pressis, glabris, subdiaphanis, 4-maculatis—In Antillis: v. 8. in herb. Mus. Brit. (ex hb. Miller.). This very slender species is probably confined entirely to the Antilles; but many plants assigned to it should be ex- cluded: Gardner’s No. 1785, from Ceard, referred here by Prof. A. DeCandolle, is MW. Salzmanni; and others included by Prof. Fresenius should in like manner be rejected,—for instance, var. hdrsuta, from Bahia (Blanchet), and others from Rio de Janeiro (Schott, 4939) (bp. 1595). Its branches are scarcely more than } line in thickness, with axils 6—7 lines apart; the leaves are 12-15 lines long, 5-6 lines broad, on a petiole 2 lines long; the peduncle is 3 lines long, the primary and secondary branches 3 lines, the ultimate spikes 12-15 lines long. In Gaertner’s figure the position of the nucule is re- versed: the radicle of the embryo ought to point to the summit. 15. Messerschmidtia velutina, G. Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tourne- fortia velutina, H. B. K. 379, tab. 201; DC. Prodr. ix. 524 ; 200 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiez. —scandens, ramis teretibus, cano-tomentosis ; foliis ovato- oblongis, obtusule acuminatis, imo rotundatis aut acutius- culis, crassis, utrinque lanato-tomentosis, subtus albidis ; etiolo cano-tomentoso, limbo 6-plo breviore: paniculis ter- minalibus, dichotomis ; ramis plurimis, subalternis, diffuse divaricatis, spicatifloris, cano-tomentosis ; floribus unilate- ralibus, remotiusculis; sepalis lanceolatis, pubescentibus ; drupis hispidulis, 4-gastris—In Mexico, prope Acapulco (non vidi). Axils 2-1 inch apart; leaves 3-3} inches long, 13-16 lines broad, on a petiole 6—7 lines long. The terminal panicle is diffusely divided into about ten unilateral spikes, 4-5 lines apart, each about 3 inches long, with sessile flowers 1-2 lines apart. 16. Messerschmidtia spigellifora, nob. ;—Tournefortia spigel- leeflora, A. DC. Prodr. ix. 525 ;—scandens, ramis teneribus, teretibus, fistulosis, patenter rufulo-pilosis ; foliis elliptico- oblongis, acuminatis, acute mucronulatis, imo obtusis, mem- branaceis, utrinque albo-tuberculatis et sparse adpresso- pilosis, supra fusco-, subtus pallide viridulis, nervis tenuibus obscuris; petiolo dense piloso, limbo 12-15-plo breviore: panicula terminali, longiuscula, laxe 3-4-chotome divisa, geniculatim flexuosa, dense pilosa, ramis ultimis curvulis, spicatifloris ; floribus crebre 1-seriatis, pilosis ; sepalis lobis- que corolle acutissime subulatis—In Guiana Britannica : v.s. in herb. meo (Schomb. 749). A climbing plant, with slender branches 3—# line thick, with axils 1 inch apart; leaves 8-34 inches long, 14-14 inch broad, on a petiole 3 lines long ; panicle 5 inches long and broad, with geniculated conjugated divisions widely spreading, three times dichotomously divided ; peduncle 1 inch long ; primary branches 6-20 lines, secondary 9 lines, spicated branches 1} inch long ; sepals 13 line long, tube of corolla narrow, straight, 3 lines long, lobes of border 1 line long; anthers included, cohering at their summits; style elongated, turbinately thickened at. its apex, and surmounted by a rather long, obtuse, pilose stigma. 17. Messerschmidtia membranacea, Gardn. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 181 ;—Tournefortia membranacea, DC. Prodr. ix. 530 ;— Tournefortia floribunda, Fresen. (non H. B. K.) in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 54;—scandens, ramis compressis, flexuosis, subfistulosis, ferrugineo-tomentosis ; foliis ovato-oblongis, imo rotundatis aut subcordatis, apice acutis et breviter mu- cronatis, supra pilis brevibus rigide adpressis incanis crebre tectis, subtus pallidioribus, densius velutinis, in nervis costa- Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. 201 que flavido-tomentosis; petiolo tomentoso, limbo 5-—6-plo breviore: paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, flavo-tomen- tosis, bis dichotome geniculatim ee ramis ultimis spi- eatifloris ; floribus 1-seriatis, crebre essilibus ; sepalis la- ciniisque corolle valde subulatis, tubo seste inflato ; ; drupis 4-castris, glabris.—In Brasilia: 2. v. in prov. Rio de Janeiro, ad Botofogo; v.s. in herb. variis, ex eodem loco (Gardn. 82). Prof. Fresenius makes this plant identical with Kunth’s Tournefortia floribunda, which does not belong to Messer- schmidtia; it differs in its compressed flexuous subfistulose branches, its acute (not acuminated) leaves, covered with short rigid hairs (not slenderly pubescent nor cano-tomentose be- neath) ; it differs also in its longer style and stigma. In Kunth’s plant the drupe is globular, containing four globose nucules. In this ues the flattened branches are 13 line broad, with axils 1-23 inches apart; the leaves are 24 inches long, ae: 13 inch broad, on a petiole 4—6 lines long: the panicle, widely expanded, is 4 inches long, on a peduncle 6 lines long; primary and secondary branches 9 lines long, tertiary spicated, 3-6 lines apart, each 9-18 lines long; sepals 4 line long; tube of corolla less than 1 line long, the rest all conformable to the generic character ; drupes glabrous * 18. Messerschmidtia Salzmanni, nob. ;—Tournefortia Salz- manni, DC. Prodr. ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p- 51 ;—scandens, ramis teretibus, fistulosis, subflexuosis, simplicibus aut breviter ramulosis, flavide aut ferrugineo- tomentosis, axillis subnodosis ; foliis oblongo- -lanceolatis vel lanceolatis, sensim acuminatis, imo rotundatis, supra pilis brevibus velutino-tomentosis, subtus pallidioribus, ferrugi meo- tomentosis ; petiolo superne " canaliculato, dense ferrugineo- pubescente, limbo 9-10-plo breviore : paniculis in ramulis alaribus terminalibus, flavo vel ferrugineo-tomentosis, bis dichotome divaricato-divisis, ramis conjugatis velsimplicibus, ultimis spicatifloris ; floribus remotiusculis, brevissime pe- dicellatis ; sepalis laciniisque corollee longe subulatis.—In Brasilia, ‘prov. Bahia (Blanchet, 3787 3789, et Claussen, 412-419) ; v.s. in herb, meo, Ceard (Gardner, 1785) ; ; in herb. Mus. Brit., Bahia (Luschnatt). A plant with long tortuous scandent branches, with axils 3-2 inches apart; leaves 21-34 inches long, 1-1} inch broad, on a petiole 3-4 lines long; peduncle of inflorescence 5 lines, * A drawing of this plant, with sectional details to show the generic structure, will be given in the second volume of my ‘ Contributions,’ Plate 533. 202 Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiee. two primary divaricating branches 6 lines long, bearing five alternate floriferous spikes 3 lines apart, 12—20 lines long ; sepals } line, tube of corolla 13 line, segments 1 line long ; an- thers included, cohering by their summits; ovary glabrous ; style slender, ’incrassated ‘at the apex, and surmounted by a pilose elliptical stigma; drupes much depressed, deeply 4- lobed, 14 line in diameter, glabrous, the nucules incurved, dorsally tuberculated. *#* Paniculee terminales et subpyramidatee. 19. Messerschmidtia candidula, nob. ;—Tournefortia sericea, DC. (non Vahl) Prodr. ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. 54 ;—scandens, ramulis rectiuscule elongatis, teretibus, subfistulosis, molliter cano-tomentosis ; foliis ovatis, brevis- sime acutis, imo rotundatis aut subcordatis, supra dense viridibus, rugulosis, sparse molliter sericeo-villosis, in nervis sulcatis, subtus dense albo-lanato-tomentosis 5 petiolo tomen- toso, limbo 20-plo breviore: panicula terminali, anguste pyramidata, albo-tomentosa, alternatim breviter ramosa, cum ramulis brevissimis et approximatis, paucifloris ; flori- bus minusculis, crebris, obsolete pedicellatis ; sepalis corol- leeque laciniis lineari-setaceis, pubescentibus, tubo imo gla- bro, superne densissime villoso ; drupis depresso-globosis, 4-castris, pilosis——In Brasilia: v. s. in herb. meo, Ceard (Gardn. 1078). This plant has been referred to the Tournefortia sericea of Vahl, a species from the Antilles, known only from his short description. It differs from it in its leaves not being glabrous above, and being nearly sessile, in its much denser terminal and pyramidal inflorescence (not axillary and dichotomously di- vided). Its branches are nearly straight and simple, 1} line thick, with axils 3-1} inch apart; the leaves are 1$—2 inches long, 1-14 inch broad, on a petiole scarcely more than 1 line in length. The terminal inflorescence is’ not pedunculated, z inches long, 1 inch broad, consisting of many alternate branches 1-2 lines apart, each with very “crowded short flori- ferous branchlets 2-4 lines long; flowers on very short pedi- cels, crowded ; sepals 14 line long; tube of corolla 13 line long, lobes of border 4 line long ; anthers cohering at their apex 5 the style, thickened at the summit, including the stigma, is 2 line long; the drupe in its structure quite ‘conforms to the generic character. 20. Messerschmidtia villosa, nob. ;—Tournefortia villosa, DC. Prodr. ix. 524; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 52;— ramis teretibus, hirsutissimis ; foliis ovatis, acuminatis, Mr. J. Miers on some of the Heliotropiex. 203 supra sparse pilosis, subtus conferte fulvo-sericeo-villosissi- mis, petiolatis : paniculis terminalibus, divaricato-dichotomis, aut m ramis axillaribus 1- -foliosis, divaricato-dichotomis, fulvo-hirsutissimis ; sepalis laciniisque corolla longe subu- latis, villosis, tubi ‘apice villosissimo.—In Bahia (Blanchet, 215, 821, 1151, 2202) (non vid?). The ane are 13-22 inches long, 1-13 inch broad, on a petiole 3 lines long ; “sepals 2 lines long ; tube of corolla 3 lines long. 21. Messerschmidtia subsessilis, Don, Dict. iv. 370 ;—Tourne- fortia subsessilis, Cham. Linn. viii. "119: DO. Prodr. ix. 521; Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 53 ;—scandens, ramulis tenuiter rectiusculis, teretibus, rigidule ferrugi ineo-tomentosis ; foliis divergentibus, elongato- -obovatis, acute acuminatis, imo subrotundatis, utringue ruguloso-punctatis, e tuberculis sparsim adpresse pilosis, nervis supra impressis, subtus cos- taque prominulis, fulvo-pilosis; petiolo tenui, rufo-piloso, limbo 15-plo breviore: panicula terminali, subpyramidata, alternatim breviter laxe ramosa, ramis inferioribus rufo- pilosis, imo pluribracteatis, superne ramulos 4 alternos spi- catifloros ebracteatos gerentibus, superioribus cum ramulis conjugatis floriferis, aut simpliciter spicatifloris; floribus pedicellatis; sepalis corollaque laciniis longe subulatis, pilosulis, tubo fauce contracta.—In Brasilia: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Pernambuco (Gardn, 1076). The above plant agrees with Chamisso’s description of this species : it is nearly allied to M. Pohliz. The slender branches have the axils 6-9 lines apart; the leaves are 2-23 inches long, 11-14 lines broad, on a petiole 2 lines long. The ter- minal inflorescence is 3 inches long ; the alternate branches, 2-4 lines apart, are about an inch long: ; the pedicels are 4 line long; the sepals 1 line long; the tube of the corolla 13, the segments 3 line long. 22. Messerschmidtia Pohlit, nob.;—Tournefortia Pohlii, Fresen. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xix. p. 52 ;—scandens, ramis subcom- pressis, fistulosis, rufo-pilosis ; foliis ovatis vel oblongis, acute acuminatis, imo rotundatis, supra tomentosis, nervis flavo-pubescentibus, subtus rufescenti-tomentoso-velutinis ; ; petiolo tomentoso, limbo 10-plo breviore: panicula_ termi nali, pyramidata, alternatim divaricato-ramosa, ramis sim- plicibus et spicatifloris, aut iterum brevissime ramulosis, ramo inferiore seepe 1-folioloso ; floribus sessilibus, dense vil- losis; sepalis corolleeque laciniis longe subulatis ; drupis 4- gastris, glabris—In Brasilia: in herb. Imp. Vindob. (Pohl, 204 = Prof. W. King on the Histology of Rhynchonella. 3535) ; v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., mont. Organens. ad Imbuhy (Gardn. 546). A very distinct species, having straight elongated branches, with axils 14 inch apart; leaves 14-32 inches long, #—2 inches broad, on a rather stout petiole 2-3 lines long; the terminal panicle is 6 inches long in flower, 8 inches long in fruit, with twenty to twenty-four alternate patent branches 4—6 lines apart, 1-2 inches long, diminishing upwards, bare at base, the lower ones again branched, the upper ones simply spicate ; flowers 1 line apart; sepals rather fleshy, very pilose on both sides, 14 line long; tube of corolla fleshy, contracted in the middle, 14 line long, its segments ?-1 line long; anthers cohering in the mouth by their scabrid summits; ovary and style equal, glabrous; stigma short, conical, pilose, sub- 2-lobed. XX.—On a point relating to the Histology of Rhynchonella. By Professor W. KING. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Glenoir, near Galway, GENTLEMEN, August 10, 1868. Dr. Carpenter, according to his letter inserted in the ‘Annals’ of this month, has taken it upon himself to “ think that the scientific world has a right to know” my “ present opinions’ on a number of points, which he has written out, pertaining to the genus Rhynchonella and some other shells. As regards most of these points, it strikes me that I am not by any means required to notice them: there is one, however, on which, considering the way in which it is represented by Dr. Carpenter, I feel myself called upon to say a few words. It is quite correct that ‘some twenty years ago”’ I was led ‘to believe that certain very minute dark points, which I ob- served here and there dispersed over the surface of the valves of various fossil species, were the remains of orifices belonging to extremely minute perforations,” and consequently to “ doubt the absence” of a perforated structure in any palliobranchiate shell. Now it so happens that ample evidence has long been published by which the “ scientific world” is enabled to judge of my ‘‘ present opinion” on the subject to which my “ doubt” applies. In a paper of mine, entitled ‘ Notes on Permian Fossils,” which appeared in the ‘Annals’ of April 1856, I inserted a footnote, containing some remarks on the histology On the Development of the Sexes in Insects. 205 of Rhynchonella, &e., and concluding with the following pas- sage :— “But let me not forget to acknowledge that I was in error in doubting the absence of perforations ‘in any Brachiopod whatever :’ the account which Dr. Carpenter has given of Rhynchonella psittacea in his late chapter* is quite conclusive on this point; but I cannot help thinking, from their occurring in #.? Geinitzianat, that perforations will yet be found in congeneric species supposed, or stated, to be without them’’t. The way Dr. Carpenter writes with reference to my volun- tarily acknowledged error, also the other “remarks” he has indulged in in his letter, will, I feel assured, be quite sufficient to convince the “ scientific world” that, for anything more he can adduce, the “main question”? (7. e. the “‘ remarkable fact incontestably established’) at issue between us is, as far as we are mutually concerned, now closed,—that, if kept open, it would inevitably degenerate into a mere personal dispute, redundant of reticences, and bolstered up with no end of irrelevant matter. , : Yours very truly, Ke. WILLIAM KING. XXI.—On the Law of Development of the Sexes in Insects. By Professor Von SreBoip§. THE assertion made by Landois in his preliminary communi- cation {] that the eggs laid by insects possess no definite traces of the sexual organs, and that the sex of the larve is only developed as male and female after their escape from the egg- shell by the influence of difference of food received from with- out, will not only possess the highest interest for all naturalists who attend to the reproductive history of organic bodies, but, as Landois applies this theory specially to the reproduction of * Reference is here made to Dr. Carpenter’s memoir “ On the Intimate Structure of the Shells of Brachiopoda,” appended to Mr. Davidson’s Monograph of Brit. Foss. Brachiopoda: Introduction. A perusal of my footnote will explain the reason why I only referred to Dr. Carpenter’s “late chapter.” + The presence of perforations in this species has caused me to regard it as the type of anew genus (Rhynchopora) of the family Rhynchonellide. ¢ See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. xvii. p. 337. Even in June (Geological Magazine) of last year I again drew attention to this point, acknowledging “the mistake I made in asserting that certain imperforate Palliobranchs are perforated,” and in “ concluding that all Spiriferide are perforated.” § Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the Zeitschrift fiir wis- sensch. Zoologie, Band XVii. Pp. 525-532. 4] See Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool. xvii. p. 375, and Ann, & Mag. N. H. ser. 3. vol. xix. p. 224. Ann.& Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 105) 206 Prof. von Siebold on the Law of bees, must also produce considerable excitement among the breeders of bees, as Landois in so many words completely de- nies the existence of the very peculiar parthenogenetic circum- stances under which the male bees are developed from the eggs. Landois appeals to his repeatedly successful experiments by which he thinks it is proved that all the eggs laid by a normal queen are fertilized by her, that in consequence of this ferti- lization the development of the larvee in the eggs takes place, and, further, that these larvee when just hatched from the egg do not yet possess any definite indications of sex. The sex of bees is rather [according to him] only fixed as male or fe- male by the difference of nourishment taken from without, according as the workers furnish drone-food to those larvee in the drone-cells, or worker-food to those in the worker-cells. Landois transferred the bottom of a drone-cell, furnished with an egg, into a worker-cell, and vice versé the egg-bear- ing bottom of a worker-eell into a drone-cell; and by this means from the egg destined by the queen to become a worker, the larva from which in consequence of this transfer was nourished with drone-food, he obtained a drone, whilst from the egg destined by the queen to become a drone, the larva of which in consequence of a similar substitution was brought up on worker-food, a worker was produced. Whether no error or illusion can occur in these experiments must be decided by practised and experienced bee-keepers, to whom I particularly recommend the repetition of this ex- periment. For my part I can only appeal here to those results which are to be obtained by anatomical and micro- scopic investigations of the larve of insects in course of de- velopment within the egg. Taking these into consideration, I feel compelled to express the greatest doubt as to the cor- rectness of the new theory set up by Landois. From the very careful investigations of various reliable observers in the domain of the developmental history of insects, we know that, even in the egg, simultaneously with the development of the different systems of organs of an insect-larva, the sexual organs also begin to be formed, and even become differentiated to such a degree that in a larva which has just escaped from the egg-shell we are already able to distinguish the male or female sex from the difference in form of the first rudiments of the inner reproductive organs. Herold, the well-known insect-anatomist, obtained the following results from his accurate investigations of the de- velopment of the cabbage-butterfly* :—The organs which * See his ‘ Entwickelungsgeschichte der Schmetterlinge,’ Kassel und Marburg, 1815, p. 1. Development of the Sexes in Insects. 207 are produced by the formative power from the fluid of the egg are, a nervous system, a muscular system, an air-vessel system, and an alimentary system, together with the salivary and biliary vessels belonging to the latter,—also a pair of excretory organs (namely, the spinning-vessels), a dorsal vessel, and, lastly, the germs of undeveloped reproductive organs, with a perfectly distinctly visible distinction of the two sexes. On the fifth plate of the above-mentioned work he gives an exceedingly instructive and true view of the germs of the reproductive organs of both sexes, as these gradually enlarge from the first formation of the cabbage-caterpillar in the egg up to its full growth and approach to transformation. In fig. 1 he shows the two reniform corpuscles divided by three constrictions into four sections lying one behind the other (the future testes), with two filaments issuing from them laterally (the future efferent ducts), from a male caterpillar which had crept out of the egg a few shours before; whilst in fig. 2 of the same plate we may recognize the two bud-like corpuscles, with four laterally approximated sausage-like divisions and two fine filaments springing from behind, as the future ovaries and oviducts of a female caterpillar of similar age. I will not, however, conceal that Hermann Meyer, of Zurich, did not succeed* in finding the sexual parts in cater- pillars which were only a few days old; on the other hand, Weismann, in his remarkable work on the embryology of insects} completely affirms the correctness of the observations first made by Herold in butterflies of the occurrence even in the embryo of the germs of the sexual glands with distinctly visible distinction of the sex, inasmuch as he could likewise distinguish the rudiments of the sexual glands in the embryos of flies in the egg, although the difference between the germs of the male and female sexual glands is much less striking. In the investigation of a Tipulide larva, however, Weismann obtained other results, which I must not pass over. When he sought the genital glands in the embryos of Corethra plumi- cornist, he certainly convinced himself that in this insect also, as in the larve of the true flies, the sexual glands are already traced out in the embryo; but he found that in the larve of Corethra just escaped from the egg the distinction is as yet by no means clear, and this distinction does not make its * “Ueber die Entwickelung des Fettkorpers, der Tracheen und der keimbereitenden Geschlechtstheile bei den Lepidopteren,” Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. i. p. 177. + “Die nachembryonale Entwickelung der Musciden nach Beobach- tungen an Musca vomitoria und Sarcophaga carnaria,” ibid. Bd. xiv. 210. : t Die Metamorphose der Corethra plumicornis, ibid. Bd. xvi. p. 99. 15? 208 Prof. von Siebold on the Law of appearance in a marked manner until after the fourth change of skin. From Mecznikow’s very accurate embryological investigations on insects, it appears also that although the tracing out of the sexual glands takes place very early in all embryos of insects, their further development does not advance at an equal rate in all such embryos; so that it is only in certain insects that the differentiation of the sexual organs occurs very early, and, indeed, already in the embryo, whilst in other insects, on the contrary, it is postponed, and takes place only in the excluded larve. In the very young larve of Simulia, just escaped from the egg, Mecznikow* observed a small round genital rudiment, and concluded from this that the rudiments of the sexual organs are formed in the larve within the egg. The same author recognized, even at the first formation of the embryo in the viviparous Aphides, the first rudiments of the sexual apparatus as the so-called genital hilt. During the further development of the embryo, and indeed very early, this genital rudiment becomes differentiated into ovarian tubes, in which so-called pseudova are likewise very soon developed; so that even during the embryonal life of the aphis-embryo the development of the new generation com- mences, and goes so far that in the embryos ready to be born two germ-chambers occur in each ovarian tube, of which the lowest already encloses an embryo in the first stage of its deve- lopment}. In Aspidiotus Neriz, on the contrary, Mecznikow§ could not find any genital hill so early produced and differen- tiated into ovarian tubes, such as he had succeeded in dis- covering in the Aphides. From these known circumstances in the first development of the reproductive organs of insects it appears that differences occur in it, and that in a certain series of insects the differen- tiation of the sexual apparatus occurs in the embryos while still enclosed in the egg-shell, whilst in other insects this dif- ferentiation only takes place after the exclusion of the larve. Landois’s theory can certainly find no application to the insects belonging to the first series—namely, the Lepidoptera and Flies (Muscide) ; in the second series, in which Corethra, Si- mulia, and Aspidiotus are to be placed, it may be possible that the still rudimentary and indifferent sexual glands of the larvee are further developed in accordance with the male or female type, under the influence of the incepted nourishment. When, and in what manner in the larve of the bees the first * “KEmbryologische Studien an Insecten,” Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xvi. p. 405. : + Ibid. p. 444, pls. 28 and 31. figs, 15-87, and p. 458. { Ibid. p. 459, pL 31, fig. 46. § Ibid. p. 473. Development of the Sexes in Insects. 209 rudiments and the definite differentiation of the sexual glands appear, we have no direct investigation to show. I earnestly recommend such investigation to entomologists for the solu- tion of the question before us. Leuckart, however, has already given an indication in this direction *, when he says, “fon the sixth day I find in the female larve the first traces of internal genitalia.” With regard to the above-mentioned discovery of Meczni- kow’s, of the development in the embryos of the viviparous Aphides of ovaries in the germ-chambers of which the forma- tion of a new generation was already commenced, M. Landois has informed me, by letter under date of the 6th May, that he has succeeded by the gradual application of artificial cold, and during the withering of their food-plants, to cause the dis- appearance of the viviparous Aphides (the so-called Nurses), and the appearance in their place of the sexual generation consisting of males and ovipositing females. J cannot doubt this result which Landois has obtained from his experiments ; but I will take the liberty of putting the question, How, in this case, does the production of the two sexes simultaneously with the existence of scanty nourishment agree with the new theory set up by Landois ? From his experiments on bees, Landois draws the conclu- sion that the development of female and male bees is induced, independent of the fecundation or non-fecundation of the ova, only by difference of the food supplied to the larvae—abun- dant nourishment producing females, and scanty nourishment males. According to the observations and statements of our most experienced observers of bee-life, this opinion, expressed by Landois as to the different feeding of the larvee of bees, is not correct. All writers who have treated of the rational management of bees agree in this, that the whole of the larve in the earliest period of their life (up to the sixth day) receive the same nutriment, namely, food-paste (digested chyle-paste), with which the larvee destined to become queens are fed, abun- dantly and uninterruptedly, until their change to the pupa state; whilst the larve of the workers and drones afterwards (from the sixth day) receive, instead of chyle-paste, a coarser sort of food prepared from undigested honey and pollenf. * Bienenzeitung, 1865, p. 210. + To indicate only a few of the many authorities who have expressed themselves concordantly as above with regard to the feeding of the larvze of bees, I cite the following :— Leuckart : ‘“ Ueber die Nahrung der Bienen im ausgebildeten Zustande und wihrend des Larvenlebens,” Bienenzeitung, 1855, p. 207. Berlepsch : Die Biene und die Bienenzucht,’ 1860, p. 102. Klein: ‘ Die Biene und ihre Zucht,’ 1864, p. 29. 210 Prof. von Siebold on the Law of This identity of the nourishment of the young brood of the workers and drones seems to have been entirely overlooked by Landois. A difference between the food of the drones and workers, such as Landois lays so much stress upon, does not exist. As, from the observations of our most experienced breeders of bees, the workers are able to rear a queen from a worker larva before it is six days old, and as the workers can, by means of royal food, procure a queen from every egg normally deposited in a worker-cell, but not from an egg nor- mally deposited in a drone-cell, it follows, as a matter of course, that in bees the sex is definitely fixed beforehand even _ in the egg by the effectuation or omission of fecundation, and not merely defined by the difference of the food of the larva. The development of the eggs laid by unfertilized queens, from which, according to the experience of all observant bee- keepers, only drones are produced, is not regarded as parthe- nogenesis by Landois; at least the term “‘ parthenogenesis ’’ is avoided by him, although he speaks of a primary and a secon- dary drone-broodedness, the cause of which is thus explained by him: “ that eggs are laid by queens or workers, which are furnished with scanty formative materials, from which weakly larve must be developed, and consequently drones.” Whence does Landois conclude that these eggs laid by drone- brooded queens and workers are furnished only with scanty formative materials? By what investigation has Landois arrived at the knowledge that from such eggs weakly larve, and consequently drones, must be developed? Has Landois convinced himself by careful observation and exact dissection of such drone-mothers of the absence of male semen in their sexual organs? Our scientific bee-keepers could state with regard to a great number of drone-brooded queens, with cer- tainty, that they had remained unfecundated, and that they consequently laid unfertilized eggs, but, as experience has proved, capable of development, from which, whether depo- sited in drone- or worker-cells, only drones are developed. The dissection of such drone-mothers, which has been often enough undertaken by people well acquainted with the sub- ject, has always proved that the seminal receptacle, whether normally developed or rudimentary, contained no trace of male semen. As Landois refers to the fact that, with regard to the pro- position that “drones always proceed from unfertilized eggs,” Schmid und Klein, ‘ Leitfaden fiir den Unterricht in Theorie und Praxis einen rationellen Bienenzucht,’ 1865, p. 26. - Vogel, ‘ Praktisches Handbuch der Bienenzucht,’ 1866, p. £9. Development of the Sexes in Insects. 211 Dzierzon himself doubted his own theory, because, in the experiments on intercrossing German and Italian bees, re- markable and inexplicable phenomena occurred which could not be brought into harmony with Dzierzon’s theory, I must appeal to the arguments which I have already urged against this doubt of Dzierzon’s*. Landois states that by taking very young larve of Vanessa uriice and feeding them imperfectly he reared from them only males, and by feeding them abundantly only females. This assertion is in complete contradiction to the phenomenon which may be observed in Polistes gallica with regard to the produc- tion of the sexes. Every female of Polistes fecundated in the autumn, after passing through its winter-sleep, founds a separate colony at the commencement of the spring ; it makes a comb for itself, furnishes the cells of this with eggs, and then, still quite alone, feeds the larvee produced from these eggs until they are full-grown. From these larvee the so-called workers (that is to say, small female individuals) are always developed ; male individuals are never bred in the months of June and July; and it is only in August that the first males issue from the operculated cells of these colonies of Polistes. According to Landois’s theory, the larve reared by the solitary Polistes mother ought to furnish males, as this brood is usually very scantily provided with nourishment, and indeed often left for a considerable time without food by their mother, which has to complete the business of feeding them without any assist- ance. This starvation of the brood of Polistes occurs when the temperature becomes cold, when the sky is overcast, and during rain and wind; for when the weather is unfavourable, even if this lasts for several days, the females of Polistes re- main uninterruptedly inactive, concealed behind their combs. As no supply of food is laid up in the combs of Polistes, but the nourishment is always poured from mouth to mouth by the Wasp into the larve, the scarcity of food often causes the development and growth of the larve to go on very slowly and with interruptions. According to Landois, all these cir- cumstances ought especially to favour the development of male individuals ; but until a large number of workers (which, as larvee, certainly do not revel in a superabundance of food) have been excluded to assist the mother, no male individuals of Polistes are developed. In order to give more currency to the assertion that in those insects the larvee of which are developed in their food a dis- proportionate number of females are developed, Landois refers * Wahre Parthenogenesis bei Schmetterlingen und Bienen, 1856, p. 92. (English translation, p. 74.) 212 Mr. F. P. Marrat on some new Species of Oliva. amongst other instances, to a great number of Dipterous genera the larvee of which wallow in the excess of their food, and mentions that, out of 403 species of these Diptera, Meigen knew only the females of 255. But these examples cannot be adduced as in the least in favour of Landois’s theory; for Meigen, in his well-known ‘ Systematische Beschreibung der europiiischen zweifliigeligen Insekten,’ very frequently, by his own admission, had only a single female and also very often only a séngle male in his hands as the type of the descriptions of his species. Such scanty material as this is certainly insufficient to prove the predominance of one sex over the other. XXII.—On some new Species of Oliva. By F. P. Marrat. IN selecting the following shells and describing them as new species, | have been guided principally by prominent features in each case, that, in my opinion, warrant the selection and publication. Oliva lignaria, Marrat, is very remarkable: at one time I supposed it might be a variety of O. ¢nflata, Lam. ; at another its resemblance to O. maura, Lam., appeared to be considera- ble; and at a third it was, until compared, thought to be a variety of O. irisans, Lam. It may prove to be a variety of any one of these three shells when specimens are obtained show- ing the gradual variation; but at present a shell possessing such connecting characters is still to be brought under notice. O. sabulosa, Marrat.—The specimens of this shell are de- scribed as having red-brown markings. I think, in most if not in all cases, the original colour has been dark brown, and that bleaching in the sun has produced the red-brown colour, notwithstanding one of the shells is brilliantly polished and possesses all the appearance of a dredged shell. IT am much surprised that a shell of rather common occur- rence and so decidedly distinct as O. angustata, Marrat, should have remained so long unnoticed by conchologists. Years ago its form was familiar to me among the shells imported in the boxes from China. 1. Oliva lignaria, Marrat. Shell cylindrically oblong; spire depressed, callous; suture- edge dotted; colour drab, with dark-brown interrupted bands and angular lines, shaded with purplish spots and dotted lines ; the whole interior of the aperture of a uniform purple brown ; folds very prominent, one or two tinged Mr. F. P. Marrat on some new Species of Oliva. 213 with brown; plaits numerous, indistinct ; canal edged with brown. Borneo. - About the size of a small O. maura. 2. Oliva sabulosa, Marrat. Shell oblong fusiform ; spire flatly conical; whorls rounded, callous ; colour yellowish white, with small red-brown spots and two interrupted letter-like bands; columellar plaits prominent, continued nearly the whole length; interior of the aperture and columella cream-coloured; basal folds broad and raised. Locality unknown. Larger than O. tricolor, Lam., or episcopalis, Lam., with the spiral whorls peculiarly rounded and callous. 3. Oliva angustata, Marrat. Shell narrowly cylindrical; spire slightly raised, canaliculate, edged with small rather close dots; colour pale yellow, with two brown interrupted bands and small pale dots; columella plaited more than midway, with two or three broad folds at the base ; interior of the aperture bluish white. China. Most nearly allied to O. neostina, Duclos, but is smaller, narrower, and differs in the folds and columellar plaits. 4. Oliva nota, Marrat. Shell ovate fusiform, rather inflated; spire considerably ex- serted, canaliculate; suture with large brown blotches; white, with broad wavy brown lines, which become darker about the belt; belt white; columella rounded, basal band white; a single deep-purple fold at the base; the pattern of the shell is seen through in the interior. Locality unknown. Not like any other species known to me. Size 545 inch by =— inch. 5. Oliva exilis, Marrat. Shell narrowly fusiform ; spire elongate conical, canaliculate ; colour white, with pale yellow-brown reticulated markings ; beneath the spire and basal band white; columella callous, with five or six very strong plaits at the base; interior of aperture white. South America. This is a third species belonging to the genus Lamprodoma of Swainson. Size, similar to the last. 214 M. E. Claparéde on a new Genus 6. Oliva pulchra, Marrat. Shell fusiform, rather narrow; spire conical, whorls slightly flattened; suture canaliculate; pale cream-coloured, with brown festoons below the suture ; body-whorl with irregular brown longitudinal flames, spotted above the white basal band; columella slightly granular, with a single fold at the base. Among some shells from California; but the locality is doubtful. A small shell, not larger than O. oryza, Lam. XXIII.—On a new Genus of Gastrotrichous Rotatoria. By E. CLAPAREDE*? THE genera Chetonotus, Ehrb., and Ichthydium, Ehrb., have hitherto occupied only an uncertain place in the zoological system. M. Ehrenberg joined them to Ptygura and Gleno- phora to form a family of Rotatoria; Dujardin considered them to belong to the Infusoria; M. Vogt classes them in a general way among the Vermes; M. Schmarda makes them almost Annelides; M. Ehlers even approximates them to the Nematoida. The opinion most generally accredited is that which regards them as Turbellaria. M. Max Schultze was the first to develope this opinion when he made known, under the name of Turbanellat, a new genus belonging to the same group. The two authors who have most carefully studied these interesting animals of late are Mr. Gosse} and M. Mecz- nikow §. The former, in making known several new species, avoids pronouncing an opinion on the natural position to be assigned to the family Cheetonotides (Hairy-backed animalcules, as he calls them). It was, indeed, very difficult for him to form a judgment, on account of the unfortunate union with this family of two dissimilar genera, namely, Taphrocampa, Gosse, and Echinoderes, Duj. Now the Taphrocampe are, as | have already demonstrated, true Rotatoria. As to Hchinoderes, it has no affinities with either the Rotatoria or the Turbellaria. The mistake of Mr. Gosse with regard to them is easily ex- * Translated from the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ 5* sér. tome vill. pp. 16-28. + Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Turbellarien, von Dr. Max Sigis- mond Schultze, (Greifswald) p. 69. { “The Natural History of the Hairy-backed Animalcules” (Intellec- tual Observer, 1864, pp. 807-406). § “Ueber Chetonotus und Icthydium, und eine neue verwandte Gat- tung Turbanella,” Miller’s Archiv, 1853, p. 241. of Gastrotrichous Rotatorta. 215 plained, as that naturalist only knew Echinoderes from a bad figure of Dujardin’s. After the recent investigations on this singular type, Mr. Gosse would no longer think of approxi- mating it to Chetonotus. M. Mecznikow* not only describes several species hitherto unknown, but also makes known, under the names of Chetura and Cephalidium, two very remarkable new genera evidently nearly allied to the preceding. This naturalist reviews all the previously expressed opinions as to the zoological position of this singular group; he discusses them carefully, and ends by rejecting them. He himself resolved to erect the genera that we have enumerated into an order apart, under the name of Gastrotricha, an order which would form with that of the Rotatoria a peculiar class in the subdivision of Vermes. Finally, therefore, the Jchthydinia (for that is the name which has been most generally given to them), after having been tossed about in every direction on the ocean of classification, return to drop anchor nearly at their starting-point. The opinion maintained by M. Mecznikowt has a good deal in its favour. In any case, I accept his order of Gastro- tricha, characterized essentially by the clothing of vibratile cilia on the ventral surface of the body, and also by some other secondary characters, such as the absence of jaws &c. The affinity of this order with the Rotatoria also appears to me to be incontestable. The convenience of uniting all these ani- mals in one class will then be the only subject of discussion. We know, moreover, that naturalists are still divided in opi- nion on the subject of the natural position to be assigned to the Rotatoria. Putting on one side the latter question, we find the order of the Gastrotricha composed at present of six genera, namely, Chetonotus (Khrb.), Ichthydium (Ehrb.), Chetura (Meczn.), Cephalidium (Meczn.), Dasydites (Gosse), Turbanella(Schlz.)t. * “Ueber einige wenig bekannte niedere Thierformen, von Elias Mecz- nikow,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie, 1865, Bd. xv. p. 450, + ‘Beobachtungen uber Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte wir- belloser Thiere and er Kiiste von Normandie angestellt von Dr. EK. Clapa- réde,’ Leipzig, 1863, p. 90, pl. 16. figs. 7-16 ; and “ Bemerkungen tiber Echi- noderes von Elias Mecznikow ” (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie, 1865, Bd. xv. 4tes Heft, p. 458). In the work cited I described two species under the names of Echinoderes Dujardinit and E. monocereus. A year later, with- out knowing of my observations, Mr. Gosse renamed the former of these species; but as he likewise dedicated it to Dujardin, this does not cause any inconvenience in synonymy. Mr. Gosse writes it Echinodera, and not Echinoderes. } It is just to say that M. Perty, without discussing the question with the same care as M. Mecznikow, nevertheless arrived at nearly the same 216 M. E. Claparéde on a new Genus All these genera consist at present only of freshwater spe- cies. It is therefore interesting to make full acquaintance with a marine form, which certainly differs much from the types hitherto described, so that I have been obliged to form for it a new genus, which I will characterize further on under the name of Hemidasys*. Hemidasys agaso lives abundantly in the most muddy parts of the port of Naples; hence its specific name (agaso, groom). For a long time I regarded it as an epizoon. The surest means of procuring it is to examine carefully the speci- mens of Neretlepas caudata (Spio caudatus, Delle Chiaje). We soon meet with some individuals bearing one or two specimens of Hemidasys: these are fixed by their posterior extremity be- tween the feet of the Annelide. Their body, which is very contractile, elongates and contracts alternately, the anterior extremity feeling rapidly about in all directions, to seek its nourishment among the sete of the Neredlepas. Their move- ments resemble those of many of the Rotatoria. In attentively examining the mud, we find several free Hemidasyes; their being parasites, therefore, is only occasional or accidental. I have, however, never met with Hemidasys on other Annelides in the mud except Neredlepas. Hemidasys agaso attains a length of 0°3 to 0°5 millim., with an average breadth of 0°12 millim. Its form is that of a small band, or thick strap, with nearly parallel margins. In general it is more flattened than most of the other Gastro- tricha. The surface of the body is formed by a delicate cuticle separated from the adjacent parenchyma by a stratum of liquid of a shght rose-colour. The colour of this liquid is probably due to a simple effect of contrast, like that of the vacuoles and the contractile vesicles in the Infusoria. The liquid stratum is traversed by a great number of little bands, which pass directly from the parenchyma to the cuticle. At the point where it is attached to the latter, each band dilates a result. (‘Zur Kenntniss kleinster Lebensformen nach Bau, Function, Systematik, &c., von Dr. Maximilien Perty,’ Bern, 1852, p. 35.) * M. Mecznikow also mentions the genus Sacculus, ie On the other hand, the Russian naturalist does not mention Dasydites, Gosse, the diagnosis of which nevertheless dates back to 1851 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Sept. 1851). In any case the genus Sacculus has nothing to do here. It was, it is true, classed originally among the Holotricha, Ehrb. ; but this not very natural order contains, besides some Gastrotricha, cer- tain true Rotatoria. The Sacculi have a mastax with two hammers and an incus. Their males are destitute of digestive apparatus ; in short, they are true Rotatoria in all points. M. Mecznikow certainly did not know them when he enumerated them among the Gastrotricha. Mr. Gosse, moreover, in his recent work on this group makes no mention of them. of Gastrotrichous Rotatoria. PAW little, and appears to contain a small nucleus. These dilata- tions appear at first like little spots of the cuticle, and the latter consequently appears, under a sufficient magnifying- power, to be punctate. The dorsal surface of the body is even. On the other hand, its ventral surface has some small appendages, of a conical form, whose position and number are always the same: all show the same conformation; they are cones formed by a prolongation of the cuticle, and enclosing an axial cord, which can be easily traced to the parenchyma of the body. This cord is separated from its cuticular covering by a liquid or semiliquid stratum. We find first of all six of these conical appendages disposed in a half-ring a little behind the buccal extremity ; the two outermost are the largest, and the two innermost the smallest; the two intermediate ones have a medium size. The following appendages are distributed in pairs on the two sides of the body, but in such a manner that the first two- fifths of its length are destitute of them. Between the two hindermost appendages are placed eight others of smaller size, in a transverse line. Lastly, there are two more placed near the generative pore. In all the cones in the posterior part of the body the axis appears to me to be double. All these appendages are moveable, and serve, no doubt, as tactile organs, perhaps also as levers facilitating locomotion. Those which form transverse ranges appear to be mutually dependent, and move together like a comb. The cuticle also bears vibratile cilia, which appear to play the principal part in locomotion when the animal is free : these cilia are exclusively ventral; they form a band which extends from the foremost pair of conical appendages for almost two- fifths of the total length of the animal. At this point, which is exactly at the level of the union of the cesophagus and in- testine, the ciliated band stops abruptly; behind there are no vibratile cilia. The Hemidasyes, therefore, properly speak- ing, are Thoracotricha rather than properly Gastrotricha. The anterior extremity is separated from the rest of the body by a slight constriction at the level of the anterior pair of ventral appendages. This part may be designated by the name of cephalic lobe, although," leaving the mouth out of con- sideration, it presents nothing which could characterize a head. This lobe is covered with slender and stiff bristles, like the tactile bristles of the Mollusca, Annelides, and Turbellaria, and in particular those of the other Gastrotricha. The mouth is terminal, surrounded by a circular lip broken up into little obtuse papillae and covered with vibratile cilia. It leads 218 M. E. Claparéde on a new Genus into a cavity which may be regarded as the buccal cavity, and from this into a straight muscular cesophagus, which extends through the first two-fifths of the body. This part of the diges- tive tube alone can enable us to understand the approximation that M. Ehlers has attempted to make between the Gastrotricha and the Nematoida. However, this analogy is of no import- ance. The cuticle of the cesophagus is a little thicker imme- diately behind the buccal cavity. The intestine is cylindrical and of a yellowish green colour, with its walls filled with granulations and little drops; it extends in a straight line to the anus. The rectum is colourless. The nervous system is unknown in all the Gastrotricha hitherto investigated. In Hemidasys agaso this system seems also wanting, unless we may regard as of nervous nature four pairs of homogeneous and colourless globules lodged in the thickness of the parenchyma. Such an interpretation, how- ever, would be very hypothetical. We might urge in its favour the fact that the first pair of these organs is in relation with a pair of little vibratile pits of the surface. These little organs remind us involuntarily of the vibratile pits of Nemertes and of many other Turbellaria, as well as of those of some An- nelides—organs to which sensitive functions have often been ascribed. However, even in this case the functions of sensa- tion are far from being demonstrated. The idea of an aqui- ferous or excretory system also naturally presented itself to my mind; but there was nothing to support this in my ob- servations. Hemidasys agaso is hermaphrodite. Originally I enter- tained a diametrically opposite opinion with regard to its sexual characters. In fact I had only found individuals with well-developed testes; but subsequently I found others loaded with their eggs, although otherwise formed like the first, and, in particular, furnished, like them, with a testis. If the indi- viduals containing zoospermia but without eggs are frequent, on the other hand I have never met with individuals provided with eggs and destitute of zoospermia. This is how I explain this particular form of hermaphroditism :—Each individual only produces one egg, or rarely two at a time. After laying this egg, and before producing a new one, it loses temporarily all the characteristics of the fémale sex ; nevertheless its male apparatus continues to possess zoospermia: hence an apparent predominance of the male sex. The testis is an oval pouch, situated close to the intestine in the posterior part of the body. I have always found it filled with groups of zoospermia, fascicular bundles of the length of 0-044 millim. ; their anterior third is undulated, the two other of Gastrotrichous Rotatoria. 219 thirds are simply filiform. Properly speaking, it would appear that we ought to regard this pouch as a seminal vesicle rather than as a testis; for I have only seen mature zoospermia in its interior. But I have found no other organ capable of being regarded as a male sexual gland. ‘The deferent canal is always filled with zoospermia, and issues in a penis. This organ is formed by a vesicle full of a granular liquid, and by a spicule perforated by a canal along its axis. The point is directed towards the sexual pore, which is itself protected by two little plates. I have not been able to see ovaries, properly so called. An isolated egg in various stages of growth has alone met my eyes; sometimes there have been two of them. The mature ovule is oval, and its vitellus granular. The greater axis attains a length of 0-088 millim. The germinal vesicle ordinarily contains two spots. There is no special female pore ; the sexual pore that I have described leads, in all probability, into an atrium common to both the male and the female apparatus. The hermaphrodism of Hemidasys agaso deserves parti- cular notice. M. Max Schultze had already thought that the Gastrotricha were hermaphrodite. This opinion has been combated in the most positive manner by M. Mecznikow. In all the other Gastrotricha the male elements have only been met with exceptionally; and M. Mecznikow supposed that the simultaneous presence of zoospermia and ovules noticed by M. Schultze was to be explained as occurring in fecundated females. In Hemidasys agaso, on the contrary, the presence of zoospermia is the rule, and its hermaphrodism is incon- testable. I conclude this article with a diagnosis of the genus :— Genus HEMIDASYS. Gastrotricha of a lineal form, with a vibratile coat restricted to the anterior region of the ventral surface. Body armed with a certain number of conical ventral appendages, which contain in the axis a prolongation of the parenchyma. Species Hemidasys agaso, Clprd. Inhabits the mud of the harbour of Naples, voluntarily fixing itself to the body of Neretlepas caudata, Delle Chiaje. 220 Mr. G.S. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. XXIV.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GEORGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S. Ke. No. III. Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. [Plates XIV. & XV.] In this gathering, for which I am indebted to my friend Mr. Thomas Blain, of Sunderland, the chief point of interest is the occurrence of two British species, Cythere antiquata (Baird), and Pontocypris(?) angusta, Brady. The shells of the second are empty, and I am not yet able to state with certainty whe- ther the generic position assigned to it is correct. The first- named occurs abundantly, and is very finely developed; I have noticed it also in other collections from the shores of the Levant and Grecian Archipelago. The prevailing species in the gathering are Cythere tarentina, Baird, C. Speyer7, Brady, C. favoides, Brady, and Loxoconcha affinis, Brady. List of Species. Cyprip™. Cythere prava (Baird). fistulosa (Baird) (?=runcinata, Baird). senticosa, Baird (= hystrix, Reuss). antiquata (Baird). Loxoconcha affinis, Brady *. PAglaia pulchella, Brady. Pontocypris (?) angusta, Brady. intermedia, nov. sp. Bairdia formosa, nov. sp. CYTHERID2. alata, nov. sp. Cythere favoides, nov. sp. Xestoleberis margaritea, Bradyt. —— Speyeri, nov. sp. Cytherura acris, nov. sp. tarentina, Baird. Sclerochilus (?) segzeus, nov. sp. —— crispata, nov. sp. Paradoxostoma(?) reniforme, nov. dissimilis, nov. sp. | Sp. Pontocypris intermedia, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 1, 2.) Shell, viewed from the side, subtriangular; greatest height a little in front of the middle, and equal to half the length: anterior extremity broad and well rounded, posterior nar- rowed, almost angulated: superior margin forming an ob- tuse angle a little in front of the middle, thence sloping with a gentle curve to the front, but much more steeply backward ; inferior margin scarcely sinuated. Outline, seen from above, ovate, with pointed extremities; greatest width situated in front of the middle, much less than the height. Colour white ; surface smooth, granular. Length #, inch. This presents characters intermediate between those of the * Normanna affinis, Brady, Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vy. p. 382. + Cytheridea margaritea, Brady, ibid. p. 370. Mr, G.S. Brady on Marine. Ostracoda from Tenedos. 221 two common northern species, P. trigonella and P. mytiloides, but cannot, I think, be properly referred to either of them. Bairdia formosa, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 5-7.) Carapace, as seen from the side, subtriangular, highest in the middle; height equal to considerably more than half the length: anterior extremity rounded and bordered below the middle with several (usually from six to ten) unequal short spines; posterior produced below the middle into a short sharp beak, below which it bears a variable number of slender curved spines: superior margin very boldly arched, inferior almost straight. Seen from above, subrhomboidal, widest in the middle, more acutely pointed behind than in front ; width equal to half the length. Surface of the shell closely and regularly impressed with small rounded punc- tures ; colour white. Left valve much larger than the right, and overlapping on the dorsum. Length ', inch. Cythere crispata, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 14, 15.) Carapace, as seen from the side, compressed, oblong, sub- reniform ; greatest height near the middle, and equal to rather more than half the length: anterior extremity ob- scurely rounded and crenulated below the middle, posterior truncate : superior margin gently arched, slightly excavated in front of the eyes; inferior almost straight: all the mar- gins more or less rugged. Outline, as seen from above, oblong, subquadrangular, widest behind the middle, broadly mucronate in front, truncate behind, deeply constricted at the anterior third, and more gently near the middle; width considerably less than half the height. Surface of the valves exceedingly irregular, marked with waved, rounded, and irregularly flexuous ridges. Colour yellowish brown. Length 7, inch. This so much resembles, in outline and in style of surface- marking, Cythere badia, Norman, that in my ‘ Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda,’ I have, in the note on distribu- tion, referred it to that species. A reexamination of the spe- cimens, however, has induced me to believe that it ought to be considered distinct, though it must be admitted that the dif- ferences are chiefly of degree rather than of kind, consisting in the larger size and the excessive development of the rugosities of the surface. There is, however, a good distinctive character in the truncate posterior extremity. It seems to constitute a link between C. badia and a form previously (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v.) referred by me to Cythere canaliculata, Reuss. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ir. 16 222 Mr. G.S. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. Cythere favoides, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 5-7.) Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subquadrangular, higher in front than behind; greatest height equal to rather more than half the length: anterior extremity well rounded and slightly dentate below the middle; posterior produced below the middle into a subsquamous flange or bordering process, slightly emarginate above the middle: superior margin a little elevated over the eyes, thence sloping gently backwards in an almost straight line; inferior gently si- nuated. Seen from above, ovate, widest behind the middle; extremities obtusely mucronate; greatest width equal to half the length. Shell of the male much more elongated, the dorsal margin slightly sinuated; posterior extremity not so deeply excavated above the middle. Surface of the valves marked with a beautiful hexagonally reticulated pattern of delicate raised ridges, and towards the anterior extremity with a broad border, which is crossed by numerous radiating hair-like lines. Length of female 34; inch. Cythere Speyert, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 8-11.) Shell of the female tumid. Seen from the side, broadly subreni- form, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to nearly two-thirds of the length: anterior extremity rounded, pos- terior produced into a sort of beak below the middle, and excavated above : superior margin boldly arched, highest in the middle ; inferior slightly sinuated in front of the middle, bending upwards behind. Seen from above, ovate, widest in the middle, broadly mucronate behind, obtusely pointed in front. Shell of the male (?) larger (fig. 8), the dorsal margin less conspicuously arched, the posterior not so pro- minently beaked. Surface of the valves marked with close and coarsely impressed round puncta; the ventral margin (of each valve) bearing towards the posterior extremity a single, sharp, downward-pointing spine. Length of female zy Inch. This species is very similar in general appearance to the British C. convexa, and differs chiefly in being very much more tumid: the peculiar ventral spine is also sometimes pre- sent in the British species. Cythere dissimilis, noy. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 12 & 13.) Valves, as seen from the side, subquadrate, highest in front of the middle; greatest height equal to rather more than half the length: anterior extremity broadly and somewhat obliquely rounded, posterior oblique, deeply excavated, and Mr. G. 8. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. 223 terminating below in a strong triangular projection: supe- rior margin gibbous over the anterior hinge, then deeply excavated, and terminating behind in a strong spinous ele- vation; inferior straight. Seen from above, the outline is hexagonal, deeply constricted in the middle, extremities mucronate. Shell-surface covered with closely set angular pittings, having an elevated ridge just within and parallel to the anterior margin, and two short and sharp longitudinal ribs on the central portion of the valve ; one large triangular spine at the postero-superior angle, with two or three smaller ones below. Length 5’, inch. Loxoconcha alata, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 8-13.) Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, flexuous, sub- rhomboidal; greatest height near the middle, and about equal to two-thirds of the length; extremities obliquely rounded, the posterior slightly emarginate above the middle: superior margin gently arched, highest in the middle; in- ferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, the outline is rhomboidal, acutely pointed in front, mucronate behind, slightly constricted in the middle, behind which the lateral alee form two conspicuous protuberances ending abruptly behind; greatest width behind the middle, nearly equal to the height. The shell of the male is more elongated, nearly equal in height throughout, the dorsal margin straight and abruptly angular at its posterior extremity. Surface of the shell marked with fine, closely set, subconcentrically arranged pittings, and having below the middle of each valve a subangular aleeform projection. Length J, inch. The nearest ally of this species is probably Cytheropteron multiforum (Norman). It is, perhaps, questionable whether C. multiforum ought not to be referred to the genus Loxo- concha; and had I, at the time of writing my monograph of the British species, been acquainted with the form now under notice, | should probably have taken that view of the matter. But, not having seen the animal of C. mu/tiforum, having, moreover, seen no female carapaces recognizable as such (which in the present species have all the normal characters of the genus), and knowing of no instance of a distinct lateral ala in Loxoconcha, I was induced to consider it a Cytheropteron. It will be interesting, when opportunity occurs, to examine the animal of C. multiforum: if it be a true Loxoconcha, we must expect some day to find the hitherto overlooked females ; if not, the present species would appear to form a curious connecting link between the two genera. 1G 224 Mr.G.S. Brady on Marine Ostracoda from Tenedos. Cytherura acris, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 3-4.) Carapace of the (male ?), as seen from the side, oblong, sub- clavate, nearly equal in height throughout; height scarcely equal to half the length: anterior extremity rounded, pos- terior produced in the middle into a long tapering process : superior margin nearly straight; inferior also straight or very slightly sinuated, produced posteriorly into a sharp spine. Seen from above, subhexagonal, oblong, with parallel sides, obtuse in front, ‘sharply mucronate behind; width equal to the height. Valves obscurely reticulated, marked with two subparallel longitudinal ridges, the lower ‘of which terminates behind, on the ventral surface, in a sharp spine, and thence runs rectangularly ACTOBS the valve, forming a sharply cut declivity. Length ;5 inch. The gathering contains also several specimens smaller and more tumid than those here described, which are probably the female of the same species. Sclerochilus (?) egeus, nov. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 3, 4.) Carapace, seen from the side, elongate, siliquose, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to less than half the length ; extremities narrowly rounded, the posterior almost angular: superior margin boldly arched, sloping almost in a straight line to the front, but with a more distinct curve backwards; inferior simuated in front of the middle, curving upwards behind. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, widest in the middle, extremities equally and subacutely pointed ; width equal to fully one-third of the length. Sur- face smooth, white, with clouded patches. Length 5 inch. Paradoxostoma (?) reniforme, nov. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 1, 2.) Carapace, seen from the side, elongate, reniform, nearly equal in height throughout; height much less than one-half the length ; extremities evenly rounded : superior margin gently arcuate, inferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, compressed, ovate, acutely pointed in front, subacutely be- hind; width equal to scarcely one-third ‘of the length. Surface smooth ; colour whitish, marked with spots of white opacity. Length 5 inch. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XIV. Fig. 1. Pontocypris intermedia, seen from left side. Fig. 2. The same, seen from above. Fig. 3. Sclerochilus (?) egeus, seen from left side. Fig. 4. The same, seen from above. bo Cr M. A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida, — 2: Fig. 5. Bairdia formosa, seen from left side. Fig. 6. The same, seen from above. Fig. 7. The same, seen from the front. Fig. 8. Loxoconcha alata (male), seen from left side. Fig. 9. The same, seen from above. Fig. 10. The same, seen from below. Fig. 11. The same, seen from the front. Fig. 12. The same (female), seen from left side. ig. 13. The same, seen from below. Fig. 14. Cythere crispata, seen from left side. Fig. 15. The same, seen from above. PLATE XV. Fig. 1. Paradoxostoma(?) reniforme, seen from left side. Fig. 2. The same, seen from above. Fig. 3. Cytherura acris (male?), seen from left side. Fig. 4. The same, seen from above. Fig. 5. Cythere favoides (male), seen from left side. Fig. 6. The same (female), seen from left side. Fig. 7. The same, seen from above. Fig. 8. Cythere Speyeri (male), seen from left side. Fig. 9. The same (temale), seen from left side. Fig. 10. The same, seen from below. Fig. 11. The same, seen from the front. Fig. 12. Cythere dissimilis, right valve, seen from the side. Fig. 13. The same, seen from above. [All magnified 40 diameters. ] XXV.—Observations on the Classification of Echinida, to serve as an Introduction to the Description of the Tertiary Fossil Echinodermata of Western Algeria. By A. POMEL*. I HAVE had the honour to present to the Academy a series of lithographic drawings representing some fossil Echinodermata from Algeria, which are to form a part of the paleontology of that country. The descriptive part of the work is not yet printed; and I now submit to the judgment of the Academy the introduction to this work, im which I propose certain mo- difications in the classification followed by authors. The number of the series of coronal plates, sometimes twenty, or two in each area, in the true Echinida, sometimes much greater by their multiplication in the interambulacral areas, and even in the ambulacral areas in the Tessellata, gives a first division, of the rank of a suborder. The Echinida present three types, which advance regularly from the bilateral to the radial symmetry, and which I name Spatiformes, Lampadiformes, and G'lobiformes. The first have the mouth placed very eccentrically in front, and the anus behind ; the obliteration of the anterior ambulacrum * Translated from the ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ Aug. 3, 1868, pp. 802-305, 226 M.A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida. and the obovate form mask the radial symmetry for the be- nefit of the bilateral. The second have the mouth central or nearly so, the ambulacra similar, and the anus more or less posterior, but often mounting high enough to enter into the series of the genital pieces, which open behind to receive it. The third have the mouth central and the anus opposite, always completely enclosed by the genital apparatus. This division appears to us more natural than the division into two groups of regular and irregular forms, the distinctive character of which is not so absolute as it has been repre- sented. The Spatiformes or Spatangoides form two groups, according as their ambulacra are constituted by simple pores throughout their whole extent (Ananchytida), or as these ambulacra are petaloid (Spatangi). 'The*homogeneity of the family of true Spatang? is such that no one has yet supposed that it could be subdivided; however, an attentive study permits us to recognize and even to define in it several new well-marked groups. 1. The Hupatagia have the madreporic tubercle prolonged behind between the ocellar pieces in the place of the unpaired genital plate ; their petals are even with the test, and provided on the interporiferous area with tubercles like those of the other areas; we may further separate in it the type with an internal fasciole (Breynia), that with lanceolate petals (Hupa- tagus), and that with sublinear petals (Zrachyspatagus). 2. The Brissia are like the foregoing, as far as the ma- dreporide goes; but their petals are depressed, well-defined, and with an interporiferous zone provided only with granules. Some have the tubercles of the back heterogeneous (Lesk7a) ; others have them almost homogeneous, and their periprocta is remarkably open (Brissus) ; others have some small, oblique, closely approximated dorsal tubercles and a moderate peri- procta (Brissopsis). 3. The Micrasteria have the apical apparatus compact— that is to say, with the madreporic tubercle in the centre of the genital plates, which are contiguous. The tubercles of the back are most frequently scattered amidst an abundant granu- lation. The ambulacra are depressed and well defined. Al- most all the genera have fascioles. 4, The Yoxasteria have the apex compact, and some scattered dorsal tubercles; but their petals are even with the test, and the anterior ambulacrum has linear pores, either alone or mingled with round pores. The peristome is not so boldly labiated as in the other Spatangoides. There are no fascioles, M. A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida. — 227 5. The Holasteria have the apex lengthened in conse- quence of the intercalation of the ocellar pieces between the genital pieces. The petals are still even with the test, with the pores but slightly developed in most of them. Some fascioles may be seen at the ambitus. In some the apex is continuous (Holaster) ; in others it is disjointed, and there are, as it were, two ambulacral summits (the sole genus is Meta- porinus). The Ananchytida are divided into two groups: the first, with the apex elongated, Offaster; the second, with the apex compact, Stenonia. The Lampadiformes are either edentate or furnished with teeth. The former are divided into the Kchinoneida, with a mouth without tubercle, er floscule, and with simple or sub- petaloid ambulacra; and Cassidulida, furnished with a flos- cule and tubercle at the mouth, and with petaloid ambulacra. The second are divided into the Clypeastroida, with petaloid ambulacra, and the Echinoconida, with simple ambulacra. The Echinoneida comprise three types :— 1. The Dysasteria are still almost spatiform, and many authors have united them with the Ananchytida; but they have the ambulacra of the Lampadiformes on the inferior sur- face; their ambulacral summit is disjointed in the true Dys- aster, and simply elongated in Hyboclypus. 2. The Echinonea have the ambulacra simple and uniform from the mouth to the apex, which is compact ; the peristome is often oblique ; of fossil genera Pyrina may be cited. 3. The Caratomia also have their apex compact, but their ambulacra pass into the petaloid form ; they are almost simple in Caratomis, subpetaloid and unequal in Asterostoma, and petaloid in Pygaulus. The Cassidulida are those of authors, less the Caratomia. Some have a very rudimentary floscule between the cushions, and the petals are dissimilar in Archiaria, similar in Clypeus ; others have a well-developed floscule, with conjugated pores in Pygurus, non-conjugated pores in Hehinanthus; and a fifth phyllodean type is remarkable on account of the short- ness of the petals, Maujasia, foreshadowing the following type. The Clypeastroida remain, divided into Clypeastres, Scutellae, and Lagane. However, it would be perhaps convenient to divide the last-mentioned group into true Lagane, with a buccal rosette and petaloid ambulacra, and Lehinocyami with- out buccal rosette, and with ambulacra hardly petaloid, and formed of non-conjugate pores. The Echinoconida are, again, those of authors, less the tooth- 228 M.A. Pomel on the Classification of Echinida. less types. Some have the anus far from the apex; the peristome is small and but slightly angular in Echinoconus ; it is large and strongly notched in Pygaster; others have the frame of the periprocta partly constituted by the genital circle— Echinoclypus ; and as the peristome is strongly notched, there is a manifest passage to the type of the regular Echinida. The Globiform EKchinida are very homogeneous, but yet they can be divided into two distinct subfamilies, the Cida- rida, with the ambulacra prolonged on the buccal membrane, and destitute of buccal branchie, and the Hchinida, with the ambulacra not prolonged, but provided with buccal branchie, applied against the frame of the peristome in a more or less deep notch. The Cidarides are only varied in a slight degree; some have the ambulacra flexuous—7Zemnocidaris and Cidaris. Others have the ambulacra straight, and the tubercles rela- tively small—Orthocidaris and Diplocidaris. The Echinides are, of all the Echinida, those in which the serial arrangement is most difficult to find. We have decided to make two groups of them, the perforation of the mamilla of the tubercles being characteristic of the Diademia and wanting in the Echinia. The Salenia have been raised into a tribe, and even into a family, because one of the pieces which, in the ordinary Echinida invest the anal membrane, is in this case fixed to the test, and also because the anus is eccentric in the peri- proctal frame, as is the case in many other living types. It is therefore probable that this tribe will be suppressed, or perhaps be distributed among the others. The Diademia include several types; Heterocidaris, with short ambulacral lips and a small peristome; Hemicrdaris, with a large, diagonal peristome, and with very narrow am- bulacra ; Diadema differing from these by its tubercles being equal in the two areas; and Pedina with a small peristome, much notched, and with slightly developed tubercles. The Hchinia are a little more varied; the peristome has its lips but slightly unequal, and its notches sharp in some; the test has no sculpture, and the tubercles of the two areas are unequal in AWropeltis, subequal in Phymasoma and Celopleurus ; the test is ornamented with sculpture and im- pressions in Temnoplewrus and Salmacis. The peristome has no notches, or very slight ones, and the lips are very unequal in Codechinus, equal in Psammechinus. Its notches are very clean, and even deep, and the lips very unequal, in Magnosia and Stomechinus. 'The peristome is almost round, and the notches are narrow and deep in Tripneustes. Lastly, with Miscellaneous. 229 the peristome of Phymasoma we have the ambulacra almost petaloid at the base in Helioctdaris and Acrocladia. It may be remarked that the above classification arranges the Echinida in two continuous series, namely, the toothless and toothed; all that was necessary to obtain this incontes- table improvement was to refer the Echinonea to their proper place. MISCELLANEOUS. On a Collection of Pteropods and Heteropods. By F. P. Marrart. Tue following collection of Pteropods and Heteropods was ob- tained by Capt. Whiteway, of the ship ‘Annie Cheshyre, during several voyages from Liverpool to Valparaiso. This gentleman has been in the habit of collecting various marine objects, and with the utmost liberality has given them to our local museums and private collectors. It is truly surprising to find what a very large number of interesting specimens have been procured by the indefatigable exer- tions of a single individual. The following list comprises only one section of his work. The specimens were placed in my hands, and were found to include the following species :— PTEROPODA. Cavolina tridentata, Forsk. Clio lanceolata, Leswewr. —— Forskalii, D’Orb. (?) pyramidata, Browne. —— gibbosa, Rang. Balantium recurvum, Children. —— uncinata, Rang. Styhiola recta, Lesweur. limbata, D’ Orb. corniformis, D’Orb. — longirostris, Lesueur. subulata, Quoy § Gaim. quadridentata, Lesweur. virgula, Rang. —— labiata, D’Orb. Triptera columnella, Rang. —— depressa, D’Orb. Spirialis rostralis, Hyd. § Soul. Diacria mucronata, Quoy § Gaim. inflata, D’ Orb. trispinosa, Lesweur. rotunda, D’ Orb. Clio cuspidata, Bose. Heterofusus bulimoides, D’ Orb, HETEROPODA. Ianthina bifida, Nuttall. Atlanta rosea, Eyd. communis, Lam. —— globosa, Swain. exigua, Lam. inflata, Lyd. fragilis, Zam. turricula, D’ Ord. Atlanta brunnea, Eyd. Oxygyrus Keraudrenii, Rang. inclinata, Hyd. Carinaria cymbium, Linn. Peronii, Lesu. § Blainv. involuta, Lyd. Lesueurii, yd. 2 Peveril Terrace, Edge Lane, Liverpool. August 12, 1868. 230 Miscellaneous. Observations on some Mammalia from the North of China. By M. A. Miryx-Epwarps. Carnivora.—The author indicates two species of the genus Meles, M. leptorhynchus and M. leucolemus. The former resembles the common badger in appearance ; but the black bands on the sides of the head are much diminished and narrow, so as not to pass the ear beneath. The cranium is much more narrowed between the orbits, and the whole fronto-nasal region is very narrow. ‘The anterior aperture of the nostrils is small, the lower margin of the posterior nares is much more produced, and the lateral margins of the adja- cent portion of the palatine arch constitute each a trenchant crest passing outside the outer face of the ala of the pterygoid. The upper tubercular molar is narrower and more elongate than in the European badger. M. leucolemus differs considerably from the known representatives of the genus, and might be regarded as the type of a new generic group. It is much smaller than the preceding (which is somewhat less than M. tavus); its hairs are much longer, and its throat and breast pure white. The skull is much shortened, especially in its cranial portion, the crests of which are scarcely salient. The part immediately behind the postorbital angles is not narrowed. The anterior frontal region is broad and depressed, whilst the muzzle is much drawn out, giving the face a conical form. The suborbital foramen is enormous, and the zygomatic arches very short. The exterior meatus auditorius is remarkably large, and approximated to the glenoid cavity. ‘The mastoid apophyses are scarcely promi- nent. The tympanic cases, instead of being much inflated, are ex- tremely depressed. The aperture of the posterior nares is thrown very far back, beyond the level of the articulation of the lower Jaw. The third superior incisor is very oblique, and extends nearly to the canine; it is deeply worn by the friction of the lower canine. The tubercular molar is comparatively little developed. Both these spe- cies inhabit the vicinity of Pekin. Panthers are common in this part of China; and, according to M. Fontanier, two species occur there. Of one of these the fur is much longer and thicker than in the Indian leopard, and the tail is very thick from base to apex; the skull is much more arched from before backwards than in the Indian and African leopards, the cra- nium is more developed, and the fronto-nasal region longer; the posterior margin of the bony palate is strongly emarginate, and the aperture of the posterior nares is short and broad. The skull dif- fers considerably from that of Gray’s Leopardus chinensis; and the species is named by the author Felis Fontanierit. Rodentia.—Two large species of Pteromys inhabit the forests of the Tscheli Mountains. The largest, P. melanopterus, is nearly of the size of P. momoga from Japan, from which it is distinguished by the much greater length of the tail, and by the slightly fulvous-grey colour of the upper part of the body, which contrasts with the nearly black tint of the upper surface of the parachutes and feet. The Miscellaneous. 2oL other, P. wanthipes, is rather smaller, and has a short but very thickly furred tail. It is yellowish grey above, becoming fulvous on the lateral membranes and feet. The body beneath is greyish. Ruminants.—M. Fontanier brought from Pekin a stag equal to C. elaphus in stature, and resembling that species in its general characters. It is distinguished by the more elongate form of the head, the greyer colour of the coat, and by the great development of the ischiatic patch, which is yellow. Hence the author names this species Cervus xanthopygus.—Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 5. tome viii. pp. 374-376. Notes on some Alge from a Californian Hot Spring. By Dr. H. C. Woop, Jun., Professor of Botany in the University of Pennsyl- vania. Some time since, Prof. Leidy handed me for examination a number of dried Algze, which he had received from Prof. Seidensticker, by whose sister, Mrs. Partz, they had been gathered in the “ Benton Spring,” which is situated in the extreme northern point of Owen’s Valley, California, sixty miles south-west from the town of Aurora. Afterwards a number of similar specimens came to me directly from Mrs.Partz by mail. The subject of life in thermal springs is one of so much general interest, especially in connexion with that of spon- taneous generation, as to induce me to make a very careful exami- nation of the material and offer the results to the readers of this journal. In this connexion the following extract from a letter of Mrs. Partz to her brother is very relevant :— *“T send you a few samples of the singular vegetation developed in the hot springs of our valley. These springs rise from the earth in an area of about 80 square feet, which forms a basin or pond that pours its hot waters into a narrow creek. In the basin are produced the first forms, partly at a temperature of 124°-135° F. Gradually in the creek and to a distance of 100 yards from the springs are developed, at a temperature of 110°-120° F., the Algze, some grow- ing to a length of over 2 feet, and looking like bunches of waving hair of the most beautiful green. Below 100° F. these plants cease to grow, and give way to a slimy fungus growth, though likewise of a beautiful green, which, finally, as the temperature of the water decreases, also disappears. They are very difficult to preserve, being of so soft and pulpy a nature as not to bear the least handling, and must be carried in their native hot water to the house, very few at a time, and floated upon paper. After being taken from the water and allowed to cool, they become a black pulpy mass. But more strange than the vegetable are the animal organizations, whose germs, probably through modifications of successive generations, have finally become indigenous to these strange precincts. Mr. Partz and myself saw in the clear water of the basin a very sprightly spider- like creature running nimbly over the ground, where the water was 124° F., and on another occasion dipped out two tiny red worms.” In regard to the temperatures given, and the observation as to 232 Miscellaneous. the presence of animal life in the thermal waters, Mr. Wm. Gabb, of the State Geological Survey, states that he has visited the locality, knows Mrs. Partz very well, and that whatever she says may be relied on as accurate. The colour of the dried specimen varies from a very elegant bluish green to a dirty greenish and fuscous brown. After somewhat prolonged soaking in hot water, the specimens regained apparently their original form and dimensions, and were found to be in very good condition for microscopical study. The plant in its earliest stages appears to consist simply of cylin- drical filaments, which are so small that they are resolved with some difficulty into their component cells by a first-class one-fifth objec- tive. Fronds composed entirely of filaments of this description were received. Some of these were marked as “first forms,” and as having grown in water at a temperature of 160° F. Probably these were collected immediately over the spot where the heated water bubbled up. At this temperature, if the collection made is to be relied on as the means of judging, the plant does not perfect itself. To the naked eye these “first forms” were simply membranous ex- pansions, of a vivid green colour and indefinite size and shape, scarcely as thick as writing-paper, with their edges very deeply cut and running out into a long waving hair-like fringe. Other speci- mens, which grew at a much lower temperature, exactly simulated those just described, both in general appearance and microscopical characters. These, I believe, were the immature plant. The matured fronds, as obtained by the method of soaking above described, were “ gelatinous membranous,” of a dirty greenish or fuscous brown at their bases, and bright green at their marginal portions, where they were deeply incised and finally split up into innumerable hair-like processes. Proximally they were one or even two lines in thickness, distally they were scarcely as thick as tissue paper. Their bases were especially gelatinous, sometimes somewhat translucent, and under the microscope were found to have in them only a few distant filaments. Two sets of filaments were very readily distinguished in the adult plant. The most abundant of these, and that especially found in the distal portions of the fronds, were composed of uniform cylin- drical cells, often enclosed in a gelatinous sheath. The diameter of such filaments varies greatly; in the larger the sheaths are generally apparent, in the smaller they are frequently indistinguishable. In certain places these filaments run more or less parallel side by side, and are glued together into a sort of membrane. It is only in these cylindrical filaments that I have been able to detect hetero- cysts, which are not very different from the other cells: they are about one-third or one-half broader, and are not vesicular, but have contents similar to those of the other cells. In one instance only was I able to detect hairs upon these heterocysts. The larger filaments are found especially near the base and in the other older portions of the frond. Their cells are generally irregu- Miscellaneous. 2ae larly elliptical or globose, rarely are they cylindrical. They are mostly of an orange-brown colour; and there exists a particular gelatinous coating to each cell rather than a common gelatinous sheath to the filament. These larger threads are apparently pro- duced from the smaller filaments by a process of growth. Near the base and in the under portions of the fronds, these fila- ments are scattered in the homogeneous jelly, in which they run in- finitely diverse courses. In the upper portions of the frond, and at some little distance from the base, the adjoining cells are very close to one another, and pursue more or less parallel courses, with enough firm jelly between to unite them into a sort of membrane. This plant certainly belongs to the Nostochacez, and seems a sort of connecting link between the genera Hormosiphon of Kiitzing and Nostoe. The best algologists now refuse to recognize the former group as generically distinct; and the characters presented by this plant seem to corroborate that view. The species appears to be an undescribed one; and I would pro- pose for it the specific name Caladariwn, which is suggested by its place of growth. There are several species of allied genera, which grow in the hot springs of Europe; but no true Nostoc has, I believe, been found before in thermal waters. The following is the technical description of the species ;— NV. caladarium, sp. nov. N. thallo maximo, indefinite expanso, aut membranaceo-coriaceo vel membranaceo-gelatinoso vel membranaceo, aut late viridi vel sordide olivaceo-viridi vel olivaceo-brunneo, irregulariter pro- funde laciniato-sinuato, ultimo eleganter laciniato ; trichomatibus inzqualibus, interdum flexuoso-curvatis, plerumque subrectis et arete conjunctis, in formis duabus occurrentibus: forma altera parva, viridis, articulis cylindricis, cum cellulis perdurantibus hic illic interjectis, vaginis interdum obsoletis, seepius diffluentibus, instructa; forma altera maxima, articulis globosis vel oblongis, aurantiaco-brunneis, cellulis perdurantibus ab ceteris haud di- versis. Hobs Cellule cylindricee maxime >;4,5 une. ; cellule perdurantis soon Une. 4 Forme prime articuli maximi ,)4,,5 une. ; sells pee aaa Be Forme secunde articuli poblongt longi soo soos Une., lati so5a—eap> articuli globosi ~155-q7)yp une. Adherent to, and often more or less imbedded in, the fronds of the Nostoc, were scattered frustules of several species of diatoms, none of which was I able to identify. In some of the fronds there were numerous unicellular Alge, all of them representatives of a single species belonging to the genus Chroococcus, Niigeli. This genus con- tains the very lowest known organisms—simple cells without nuclei, multiplying, as far as known, only by cell-division. These cells are found single or associated in small families ; and in certain species these families are united to form a sort of indeterminate gelatinous 234 Miscellaneous. stratum. In this species the families are composed of but very few cells, surrounded by a very large, more or less globular or elliptical mass of transparent firm jelly. The species is very closely allied to Chroococcus turgidus, var. thermalis, Rabenh., from which it differs in the outer jelly not being lamellated. The following is the technical description of the species :— C. thermophilus, sp. nov. Ch. cellulis singulis aut geminis vel quadrigeminis et in familias consociatis, oblongis vel subglobosis, interdum angulosis, haud stratum mucosum formantibus; tegumento crassissimo, achroo, haud lamelloso, homogeneo; cytioplasmate viridi, interdum sub- tiliter granulato, interdum homogeneo. Diam. Cellule singule sine tegumento longitudo maxima ,2,,” 150C ? latitudo maxima 53,5 ".—Sulliman’s Journal, July 1868. Description of two Sacculinide. By M. Huss. The author remarks upon the importance of the habitat of para- sitic Crustacea in ascertaining their identity, and states that, with but few exceptions, these animals are strictly confined to particular species of Crustacea or fishes. He describes two new species of Sacculinde parasitic upon crabs. Sacculindia Gibbsit. Larger than the examples found on Carcinus menas, being 25 millims. in length, 20 in breadth, and 10 in thickness. Its form is rounded quadrate, slightly flattened laterally; the pedicle, which is short, presents on each side two rounded protuberances, reverted towards the upper part of the body. The position of the anal orifice varies in consequence of the contractions of the body ; it is generally placed directly opposite to the pedicle. Its construction is exactly as in the parasite of Carcinus menas. The skin is thin, showing through it the meanders of the oviferous tubes. It has a velvet-like appearance, and is very tense. The ova are large, oval, and contain only a single vitellus. The eye appears as ared spot; at the middle of the body laterally are two round black spots, which always occupy the same place. The colour of the body is very deep yellow, with a reddish-brown tinge. The specimen was found, in January 1867, on the abdomen of an example of Pisa Gibbsii, where it was not protected by the carapace. M. Hesse remarks that it is singular that the Pisa had not freed it- self from its parasite, which it could easily reach. Sacculinidia Herbstia nodosa (!). Measurements, 25X15x5 millims. Resembles the parasite of CO. menas in form, but presents laterally two horizontal expansions, one forming a cylindrical process, the extremity of which is curved downwards like a hook. Anal aperture placed at the middle of the Miscellaneous. 235 lower part of the body. Pedicle long, and much dilated at base. Colour light yellow. Found, in November ee attached to the intestinal canal of Herbstia nodosa. The author remarks that the Sacculinidous parasite of C. menas, after getting rid of its ova, has a very transparent envelope of a light bluish colour. Through this the body of the parasite is visible, shifted to the upper part of the envelope, close to the buccal orifice and pedicle; it is opaque, and of a yellow colour. After a time the parasite dies, shrivels, and becomes detached, when its former posi- tion is indicated only by a chitinous ring. From this, flat squamous corneous pieces are seen to radiate towards the centre: these have denticulated margins ; they leave at the centre an oval orifice, esta- blishing the communication between the parasite and its victim. These parts are probably moveable, and may, by rising or sinking, alter the size of the orifice. In course of time all these traces of the presence of the parasite become obliterated.—Ann. Scr. Nat. sér. 5. tome viii. pp. 377-381. On the Calamites and Fossil Equiseta. By M. Scuimper. M. Schimper has referred to the Equisetinez of the Carboniferous, Triassic, and Jurassic periods, and has endeavoured to prove that the Calamites ought to have their place in that group of vascular Cryptogamia, not only because of the external and internal struc- ture of the stem, but also because of their organs of fructification, which show a great analogy with those of the Equiseta of the pre- sent epoch. He has shown that the fossil spikes that were taken for spikes of Calamites, and which are remarkable for their great resemblance to the catkins of the Lycopodiacex, do not belong to the Calamites, but to Annularia and Sphenophyllum, fossil genera which establish the passage from the Hquiseta to the Lycopodiacee. M. Schimper has also proved, by means of some fine specimens and a number of drawings, that all the fossil trunks of the Bunter Sandstone, of the Keuper, and of the Rhetic strata, that had been designated under the names of Calamites, belong to thegenus Equisetum. The trunks of these gigantic Hquiseta had a diameter of more than 12 centimetres and a height of from 8 to 10 metres; the branches which adorned the higher parts of them, in the form of a crown, were simple, and bore at their extremity a spike of the size of a pigeon’s egg and organized exactly like the spikes of our living Equiseta. The subterranean rhizomes were well developed, and gave origin, like those of many of our Equiseta, to tubercles which had the form and size of a hen’s egg. According to M. Schimper, EHquisetwm columnare (Brongn.), of the Oolite of Scarborough, is specifically different from the homonymous species of the Keuper.—/Société d’ Hist. Nat. de Strasbourg, Feb. 5, 1868; Bibl. Univ. Aug. 15, 1868, Bull. Sei. pp. 325-326. 236 Miscellaneous. On the Contractile Tissue of Sponges. By N. Lizrperxtun. In a recent supplement to his numerous investigations of Sponges, Lieberkiihn has paid special attention to the ciliated embryos of the Spongille. The ova present a perfectly regular segmentation. They are situated, like the embryos, in lacune of the parenchyma of the body. It is there also that the spermatic cells are found. To ob- serve the embryos, Lieberkiihn divides the Spongilla into thin sec- tions, which he leaves to soak in water for a day. The embryos up to the moment when they commence their independent life remain in the envelope formed by the contractile tissue of the sponge, in which they turn about by means of their ciliary coat. During this period the cavity of the body, which is filled with liquid, is formed. A portion of the spheres of segmentation which have not undergone much modification are crowded together in the posterior part of the body, where they form an opaque mass. The cilia of the embryo are very long, and implanted upon still amorphous sarcode, and not upon true cells. The mass of the embryo properly so called, however, is formed by contractile and nucleated cells, a portion of which enclose siliceous spicules in their interior. This tissue is iden- tical with the contractile parenchyma of the sponge itself. — Archiv fir Anat. und Physiol. 1867, p.509; Brbl. Univ. 1868, Bull. Sei. p. 168. Comparative Investigation of the Generative Organs of the Hare, Rabbit, and Leporide. By 8. Antone. The author gives an account of the anatomy of the generative organs in the Leporides produced by the union of a male and female hybrid between a male hare and female rabbit. In certain organs, such as the feet and the ovaries, the Leporide occupies a middle place between the hare and the rabbit. The generative organs are complete in both sexes. In the female the ovaries resemble those of the hare in colour and texture, and those of the rabbit in the volume and dissemination of the Graafian vesi- cles. The vagina and vulva, on the other hand, resemble those of the rabbit in their dimensions, the position of the meatus urinarius, and the extent and arrangement of the canal of Gaertner. The fecundity of these hybrids is shown by their anatomy : the females possess many ovules, and the testes of the males furnish a liquid filled with spermatozoids. In the mule, Brugnone is the only ob- server who has detected spermatozoids. The author concludes with the following summary of results :-— 1. The female hybrid of the hare and rabbit can be fecundated by the male hybrid. 2. These hybrids, whilst presenting intermediate characters, pos- sess genital organs which much more resemble those of the rabbit than those of the hare.—Comptes Rendus, June 22, 1868, pp. 1267— 1269. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] No. 10. OCTOBER 1868. XXVI.—On the Typical Value of the Lingual Dentition in the right Distribution of the Genera of Gasteropoda into Natural Groups and Families. By JoHN DENIS Macponatp, M.D., F.R.S., Staff Surgeon, R.N. [Plate XVI. ] THOUGH many of the weak points of pure conchology have been brought to light by the study of the lingual dentition of the Gasteropoda, there is yet much more to be accomplished, embracing not only the acquisition of new facts by further research, but the right use of those already in our possession. We are, even now, only sufficiently acquainted with the sub- ject to know that any system of conchology, however plausibly framed, cannot be reliable where this important test has not been brought to bear. It is nevertheless true that the import of the dental characters has been either misinterpreted or not sufficiently taken into account in some of our best works on malacology. It is scarcely to be believed, for example, that, as at present received, the greater number of the genera of the two significant families Muricidee and Buccinide require reci- procal change of place, the truth of which position will be demonstrated as we proceed with the inquiry. Mr. Jabez Hogg, in a paper* lately read before the Micro- scopical Society, quotes a passage from Mr. 8. P. Woodward’s ‘Manual of Mollusca,’ that I had already transcribed for my own purpose some eight or nine years ago; but, as that pur- pose does not appear to be infringed upon by the tenor of Mr. Hogg’s reasoning, I shall still adopt the quotation in question, as affording a good idea of the commonly received views of classification by the lingual dentition (op. c7t. p. 450) :— * “On the Lingual Membrane of Mollusca, and its value in Classifica- tion,” by Jabez Hoge, F.L.S. &c., published in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,’ No. 31, July 1868. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 17 238 Dr. J. D. Macdonald on the Typical Value of “The patterns or types of lingual dentition are on the whole remarkably constant, but their systematic value is not uniform. It must be remembered that the teeth are essentially epithelian cells, and, like: other superficial organs, liable to be modified in accordance with the wants and habits of the creatures. The instruments with which animals obtain their food are of all others the most subject to those adaptive changes, and can never form the basis of a philosophical system.” And I add here a note from the bottom of page 450 :—‘‘ The carnivorous opossums have teeth adapted for eating flesh, but are not on that account to be classed with placental carnivora.” To state that the systematic value of the types of lingual dentition is not uniform implies, first, that we are fully ac- quainted with a subject which is yet avowedly only in its in- fancy ; and, secondly, that from this knowledge notable in- stances may be advanced demonstrating the truth of the asser- tion. We are surely not to form a hasty conclusion to this effect from the analysis of such a family as the Bullide, for example, including a mass of beings differing as much inter se as the families of Pteropoda, and much more than the three acknowledged families of Heteropoda do. Now the principle which I desire to maintain is that Gasteropoda whose general anatomical characters, including the configuration, sculp- turing, and minute structure of their shells, suggest their distribution in the same group will be found still further to be associated as well as distinguished by the type and pecu- liarity of their lingual dentition—moreover, that prima facie resemblance or difference, with or without conformity in the dentition of the animals, may only require a little further investigation to reveal their natural affinities or antipathies. Anticipating myself a little, I think I may sately state, from extended observation, that Concholepas, Purpura, Ricinula, Vitularia, or any other genus properly referable to the Mu- ricide will always be found with a lingual dentition unequi- vocally on the type of that of Murex. But if some Pisanie, Ranella, Triton, Fasciolaria, and other equally incongruous genera are associated with them, it is no wonder that the den- tition should be found to exhibit no “uniform systematic value.” For further illustration we may select the Buccinide, whose dental characters are so distinctive that any single genus properly belonging to it can never be confounded with Muricide or any other family. The excellent authorities Forbes and Hanley (vol. i. p. 888), speaking of the genus Nassa, remark that ‘it is one of the best marked and most easily recognized groups, both as to shell and animal, among the Muricide (!), though some conchologists strangely persist the Lingual Dentition in the Gasteropoda. 239 in mingling it with Bucc’num.” The buccinoid type of ribbon is nevertheless invariably found with Nassa, Cyclonassa, Pusio- stoma (Sw.), Myristica, and numerous other genera strictly ap- pertaining to the family. But if Ricinula, Planaxis, Cassis, Columbella, and Oliva are placed in the same category, the dental characters will assuredly be found wanting; for the genera just mentioned cannot, with any justice to zoological science, be distributed into less than five distinct families apart from Buccinide. I conclude therefore that, until all the families of the Gas- teropoda have been sifted in this way, superfluous families re- jected and nature’s own families found, we cannot be in a position to affirm that the dental characters are not in all cases to be depended upon—though this may be in reality quite true. If it is intended, by the assertion that the “ teeth are essen- tially epithelian cells,” to lessen their morphological importance and convey the idea of mutability, surely we ought to be able to draw a distinction between the normal and abnormal deve- lopment of the same organs in different members of the same species. Moreover the teeth are formed from a special matrix at the fundus of the lingual sac, determining in every case the constant evolution of certain characters ; and any defect in the formative pulp will repeat any consequent malformation in each succeeding row of teeth. If it is implied that, as it were, obedient to circumstances affecting adaptation, nature may possibly give a buccinoid ribbon to a veritable Murex, such a doctrine is quite untenable. My own impression is that the distinctive characters of the teeth are in accordance with a definite plan, whether we asso- ciate this with the adaptation of the creatures to the special conditions of their existence or not. Any one finding Helicina (a truly terrestrial Nerite) and Helix (an inoperculate bisexual snail, with a broad lingual pavement) feeding in a tropical forest under precisely similar circumstances, would be inclined to yield the palm to the plan rather than to the conditions of existence. On Mr. Darwin’s beautiful hypothesis, the diver- gence of species from a primitive type may be readily admitted; yet, like the coloured components of white light diverging from the prism, it would be unphilosophical to suppose them capable of reciprocally interchanging their characters and properties, even if it were possible to refer all to a common source. No one would approve of establishing the peculiarities of the dentition of Mammalia or of any other great class of animals as a kind of ready reckoner of affinities, without taking into Lia, wes 240 Dr. J. D. Macdonald on the Typical Value of account all other important structural particulars. Using a similar mode of reasoning to that adopted by Mr. Woodward, it might be said that although the dentition and habits of the pteropods Crese’s and Hyalea are obviously carnivorous, they are not on this account to be classed with the whelks or any other carnivorous Gasteropoda; nor, indeed, should they. But for this I will contend, that the dental characters are of equal importance in the discrimination of the Opossum from the Bandicoot, Clio from Pneumodermon, and of Murex from Bucci- num, and that the genuine gasteropodous families are to be distinguished by their teeth, subordinate to certain broader features of structure, including union or distinctness of the Sexes. The question as to the actual number of rows of teeth oc- curring in any particular genus or species ought not to super- sede the consideration of other characters afforded by them ; for it is just possible that the typical number forming part of the morphological plan of the family may be rendered obscure by suppression and modified development in minor types. I endeavoured on a former occasion to set forth this principle, and I have since found abundant proof of its correctness. Here, indeed, it may be assumed that there is a want of uni- formity; but, as even this appears to be amenable to fixed laws, the defect is more likely to be in our own philosophy than in the institutions of nature. The dental formula of Conus, Terebra, and Pleurotoma may be assumed to be a single series of fangs in each pleura, with a naked central space, characterizing the Toxifera of Dr. Gray; yet when in Clava- tula we find five rows of dental organs arranged as though the teeth of Mitra had been inserted between those of Bela or Mangelia, we recognize a primary and two minor types, de- pending upon the suppression of the central or the pleural teeth, as the case may be. Other examples of suppression of one or more of the members of the typical ribbon are to be found amongst the Turritellide and the Lamellariade. It is also of importance to observe the manner in which the dental processes are connected with the basal plates, and in particular whether they are recurved from the fore part of those plates or arise near or from their posterior border, in which latter case the teeth are not recurved, but point directly backwards. Thus the words recurved and direct would sufti- ciently express the two principal conditions here indicated, the dental points being in all cases retrorse. As a general rule, the teeth are recurved in the vegetable feeders, and direct in the carnivora. Simple fanged teeth, or those without folia- tions, are carnivorous, whether disposed in the manner of a the Lingual Dentition in the Gasteropoda. 241 pavement, as in Janthina or Scalaria, or in the pleure of a lingual ribbon, as in Atlanta and Carinaria. There are, how- ever, mixed characters in the dentition of some genera; and the subject requires much careful study to elicit all that may be deducible from it as a guide to classification. It would be very desirable to establish a fixed nomenclature for the parts, and some uniform mode of description of the lingual apparatus, so that the dental characters of any species referred to the fixed types shall be definite and unequi- vocal. I have already employed Prof. Huxley’s excellent name “ odontophore”’ for the tooth-bearing membrane, with its ex- panded ale in front embracing the tip of the tongue and being continuous with the lining membrane at the sides of the oral cavity, the posterior tubular portion of this organ, named the lingual sac, carrying the teeth upon its floor, extending backwards to the closed extremity containing the dental pulp or formative matrix, and forwards over the tip to the frenum of the tongue. The upper wall of the lingual sac terminates anteriorly in a crescentic fold, by which it becomes continuous with the lining of the cesophagus. The fore part and body of the tongue proper is supported by lateral cartilages wrapped together by muscle and ligament at the mesial line, and often having smaller supplementary pieces moveably articulated in front, as in the Zurbos and Nerites. The cartilages in the carnivorous families in particular conjointly form a grooved surface, over which the odontophore glides when in action. The common dental area or the space occupied by the teeth is usually divided into three lesser longitudinal areas, a central and two lateral, commonly known as rachis and pleure. The latter name may be retained; but the “ central dental area,” though longer, is preferable to “rachis,” which is not sufti- ciently definite. The central area usually presents a median series of dental plates, either alone or with one or more lateral series. The median series, however, is often suppressed. The pleura may present one, two, three, or many longitudinal rows of teeth ; and these are numbered, from within outwards, first, second, third, &e. With what has been already said of the basal plates and dental processes connected with them, this brief anatomical sketch will answer all practical purposes. The special types of dentition will be noticed when the groups or families which they characterize come under consideration. Having completed the foregoing introductory remarks, | 242 Dr. J. D. Macdonald on the Typical Value of shall now attempt the grouping of all the genera which I have found (in many cases by repeated personal observation) refer- able either to Buccinidee or Muricide, substantiating my posi- tion by satisfactory proof and reference to the labours of others, furnishing decisive evidence in authentic preparations, figures, and descriptions. In order that there should be no possible mistake in the types of the two very distinct forms of dentition to which I refer, I have selected two examples for each, viz. those of Buccinum undatum (Pl. XVI. fig. 1, odontophore laid flat) and Cassidulus melongena (fig. 2) for Buccinide, and those of Murex tenuispina (fig. 3) and Concholepas peruviana (fig. 4) for Muricide. BUCCINIDA. _ Lingual dentition triserial, the distinctive feature of which is a stout conical fang at the inner extremity of the pleural plates. Systematic Name. References and Remarks. Buccinum undatum ....| Preparations and drawings, fig. 1. cyaneum ........ Gray’s ‘Guide to Mollusca,’ p. 22, referring also to Lovén, t. 5. f. 5. Cantharus undosus ....} Personal observation in Fiji, and an excellent preparation in Mr. Barron’s collection. Pisania striata. s:sah 5. Personal observation in the Mediterranean ; description, Gray, op. cit. p. 18. Pusiostoma mendicaria .| Personal observation and preparation. Cominella maculosa, & | | Figured by Hogg, op. cit. pl. 10. fig. 85; de- two undetermined sp. { scription, Gray, p. 16. Chrysodomus antiquus | Forb. & Hanl. vol. iii. p. 427, fig. 31; Gray, fig. 9, p.15; Mr. Barron’s preparations. propinquus ...... F. & H., description, vol. iii. p. 420. islandicus....°:..| Ibid. p. 419, pl. SS. fig. 2 ¢; Mr. Barron’s preparations. OMACMAG 5 sie vieieis & Figured by Hogg, plate 10. figs. 52 & 34, Nassa reticulata annulata ...... Description of dentition, Gray, p. 17, and incrassata...... Lovén’s figures, t. 5. arcularia ...... CUB ri yaw tate eh ogee Mr. Barron’s preparations. Neritula neritacea ....} Ditto. Cassidulus melongena ..| Personal observation at Jamaica, preparations co) y) and drawings. PACTLO sta. dis | Gray, fig. 6, p. 10, where also the dentition nodosus.......> of C. nodosus and of C. vespertilio is de- vespertilio .... | scribed. Triumphis distorta ....| Description, Gray, p. 15. the Lingual Dentition in the Gasteropoda. 243 Bullia and Phos are, in all probability, also members of this family ; but only those genera or, more critically, those species have been introduced whose Buccznotd character has been de- termined by their lingual dentition, either actually figured or satisfactorily described. The list already includes some of the principal genera, and will, no doubt, be soon very considerably augmented when the information and research of other natu- ralists is brought to bear upon it in the manner above indi- cated, MURICID&. Lingual dentition triserial, the distinctive feature of which is having strongly curved sémple acuminate teeth in the pleure ; and the origins of the central teeth are usually in bold relief upon the basal plates. Systematic Name. References and Remarks. Murex tenuispina...... Personal observation, preps. and drawings. trunculus ......+. Figured by Hogg, op. cit. pl. 10. fig. 35. ran@aris’ 36... 05. « Mr. Barron’s preparations. ermaceus .. 6. fs. Forbes & Hanley, pl. TT. fig. le. Purpura lapillus ...... Mr. Barron’s preparations ; descrip.Gray, p. 20. Blainvilli 25...5% Mr. Barron’s preparations. hemastoma...... Figured by Hogg, pl. 10. fig. 36. Topas Francolina ...... Mr. Barron’s preparations. Trophon bamfium...... F. & H. pl. SS. fig. 3b. magellanicus ....| Mr, Barron’s preparations. clathratus........| F. & H., description of axile tooth. Monocerosimbricatum. .| Figured by Troschel. brevidentatum....| Mr. Barron’s preparations. Vitularia fiscellum ....} Description, Gay. p. 19. aBAHA rere e es ss Characters of genus, Gray, p. 19. Muricidea (Sw.) ...... Personal observation in the South Seas. Fusus or Colus probosci-| I have found the dentition of this species to dalis be as follows :—Axile plates broad, with a large central tooth, and a smaller one on either side of it. Pleural teeth simple, uncinate. Hemifusus 07 Cochlidium} Dr. Gray’s description, p. 11 (“ Teeth central, tuba 5-toothed, lateral, hooked, versatile”) may be contrasted with the above. The present state of the two families to which I have con- fined my attention in this paper shows the utter impossibility of classifying the Gasteropoda by the purely conchological method of comparing shell with shell, mdependently of the light which we now know may be derived from the dental characters. On applying to the systems of Gray, Woodward, and Adams the plummet of the foregoing lists, it will be found that, though they differ considerably ¢nter se, they all 244 On the Lingual Dentition in the Gasterepoda. differ more strikingly from the plummet, as shown in the following table :— Bucciniwz deter- . : System of System of mined by the Lin-/System of Gray*. y y eual ee rea y Y| Woodward}. |H.& A. Adamsf. Buccinum Buecinum Buccinum Buccinum Cantharus a * ss Pisania + “ . Pusiostoma a a 5 Cominella as Cominella Cominelia Chrysodomus ss a i Nassa + Nassa Nassa Neritula % Cyclonassa Neritula Cassidulus . 5 F Triumphis o + “ Mvricipzm. Murex Murex Murex Murex Purpura ; ” ” Topas ” ” ” Trophon Trophon Trophon Trophon Concholepas§ S . ; Monoceros 6s + op Vitularia $3 + Vitularia Rapana ~ Rapana | > Muricidea + 3 Muricidea Fusus or Colus 55 ‘ 3 proboscidialis Hemifusus or 3 2 Hemifusus (Sw. ) Cochlidium tuba Sistrum§ ” ” ” Were all the genera included in each system given zn ex- tenso, a very much greater difficulty would present itself to the mind of any one attempting to reconcile their differences. Enough has been said, however, to show that the lingual dentition would appear to be the only appeal. Indeed the effort to accomplish this desirable object in any other way would only lead to unscientific dispute, and develop no satis- factory result. In a subsequent paper I shall consider the relationships of all the families of proboscidiferous Gasteropoda in which the central and often the pleural teeth point ene backwards without recurvature—in short, the Orthodontal Proboscidifera. Haslar Hospital, Sept. 11, 1868. + Manual of Mollusca. § Omitted in Muricidie above. * Guide to Mollusca, vol. i. { Genera of Mollusca. Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens. 245 XXVII.—Notule Lichenologice. No. XXIII. By the Rev. W. A. Leicuton, B.A., F.L.S. Dr. NYLANDER has published, in the ‘ Bulletin of the Botanical Society of France’ (t. xii. pp. 364 &e.), a very interesting account of the lichens which he collected in the garden of the Luxembourg Palace at Paris. Independently of the valuable lichenological information it comprises, it 1s an instructive example of what diligent and accurate research may accom- plish in a circumscribed space, and a proof that botanists need not go far afield for their collections, but that treasures lie at their very doors, if only their eyes and hearts will look for and appreciate them. The paper is prefaced by some remarks which, excellent in themselves, are also highly suggestive in various ways. Of all plants, lichens are the most extensively diffused, living on barks, woods, rocks, stones, and earth, especially when these substrata are located in a pure fresh air, which is absolutely essential to their nourishment and healthy development. Most lichens, as a general rule, avoid towns, and if they make their appearance there, are most frequently found in a state of in- complete development, either sorediate or entirely sterile. There are, indeed, some few species (as Physcia parietina, Ph. pulverulenta, var. pityrea, Ph. obscura, Ph. stellaris, Placodium murorum, Pl. callopismum, &c.) which willingly inhabit cul- tivated places; but in the interior of great towns we may ge- nerally search in vain for them on the trunks of trees and on the walls. In such localities their usual abodes are occupied by Cryptogams of an inferior order (such as Protococcus), which delight especially in an impure air, or one surrounded with houses or walls. Lichens, on the contrary, refuse to live in such conditions. The trunks of trees in the gardens and plantations of great towns are for these reasons destitute of all trace of lichens. On the other hand, in the open country every tree is more or less adorned with thalli and apothecia of divers colours. The magnificent trees of the gardens of the Tuileries bear scarcely anything but Protococcus. In the Jardin des Plantes scarcely any trees bear lichens, and those only in the most exposed places. We may observe, en passant, that lichens are by no means parasites, properly so called; and it is at least very doubtful whether they are injurious to the trees upon which they grow. All that can be said is that they may to a certain extent be injurious to the living bark, either by obstructing its respira- tory functions or by applying to its surface an excessive humidity. 246 Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens. The garden of the Luxembourg, by reason of its more favourable situation, is less destitute of lichens than any other public walk in Paris. Consequently lichens constitute in some degree a standard of the salubrity of the air, and a very sensitive hygrometer. The sweet-chestnuts in the Observatory avenue are especially remarkable for the numerous lichens growing on their bark, and which are in such abundance as generally can only be found at a considerable distance from a town. We are thus authorized to assert that this portion of the Luxembourg is the most healthy spot of all Paris. Diligence has rendered the list as perfect as possible; but it should be remarked that those portions of the garden from which the public is excluded may possibly have furnished some additions. The number of lichens enumerated is about forty ; they are as follows :— 1. Parmelia acetabulum (Neck.), Dub. Forma virescens sterilis. 2. Physcia parietina, L. Frequentissime fertilis. And also forma thallo virescente, and a var. sorediosa marginibus thalli sterilis sorediosis. 3. Physcia stellarts (Ach.) typica et var. tenella, Scop. Sterilis. 4. Physcia obscura (Ehrh.), var sorediosa. Sterilis. 5. Physcia pulverulenta, var. pityrea (Ach.). Sterilis. 6. Lecanora (Squamaria) saxicola (Poll.). Rara. 7. Lecanora (Placodium) murorum (Hffm.), Ach., Nyl. L. Paris. 119. Fertilis. K-+. Var. corticicola. Forma thallo contracto. K+. 8. Lecanora (Placodium) callopisma, Ach., Nyl. L. Paris. 36. Differt a L. murorum thallo ; sporis crassioribus et paraphy- sibus apice clava minore. 9. Lecanora citrina, Ach., Nyl. L. Paris. 35. Sterilis. Like L. epixantha, Ach., but with different chemical reaction: L. epixantha, K—, L. citrina, K+. 10. Lecanora (Placodium) teicholyta, Ach. Raro fertilis. 11. Lecanora candelaria, Ach., Nyl. Syn. i. 412; Lich. Scand. 108 (Physcia). K—.. Sterilis. A speciebus analogis Physcie longe differt reactione chryso- phanica nulla. 12. Lecanora medians, Nyl. in Bull. Soc. Bot. de Fy. t. ix. 1862, p. 262, sub Placodio. Haud raro fertilis. K-—. Distat itaque L. medians absolute ab extus sub- simili ZL. murorum, sed aftinis est L. vitelline et precipue L. crenate Nyl. (crenulata, Whinb.). Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens. 247 13. Lecanora vitellina, var. epixantha (Ach. L. U. 208, sub Lecidea), Nyl. L. Scand. 141. Seepius fertilis. K—. 14. Lecanora cerina (Ehrh.), Ach. Forma thallo cinereo turgescente rugoso ; fertilis. 15. Lecanora pyracea, f. pyrithroma, Ach., Nyl. Scand. 145. Forma rupestris (Scop.), Nyl. d.c. Sporis 1-sept. varian- tibus septo crassiore. 16. Lecanora sophodes, vay. teichophila, Nyl. Fertilis. Var. exigua, Ach. Nyl. Scand. 152. 17. Lecanora circinata (Pers.), Ach., Nyl. Scand. 152. Fer- tilis. 18. Lecanora galactina, Ach., Nyl.l.c. 134 (sub Squamaria). K—. Gel. hym. iodo cerulescens, deinde szepe vix nisi thece sic tincte. Note.—Lecanora dispersa (Pers.) =L. galactina ecrustacea. Apothecia ZL. disperse livido-pallescentia vel subcornea aut nigrescentia pruinosa, margine albo crenulato vel obsolete crenulato (seepe subintegro vel farina epithallina alba crenu- lato), trita obvenientia margine proprio subconcolori demum explanato; spore 8, ellipsoidez simplices; paraphyses graci- lente (seepius apice incrassate ibique granulationibus in- sperse). K—. 19. Lecanora urbana, Nyl. 'Thallus albus opacus granu- lato-squamulosus, granulis depressis crenatis, mediocris ; apo- thecia pallido-subincoloria leviter albo suffusa conferta medio- cria, margine thallmo subcrenulato cincta, sepe subangulosa ; sporee 8, ellipsoidex; paraphyses crassiuscule, articulate, apice incolori, non clavate. Gel. hym. iodo cerulescens, dein vix nisi thecee (sordide violaceo vel czrulescenti) tincte. Ad lapides, Rue de l'Ouest. Note.—A L. galactina presertim differt thallo firmiore pu- rius albo et paraphysibus duplo vel triplo crassioribus distincte- que articulatis. Comparanda est cum JL. galactina nova species in regione Parisiensi vigens Lecanora teichotea cui thallus albidus sub- radiato-rimosus, ambitu placodioideo effiguratus; apothecia fusco-rufa convexiuscula, margine thallino crenulato cincta ; spore 8, ellipsoidee ; paraphyses capitulo lutescente ; spermo- gonia incoloria (extus solum puncto obscuro indicata), sper- matis arcuatis. Pertinet vero-hec ad aliam stirpem Lecano- rarum ; thallus C+ erythrinicam dilutam. Affines L. tezchotewe sunt L. pruinifera, Nyl. (L. pruinosa, Chaub. in St. Am. FI. Ag. 497, nomen non retinendum ob idem alii datum) et Z. Reuterti, Scher., quarum thalli C+ erythrinice. 20. Lecanora dissipata, Nyl. Thallus preecipue hypothallo nigricante subleproso indeterminato constans; apothecia sub- 248 Dr. Nylander on Lichens in the Luxembourg Gardens. incoloria vel livido-pallida leviter albo suffusa minora, sat conferta, margine thallino albo opaco subintegro vel obsolete crenulato cincta; spore: 8, ellipsoidee ; paraphyses haud bene discrete. Ad lapides murorum. LL. dissipata (comparanda cum L. dispersa) differt ab L. urbana hypothallo, apotheciis dispersis minoribus, paraphysi- bus vix articulatis et minus bene discretis (addito ammoniaco distinctiores et evidentius articulate conspiciuntur). Gel. hym. in omnibus tribus similiter iodo tingitur et gonidia in iis abundantia sub apothectis. 21. Lecanora parisiensis, Nyl. n. sp. (vel potius var. L. sub- fusce). 'Thallus cinereus, mediocris, rugosus vel rugoso- granulatus vel subverrucosus, sat determinatus, hypothallo non visibili ; apothecia nigra vel fusco-nigra vel rarius fusca, nuda (interdum leviter cesio-pruinosa), mediocria, planiuscula, margine thallino rugoso vel. subcrenato cincta, strato subja- cente gonidico lete viridi; spore 8, ellipsoides ; paraphyses distincte articulate, apice leviter incrassate, et sat late fusces- centes. Gel. hym. iodo cxrulescens (deinde thece vulgo sole sic vel nonnihil violaceo tincte). Ad corticem presertim esculorum. K+. Differs from all varieties of L. subfusca by its thick articu- late paraphyses, but chiefly approximating var. allophana, Ach., which has larger spores and slenderer paraphyses. 22. Lecanora scrupulosa, Ach., Nyl. Scand. 162. Gel. hym. iodo vinose rubens. K+. 23. Lecanora umbrina (Ehrh.), Ach., Nyl. J. ¢. (forma cya- nescens, Ach.), K—. Note.—Lecanora Flotowtana, Anz. Manip. 53=L. umbrina saxicola = Lecidea pelidna, Ach. K-. Lecanora Sommerfeltiana, Krb. Lich. Sel. 99 =L. crenulata, Dicks., Nyl. L. Par. 123; Heppe, 63. K-—. Saar e Sommerfeltiana, Heppe, 61=L. dispersa, Pers. 24, Lecanora erysibe (Ach.), Nyl. Scand. 217. 25. Lecanora depressa (Ach.), var. calcarea (L.), Nyl. 0. ¢. 154. 26. Lecidea parasema, var. enteroleuca, Ach., Nyl. /. c. 217. Etiam f. synothea, Ach. 27. Lecidea albo-atra, var. athroa (Ach.), Nyl. J. c. 235. 28. Arthonia tenellula, Nyl. in Flora 1864, p. 488. Vix nisi var. A. patellulate, Nyl. Scand. 262. 29. Verrucaria sorediata, Bory. (V. Garovaglit, vay. incrus- tans, Nyl. Prodr. Gall. 179, Pyrenoe. 20). 30. Verrucaria virens, Nyl. Pyrenoc. 25, Scand. 270, var. obfuscans. On the Annelids dredged off the Shetland Islands. 249 31. Verrucaria nigrescens, Pers., Nyl. Scand. 271. 32. Verrucaria fuscella, Turn., Ach. Nyl. /. c. 271. 33. Verrucarta rupestris, Schrad., Ach., Nyl. Pyrenoce. 30; Scand. 275 (Lichen immersus, Hftm., Pers.; V. galactina, Mass., Anz.). It may be noticed also that Capnodium profusely covers the upper portions of the branches of the trees with its thin, black, unequal, areolato-diffract crust, which has every appearance of a crustaceous lichen, but with the texture of the mycelium of Fumago, and is always sterile. It may be called Mumago cir- cumvagans, and may be regarded as a form or variety of the common Fumago vagans. IP AMME NIA, sche ec aici cottage oo a ae i eaee | lysis «. fic-3 tos ya: vtate ate etn 7 HCO AMORA Ler Sc oa «eh ro ead ee Ze MD CCTO EY se Siceese so oy ee le chord eae 3 VANE HIRONAE Ae, sists, SA oe os ee eae 1 WIGIEUGHELS. -< arc cis uke gn rene a 40 XXVIII.—Report on the Annelids dredged off the Shetland Islands by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys in 1867. By W.C. M‘Inrosn, M.D, H.L.S.* Mr. Gwyn JEFFREYS, in his dredging-expedition to the Shet- land Islands last year, kindly selected, chiefly with the assist- ance of Mr. Sturges Dodd and the Rev. A. M. Norman, a large number of Annelids, which he most courteously placed at my disposal; and, as they were properly preserved in vessels and fluid sent for the purpose, their subsequent examination proved very satisfactory. The majority of the Annelids come from St. Magnus Bay, or, rather, from the deep water (80-100 fathoms) beyond this, not because they so disproportionately abound there (although the muddy sand is eminently favourable for their increase), but probably because the dredging was most frequently car- ried on in that neighbourhood. ‘The other localities, in the order of the respective collections, are off Balta, North Unst, Bressay Sound, Outer Haaf (Skerries), and (a small shore col- lection made by Mr. Dodd) at Hillswick. * Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Meeting of the British Association at Norwich, August 20, 1868, 250 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh’s Report on the Annelids The Annelids found in the deep water off North Unst form a collection very rich in new or rare forms; for, out of thir- teen species, three at least are new to science, and four not hitherto found in Britain. The collection from the Outer Haaf, Skerries, has also several rare forms; out of eight, four are new to Britain and one to science. Out of sixty found in St. Magnus Bay, four are new to science and eighteen to Britain. These figures contain the entire new or rare forms in the individual collections, without reference to their occur- rence in others, as will be apparent when I mention that, out of a total of about ninety-two Annelids at present identified, five or six, so far as I can make out, are new to science, and about twenty-two to Britain. As before stated, this is one of the best collections of the kind ever made in Britain, whether we regard the excellent condition of the preparations or the numberof new forms. As might be expected, many of the additions to our fauna are Scandinavian in type; but others are not so, at least they do not occur in the valuable catalogue recently published by Dr. A. J. Malmgren, the enterprising naturalist of Helsingtors. I have described some of the supposed new forms elsewhere, and therefore shall merely name them; others have not yet been noticed. They are as follows :—Hipponoé Jeffreysit,n.sp., a small Amphinomacean. Hunoa , the second species of the genus found in Britain, the first being 1. nodosa, Sars, also found in the Shetland seas by Mr. Jeffreys, and described by Mr. Lankester as a new form, under the name of Antinoé zetlandica*; in the present species the scales are quite smooth, often bordered with a dark pigment-belt, and the inferior bristles of the feet have an entire clawed tip. Stgalion Buskit, n. sp., a species having the general aspect of S. boa rather than that of S. Mathilde, to which the scales are most nearly allied in structure ; but the bristles are longer than in either case, and characteristically different. Notocirrus scoticus,n.sp.,a Lumbri- nereian with a dorsal branchial lobule to each foot. Humenia Jeffreysit, n. sp., a form dredged last year in the Hebrides, but too much decomposed to be minutely described: it is allied to i. crassa; but there are no traces of branchial filaments. Praxilla artica (?Mgrn.), a species that very probably is P. articat, Malmgren; but as that author has only mentioned that it is similar to P. pretermissa (differmg in the hooks having six teeth), we are left quite in doubt as to his form. Polycirrus (2) tribullata, n. sp., a species having the snout and tentacles of a Polycirrus, but without bristles or hooks in the * Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 377, tab. 51. figs. 13, 17, 18, 22, & 23. + Annulata Polycheta Spetsbergie, &c., 1867, p. 100. dredged off the Shetland Islands. 251 anterior region, which, however, is furnished with three cir- cular and somewhat flattened papillee on each side. Of the forms new to Britain are :—Harmothoé longisetis, Grube’, which, however, I think, is H. Malmgreni, Lankester’, and thus has been previously got in this country. Sigalion limicola, Ehlers*. Nephthys ciliata, Mill.“ Genetyllis lutea, Mern.’ Anaitis kosteriensis (?), Mgrn.© Lumbrinereis fra- gilis, Miill.’, a species which probably includes ZL. tricolor and some others, and therefore has been found previously on British shores. Onuphis sicula, Quatref.*, a curious species (inhabiting a tube composed of shell-fragments, stones, and sand), allied to O. tubicola, but differing entirely in the struc- ture of certain of its bristles. Hone Nordmanni, Mrgn.° Scoloplos armiger, Miill."" | Naidonereis quadricuspidata (Fabr.), Girst." Zrophonia glauca, Mgrn.” Cheetopterus nor- vegicus, Sars”, a species which apparently comprehends C. insignis, Baird’. —‘Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars”. Aaiothea ca- tenata, Mern.”® Praxilla pretermissa, Mgrn." Praxilla gra- cilis, Sars*. Clymene ebiensis, Aud. & Kd. Ampharete ar- tica, Mgrn.” Sabellides sexcirrata, Sars”. Grymea Bairdi, Mern.” Huchone analis, Kréyer”. Chone infundibuliformis, Kréyer™. Besides the foregoing, there are several whose examination, partly from their fragmentary state, has not been completed, 1 Archiv fir Naturges. 1863, tom. xxix. p. 37, Taf. 4. fig. 1. * Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 375, tab. 51. figs, 11, 25, 28, - 3 Die Borstenwiirmer &e. p. 120, Taf. 4. figs. 4-7, & Taf. 5, 4 Zool. Danica, tab. 89. figs. 1-4. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, 1865, p. 93, tab. 14. fig. 32. 6 Annulat. Polycheet. &e. p. 20. 7 Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. 216; Zool. Danie. i. p. 22, tab. 22. figs. 1-3. 8 Hist. Nat. des Annelés, 1. p. 552. 9 Nord. Hafs-Annul. p. 409, & Ann. Polychet. p. 69, tab. 11. f. 64. 10 Zool. Dan. i. p. 22, tab. 22. 4 Grénlands Annulat. Dorsibr. p. 200, figs. 106-110. ® Annul. Polychet. p. 82, tab. 13. f. 78. 3 Beskriv. og Jagttagelser &c. p. 54, pl. 11. fig. 29. “4 Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxiv. p. 477, tab. 49. ® Nyt Mag. vi. p. 207 &c. (fide Malmgren). 16 Nord. Hafs-Ann. p. 190, & Ann. Polych. p. 99, tab. 10. fig. 59, 7 Nord. Hafs-Ann. p. 191, & Ann. Polych. p. 100, tab, 11. fig. 62. 18 Fauna litt. Norveg. ii. p. 15, tab. 2. figs, 18-22, 19 Figured in Rég. An. ili. pl. 22. fig. 4. *0 Nord. Hafs-Ann. p. 364, tab. xxvi. f. 77. "1 Fauna litt. Norveg. ii. p. 24. ” Nord. H.-Ann. p. 388, tab. 19. f. 69, *3 Danske vid. Selsk. Forh. p. 17. a Op. cit. p. 35. a 252 Dr. F. Plateau on the Production of the Sexes in Bees. and which are at any rate in the same category, viz. a Siga- lion, a Syllis, an Autolytus, an Amage, and a Polycirrus. I may also remark, in passing, with reference to some of the other known forms found in this collection, that the Halosydna Jeffreysti, Lankester*, is H. gelatinosa, Sars{, as men- tioned in Dr. Giinther’s Zoological Record for 1866, and that I have not yet been able to make out a specific difference be- tween Leodice norvegica, Linn., and Eunice Harassii, Aud. & Ed.t In addition to the Annelids proper, there were some Plana- rians, Ommatopleans, Borlasians, and a very remarkable form allied to the latter group, with a bifid proboscis—besides a boring Sipunculus, lodged in its cavity mside a fragment of shell. XXIX.—On the Production of the Sexes in Bees. By Feurx Puateav, D.Sc. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Ghent, Sept. 9, 1868. GENTLEMEN, Having been occupied for a long time with investigations upon the parthenogenesis of the Invertebrata, I have read with eagerness the interesting notice by M. von Siebold “* On the Law of Development of the Sexes in Insects,” in which the learned Professor endeavours to refute the assertions and experiments of M. Landois. The theories of Dzierzon and of Von Siebold, ingenious as they are, and notwithstanding the numerous facts which are cited in their support, seem nevertheless to be so much in con- tradiction to our general knowledge of the reproduction in the higher animals, that researches such as those of M. Landois should be received with favour, and we ought to take care not to reject them without having exhausted all possible argu- ments in connexion with them. M. von Siebold, indeed, passes over in complete silence some very important observations which seem to me to be entirely in favour of M. Landois. Androgynous or herma- phrodite bees have been remarked long since by a school- master named Lucas; and more recently this monstrosity has been observed by MM. Doenhoff, Menzel, and Engster ; * Trans, Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 377, tab. 51. figs. 12, 19, 26. + Beskriv. og Jagtt. &c. 1835, p. 63, pl. 9. fig. 25. { Hist. Nat. du Litt. de la France, ii. p. 141, pl. 3. fig. 5, 6, 7, 10, & 11. Dr. F. Plateau on the Production of the Sexes in Bees. 253° lastly, in 1864 and 1865, M. von Siebold himself and M. Leuckart paid attention almost simultaneously to this singular fact, which is far from being rare *. I shall not enter upon this subject in much detail; it will be sufficient for me to say that in the androgynous bees there is a mixture of male and female characters varying from one individual to another, and which is met with in a number of organs both internal and external; very often we find simultaneously, on each side of the body, a few testicular coils and a few ovarian tubes, a well-developed male copulatory apparatus, and a sting, although the sting is wanting in the male. According to M. Leuckart all the hermaphrodite indi- viduals (of which he examined about fifty) must be regarded as workers presenting certain male characters. Here, therefore, we have bees in which the genital and other organs have been developed at once in the male and in the female direction—an evident proof that the larva has no sex before a certain period (the sixth day), and that an influ- ence which exists outside it causes it to deviate subsequently, either towards the male or the female type. Moreover certain animals, such as the Aphides, according to the beautiful investigations of M. Balbianit, of which M. von Siebold likewise says nothing, commence by having the two sexes united and in the same state of development. The viviparous Aphides are and remain hermaphrodites: in the oviparous Aphides, when the embryo is to become a female insect, the male organs retain their rudimentary character, while the female organs increase; on the contrary, when the individual is to be a male, the female part of the original her- maphrodite apparatus becomes transformed into a true testicle, the cells which it contains becoming fusiform follicles filled with spermatic corpuscles. Finally, the male apparatus does not disappear, and exists, after birth, in the oviparous indi- viduals of both sexes with characters which scarcely differ in any respect from those which it presents in the viviparous Aphides. To return from this to the causes which may determine the formation of the sexes in bees. It is possible that M. Landois * Von Siebold, “Ueber Zwitterbienen,” Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. xiv. p. 73; Bibl. Univ. Archives, xx. p. 64. Leuckart, “Ueber Bienen- zwitter,” Bericht iiber die Versammlung deutsch. Naturf. und Aerzte, 1865, iii. p. 173; Bibl. Univ. Archives, xxv. p. 172. + Comptes Rendus, tome Ixii. pp. 1231, 1285, 1390; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8. xviii. pp. 65 and 106 (but see M. Claparéde’s observations on Balbiani’s researches, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 5¢ sér. vii. p. 21, and Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xix. p. 360). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. 11. 18 254 Dr. F. Plateau on the Production of the Sexes in Bees. deceives himself in ascribing the production of males to in- sufficiency of nourishment; but would not the intimate com- position of this nourishment have an influence? Given a very young worker-larva, the genital organs of which may equally become male or female, as is indicated by the herma- phrodite bees, since a special nourishment may make of it a queen, according to Schirach* and the bee-keepers, one is led to assume, until ¢ncontestable evidence to the contrary is ob- tained, that the food may also force the male reproductive organs, which exist in a latent state, to become developed to the exclusion of the others. Would not the form of the cells also play its part? for it is certainly not without motive that the lids of the male cells are convex. Permit me to add a few words with regard to the very recent investigations of MM. Sanson and Bastian, which, far from invalidating those of M. Landois as those authors think, only serve to confirm them, in my opinion. MM. Sanson and Bastian} cut away from a male cell the bottom part which bears the egg, remove the bottom of a worker-cell, and substitute for it the preceding piece, which they fix by passing a hot needle along its margins. Like M. Landois and M. Bessels, who have made analogous experiments, MM. Sanson and Bastian remove the queen, so as to avoid mistaking for the eggs which they have placed artificially others subsequently laid by the female. The nimety-three male eggs introduced by the method just described were regularly expelled by the workers, from which MM. Sanson and Bastian conclude that the experiments of M. Landois are erroneous. But we may remark that the process employed by this last- mentioned observer is entirely different. Knowing well that the worker-bees promptly cleanse the cells of all foreign bodies, he carefully avoided mutilating the cells after the fashion of MM. Sanson and Bastian, whose handiwork, which would certainly be very coarse for bees, would be immediately recognized by them. He delicately removed the egg with a very small fragment of wax, and stuck it into the interior of the new cell, by means of this little fragment, in the most natural position possible. Under these conditions the author saw the eggs of workers transported into male-cells give birth to drones. MM. Sanson and Bastian introduced into an artificial hive, * Histoire Naturelle de la Reine des Abeilles, Trad. Blassiére, 1771, . 45. + Comptes Rendus, tom. Ixvii. p. 51. On the Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner. 255 composed exclusively of male cells selected elsewhere, some living workers and their queen ; all the bees produced in these cells were workers. I see nothing in this opposed to the theory of M. Landois; the eggs deposited in the drone-cells fur- nished workers because the bees had furnished them, after deposition, with worker food. We may add, in support of this opinion, that the queen had deposited two eggs which the workers destined to the production of males, as they closed the cells with convex lids. But they afterwards destroyed these eggs, because it was exactly at the season (very ill- chosen by MM. Sanson and Bastian) when they kill the drones. Lastly, what, it seems to me, must give the cause to M. Landois, is that MM. Sanson and Bastian have .seen de- posited in worker-cells eggs which gave origin to males. These two naturalists, indeed, endeavour to explain the fact by means of Dzierzon’s theory. The queen, they say, was old, and her spermatic reservoir no longer contained a suffi- ciency of spermatozoids, for it was semitransparent. Now, if the seminal receptacle is opaque when it is completely full, it is perfectly transparent when empty, and it seems to me that when we find it only semitransparent, it will still contain far too many spermatozoids to allow the observer to think that the eggs have not been fecundated. XXX.—On the manner of Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner and Blue Lobelia. By T. H. Farrer, Esq. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, The following notes of observations on the fertilizing-appa- ratus of the scarlet runner and the common blue lobelia, made by one who has not the slightest pretence to scientific know- ledge, would never have been sent to the press, but for the kind suggestion of Mr. Charles Darwin, to whom they have been communicated. That these interesting facts, if not men- tioned by previous observers, should have escaped his notice never occurred to me for a moment, although at the time this paper was written I had not seen his papers on the fertilization of the kidney bean in the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’ of the 24th of October 1857 and the 14th November 1858, which he has kindly sent me. In these papers the structure and functions of the kidney bean are fully given, with his own interesting experiments ; and though in them the details of the lobelia 18* 256 Mr. T. H. Farrer on the manner of are not given, there is a reference to that flower which shows clearly enough that they had not escaped him. Whatever these facts are worth, they are the obvious results of Mr. Darwin’s own most suggestive papers on Primula, Linum, and Lythrum, referred to in such high terms by Dr. Hooker in his Norwich address. To an amateur, dismayed by the difficulties of botanical classification, perplexed by his own incapacity for microscopical dissection, and disgusted by the mere cataloguing of species, Mr. Darwin’s suggestion that the true account of the structure and functions of flowers is frequently to be found in their capacity for fertilization, and especially in their capacity for cross fertilization with the pollen of other flowers, is a ray of light which opens out an endless field of interesting observation. And to those who look in science for wider speculations, the grand generalization contained in these and other papers of Mr. Darwin’s, to the effect that fer- tility in the animal and vegetable world requires the union of elements which are neither identical nor dissimilar, but dif- ferent and yet similar, with all its consequences, affords end- less matter for thought, whilst it receives life and reality from the minute observations of details in which his papers abound, _ and of which they set such wonderful and stimulating exam- ples. I know of no writings which so well illustrate the axiom of the great German poet and observer— “ Was fruchtbar ist, allein ist wahr.” Sept. 17, 1868. T. H. Farrer. Mechanism for transporting Pollen in the Scarlet Runner (Phaseolus coccineus). The two wings are united to the back and outside of the keel some little distance above the base of both; their blades fold backwards from the centre towards the outside, and, by the bending of the spiral keel, with the pistil and stamens in- side it, the wings are thrust a little to the right hand, so that the folded or bent blade of the left wing is opposite to the coil of the keel, and is the natural place on which any insect seeking to reach the bottom of the flower would alight. ‘The lower parts or claws of the wings remain upright, and are firm and elastic. The keel encloses the stamens and pistil from a point a little above the ovary, and at the upper end the margins are joined so as to form an imperfect tube: it makes together with them nearly two complete turns, of which the upper one and a half lie close above one another in the same plane. This plane is inclined at a small angle to the blade of the left wing, and is so placed that the mouth of the spiral tube points obliquely Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner. 257 downwards and towards the base of the left wing. To a spec- tator looking into the flower, the way, if any, to the base of the petals and of the ovary is obviously down the left wing and past the mouth of the spiral tube; but there is hardly room, in the quiescent state of the flower, even for the pro- boscis of an insect between the base of the wing and the keel. On following the development of the flower in the bud, it appears that the peculiarity of the spiral coil of the keel, with its enclosed stamens and pistil, only appears at a late stage. In the earlier stage, though the anthers and the brush round the style are fully formed, the length of the style, filaments, and keel, and the form of the keel, are like those of other papilionaceous flowers. The filaments of the stamens, which are, except one, united and stiff at the base, are in the upper part very thin and flexi- ble, and follow the windings of the spiral keel. The anthers, which are small, lie in two rows entirely within the tube or hollow of the keel, a little within its mouth, and within and below the stigma. The pollen is not very abundant, and is not dry and dusty, but moist and sticky. The style is stout, strong, and very elastic; it is set firmly on the stiff upright ovary, so that its poimt of attachment to the ovary and base of the flower is at some distance from that of the attachment of the keel to the stiff claw of the wing. The stigma is at the extremity of the spiral coil, and on the lower or outer side, ¢.e. on the side next the wings; it is sticky, and is clothed with fine hairs. In the untouched flower it just protrudes out of the mouth of the tube of the keel, so that its tip is just visible on looking downwards into the flower. A little below it the style is clothed with stiffish hairs or bris- tles, which partly encircle the style like a circular brush, but which are considerably more in number on the upper or outer side of the coil than on the inner or under side. This brush is opposite to and in contact with the opening anthers. Under these circumstances it is not obvious at first sight how the flower is fertilized. As regards self-fertilization, the arrangement does not seem a happy one; for the stigma is outside and below the tube of the keel, whilst the anthers and pollen are shut up within it. The plants are frequented by, indeed they swarm with, bees. These are of various kinds, of which I do not know the names. But, so far as I could see, the smaller or hive-bees never suc- ceeded in getting what they wanted through the mouth of the flower. They occasionally lighted on the petals, and looked in, but invariably went round to the back of the flower, and 258 Mr. T. H. Farrer on the manner of there sometimes remained and sometimes went away disap- pointed. When they remained, they inserted their proboscides into a hole bored through the calyx, the petals, and the sta- minal tube. J never saw them bore these holes, though every flower where they remained had them. One humble-bee, however, (black, with two yellow bars on his back, and a light- coloured tail) certainly did bore or, rather, nip these holes ; and this bee invariably adopted the same plan, and never looked at the mouth of the flower. But by far the greater number of the larger bees alighted on the wings, or, rather, generally on the left wing of the flower, and imserted their proboscides down the apparent natural channel towards the base of the flower. So far as I saw, the same bees always adopted the same course. In alighting on the wing of the flower, they weighed it down, and in so doing pressed outwards the stiff elastic lower part or claw. On doing the same thing with one’s finger, it became obvious that the bee thus opened for its proboscis a clear path to the hollow between the claw and the staminal tube, and also to the base of the separate stamens, between which and the other stamens would be his access to the hollow surrounding the ovary. The tendency of pulling back the keel is to widen the openings between the separate stamen and the others; and there is a curious appendage out- side the base of the separate stamen, which lies exactly in the path of the bee’s proboscis, and which, when pressed, pulls the separate stamen back towards the vexillum, and leaves free access to the ovary. From the vigorous sidling struggles the bees constantly made, it looks as if they were trying in this way to get to the inside of the staminal tube, which I see is always penetrated by the bees which bore holes. But, however this may be, it clearly appears that the same bending down of the wings of the flower which opens for the bees a way to its base, produces another and a very curious effect on the style. The lower part of the wings of the flower being attached to the lower and outer part of the keel, when the former is bent outwards, it pulls the base of the keel out- wards too. The effect of this is to pull the upper spiral coil or tube of the keel backwards also, and at the same time to con- tract it. The style, which before had been exactly adjusted to the length of the keel, now becomes too long for it, and, in consequence of the stiffness of the lower part and the wiriness of the upper part of the style, the tube of the keel is pulled backwards on the style, or, which is the same thing, the coil of the style is pushed forwards through the tube, so as to thrust the upper end of the style quite out of the tube, and expose the whole of the stigma and the bristles below it. In Fertilization of the Scarlet Runner. 259 consequence of the direction and contraction of the spiral coil, this protrusion of the stigma is at first made in a direction rather outwards than upwards, towards the blade of the left wing of the flower; but as the thrust continues, the stigma turns more and more upwards. The anthers remain in their place within the tube, in consequence of the thin thread-like character of the filaments, which crumple up, and have not, like the stiff elastic style, the power to thrust themselves out- wards. Consequently the anthers are passed over and swept by the brush of the style. The result of these movements is that when the bee first inserts his proboscis into the flower, the stigma will exactly meet and sweep the base of it, and will brush off from it and keep a large part of any pollen it may have brought from other flowers. As the bee presses the wing of the flower further back, the style comes out further; the stigma turns upwards away from the insect, and that part of the style which is covered with hairs comes in contact with the base of the proboscis. In coming out of the tube or hollow of the keel this brush has been forced against and has swept the sticky pollen out of the anthers, and is covered with it; and, in consequence of the position of the hairs and the direction of the thrust, the pollen is especially thick on the side of the style which is next the bee. As he struggles and twists to get the nectar, abundance of the pollen is deposited on and clings to the base of his proboscis, as may be seen by thrust- ing any pointed object into the flower. When he quits the flower, its wing springs back to its original place: the keel of the flower does so also, and the end of the elastic style retreats to its own old position within the hollow of the keel. But it does not do this very quickly; and as the bee’s motion, and especially that of his proboscis, is very rapid, his proboscis must be withdrawn before he ceases to weigh down the wing, and at any rate before the stigma retreats. It follows that his proboscis will not, in retreating, be touched or swept by the stigma; and the last thing it will touch in leaving the flower will be the pollen-covered brush of the style, from which it will carry off an abundant load of fresh pollen, to be depo- sited in its turn on the stigma of the next flower. I found the base of the proboscides of some bees which I caught covered with the pollen. I also found the stigmas of flowers which had opened in a room, and were not visited by bees, quite free from pollen, although, on pressing down the wing of the flower, the brush of the style was seen to be covered by it. On the other hand, the stigmas of the flowers visited by bees were always covered with pollen. 260 Mr. T. H. Farrer on the Mechanism for If the above observations are correct, this looks like a very curious and elaborate mechanism in order to secure the fer- tilization of one flower by the pollen of another. The form and position of the wings, their partial cohesion with the keel, the spiral and partly tubular keel, the delicate flexible fila- ments of the stamens, the moist and sticky pollen, the strong elastic column of the style, its spiral form, the position and character of the stigma, the brush that sweeps out the an- thers, the motion of the style on the bee’s visit (which first brings the stigma into contact with his proboscis, and then, when it has swept him clear of the pollen of a former flower, brings the brush loaded with its own pollen into contact with the proboscis, and deposits its load with him, and finally allows him to withdraw without touching the stigma again) are surely a number of very remarkable and elaborate adapta- tions, all apparently tending to the transportation of pollen from one flower to another. Mechanism for Fertilization of the common Blue Lobelia. The corolla has a broad lip or lower side, so as to afford a standing-place to insects; the tube is slit on the upper side, so as to afford play to stamens and pistils. The stamens have hard, syngenesious anthers, and separate, flexible filaments, which are attached to the calyx at some distance from the base of the style, so that they look like shrouds to a mast. The two on the lower side are the shortest when the flower opens, and look as if they pulled the anthers downwards. The anther-tube is open at the top in the early bud, but closes before the flower opens, and then again opens by a very small aperture, which is at this stage, in consequence of the bending over of the upper anthers, pointed downwards at right angles to the mouth of the tube of the corolla. Out of the top of the connective of the two lowest anthers grows a cluster of short thick bristles in a downward direction across the mouth of the tube of the corolla. The anthers are very hard exter- nally, and internally very soft; they open inwards when the flower opens. There is an abundance of dry powdery yellow ollen. The style is surrounded imme- diately below the stigma by a ring of bristles, which are developed in the bud at an early stage, and point outwards and upwards until the stigma is fully developed. The stigma remains inside the anther-tube when the flower first Fertilization of the common Blue Lobelia. 261 opens ; after a time, it protrudes. It has two lobes, but they are folded or pressed together when the flower first opens, and then only expose their perfectly smooth outer or lower sides. When the stigma protrudes from the anther-tube, the lobes open, the smooth outer surface is turned back, the ring of bristles is reflexed on the style, and the upper or inner stig- matic surface of the lobes, covered with short hairs or papillee, makes its appearance below the mouth of the anther-tube, where it faces outwards and downwards, so as to meet any- thing which is thrust into the tube of the corolla. When the flower first opens, the length of the style, as compared with that of the stamens, is such that the closed stigma with its ring of spreading bristles is at the bottom of the anther-tube. The style grows rapidly, sweeping the pollen with its ring of bristles, and pressing it towards the mouth of the anther-tube. Towards the end of this stage of growth, the style becomes so long relatively to the stamens, that it presses towards or against the mouth of the anther-tube like a spring. If at this stage a bit of the top of the anther-cases is cut off, the compressed pollen is forced outwards with quite a spurt. ; It is clear that the principal function of all this apparatus is not to fertilize the stigma with the pollen of its own flower. The back of the stigma, which is smooth and has no papille, alone comes in contact with that pollen, and the stigmatic surface is only displayed when the pollen of its own flower is nearly all expelled from the anthers, and when the stigma is beyond the place at which it would be found. But all becomes clear if the function is to enable insects to carry pollen from one flower to another. Ii—a short time after the flower has opened, when the anther-cells have burst, when the anther-tube has opened slightly at the top, when the mouth of the anther-tube is turned downwards, and when the style is growing and is pushing the stigma and its brush towards the mouth of the anther-tube—any pointed object is thrust into the tube, it touches and rubs and pushes a little backwards the stiff bris- tles attached to the connective of the lower anthers. This motion, combined with the thrust of the style and of its brush, forces the pollen through the small opening of the anther- tube downwards in a gentle stream or shower on the back or upper side of the object inserted. A pencil will become co- vered for some length by it. The aperture or slit in the tube of the corolla affords free play to the anther-tube under this treatment. Bees frequent this lobelia, and get well dusted on the back 262 On the Fertilization of the Blue Lobelia. with the pollen. Wher an insect leaves one flower and goes to another, possibly a flower lower in position and in a later stage of development, on another stem or plant, he will very likely find the stigma of that flower expanded and protruded. If so, it will just sweep his back dusted with the pollen of the previous flower; and if he then mounts to a flower higher in position and in an earlier stage of development on the second stem or plant, he will probably find the anthers in a state to give up their pollen to him, and so on. The flowers are very commonly out two at once on one stem, the lower one with the stigma protruded and unfolded, and the upper one with the stigma still within the anther- tube, and the anther-tube ready to discharge its pollen at a touch. The number of flowers visited by a humble-bee in a few minutes is very remarkable. It is interesting to watch the gradations of this curious structtre in Campanula, Jasione, and Lobelia. All have the stamens set upon the calyx; all have the brush on the style for sweeping out the anthers; in all the stigmatic surface remains closed until the pollen has been swept out; and in all, when the stigma opens it turns its back on its own pollen, if, indeed, any is then left on the style. But there are great differences. In Campanula the brush is long and the three-lobed stigma large; the pressure of the growing style with its brush against the anthers is effected by means of the edges of the lobes of the valvate corolla, which are folded deeply inwards, and, being opposite to. the stamens, press against their backs as the flower opens ; and the transportation of pollen must be effected by the moving about of the insect within the bell and against the pollen-covered style. ‘There must be a profuse expendi- ture of pollen; but even here there seems to be a wonderful economy in the bristles, which are not scattered on the style promiscuously, but are set on in ten rows apparently opposite the ten anther-cells. In Jasione the brush is shorter, and the two-lobed stigmatic surface quite small; the long thin lobes of the corolla do not press the anthers against the brush, but, instead, the anthers in the opened flower are syngenesious. ‘Their attachment to one another, however, is slight, is at the base only, and does not exist in the early bud. The transport of pollen must be effected by the insect walking over the numerous flower-heads, and amongst and against the long protruding styles, of which some in each head are generally pollen-covered, with closed stigmas, and others pollen-stripped, with opened stigmas. In Lobelia the anthers are short, the brush on the style is Dr. J. E. Gray on a new Japanese Coral. 263 reduced to a ring of bristles, and the stigma is also small; but by the remarkable arrangements above noticed in the hard and completely syngenesious anthers (syngenesious from an early stage in the bud) and in the style, the pollen is ejected in small quantities at a time on the exact spot in the insect on which it should be placed for transportation to the stigma of another flower, and is swept with equal precision from that spot by the stigma of the next flower he visits. XX XI.—WNote on a new Japanese Coral (Isis Gregorii), and on Hyalonema. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. BrapLey GreGory, the Surgeon of H.M.S. ‘ Rattler,’ has sent to Mr. Carruthers, for the British Museum, a fragment of a coral which appears to be new to science. Mr. Gregory ob- serves :—‘‘ The man who was sent to procure specimens of the Hyalonema from Inosima brought back in addition a large branch of what at first appeared like the plant that grows in the marshes, called Hquisetum; but on close inspection it was found solid and smooth like glass, with joits and secondary branches coming from it. The gentleman who was kind enough to show me this thing tore off a small branch, which I have sent to you lashed on to a piece of bamboo.” The specimen sent indicates a new species of [sidinw. The branch is very long, slender, of nearly equal thickness almost throughout the whole of its length, only very slightly and gradually tapering just at the tip. It is formed of about fifty or fifty-one elongated slender joints united by a short but distinct pale brown articulation. The joints are very similar in length, being rather more than half an inch long ; but some- times there is a shorter one interjected in various parts of the series. The branch is about 27 inches long, and $ inch in diameter ; the horny internodes are very much shorter than the joint, and about the same diameter. Unfortunately the specimen does not show what was the general distribution of the branches. This may be verticillate, as Mr. Gregory compares the coral to an Hquisetum; and the elongated branches are like the slender ones of some of the species of that genus. The specimen does not afford any means of determining if the branches arise from the cal- careous joints, or from the horny internodes of the stem, which distinguishes the two genera Js?s and Mopsea. Waiting the receipt of more perfect specimens, I propose to call the coral, provisionally, Is’s Gregor?/, after the gentleman who so liberally sent it to the British Museum. 264 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldi. Mr. Gregory sent with this coral a very interesting speci- men of Hyalonema Sieboldii. It is attached to a sponge which shows on the surface the numerous circular and oblong (this form being perhaps produced by compressing the open mouths) oscula, surrounded by a slightly raised edge, which are figured in Professor Schultze’s plate. The presence of these oscules shows that the prominences in the bark cannot be “ the oscule” as Dr. Bowerbank supposes. The coil is very short, very thick, and formed of a large number of short spicules. These spicules, though short, are complete ; for they taper at the tip, and exhibit the usual ap- pearance of perfect spicules; otherwise it might have been supposed that this was only the base of a longer coil. The coil is a full inch in circumference at the base, and spread out towards the end. It has unfortunately been entirely deprived of its bark, except just where it emerges from the sponge, where there is a narrow imperfect ring of the bark, with small-sized circular prominences, being the contracted po- lypes, which are raised considerably above the surface, and have a small central impression. The coil is about 8 inches long; but one or two of the spicules are nearly one inch longer. Every specimen that I see of this production more and more confirms my first idea that the coil and bark constitute a coral which is connected with a parasitic sponge. XXXII.— On a new Free Form of Hyalonema Sieboldii, and its manner of growth, By Dr. J. HE. Gray, F.R.S., WEEE Zi. oA Lisp: Mr. W. Currer has most kindly sent to me for examina- tion a series of seventeen specimens of Hyalonema Sieboldii, which he had just received from Japan. They are all in good condition, better than most specimens when they arrive. The bark in all but one is decidedly in its natural state; this, on the other hand, certainly has been entirely stripped of its bark, and fresh bark recently stripped from some other speci- men has been artificially put on to it; it would almost appear as if the coil of two specimens had been twisted together into one. The series shows two very distinct varieties—one the kind hitherto known, which is found affixed to a sponge, and the other a free form of the coral, which is covered with bark to the very base of the coil. Of the sixteen specimens in their natural state, nine belong to the first, and six to the latter or free variety. Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldii. 265 The attached variety is generally of a larger size and greater diameter; but they are known, even when the sponge is ab- sent, by the basal portion sunk in the sponge being conical and tapering to a fine point formed of the very slender ends of the spicules. Six specimens of this variety have the sponge attached to the coils. The sponges vary considerably in size; but they are all more or less oblong, and most of them show more or less distinctly, according to the care that has been taken of them when they were collected and packed, the circular oscule, with its prominent edge, that is well repre- sented in Professor Schultze’s plate in his essay on the coral. The three other specimens have the naked conical base of the coil, and have, no doubt, been separated from the sponge when they were collected. The six specimens of the free variety are all rather smaller and more slender than the majority of the other specimens ; they have the lower half of the coil covered with bark to the base. The coil in these specimens does not suddenly taper to a fine point, as in the specimens that are taken out of sponges, but is only a very little smaller in the diameter of the base than in the middle length of the specimen. The bark of these specimens has never been removed, the tubercles or papille being regularly disposed and of a nearly uniform size; and there are generally two, and sometimes three, papille or animals quite at the end, which is more or less truncated, and in the dried specimens sometimes bent up or recurved. There can be no mistake as to the end of the coil that is covered with the bark*; for it is easy to determine the different * Tam aware that Dr. Bowerbank states that M. Bocage has mistaken the ae part of the Portuguese specimen for the lower; but this is only a proof of the very cursory and incomplete manner in which he examined the Portuguese specimens in the British Museum; for any one who is acquainted with the structure and organization of the spicules of Hyalo- nema cannot possibly mistake one end of them for the other. The state- ment is as inaccurate as his assertion that the bark, the papille, and the animal of the Portuguese and Japan specimens are alike, or his declara- tion that the papillz or contracted animals are oscules, and have no ten- tacles nor cnidia, in defiance of the observations of Brandt, Schultze, and Bocage, as well as myself. It is rather a difficult matter attempting to discuss a scientific question with Dr. Bowerbank. For example, when I say “‘ Hyalonema [meaning the coil] has no sponge-structure,”’ he re- plies, “ Brandt, Schultze, &c., have proved that Hyalonema [meaning the sponge to which the coil is attached] has sponge-structure,” which T never denied (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 905). When I said, “silica is not exclusively secreted by sponges, as the advocates of the sponge theory seem to believe,” he replied, “no one ever asserted that silica is ex- clusively secreted by sponges ;” yet a little lower down in the same page (P. Z. 8.1867, p. 904) he argues that the spicules of Hyalonema must have been secreted by sponges, as silica is only secreted by the Protozoa—that is, sponges. 266 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldii. ends of the separate spicule, and, from the same character, equally if not more easy to determine the ends of the coil of spicules. The spicules of Hyalonema are elongate, unequally fusiform: that is to say, thicker in the middle portion and ta- pering at each end; but the lower tapering part of the spicules is much the longest, and it tapers to a much more slender and finer point—the end above the thickest part tapermg very gradually and being truncated before it reaches to a slender point. The consequence is that the coil is always much thicker in the upper part, from the greater thickness of the spicules, than in the lower one. Since I have seen these specimens, I have a strong belief that the Hyalonema Sieboldii, fig. 1. pl. 1 of Brandt’s ‘ Symbole,’ and most probably of Hyalochwta Possieti, t. 2. f.6, are free corals, with the basal end covered with bark; but he did not so regard them. I may also observe that the spicules figured (t. 2. f. 12 & 18) are represented on the plate with what he calls the upper part or free end of the spicule towards the bottom of the plate. The specimens of this variety are exactly like the free spe- cimens that M. Bocage found on the Portuguese coast; and they show that both the Japanese and the Portuguese species are sometimes found free, without any sponge at the base, and at others growing from a mass of sponge; and it has been lately observed that sometimes even two corals will grow from the same sponge. : I think this goes far to show that the attachment of the coral to the sponge is not a necessity, but only a frequent habit, and to prove that the coil of spicules is not a develop- ment of the spicules of the sponge to which it is attached. If this were the case, the sponge, which would be so important to its development, would always be present; for if the coil is the development of the spicules of the sponge in which it lives, how are the spicules developed when there is no sponge at the base to develop them ? The coil itself cannot be a sponge, as it is destitute of sar- code, inhalant pores, and excurrent oscules—the distinctive characters of sponges. On the other hand, if we regard the spicules as the secretion of the animal that invests them, all these difficulties disappear; and every part of the structure leads to this conclusion. This series of specimens is very instructive; and I have been able to secure a part of them for the British-Museum Collection, so that they may be examined by any one interested in the controversy. First, all the specimens, like all the others received from Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonema Sieboldii. 267 Japan, have the tubercle or papilla formed by the contracted animal cylindrical, prominent, and truncated, and very unlike the slightly raised elongated oblong papilla of the contracted animal of the Portuguese specimens of Hyalonema lusitanicum; and the bark of all of them is covered with a sand-like coat, very different from the smooth bark of those which inhabit the Atlantic Ocean. Secondly, it is interesting as showing that the Japanese species, like the Portuguese one, sometimes lives free, and has the base of the coil entirely covered with animals, some of them being situated on the very extremity of the base. Indeed, from the number of specimens of this form that have been brought home in this collection, it may be as common as those that live in sponges; but, not being of such a large size, the latter may be preferred both by the collectors and the persons who purchase them and bring them over to this country. In the collection there are two anomalous specimens. One of them differs from all the other specimens of both varieties in the coil beng much more slender, formed of a comparatively small number of spicules, and very much longer than any of them. The coil is about 24 inches long, and scarcely half an inch in circumference. The bark that remains on the coil is thinner than usual, but is studded with regular, equal-sized, normal-shaped papille, but of a smaller size than in the other specimens. The other specimen has been evidently manipulated by the Japanese; and though the base is covered with pa- pulee, it is clear that the coil (or, rather, the two united coils of which it appears to be formed) belongs to corals that were attached to a sponge. This coil is very thick, and formed of very numerous spicules; the lower half and the conically attenuated base is covered with short strips of bark that have been artificially applied round it when the bark was in a fresh or moist state; the papillae on the bark, being probably taken from more than one specimen, are of very unequal sizes, and, from manipulation, of irregular form. The eggs of two sharks have also been artificially attached to this specimen. Specimens which have been thus artificially doctored are easily known from those that are covered with the proper bark of the coil. In the latter the papille or contracted animals have a regular arrangement and a uniform shape and size; while the tubercles or papille of the bark that has been arti- ficially applied are irregularly arranged and generally more or less distorted by the manipulation. P.S. I have no doubt there has been a considerable impor- tation of specimens of Hyalonema. Mr. Cutter has sent me 268 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. twenty additional specimens, which he has just purchased, to examine. Twelve of them are imbedded in larger and smaller fragments of sponge; and the coils vary greatly in diameter and length, and in the quantity of bark on them. ‘T'wo belong to the free variety ; one is not in a good state: the other con- firms me in the opinion that the Hyalocheta Possieti, figured by Brandt, is a free variety; for it nearly resembles this figure; but the polypes are not quite so long nor quite so much clustered. When examining these specimens I was induced to re-study the whole question and to re-read Professor Max Schultze’s well-reasoned and very interesting paper on the genus in the ‘Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for March 1867 (xix. p. 153), and made the following notes, feeling satisfied that Prof. Schultze, like myself, is only desirous of arriving at the truth as to the structure of this most interesting marine production, and that we chiefly differ from observing the specimens in different states and from a different point of view. I think that Prof. Max Schultze overestimates the simi- larity of the Palythoa on the Awinella and the animal of Hya- lonema. The Aaxinella is not “ always covered with this para- site;’”’ the animals are scattered singly or in groups on the sur- face of the sponge, forming irregular tubercles, which caused Esper to call the sponge Spongia tuberculata. I cannot con- sider it ‘“ the most perfect analogy to the parasitism of Palythoa fatua in Hyalonema;” there the polypes form a uniform con- tinuous bark, the inner coat of which surrounds each of the siliceous spicules with a sheath of corium. (See Brandt, t. 4. f. 14.) There can be no doubt that the idea of our Hyalonema bein a sponge arose in MM. Valenciennes and Milne-Edwards’s minds from the examination of very imperfect specimens; for the latter states that “the polypes, which we have observed in a dry state on different parts of the axis, appear to be only parasites belonging to the order Zoantharia.” One of the three figured in Prof. Schultze’s work is destitute of any bark ; and the other two only have very small quantities of the bark on the coil near the sponge. Well-preserved specimens gene- rally have about half the length of the coil covered with ani- mals. They seem more abundant in England than on the Continent. I have had through my hands, since I first de- scribed the genus in 1835, between 300 and 400 specimens. Dr. Max Schultze observes :—‘ Thus, therefore, we have every imaginable proof of the mutual relation of the ‘Glass Rope’ and the sponge, which may be briefly recapitulated as follows :— Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 269 “1, The long siliceous threads are in structure indubitable sponge-spicules. They must therefore have been produced in a sponge.” [I have shown that in structure and function they are unlike any sponge-spicules known. See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, i. p. 292.] ; “9. Such a sponge, likewise with siliceous spicules, occurs constantly at the lower extremity of the ‘Glass Rope,’ in organic connexion therewith.” [Bocage and I have shown that many most perfect specimens of [. Steboldii and H. lusi- fanicum are found that never had any sponge connected with them (see species figured, Brandt, t. 1. f.15; t. 2. f. 6), though Dr. Max Miiller regards the sponge as something permanently constant. | “3. The sponge at the lower extremity of the long threads has very characteristically constructed spicules, inasmuch as their axial canal always possesses one or two perpendicular transverse canals. ‘The same characteristic structure is also displayed by the longer and shorter threads of the ‘Glass Rope.’ [This character is common to the spicules of many sponges, and may be common to these and the spicules of Hya- lonema, which, as stated above, differ from the spicules of all known sponges in the structure of the end and in their mode of growth and function. The reason why I did not refer to this point in my former paper is that I did not, and even now do not, regard it as so important as Prof. Schultze seems to con- sider it. The existence of a transverse canal being common to siliceous spicules of a sponge and of Hyalonema did not appear to me to decide that the latter were not secreted by a polype. The value of microscopic observations depends on the accuracy and knowledge of the observer ; and we must not decide beforehand that a siliceous spicule with a transverse canal cannot be secreted by a polype because we have not be- fore observed one, especially when the spicule has other cha- racters that separate it from all sponge-spicules, as is the case with the long spicule of the coil of the Hyalonema. | I have been often told that Prof. Schultze has shown a series of spicules gradually passing from the form in the sponge to that im the coil. I cannot find any one showing any passage from one to the other, nor the slightest approach to one with the ring of spines, or the peculiar appearance of the end or fracture. There is a considerable difference in form between the cruciform spicules of the sponge at the base and that on the bark—so great as to have induced Brandt to call one Spongia spinicrux and the other Spongia octancyra; yet probably the sponge on the bark is only an extension of the sponge at the base, like the sponge found between the ends of Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. i. 19 270 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. the spicules of the top of the coil. Sponges permeate and overrun everything in their neighbourhood. Prof. Max Schultze observes that no one who has opened the sponge and examined the extremely fine ends of the long siliceous threads in the axis of the sponge “ can doubt that the most intimate organic union exists between the porous sponge and the ‘ Glass Rope,’ and that both, therefore, form an organic whole.” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xix. p.155.) If Prof. Schultze means that some particles of the sponge extend themselves up between the spicules of the coil, that is, no doubt, true; but as we all know that sponges will extend them- selves up between all kinds of structure, I cannot regard that as any proof of organic union. And I suspect that this is what he does intend when he refers to the examination of im- perfect specimens which had been removed from the sponges (p. 155); and he seems not to have seen any specimen that never had a sponge attached to it (though such are now known to exist), and erroneously suspects that M. Bocage’s specimen, which is now in the British Museum, was imperfect. It is curious that neither Prof. Schultze, Dr. Bowerbank, nor any of the advocates of the spicules being developed from the sponge has ever attempted to show how the spicules are deve- loped by the sponge, whence they originate, or to show any connexion between the individual sponge-spicules and the spi- cules of the coil, or that there is any connexion between the pores and tubes of the sponge and the coil. As far as I have seen, the coil under the bark is a solid body composed of many closely packed spicules united together by fibrous corium like the lower surface of the bark, and which surrounds each and at the same time unites all the spicules into a mass destitute of any pores or canals; and the end of the coil in the sponge, in the four or five specimens that were cut open for the pur- pose of examination, has always been separated from the cavernous part of the sponge by a thick, very hard, compact coat formed of felted spicules. As this coat and the cavernous structure of the sponge are not represented in Schultze’s t. 2. f. 1, I suspect it 1s rather a diagram than a representation of a specimen. Prof. Max Schultze states, “As yet only lime salts are known in the skeletons of polypes.” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xix. p. 154.) And Dr. Bowerbank observes, “I be- lieve that the animal power of organizing siliceous matter to form either an internal or an external skeleton will be found to be strictly confined to the great subkingdom of the Protozoa.” (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 904.) These authors have overlooked the analysis of coral quoted Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 271 from Dana, in which it is shown that as much as 23 per cent. of silica is found in the Madrepores; and silica is also found in the axis of Gorgonia and other corals, forming an essential part of their organic structure. (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 120.) Prof. Lovén, who adopts Prof. Schultze’s theory, that the sponge is an integral part of the organism, when describing a true sponge from the North Sea which he regarded as a Hyalo- nema, came to this conclusion from the study of the form and structure of the Japan sponge as described by Prof. Schultze, which had been overlooked or not properly appreciated by Prof. Schultze himself and other zoologists, myself among the number, which, I think, fully prove that the sponge is not affixed to marine bodies and placed at the base, but at the apex of the glassy coil, the base of which he believes to be affixed to some marine body, regarding the siliceous coil, as seen in museum specimens, as only a fragment that has been accidentally broken from its other fixed part. This latter notion is inconsistent with what we know of the habits of the genus, and also with the structure of the spicules of the differ- ent specimens, which always taper towards the end in a most uniform and regular manner, very unlike an accidental break of a coil of spicules produced by an external force. Dr. Lovén says that the circular holes on the outer surface of the sponge (the chimneys or oscula of Prof. Schultze) “‘ cannot be the pores for the exterior current.” But I think that if he had been able to examine the sponge he would have found that they are connected with the oscwla in the internal cavities of the sponge. (See Lovén, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, i. pp. 81, 89.) It was difficult to understand how what are here called the “free? Hyalonemata keep themselves erect on the sea-bottom; for it is clear they must do so, as the similar size and develop- ment of the polypes show that they must be all equally within the reach of food. (See P. Z. 8. 1867, pp. 119, 902.) The direction and manner in which the polypes on the apex are developed shows that this cylindrical coral must be perma- nently erect. It is quite possible that the Hyalonemata live with the sili- ceous filaments sunk in the sand; and that might explain why we have never seen, even in the most perfect and well- developed specimens, the coil of siliceous spicules covered with the polypes and the bark-like crust for more than half its length, and that always on the upper part of the coil. A dealer, more than two years ago, showed me a number of coils in the state in which he received them from Japan, in which the exposed filaments of the coil were covered with 19* 272 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. mud; and he said that the collector told him that they lived with part of the coil sunk in the mud. I did not credit the account then, but I see reason to do so now. I believe that it will be found that the coral grows erect, with the part of the coil not covered with animals sunk in the mud, like the Sea-pen or Pennatula (the siliceous spicules, not being liable to disintegrate or change in structure, are well adapted for such a mode of life in their uncovered state), and that the sponge when present is a parasite that grows at the apex, and not, as has hitherto been considered, at the base of the coil of the coral. If this theory is the true one, as I believe it to be, the family and genera may be thus characterized :— Hyalonemadz. Social zoanthoid polypes, secreting a central siliceous m- ternal axial coil for their support. The upper half of the coil covered by a uniform cylindrical bark regularly studded with retractile polypes. The polypes are developed at the apex and are directed upwards as the coral grows; those on the bark near the naked part of the spicules are degenerate or less developed than those on the other part of the bark; they ap- pear to die off below as the lower part of the coil sinks deeper in the sand. The axis consists of numerous siliceous threads or spicules extending from end to end and coiled together into a cylindri- cal rope-like form. The spicules, as far as they are covered with the bark-like polypes, are each surrounded and separated from each other by a thin sheath of corium, the whole forming a dense cylindrical coil enclosed by the external bark formed of the united polypes. The part not covered with the bark consists of the lower half of the same spicules, which are separate and distinet from each other, forming a beautiful tuft of glassy filaments. Each spicule is formed of a great number of concentric coats with a central canal, like the spicules of sponges; but the ends of the spicules are unfinished and truncate, showing the lamin of which they are formed, the inner lamine pro- jecting beyond the others, and the outer being the shortest. (Brandt, t. 2. f. 12, 18, 15; Schultze, t. 2. f. 3, 4, 5.) The spicules are linear-elongate, subcylindrical, unequally fusiform, tapering at each end, the end that is enclosed under the bark being the longest and most slender*. (Brandt, t. 2. f.12, 13, 14, 15.) The surface is smooth, but near each end * The fractured or imperfect ends, the concentric ridges and spines on the surface, and the spicules being surrounded with coriwm at once Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 273 there are concentric ridges edged with a series of spines that are directed towards the middle of the length of the spicule. (Schultze, t. 2. f. 4,5). These spicules are lengthened as the coral grows. The corals live erect at the bottom of the sea, with the free part of the spicules sunk in the mud or sand. The upper part of the coral is often taken possession of by a cup-shaped parasitic sponge (Carteria). ‘The sponge de- stroys the polypes; and the ends of the spicules form a short rapidly tapering cone, which is separated from the sponge by a number of spicules felted together, forming a hard case which separates the end of the coil from the rest of the sponge. The coils of spicules, as left when the polypes die and the bark has rotted or been eaten away by fishes, &c., are often found in the sea, as are also the separate spicules. M. Bocage makes a statement that is otherwise difficult to understand. He says, ‘“‘ I have several specimens of Hyalo- nema with other parasites: two are covered with an Antipa- tharian, three absolutely destitute of polypes and sponges, one embraced by the foot of an Actinia of what seems to me a new species.” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. i. p. 37.) Dr. Semper has lately named a single specimen of Hyalonema he reeeived from the Philippines H. Schultze?, because it is destitute of polypes and bark, but attached to a sponge. They have been found in a fossil state in Mountain Limestone, retaining the siliceous character of the coil. HyaLoneMA, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 64; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1850, vi. p. 306; P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 118 (not Lovén, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, p. 90); Brandt, Sym- bol. 14 (1859); Wyville Thomson, Intell. Observ. 1867, p.81. Hyalocheta, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Pétersb. 1857, p. 17; Symbol. 17 (1859). Bark sandy. Polypes cylindrical when contracted. Tenta- cles 20. 1. Hyalonema Sieboldit, Gray, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 65, &e. BM. H. mirabilis, Gray, P. Z. 8.1857, p. 279; Bowerbank, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 18; Loyén, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, p. 90. Type, without parasitic sponge on apex :— H. Sieboldit, Brandt, Symbol. t. 1. f.1; Wyville Thomson, Intell. Obsery. 1867, p. 93, f. 1. ' Var. Possieti. Polypes produced and clustered. Hyalocheta Possieti, Brandt, Symbol. t. 2. f. 6-20. separate the siliceous spicules of zoanthoid polypes from the spicules of sponges. 274 Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. A. With parasitic sponge on apex. H. Sieboldii, Gray, Brandt, Symb. t. 1. f. 4,5; Schultze, Hyalonemen, belt 2.8 Wy 2: H. mirabile, Bowerb. P. Z. 8. 1867, t. 4. £. 8. B. Without the sponge, but with the part of the coil deprived of polypes where it had been. H, Steboldii, Brandt, Symbol. t. 1. f. 2,5, 6, 7, t. 2. f. 2. Hab. Japan. In examining some thirty-seven specimens which have lately arrived in London from the same locality in Japan, I find the contracted animals vary considerably in form and size. They are generally nearly uniform in size and distance from each other in the same specimen. In one with small close polypes I found a small oblong cluster of some twenty or twenty-five polypes, rather smaller than the others, all crowded together into a mass. = Some three or four specimens had the contracted animals considerably larger and further apart, not quite regularly cir- cular in shape ; but they are very different from the contracted animals of H. lusitanicum. One specimen without any sponge had the polypes very irregularly dispersed—some far apart, others very close, and even clustered together forming irregular prominences. ‘This specimen is somewhat like [Hyalocheta Possieti (Brandt, Sym- bol. ii. t. 2. f. 6); but the polypes are not quite so long and prominent as in that figure. The study of these specimens and others I have seen induces me to believe that there is only a single rather variable species found in Japan. Unfortunately all the sponges on Japan Hyalonemata I have been able to examine have been in a bad state, with an eroded surface, as if they had been worn by the sea; and that is pro- bably the condition of the ones figured by Schultze, though the oscules are represented as complete; but the surface of the sponge, judging from the sunken part of some of the speci- mens in the complete state, is covered with a close-grained dermal layer. They have generally been crushed in pack- ing or drying; some exhibit circular perforations on the sur- face. They vary greatly in shape, some being large and ob- long, others contracted, ovate-elongate, like Brandt’s t.1. f. 4, 5. I believe these forms arise from their being squeezed when taken out of the sea, or after being washed. There are three specimens in the British Museum, one only anything like perfect, which, ovate-elongate before it was soaked in water, is conical cup-shaped, with a large conical cavity reaching Dr. J. E. Gray on Hyalonemata. 275 nearly to the apex of the coil. The cavity is partly filled up with irregular contorted plates of different sizes, project- ing from the wall of the cavity. The parietes are thin; the upper edge of the cavity is thin, sinuous, and not show- ing any indication of having been attached to any marine body. ‘The apex of the coil is sunk in one side of the wall of the large cup-like sponge. The second specimen is somewhat like the former; but the upper part of the wall is broken away, the parietes are thickened, and there are three un- equal conical concavities, the middle one much deeper than the rest. The third specimen is much more imperfect. It is a Square spongy mass, which has been crushed and disintegrated ; it has only a moderate-sized central conical concavity ; but a great part of the cup is wanting. As far as I have seen, all the sponges are more or less cup-shaped, with a central conical open cavity. 2. Hyalonema Schultzet is probably a distinct species, as it came from the Philippines; but it is described probably from a dead specimen of a coil that had lost its bark and animals. ae b. Hyalonema Sieboldii, growing in the mud; reduced to } the natural size. a. the contracted polypes on the apex, larger ; b. the parasitic sponge on the apex. 276 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. HYALOoTHRIX, Gray, P, Z. 8. 1867, p. 119. Bark smooth. Polypes oblong when contracted, low. Ten- tacles 40. Hyalothrix lusitanica, Gray, 1. c. 1867, p. 119. B.M. Type Hyalonema lusitanicum, Bocage, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 265, t. 22; 1865, p- 662; Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, xvii. p. 287; Lovén, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, p. 90. Var. spongifera. H, lusitanicum, Bocage, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, 11. p. 86; Bow- erbank, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 902. Hab. Portugal. P.S. Dr. Perceval Wright, who has just returned from dredging for Hyalonemata on the coast of Portugal, informs me (Sept. 14) that he believes the coral (77. lus’tanicum) grows at the bottom of the sea in deep water, with the free part of the coil sunk in the sand. He also mentioned to me that M. Bo- cage has some specimens of the sponge that grows on the H. lusitanicum with a shallow cavity that is covered with a netted lid formed of spicules, like the lid of Huplectella. I do not find any trace of such a lid in the three sponges on the Hyalo- nema Steboldii in the British Museum; but it seems to exist in some specimens of that sponge, as Dr. Lovén says that Prof. Schultze found “the flattened surface of the smaller and younger specimen (No. 4) covered by a network of spicules similar to that which covers the free end of Huplectella.” (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1868, ii. p. 89.) XXXIIL—On the Boring of certain Annelids. By W. C. M‘Intosu, M.D., F.L.8.* [Plates XVIII, XIX., XX.] At the Meeting of the British Association held at Dundee, my friend Mr. E. Ray Lankester read a very interesting paper on “ Lithodomous Annelids,” or, rather, on the boring of Sabella saxicava, Quatref., and Leucodore ciliata, Johnst., chiefly with reference to the latter. In the discussion which followed, Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys and I strongly opposed the theory advocated by the author as to the action of a purely chemical agency in the production of the perforations. I spe- cially mentioned that Leucodore ciliata bores in aluminous shale—a fact fatal to the chemical (or acid) theory—and am * Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Meeting of the British Association at Norwich, Aug. 24, 1868. Dr. W. C. MIntosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 277 now compelled to make a few remarks on the subject at this stage, on account of the publication of the above-mentioned paper in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for April of this year (1868). In the latter publication the author states that “Dr. M‘Intosh was the only observer at Dundee who expressed a belief that these Annelids perforate rocks other than carbonate of lime. He said he had seen aluminous shale so bored; but I think he had other excavations in mind, such as Annelids will make in the semisolid silt filling cracks in shale, or else that he has since seen reason to change his opinion; for he has not produced any such specimen of shale, although then challenged to do so. I submit that the opinion as to aluminous shale, unsupported by any chemical test or specimen, and confessedly only casually noticed, should not be of any weight in the balance against the facts as to the exclusive erosion of lime- stone which are above recorded.” I had for the time forgotten the subject till I saw this paper (and for the first time its challenge) in the ‘ Annals ;’ yet, on referring to my notes on Leucodore ciliata, made several years ago, I find that it bores not only in aluminous shale, but in a material, in a chemical sense, even more impenetrable. Boring and burrowing are very common features in the British Annelida. The majority are fitted chiefly for perfo- rating sand or sandy mud, such as the Lumbrict, Nephthys, Nerine, Cirratulus, Nereis, Eteone, G'lycera, Arenicola, Scali- bregma, Ammotrypane, Ophelia, Travisia, Aricia, Terebella, Sabella, Mea, and others; and the modes in which they pursue this their daily occupation vary greatly. Glyccra and Nephthys especially disappear with rapidity amongst the sand by boring with their proboscides, the former passing its elon- gated organ through a considerable space in a single thrust. Eteone dashes through the water in ever-varying screw-coils, and carries its snout with equal facility through sand; and the motions of Ammotrypane aulogaster are even more vigorous, especially as regards penetration of the latter. The efforts, again, of Scalibregma, Ophelia limacina, Travisia, and Mea are less violent; but they easily penetrate the same semisolid medium. Some, such as Nereis pelagica and Dumerilit, occa- sionally occupy galleries in the stems of softened Laminarie ; while Hediste (Nereis) diversicolor bores in vast numbers in the peat of Perrelle Bay, in Guernsey, and more sparingly in casual pieces of the same material on the eastern shores of North Uist. Several delight to bore in muddy clay, such as Eunice, Lumbrinereis, and Notocirrus. Many species occur in galleries between the layers of shale and sandstone, and in the cracks of granite, gneiss, and other rocks, amidst sandy mud, 278 = Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. as well as elsewhere, such as several of the Spiontde, Eunice, Lysidice, Trophonia, Syllis armillaris, Psamathe fusca, Cas- talia punctata, Kulalia, Thelepus (Venusia), and Aphlebina. Of these, Lyszdice is often found under the calcareous spread- ing base of Corallina officinalis along with Leucodore, under the large littoral Ascidians at Herm, and in masses of Celle- pora from the deep water off St. Martin’s Point, Guernsey, and, though it would seem to take possession of an old tunnel, yet appears capable of accommodating the hole to its own wants. Lastly, a few Annelids bore rocks, stones, and shells of various kinds, amongst which are Leucodore, Dodecaceria, Sabella saxicava, Heterocirrus saxicola, Grube* (a species 1 cannot at present distinguish from Dodecaceria concharum), besides some of the adjoining group, Gephyrea. There is no more common Annelid along the rocky parts of the beach at St. Andrew’s than Leucodore ciliata (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1); and,indeed,it is a very abundant British form in general. It especially haunts the soft blue shale at the West and Castle Rocks of the ancient city, apparently, like its companion Pho- las crispata, because it finds such more easily excavated than the denser sandstone, just as we see it avoiding the hard gra- nite and gneiss of the Channel Islands and the outer Hebrides, and tunnelling its galleries under the spreading base of Coral- fina and the numerous Nullipores, both free and surmounted by the tangles, or as M. de Quatrefagest found at Guettary, in the case of Sabella saxicava, which preferred to bore the calcareous rocks rather than the quartz with which they alter- nated. It is likewise abundant in the fissures of the shale and sandstone, forming tunnels amidst the muddy débris so abun- dant in these localities, where Dr. Johnston seems alone to have found it. Qérsted, again, gives “sandy tubes” as its sole habitation. Vast numbers of the common limpet-shells are also invaded by them, their tracks with the loop at the bottom being visible from the inner surface as whitish streaks; and the irritation frequently causes the mollusk to secrete layer upon layer of the nacreous lining. It abounds likewise in many other littoral and deep-water shells, such as Buccinum, Fusus, Haliotis, Ostrea, and Anomia, and, indeed, in favour- able sites, almost upon every shell thick enough to bore into. Its presence amidst the shale and sandstone is easily reecog- nized by numerous small tubes, composed of agglutinated sand and mud (Pl. XTX. fig.1), which project from the surface of the stone in dense groups, so as to form in many cases a kind of sward of tubes—a habit apparently characteristic of the * Archiv fiir Naturges. 1855, p. 108, Taf. 4. f. 11. + Ann, des Se. Nat. sér. 3. Zool. tome viii. 1847. Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 279 race in all parts of the world ; for the Abbé Dicquemare long ago noticed this on the coast of France, and in more recent times M. Schmarda* describes and figures a species (Leucodore so- cialis) having a similar habit, on the coast of Chili, Mr. Alex. Agassiz another on the shores of the United States, M. de Quatrefages at Boulogne, M. Claparéde at Skye, and Dr. 8. Wright in the Frith of Forth. Mr. Lankester, however, does not allude to this habit; and such tubes are certainly rare on the calcareous rocks. Very short ones are occasionally ob- served on the surface of Corallina. These tubes are composed, according to the nature of the site, of minute grains of sand and mud, or pure sand, cemented together by a tough secre- tion, which likewise gives a smooth coating to their interior. They project sometimes nearly half an inch from the stone or other material; and, when laid along the surface, in some cases they exceed this in length. If the animals are scattered, it will readily be observed that each is supplied with two inde- pendent and occasionally divergent tubes, which thus corre- spond to the double nature of their perforations in the stone. Both are formed in the same way, the Annelid reversing itself in its gallery at will and augmenting the length of the quies- cent tube: thus the restless tentacles are observed to project now from the one and now from the other. The animal dis- plays great energy in proceeding with its work, its tentacles resembling a struggling Ascaris that has been seized by the middle and is endeavouring to make its escape. Not only are these organs thrown about in all directions, but each under- goes a series of vermiform wrigglings, no head meanwhile being visible from the aperture of the tube. After lashing the water for some time, they may be noticed moving along the surface of the stone with a serpentine motion like indepen- dent worms, and seizing any convenient particle of mud, sand, or food they may encounter. Upon effecting this, the tentacle is not contracted as in the Hydrozoa and Actinozoa, but its vermiform motions along the rocky surface remain unaltered, while the particle is observed to wend its way towards the mouth of the tube along the tentacle in a remarkable manner, to be seized by the lips of the animal. Bastert distinctly no- ticed this quality in the tentacles of Leucodore, mentioning that, however unwilling, the prey was dragged by the organs into the tube and consumed at leisure. Hence he inferred they had many of the properties pertaining to the tentacles of polypes. The fact also did not escape the notice of that most patient and keen observer of nature, Sir J. Dalyell, in “ Spo seticornis;” for he says, ‘ The particles that may be selected for the edifices are * Neue wirb. Thiere, 1. ii. p. 64, tab. 26. figs, 209 & 209 a, + Basteri Opuscula Subseciva, tom. ii. lib. 3. p. 155, 280 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. seized and passed along the tentaculum, and apparently carried to the mouth*”. If the particle of sand, for instance, after en- tering the mouth ofthe tube, is considered suitable, itis by-and-by pushed out with the snout, and arranged on the circumference of the tube with the glutinous secretion. Occasionally the proximity of other tubes affords an opportunity for abstracting particles therefrom, as well as causes frequent collisions with neighbouring tentacula, especially apparent when two take possession of the same prey. Now and then a small mass of mud and sand may be seen travelling outwards from the tube along the tentacle, to be dropped at some distance. Quantities of débris, again, may sometimes be observed issuing from both apertures; and in those vessels in which the animals have been vigorously at work on new sites, heaps of minute grains of sand or altered shale are grouped on the flat surface around the tubes; or if these are elevated in the vessel and project horizontally, the débris falls to the bottom or clouds the side of the glass. Where the basis material is bluish shale, this débris has a brownish colour, and the particles assume a some- what definite ovoid shape, so that the heaps have a peculiar miliary appearance. The alteration in the colour in this case is interesting, showing that in all probability the masses have passed through the digestive tract of the Annelid. Moreover we may be fairly warranted, from the appearances, in assuming that at least some of the constituents of such heaps are the results of the boring, and not all due to the seizure of external particles from (in this case) the smooth surface of the shale. There was nothing peculiar in the instance of the sandstone, whose loose débris after boring resembled the grains of sand removed from the mass. The benefits of a tube superadded to the gallery in the stone are apparent; for the tentacles are thus enabled to take a longer sweep through the surrounding water for the capture of minute structures while the delicate body remains protected. More- over a field of competition is opened up to these social Anne- lids, in which it must at least occasionally occur that the best and most rapid builder of these tubes is placed under more favourable conditions for existence than those with shorter tubes or those confined to the dead level of the rock or shell. When the animal happens to find a large mass of loose material nearits tubes, it sometimes protrudes its headand anterior region, and aids the tentacles in dragging it towards the mouth of the tube, or occasionally the anterior part of the body is extruded in an exploratory manner ; but, as arule, theyare very shy. A free animal is now and then encountered, and, if im perfect health, * Power of the Creator &c. vol. i. p. 159. Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 281 it is not the helpless animal described by Dr. Johnston*, but progresses very actively indeed, either on a horizontal or per- pendicular surface; and if circumstances are unfavourable for its gaining the stone, or, if it so chooses, it fashions a tube round its body with ease and rapidity (provided materials are forthcoming), either on the bottom or along the side of the vessel. Nor is it satisfied with the construction of one home, but roams about from place to place and forms several. In such instances the tube is not generally turned on itself, but is more or less linear, the cup of the anal segment com- municating freely with the water by the open end of the tube. They are also not unfrequently found swimming on the sur- face of the water, like other Annelids. The first point that strikes the observer in regard to the perforations in the sandstone and shale is that they are grouped im pairs, sometimes with a thicker and sometimes with a thinner intervening column. In many cases this column would seem to be formed of débris ; but in others, especially those in shell, sandstone, and Corallina, some of the original material is left; so that, by this feature, the observer is seldom left in doubt as to the identity of any particular gallery he encounters. From the exterior the tubes, as usually observed, proceed in- wards either as nearly straight or more or less curved cylin- drical galleries, and terminate in the case of each pair by joining in a loop at the bottom, the latter being either abruptly or gently curved, according to the thickness of the intervening column. This siphonal form of gallery is very general among the Annelida and other burrowing animals; various Terebella, Eunice sanguinea, Cirratulus cirratus, and others follow this habit in the fissures of rocks; while Corophium longicorne, so abundant in company with Hdwardsia on some of our muddy or clayey shores, has its burrow of the same characteristic formation. In Leucodore, as a rule, the intervening column attains the largest dimensions inferiorly, a considerable wedge of sound shale being often left at the loop. The latter, moreover, in some was marked by two or three grooves, showing that at various times the animal had altered the depth of its galleries to suit its convenience, perhaps in relation to the length of its built-up or external tube, though this is not a matter of much consequence. All the tubes were lined by the delicate secre- tion before mentioned. In the borings in shell, Nullipore, and Corallina the tube or perforation had not, in our specimens, the form of a keyhole, as mentioned by Mr. Lankester, but possessed a solid column of the original structure, or else one of consolidated débris, in- tervening between the tunnels. In the sea-worn specimens of * Catalogue of Worms, Brit, Mus. p. 206, 282 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. chalk and limestone, the empty perforations, however, do ex- hibit a form somewhat like a keyhole in transverse section ; but in the calcareous rocks and stones containing living speci- mens the double tube is completed by an intervening column of débris, except at the loop. In not a few of the worn pieces of chalk and limestone, only the widened inferior end or junc- tion of the tube remains. ‘This is a point of some interest, since Dodecaceria concharum abounds in the same sites, and its gallery is distinguished in transverse section by having no in- curvation, or only a very slight incurvation in the middle, and is not double; yet the dried remains of this worm might most aptly be described “ as a black carbonaceous film,”’ whereas the dried remnants of Leucodore are of a pale or straw-yellow hue. Amongst the minute fragments of flint which form the fine gravel of Luccomb Chine, in the Isle of Wight, are many loose rounded pieces of limestone and chalk more or less perforated by Leucodore and Dodecaceria; but the living examples of the former occur chiefly between half tide and low-water mark, the best site being at the verge of the latter, and this more especially as regards Dodecaceria. Leucodore is not only abundant in the substance of the rocks themselves, as mentioned by Mr. Lankester, but swarms under the spread- ing base of Corallina, though, on account of the inconspicuous nature of the apertures in the latter, little or no trace of the borings can be observed until the surface is split off. Besides, in this (littoral) region there are numerous flattened stones, one or two feet square, that have their surfaces quite worm- eaten by the perforations of the Annelids, whose now vacant galleries have been considerably enlarged by the action of the sand and surf. Occasionally the borings in these large stones were arranged in a linear series, the worm having attacked the commencing fissures as the most vulnerable parts of the mass. At White-Cliff Bay, again, the perforations in the chalky rocks abounded in the same region, and were of a somewhat larger size than those made by our northern ex- amples. Descriptions of the general structure of Leucodore have been published by the Abbé Dicquemare, Dr. Johnston, MM. Cirsted, Grube, Claparéde, and Keferstein; so that my remarks at pre- sent shall be confined to the tentacles, bristles, hooks, and anal segment. The tentacles (Pl. XIX. figs. 1 & 2) are a pair of very mobile muscular organs, possessing in each case a ciliated furrow on the inner side, Dr. Johnston being in error in averring that the in- ferior side is so supplied. Dr. Strethill Wright* has given a somewhat minute account of their microscopic appearance in * Edinb. New Phil, Journ. 1857, vol. vi. p. 90. Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 283 this species (in all probability), which he termed Spvo seti- cornis. He observed that the tentacles, when seizing a frag- ment of oyster, attached themselves to it ‘not by winding themselves round it, but by simple adhesion, as if they were studded with numerous suckers and hooks, like the arms of the cuttle-fish.”” This prehensile apparatus “ consists of numerous large papille thickly crowded together along the borders of the tentacles,” each having an “ acuminated soft cilium or spine.”’ On forcibly pressing the tentacle, “ the spine-bearing papille burst, and there issues from each of them a.... pear- shaped capsule (trichocyst).... which, again, on rupture, dis- charges a multitude of acicular spicules.” He likewise states that the tentacles are furnished with ‘a ciliated band running from the tip to the base,” but does not point out the actual disposition thereof. In his drawing of the tentacle (fig. 18) the papille are ranged along each side of the organ from base to apex. When the tentacle is extended, as in its ordinary motions (Pl. XIX. fig. 1), there is little or no appearance of wrinkles. A very considerable alteration, however, ensues on placing the animal, even without irritating pressure, between glasses, and certainly much more so if the tentacle itself is removed by violence. The ciliated groove along the inner border, like the rest of the organ, is minutely granular, especially towards the tip, the latter, on the slightest contraction, assuming a minutely warty aspect (fig. 2). Besides the long cilia which cover the furrow, there are various motionless hairs along the opposite or exterior border of the organ, as indicated by Prof. Keferstein, and which are also present on various other parts of the animal. The wrinkling of the tentacles in most views is very marked, the whole organ being crossed by transverse seams, between every two of which a series of very distinct temporary papille occur at the edge, which papille sometimes do possess a mo- tionless cilium or “ spine,” and are more likely to do so under paralyzing pressure ; but the appearance shown by Dr. Wright is the result of injury, and not a natural interpretation of their anatomy, however closely his outline may indicate what he saw. ‘These temporary papille, in common with the entire surface of the furrow, certainly present a streaked appearance; but such is due to the compressed cilia; and I have never been able to see the remarkable “ trichocysts” and their acicular contents as described by this mgenious naturalist, to whose observations I gave due respect by repeated examinations. Circular cells filled with minute granules often escaped through the delicate epiderm of the pressed organ, together with mi- nute granules and swarms of discarded cilia; but there was no 284 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. trace of the “ trichocysts.”” M. de Quatrefages*, again, in his remarks on the respiration of the Annelids, refers to a drawing of the tentacle of a Polydora, which may or may not be this species. He shows the ciliated region to be cellular, but does not notice crenations. On the tentacles of several were the curious parasitic forms represented in Pl. XIX. fig. 3. They were attached by a short stalk, and, when set free, moved rapidly through the water by the aid of their cilia, which in their fixed condition were next the tentacle. The fifth body-segment of the worm has the characteristic strong hooks (PI. XVIII. fig. 2), which are accompanied by the peculiar bristles with spear-shaped heads (fig. 3), besides the minute dorsal fascicle of the ordinary structure. The tip of each of the first series is strongly curved; and towards the concave side thereof a spur projects, apparently with a twist backwards and ventrally ; and hence, if the organs are sepa- rated and pressed between glasses, this spur in not a few cases almost escapes observation : this is especially the case in spirit preparations. In the larger southern examples the spur is less visible than in the smaller, as the hook under pressure assumes a position which hides the projection; it is very evident, however, when the hook is viewed zn situ. The shaft of the hook in the large examples is marked at intervals by trans- verse stria. Mr. Lankester’s figurest may be taken as the representatives of altered bristles from specimens in which they have been subjected to some morbid influence, either due to the nature of the habitat (calcareous rock) or otherwise. Other specimens from the same rock show the ordinary struc- ture with the single spur beneath the tip. In some of the altered specimens the spear-shaped bristles accompanying the hooks are absent. Mr. Alex. Agassiz has given a better view of their structure, though he does not refer to the spear-shaped bristles which accompany them. In the majority of the spe- cimens from St. Andrew’s three of the hooks were well deve- loped, the first being the longest, and the fifth and sixth rudi- mentary but nevertheless showing the secondary fang or spur even more distinctly than the others. In larger examples from Cobo Bay, Guernsey, and the southern shores of England, these hooks are more numerous f. * Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 3. Zool. tome xiv. pl. 5. fig. 10. + Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. i. 1868, pl. 11. fig. 9. { At the late meeting of the British Association, Mr. Lankester, while at once admitting the erroneous condition of his own published drawing of the hooks, denied the accuracy of mine as exhibited in a large coloured drawing accurately copied from the two figures (Pl. XVIIT. figs. 2 a, 6) ac- Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 285 The inferior appendages of the rest of the body-segments consist of characteristic hooks—organs, I may add, that have received but scant justice from their artists, with the exception of M. Claparéde* and Mr. Agassiz, though the latter appears to have slightly misapprehended their true nature, as he speaks of “a stiff bristle extending from the base of the curve’’—which can only refer to the wing of the structure, about to be de- scribed. The figure} of this careful observer, though earlier, is more correct than Mr. Lankester’s. When the hook is pressed flatly between glasses (Pl. XVIII. fig. 4 a), the crown shows a long tooth in front, with a shorter superior process and a dis- tinct wing; but the latter, of course, has been altered by pres- sure, as, when viewed under favourable circumstances (fig.4 5), it has a wing on each side of the crown and upper part of the shaft. Dr.’Thomas Williams was in error when he assigned a dorsal position to these hookst. The bristles throughout conform to one type (fig. 5), having a long shaft, somewhat abruptly bent and tapered at the tip, which has a narrow pro- cess or wing on each side. The anal segment is furnished with a peculiar cup (fig. 6), whose margin does not form a continuous ring, but is inflected and slit in the middle of the dorsal surface. A few minute and motionless cilia are placed round the margin. The papilla of the anal orifice is richly ciliated. The organ does not im- press the observer as being eminently adapted for adhering to surfaces, after the manner of a sucker; nor have I been so fortunate as to see the animal using it for this purpose. Mr. A. Agassiz and MM. Claparéde and De Quatrefages, however, have seen the Annelid employing it for such ; and M. Meczni- koff§ is another author who mentions that a “ sucking-disk ”’ is met with in Leuwcodore. Dr. Williams, again, remarks that the anal segment is expanded with geometrical exactitude into a hollow cone, which acts on the principle of the sucker, the worm “letting down its weight on the part, in order to press companying this paper. He said that, instead of one spur, there were several spurs beneath the curved tip. Ofcourse I have found no reason to alter an opinion formed after an examination of specimens from the north, east, and west of Scotland, from the north-east, south, and south-west of England, and from the Channel Islands. Mr. Agassiz and Prof. Kefer- stein, moreover, show only one process; and though M. de Quatrefages represents at least two beneath the tip of the hook of his Lewcodore nasuta from Bréhat, Iam bound to add that many of this distinguished author's drawings are not scientifically accurate. I do not know on what authority my friend made his statement; and it is to be hoped he will clear up the mystery. * Archiv fiir Anat. u. Phys. 1861, Taf. 15. + Ann. Nat. Hist. ser, 3. vol. xix. pl. 6. fig. 38. t Report Brit. Assoc. 1851, p. 208. § Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xvi. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. ii. 20 286 Dr. W. ©. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. out the water with which the bottom of the tube may be filled ;” and thus the Annelid “amid the raging billows is securely anchored to its cell.” From the siphonal nature of the tube, this description cannot apply in any degree. Another very common borer in shells, nullipore, and calca- reous rock is Dodecaceria concharum, CErst., a Cirratulean which has a larger tube, shaped something like a keyhole in transverse section, and terminating in a slightly dilated, smooth, cecal extremity. This animal likewise lives in the fissures of the rocks in the Channel Islands, forming in the mud long galleries bent in various ways, but always readily distinguishable from those of Leuwcodore. In addition to the foregoing localities, a specimen was sent me alive from St. Andrews rocks in its characteristic tube in sandstone. In this instance the perforation in the stone was lined by a con- siderable coating of carbonate of lime, so that it had a smooth whitish aspect—as if the animal had not relished constant con- tact with the rough grains of sand, and had fashioned a coat- ing analogous to the well-known secretion of Teredo. Even in the spreading base of Corallina officinalis, the gallery in- habited by this animal is often so smooth, and its appearance on fracture so characteristic, that the observer is led to suspect the existence of some secretion which covers over the rough- nesses of the tube and the rocky surface. ‘The bristles (Pl. XX. fig. 4) in this species have a dilated and flattened tip with a finely serrated edge, and taper to a fine point. The shape of - the hooks (figs. 2 & 3) is peculiar and characteristic, and en- ables the observer to distinguish the dried remnants at once. The animal tinges the spirit of a rich dark-green hue, just as Sark specimens of its ally Cirratulus cirratus do, but gives no acid reaction to test-paper. The Nereis sextentaculata of Delle Chiaje*, which lives in holes in the rocks of the Nea- politan shores, is, in all probability, referable to the same spe- cies: and the Narganseta corallit of LeidyT is likewise either the same or a very closely allied form. ‘The latter bores dead portions of Astrangea astreformis. A third British borer is Sabella saxicava, Quatref., which, according to Messrs. Stewart and Lankester, is found in the limestones near Plymouth; and I have found it abundantly in Oyster, Pecten, Anomia, and other dead and living shells dredged off the Channel Islands, as well as perforating the Balani that cover the sides of the Gouliot caves at Sark, near * Memorie sulla Storia e Notomia degli Animali senza Vertebre del Regno di Napoli, vol. iii. p. 176, tab. 43. fig. 16. + “Marine Invert. of Rhode Island and New Jersey,” Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. ser. 2.-vol. iii. Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 287 low-water mark, my attention having been first directed to the latter site by Dr. Bowerbank, who kindly sent me dried spe- cimens. In these caves the tube of the Annelid is often coiled in its groove beneath the Balanz, and then pierces the shell of the latter to appear on the upper surface. It likewise bores abundantly in Cellepora pumicosa, and in one instance had bored quite through the valve of a living Pecten pusio. It often occurs in the same oyster-shell in a combined attack with Gastrochena dubia, Leucodore, and boring sponges, or sometimes places its tubes in groups in convenient fissures of the shell without boring, so that they can be dislodged en masse like short and contorted tubes of Tubularia indivisa. Another site is under empty limpet-shells amongst muddy débris, part of each tube being inserted into a perforation in the shell; while, again, the cracks and fissures of the rocks near low-water mark afford a very favourite habitat im the Channel Islands, and their tubes are often seen projecting through incrusting sponges and Ascidians, both simple and compound. The species has a tough horny tube, whose ex- posed portion is furnished with minute grains of sand; but the immersed portion is hyaline and more delicate. ‘The boring in the shell and limestone is circular, and, though often more or less curved or coiled, it is not to be confounded with the work of Dodecaceria or Leucodore. Ineed not allude further at present to the structure of the species, save to observe that its branchiz are speckled with pale green and white, and fur- nished with two or three brown pigment-specks exteriorly, and that its hooks (Pl. XX. figs. 5 & 6) (which are accompanied by broadly spear-tipped minute bristles, fig. 7) and bristles (fig. 8) have the structure represented. The body shows a distinct acid reaction towards the posterior end, and especially at the tip of the tail. The fourth native borer is a little Sipunculus, which exter- nally appears to be identical with S. Johnston of Forbes. It occurs in limestone on the shores of the Isle of Wight, bores into the spreading base of Corallina with the foregoing forms in the Channel Islands, tunnels the mud in the fissures of various rocks, and one occurred in a shell sent by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys in his rich Zetlandic collection of 1867. The form of the perforation in the latter case is club-shaped ; and a young specimen had bored its tiny gallery from the tube of its parent —a very rare occurrence amongst the true Annelids. In this instance the tubes of Campanularia verticillata had taken possession of several of these minute galleries after the death or exit of the original inhabitant. This boring Sipunculus is quite neutral to test-paper. 20* 288 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. Annelidan borings have been noticed by many observers. In 1765 Baster* describes and figures the very species (Leucodore ciliata), I have no doubt, which has just been brought forward by Mr. Lankester. He observes, ‘‘ Alteram Nereidis speciem, quam hic describo, voco minimam tentaculis longissimis;”’ and his next sentence shows that he had at least as extensive an acquaintance with its habitat as some very recent writers:—‘ Hee in lapidibus, ostreis, aliisque piscibus testaceis, qui e limoso maris fundo petuntur, reperitur quam frequentissime, habitans semper in parvo ex limo aut arena constructo tubulo.” This author, although he does not further allude to the habitations in the stones, mentions that he put a quantity of sand beside them in a glass vessel, and that they very soon bored into this, and constructed tubes at the entrance of their tunnels. The Abbé Dicquemaref in 1781 also refers to the same species, and he gives figures of the animal which, however inaccurate, may at least bear com- parison with some of very modern date. He called it a sea- insect, and he cites it as an influential agent in destroying the calcareous rocks and stones in the neighbourhood of Havre. In a second paper by the same author {, what appears to be a Sabellaria is described, which, it is stated, prolongs its tail _within the rock or stone, as well as fashions a tube of coarse sand or fine gravel outside. He advanced the idea of a sol- vent to account for these borings, an explanation all the more likely, as his specimens of rocks bored by marine “ insects ”’ were all calcareous. Dr. P. C. Abildgaard § gives fair deserip- tions and figures of two species which bore into the marble cliffs and calcareous stones below water at Santa Cruz in the West Indies. He calls the one Terebella bicornis, and the other Terebella stellata. The first is a Cymospira (C. bicornis) characterized by having a hard, horny, flattish operculum, from which project two branched antler-shaped processes. He also mentions at the end of his paper that another was sent him with three horns on its operculum, the third being closely appressed to the plate; but the animal was otherwise similar to the first. The latter is thus closely related to the Cymo- sptra tricornis of Dr. Baird ||, who remarks that it had ap- parently burrowed in Madrepore—a habit characteristic of other species of the genus, whose galleries occasionally pierce * Basteri Opuscula Subseciva, tom. ii. lib. iii. p. 134, tab. xii. fig. 11. a, c. + Observat. et Mém. Phys. tom, xviii. 1781. t Op. cit. tom. xx. 1782. § Schrift. Gesellsch. ntrf. Freund. Berlin, i. 1789, pp. 138-144. I am indebted to Dr. Albert Giinther for a copy of this paper, he having sent a complete translation, instead of a mere abstract in the original (German). || Journ. Linn, Soe. vol. viii. 1865, p, 17. Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 289 the fractured blocks in all directions. The second species of stone-borer (7. stellata = Pomatostegus stellatus, Mérch, Schmarda, &c.) described by Dr. Abildgaard has an operculum composed of three flats or plates raised one above another, and supported by a central column or axis, and likewise has been found perforating coral reefs. Mr. Osler * alludes to the abundance of worm-perforations (when treating on the same subject) in the Mollusca, thus—‘‘ The boring Annelids are in- numerable in calcareous rocks, and are found to attack every marine shell almost as soon as it has acquired sufficient thick- ness to afford them a nidus ;” and he further instances the cases of the Nereides, Arenicola piscatorum, and Terebella conchi- lega, as well as that of the Spatangi burying themselves in sand. His figure of 7. conchilega, however, very much re- sembles 7. littoral’s. Mr. Templeton + fairly describes the perforations of a species, which is probably L. edliata, in the limestone rocks of Whitehead, Belfast Lough, and figures the perforated stone and the animal in various positions. Mr. Garner { refers to the subject in the Zoological Transactions, thus, “‘ Certain Annelides apparently possess the power of ex- cavating. The rocks on our coast are pierced by a minute worm, probably of the genus Diplotis of Montagu ; it is strongly cili- ated, but its mouth does not appear adapted for making its way into such hard substances.”’ His figure is doubtless intended to represent Leucodore; but only two eyes are shown, and there is no structurai distinction made at the fifth segment of the body. In the same Transactions, Mr. R. Templeton § mentions a borer in the corals of the Isle of France called Anisomelus luteus, which has numerous long, hollow, prehen- sile tentacles, that seize prey like Sapajous’ tails. It forms for itself a minute tube on the surface, as well as bores into the coral. M. Cérsted || next describes the boring of Dodecaceria concharum in shells. M. de Quatrefages {| details the perfora- tions of Sabella saxicava, and points out the interest which such would have to the geologist ; for though a Helix might perforate limestone like the marine lithophagous mollusca, and thus render its pristine site ambiguous, there could be no doubt about the ancient condition of stones bored by this Sa- bella. In his recent work he refers more than once to the subject**. Dr. Williamstt observed the boring habit of Leu- * Phil. Trans. 1826, p. 342. + Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 1836, p. 234. { Zool. Trans. vol. ii. p. 95. § Zool. Trans. vol. ii. p. 27, tab. v. figs, 9-14. || Annulat. Danic. Consp. p. 44, 1843. 4] Ann. des Soc. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. tom. viii. 1847. ** Hist. Nat. des Annelés, vol. i. pp. 129 and 133; vol. ii. pp. 295, 415, 457, 552, 583, 597. t+ Report Brit. Assoc. 1851, p. 208. 290 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. codore ciliata, but did not enter into the modus operandi. M. Marcel de Serres * describes the genus Stoa, one of the chief characteristics of which is that it perforates West-Indian shells —a fact, however, which had previously been observed by other naturalists. M. Valenciennes +, in his remarks on the per- forating Echinz, instances the case of a Sipunculus that bores wood. M. Lacaze-Duthiers { describes, in a careful paper, Bonellia viridis, a Gephyrean which bores calcareous rocks on the shores of Corsica. Prof. Grube § has lately described two other forms beside that first mentioned, viz. Sabella saxicola and Phascolosoma verrucosum, which perforate the limestones of Martinsica and the island of Lussin in the Adriatic. The chemical theory in regard to such borings, it is well known, has frequently been brought forward by zoologists in the instances of Mollusca and Sponges, and lately has even been assumed with regard to the Bryozoa||. Moreover it has more than once been promulgated to explain the means whereby Annelids perforate shells and rocks. Besides those already alluded to, Mr. Osler, for instance, brings forward the case of the Annelids to show that a shell is not essential to the boring-process, and in support of the solvent theory; yet he could not find any such agent in the animals. Like his successor Mr. Lankester, he gets over the “ argillaceous”’ dif- ficulty by averring that they do not bore in this material, but, more fertile in resources, he hints that they probably inhabit cavities bored by other animals]. A.S. CErsted considered that Dodecaceria concharum bored partly by aid of the secre- tion of its alimentary canal (which, says he, contains muriatiec acid), and partly by aid of its hooks. Sir J. Dalyell** likewise . thought that the tube of this animal might be enlarged by some solvent. Mr. Spence Batett accounts for the majority of marine borings by an ingenious theory which adroitly shifts the onus of the solvent from the animal itself to its sur- roundings ; or, in other words, he avers that the solution of the difficulty and the rock is achieved by the agency of free car- bonic acid held in solution by sea-water. He instances “ the groove sunk by the Spiroglyphus, which Annelide affords a good example to illustrate the theory ; for it not only sinks a groove in the shell on which it has erected its own, but, should its contortions bring it into contact with any portion of its own * Ann. des Sc. Nat. sér. 4. tom. iv. 1855, p. 230, pl. 8 c. figs. 1-8. + Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, tom. Ixi. 1855. { Ann. des Se. Nat. sér. 4, Zool. tom. x. p. 49, pls. 1-4. § Ein Ausflug nach Triest und dem Quarnero, pp. 47, 48, 1861; and Die Insel Lussin u. ihre Meeresfauna, 1864. || Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xvii. p. 472. 4] Phil. Trans. 1826. *% Pow. Creat. vol. 11. p. 210. +t Transact. Brit. Assoc. 1849, p. 73-75. Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 291 shell, it absorbs it equally with any other.” It will be ob- served that in the last clause he anticipates and answers one of Mr. Lankester’s recent queries*. It may also be remarked in passing, that it is probable that the genus (Spiroglyphus) here referred to is the same as the Stoa of M. Marcel de Serres, as hinted by Mr. Shuttleworth in the same vol. of the ‘ Ann. des Se. Nat.’ This chemical or solvent theory has been shown by many authorities to be inadequate to explain all the facts connected with the boring of the Mollusca; for, besides the boring of wood by the Zeredo, some of the Pholades perforate gneiss, mica-schist, tale, peat, resin, and sandstone, as well as calca- reous rocks ; and I would only refer to the careful digest and observations on the subject in the ‘ British Mollusca’ of Messrs. Forbes and Hanley, and to the experienced and recent re- marks of Mr. Gwyn Jeffreyst. M. Valenciennes is of the same opinion with regard to the Hchini. Indeed MM. Cail- liaud ¢ and Fischer §, in describing the borings of HZ. lividus, show that it excavates (notwithstanding the adverse opinion of Mr. Trevelyan ||) not only calcareous rocks, but gneiss, granite, whitestone (leptynite), schist, &c., while foreign spe- cies invade basalt: and’ the former author, in his first plate, represents several specimens of Echinus lividus, of the natural size, located in their holes in granite from Croisic, on the coast of F rance. Dr. Bowerbank{ likewise, in his careful and con- scientious observations on the boring question, gives no sup- port to such a theory; and Mr. Hancock ** could find no trace of acid in his specimens of Cliona. M. de Quatrefages adds his weight into the scale against the idea of a solvent in the Annelidan perforations. Lastly, although Mr. Lankester ap- pends the following sentence to his letter in the ‘Annals’ for July last, “It is almost impossible to assign any but a chemical means of excavation to Bonellia,” it may be re- marked that M. Lacaze-Duthiers, in the original paper, appears to be more cautious than to attribute its work to such an agency. Physiologically it cannot be considered that carbonic acid in * Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. i. p. 237, line 9 from bottom. + Brit. Mollusca, vol. i. Introd. p. xxvii, and vol. iii. p. 94. { Catalogue des Rad., des Annél., des Cirrhip. et des Mollusques Marins &e. dans le Départ. de la Loire Inférieure : Nantes, 1865, § Ann. des Sci. Nat. Zool. sér. 5. tom. i, 1864, p. 321. || This gentleman considered that the animal (E. lividus) possessed neither chemical nor mechanical power of perforating rocks, but that such excavations were produced by countless generations of such creatures, which thus, after the lapse of ages, gradually had worn the stone away. (Edinb. Phil. Journ. vol. xlvi. 1849, p- 386.) {| British Spongiadze, vol. i. p. 291, ** Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. i. p. 329. 292 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. a free state, and in such a quantity as to act on calcareous rock or shell, is a likely accompaniment to such an animal as Leucodore working in a tube, whatever may be the case with the salivary glands of Doliwm, Tritonium, Aplysia, and the acid secretion of Gastrochena and other Mollusca. Annelids are very sensitive to irritants and narcotics, and must be judged by the same rules in this respect as the majority of other animals. And this statement is not impugned by the fact that a few, such as Cirratulus, may occasionally be found burrowing in odoriferous mud, like the ubiquitous crustacean Carcinus menas. It therefore appears to me to be just as prudent and useful to bring forward the chemical theory in regard to the perforations of Zimnoria and Chelura terebrans in wood, of the Pholas crispata in the hard shale and sandstone in company with Leucodore at St. Andrews, in regard to the deep cavities made by Patella vulgata in the latter rock on the same sites, in regard to the borings of the Lichini and the wide interlacing channels of Hymeniacidon in shells and stones on all our shores, as to produce it for the explanation of Annelidan perforations. Yet Mr. Lankester _ prefaced his observations on the boring of Leucodore by the statement that he was prepared to find such due to chemical action, because an ania reaction was found in Sabella saxi- cava*, We are thus prepared for the following remark :— “ Supposing, then, the agency in Leucodore to be a chemical one, has any acid been observed? It has: specimens of Leucodore, placed on litmus-paper, give a strong acid re- action.” I have carefully tested for acidity in numerous specimens of Leucodore from St. Andrews; but not a trace thereof rewarded my attempts, though an ambiguous stain is occasionally produced by old sea-water in which they and other Annelids have been confined. No acid reaction at all was visible; and to apply the epithet “strong” to such a case would certainly be after the fashion of a chemistry unknown tous. Moreover I asked a distinguished young chemist, Dr. Crum Brown, to repeat the tests. He wrote me as follows: —“T found exactly as you have stated on the labels, viz. that Cephalothrix filiformis has a marked acid reaction in every part of its body, and that Leucodore ciliata is quite neutral. The perforated and grooved stone is not calcareous, and is scarcely attacked by acids: prolonged action of tole- rably strong hydrochloric acid dissolves a little iron.... It appears to be a kind of mica schist.”” I was not more suc- * T am glad to say that Mr. Lankester has since seen reason to change his opinion. While maintaining the correctness of his statement with regard to the acidity of Zewcodore, he withdrew his chemical theory after the reading of my paper at the Meeting of the British Association. Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. 293. cessful in finding acid traces in the southern examples. For a considerable time I have been familiar with an acid reaction in the cutaneous textures of many Nemerteans, such as Bor- lasia olivacea, B. octoculata, B. lactea, Lineus longissimus, Stylus purpureus, Cephalothrix filiformis, Ommatoplea alba, O. melanocephala, O. gracilis, &c.; indeed acidity seems characteristic of the group, the only exceptions as yet observed being in the deeply tinted O. purpurea and in O. pulchra, which have an alkaline reaction, rendering red litmus-paper blue. One of the most vivid red streaks is caused by the common Cephalothrix filiformis, referred to above. Some species of Chone, again, which do not bore, likewise give an acid stain to litmus-paper. The mere presence of acidity, therefore, is no proof whatever that an animal bores. None of the Nemerteans, for instance, do so, their habitats being in muddy sand under stones between tide-marks, in fissures of rocks, or in the cavities of old shells and stones from deep water. It is well to bear in mind also that Dodecacerta con- charum and Stpunculus, both very common borers, show no acid reaction when tested with litmus-paper. While thus shutting out the chemical means of boring from being the law to be applied universally to the perfora- tions made by Annelids, I should deem it rash at present, on my part, to promulgate any new theory, or to support any of the old. Mr. Lankester concludes his paper with some remarks on “the specific title and distinction of the lithodomous Leuco- dore.” ‘'The boring species,” he says, ‘ does not differ ob- viously from Leucodore ciliata. I have not been able to make a comparison of specimens ; but it seems probable they differ only in habit.” Yet he suggests the name of ZL. cal- carea for the boring form. I cannot agree with the author here either ; for I have never seen more than a single British species of Leucodore, which, however, bores in materials very varied in their composition. It is unsafe to suspect a form to vary specifically simply on the ground of its habitat ; and assuredly some more weight would have been given to his view of this matter if he had founded the distinction on the abnormality of the hooks of the fifth segment of the body, or on the absence of the spear-tipped bristles which accompany them. The perusal of the remarks of M. de Quatrefages* on the dif- ferent species of Leucodore is somewhat unsatisfactory ; and it appears to me to be by no means certain that at least five of his species do not refer to one, or at most to two forms. It is further worthy of note that, so far as I am aware, no other observer (excluding the more than doubtful cases of M. * Hist. Nat. des Annelés, vol. ii. p. 296 ef seg. 294 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the Boring of certain Annelids. (Ersted and Mr. Lankester) has clearly made out another European species; for I consider Leuckart’s Leucodore mu- ticum* a somewhat inaccurately described L. céiliatus, John- ston. ‘The possession of only two eyes, and the fact that the great hooks occur on the “ sixth” segment of the body, and are three-toothed, characterize the L. nasutus of M. de Qua- trefages. The author states that the anal segment terminates in a flattened cup, which permits the Annelid to attach itself to solid bodies ; and his figure shows no split in the margin. If thé latter arrangement is correct, then the previous cha- racters may hold. It is also but fair to remark that speci- mens occur at St. Andrews with two eyes, and even with one only, and that the anterior pair in all, being on a lower level, are less easily seen from the dorsum than the posterior. The same may be said of ZL. audax and its circular cup. More- over, as the latter assumes somewhat altered appearances in those whose tails are regenerating, some caution is needed in basing specific differences thereon. His L. Fabric? rests, as a species, upon characters that require further elucidation ; and the remarks on L. ciliata are based on Dr. Johnston’s description; and hence the author is misled as to the structure of the hooks of the sixth segment (fifth of the body), which really, as already mentioned, have a secondary spur or process. L. dubia is also founded on insufficient data. Lastly, there can be little doubt that the Polydora cornuta described by M. Claparédet, and given by M. de Quatrefages as the type of a new genus, is nothing more than L. ciliata. The want of scientific accuracy in the figures of the genus in the ‘ Annelés’ renders identification difficult. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, PuatTe XVIII. Fig. 1. Leucodore ciliata, Johnst.; enlarged under a lens. Fig. 2. Great hooks of the fifth segment of the body: a, as usually seen in the separated and perfect organ under pressure; 6, a more complete view, as obtained in the living animal or in a favourable spirit preparation. x 700 diameters. Fig. 3. Spear-tipped bristles accompanying the former. x 700 diams. Fig. 4. Hooks of the posterior region of the body: a, pressed between glasses; 6, seen in front, so as to exhibit both wings. x 700 diams. Fig. 5. Front and side view of two of the bristles of the same species. x 700 diams. Fig. 6, Caudal segment and its cup. x 210 diams. PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Tubes erected by Leucodore at the apertures of its tunnel. The * “Zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Island,” Archiv fiir Naturges. 1849, p. 200, Taf. iii. fig. 12. + Recherches Anat. sur les Annélides, Turb. &c, 1861, p. 47, et op. ect. Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Spirifer cuspidatus. 295. attenuated tentacles are seen protruding from the mouth of one. Enlarged under a lens. ig. 2. Tentacle of Leucodore, magnified. The organ is in the somewhat contracted condition in which it usually appears when the ani- mal is placed between glasses: a, ciliated groove on the inner surface ; b, cavity of tentacle; ce, blood-vessel. Fig. 5. Ciliated parasite attached to a fragment of the tentacle, a. x 700 diams. PLATE XX. Fig. 1. Dodecaceria concharum, CErst., from a tangle-root, St. Andrews. Enlarged under a lens. Fig. 2. Hook of the same species. x 350 diams. Fig. 3. Extremities of two of the latter: a, of the same specimen; 8, of a developing or somewhat imperfect specimen. x 700 diams. Fig. 4. Bristles from a dried specimen in limestone from Torquay, sent by Dr. Bowerbank. Xx 350 diams. Fig. 5. Posterior hook of a small Sabella saxicava, from a dried specimen in a Balanus sent by Dr. Bowerbank. x 700 diams. Fig. 6. Thoracic hook of 8. savicava. X 350 diams. Fig. 7. Minute spear-shaped bristles accompanying the latter. x 700 diams. Fig. 8. Bristles of the same species: a & b, two of the forms met with in the thoracic region, the latter being viewed laterally ; c, posterior bristle from the dried specimen referred to under fig.5. x 350 diams. XXXIV.—On the Structure of the Shells of Brachiopoda. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. _ Oban, Sept. 21, 1868. GENTLEMEN, On my return from the mission of scientific research into the zoology of the deep sea, with the charge of which I have had the honour to be entrusted by the Admiralty, at the in- stance of the Council of the Royal Society (and the very re- markable results of which will be made public at the earliest possible period), I find the note of Prof. King contaimed in your last Number, on which I have only to remark that the admis- sion he has cited of the fallacy of his original imputation upon the accuracy of my researches into the structure of the shells of Brachiopoda is limited to the single case of the recent Rhynchonella psittacea, which did not enter into his original charge, because he had not then examined it. That charge was founded upon his superficial examination of fossil Rhyn- chonellida and Spirtferida; and neither then nor since has Prof. King made the slightest retractation of it. By declining to reply to my last three questions, he leaves the matter ex- actly where it was before; so that it must be presumed that 296 Mr. G. Krefft on a new Species of Thylacine. he still holds to his original assertion as to the existence of perforations in these shells. When Prof. King shall have shown the least ground for the belief that shell-tissue of the most peculiar and charac- teristic kind can be formed during the process of fossilization, so as to fill vacuities that existed in the recent shell (which is just as if, in the silicification of a piece of wood previously perforated by large holes, these holes should be filled up by true woody tissue), his assumption that the whole of Mr. Da- vidson’s type specimen of Spirifer cuspidatus and that the imperforate spaces in the shells of Syringothyris were origi- nally perforated may deserve consideration. Until then, I venture to think that the imperforateness of the former type, and the patchiness of the perforations in the latter, are esta- blished by Prof. King’s confessed inability to set aside the facts stated by me on these points, as the direct results of careful and experienced observation. Trusting that this is the last occasion on which I shall feel it necessary to address you on this subject, I remain, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant, WILLIAM B. CARPENTER. XXXV.—Description of a new Species of Thylacine (Thyla- cinus breviceps). By GERARD KReEFFT, Curator and Secretary of the Australian Museum, Sydney. [Plate XVII. ] SKULL shorter (63 inch.) than that of T.cynocephalus (74 inch.) ; the palatal openings much reduced in size; occipital foramen larger than in the well-known species. The anterior part of the skull is not much compressed ; and the sharp nick so prominent in all skulls of 7. cynocephalus, between the second and third premolars, is wanting in the present species. The greatest dif- ference exists in the teeth, which in the new species are very large, the most prominent being the second and third molars in both jaws. ‘The canines are thicker, and form a shorter curve; the outer incisor of the upper series is also very much larger than the corresponding tooth in 7. cynocephalus. I enclose three photographs of the skulls of both animals* in different positions, both very perfect, and that of 7. cyno- cephalus larger than that of the new species. The last molar in 7. breviceps has been lost from both specimens (in posses- sion of the Trustees of this Museum) ; but the sockets indicate * We have given in the Plate the figures of the new species only.—Ep. 8 Ss ¥. Dr. J. E. Gray on two new Species of Salamandra. 297 a larger tooth, though, owing to the youth of the animal, it is not yet in the same position as the one shown in the skull of T. cynocephalus. The existence of a second Thylacine has been known to old residents in Tasmania for years past, as they were in the habit of distinguishing the two kinds by the names of Greyhound- and Bulldog-Tiger. Mr. George Masters, Assistant Curator of the Australian Museum, has spent some nine months on the island ; and being anxious to clear this matter up, he col- lected about twenty-six skulls, two of which belong to the Thylacine for which I now propose the name of breviceps. I shall, on a future occasion, give you a fuller account of the excellent collection made by Mr. Masters. Sydney, May 2, 1868. XXXVI.—Notice of two new Species of Salamandra from Central America. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. OsBert SALVIN has lately sent to the British Museum a collection of animals in spirits, collected at Guatemala and Costa Rica. It contains two species of Salamandra, which appear not to have been previously entered in the catalogues. Cidipus Salvinii. Black ; chin, throat, and underside of body and tail and limbs pale brown; back and upper surface of the tail for about two-thirds of its length opaque white, with irregular-shaped black spots, and connected in front with a streak on each side of the back and head, continued to the eyebrows. The black spots have a very narrow white margin. The head very short; nose blunt, short, rounded; nostrils lateral, below the most prominent part of the nose, with an indistinct pale spot under them to the edge of the upper lip. The toes very short, webbed to the tip. Tail cylin- drical, tapering, almost as long as the body and head. Hab. Guatemala (Osbert Salvin, Esq.). B.M. OPHIOBATRACHUS. Body long, cylindrical; tail very long, cylindrical, rounded at the end. Head very small; mouth large; eyes rather large, lateral ; nose blunt, ovate; tongue circular, peltate. Legs far apart, elongate, slender, weak; toes very short, sub- equal, 4/5, free. Skin smooth, closely and minutely black-dotted. Vent linear. Teeth minute in both jaws ; palatine teeth im an arched line on each side of the internal nostrils. 298 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging This genus has many characters in common with the genus Batrachoseps ; but it differs in the tail (which is twice as long as the body and head) being cylindrical and of the same dia- meter and subannulated appearance as the body and head, giving the whole animal the appearance of a Cecilia or worm. Ophiobatrachus vermicularis. Black. Length of the body and head 24 inches, of the tail 41 inches. Hab. Costa Rica (Osbert Salvin, Esq.). B.M. XXX VII.—Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles. By J. Gwyn JEFrreys, F.R.S.* THIS was my seventh expedition to the northern extremity of our seas, and occupied the whole of the summer. It was not so successful as those in some previous years, owing to the stormy state of the weather. While my friends in England, Wales, Ireland, and Scotland were enjoying calm sunshine, our climate was exactly the reverse; and the persevering course of the wind (from north-west to south-west) prevented our doing much at sea. The North Sea is notoriously subject to broken weather, this being the point where the warm air in- duced by the Gulf Stream and westerly winds meets the cold air brought down by the arctic current. The fauna of the Shetland waters, however, is by no means exhausted. Every expedition has produced novelties, not only in the Mollusca, but in all other departments of marine zoology. On the present occasion I obtained, at a depth of 120 fathoms, a living specimen and a larger dead one of a fine species of Pleurotoma, P. carinata of Bivona. It was origi- nally described as a Calabrian fossil; and Searles Wood records a single specimen having been found in the Coralline and another in the Red Crag. Professor Sars and Mr. M‘Andrew dredged a few specimens off the coasts of Norway; and the former gave some interesting particulars of the animal, which I have been able to confirm by my own observation. Although allied to P. nivalis, and found in the same locality, it has dis- tinct eyes placed on rather prominent stalks or ommatophores, whereas P. nivalis has no eyes nor any trace of eye-stalks. On this account Sars proposed the generic name Typhloman- gelia for the latter species; but it must be borne in mind that Eulima stenostoma is also eyeless, and yet is closely related to * Communicated by the Author, having been read at the Norwich Meeting of the British Association, August 20, 1868. among the Shetland Isles. 299 its congeners and companions, all of which have very con- spicuous eyes. It is a somewhat remarkable coincidence that the shell of . stenostoma resembles a large Achatina acicula (a land mollusk), which is in the same category as regards these so-called organs of sight. The shells of P. carinata and P. nivalis are easily distinguishable. Among the rarer and more noteworthy mollusks procured this year were the following :— Montacuta tumidula. St. Magnus Bay and near Fetlar. Described by me from the Hebrides in the Reports of the Association for 1866. M. donacina, 8. Wood. A single valve from deep water in St. Magnus Bay. Another valve had been dredged by me at Falmouth in 1839. It is a rare Coralline Crag fossil. It nearest ally is UZ. substriata. Utriculus globosus, Lovén. A small living specimen oc- curred again in St. Magnus Bay. U. expansus, Jeffry. A few young specimens also in St. Magnus Bay. Odostomia Warreni, Thompson. Never having seen this shell in a fresh and perfect state, I considered it (Brit. Conch. iv. p. 143) a variety of O. obliqua. But the discovery of live specimens in St. Magnus Bay and near Fetlar enables me to separate the two as distinct species. O. Warrent has a shorter spire and more swollen whorls than O. obliqua, the suture is deeper, the strie are much stronger at the base of the shell, the whole surface is covered with most delicate and close-set microscopic spiral lines, and the umbilicus is well de- veloped and deep. The animal of O. Warreni has a peculiar foot; this is not plain and rounded at its extremity, as in O. obliqua, but is deeply bilobed or forked like the tail of a swallow. No other species of Odostomia, so far as I am aware, has a similar foot. One individual spun a fine glutinous thread from the middle of the sole of the foot, and kept itself suspended for some time from the surface of the water, with the point of the shell downwards. I found a dead specimen of O. obliqua on the same ground with O. Warrent. O. umbilicaris, Malm. A young specimen from St. Magnus Bay, nearly globular, and thus exhibiting the same distinctive characters as the adult. Stphonodentalium Lofotense and Cadulus (or Loxoporus) sub- fustformis again occurred, the former being more widely dis- tributed. Both inhabit the Mediterranean; and the latter is a Sicilian and Viennese fossil. I had an excellent opportunity of observing them alive and in active motion. The thread- like and extensile organs by which the Solenoconchia seize their prey are unlike the tentacles of any Gastropod, and their 300 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging function is quite different. I would call these organs cap- tacula, an appropriate word and not less classically formed than tentacula. Leda pernula was again dredged in St. Magnus Bay ; but with it was a dead and apparently semifossil valve of Tellina calcarea. I must theretore hesitate in considering the one more than the other recent or an inhabitant of the British seas at the present time. Being in the south of Europe last winter I undertook the examination of the Mediterranean and Adriatic shells; and the result greatly surprised as well as interested me. The dredg- ings of Capt. Acton (the Commandant of the Italian navy) in the Gulf of Naples, and the extensive collections of Dr. Tiberi at Portici, General Stefanis at Naples, Herr Weinkauf from Algeria, and of Dr. Brusina at Zara, especially yielded a vast quantity of new material for a comparison of the marine testacea of the north and south of Europe. Many of the species having been described (some insufficiently) under different names, the difficulty of identification is considerable ; but there is no doubt that a remarkable concordance exists, and to a great extent, between the mollusca which inhabit the deeper parts of the Atlantic and Mediterranean seas from 62° to 36° N. lat. The littoral kinds differ much more—a circumstance which may have been occasioned by climatal conditions. ‘To exemplify the former proposition I subjoin a list of 75 species, usually considered northern, which are common to the North Sea and the Mediterranean, with their principal synonyms :— Names of Species. Synonyms. Terebratula caput-serpentis, Linné. Argiope lunifera, Philippi ........ Terebratula cistellula, Searles Wood. Crania anomala, Miiller .......... Anomia turbinata, Polt. Pecten septemradiatus, Mill. ...... Ostrea inflexa and O. clavata, Polt. IPORTAtUs, CINCH rie vice a's alee sine P. Bruei, Payraudeau. PP RGR be, AD BONE Bag Sata hte Souls sles P. furtivus, Lovén. P. striatus, Mill. PO Haskynsls POrves ccc. cave observes P. imbrifer, Zov. P. vitrous,, Chemnitz ..cccscsesares P. Gemellarii-filii, Biondi. PuSUT IS, TSK CY «5 cunts oeissetsals nore P. pygmeeus, von Miinster. LEVEES a. CHW 01 Ree Ae eee Perhaps L, crassa, Forbes. L. elliptica, Jeffreys. L. subauriculata, Montagu. LESSEN Wea 0c EIS 0) Sa ee a ean P. pectinata of some authors, not of Linné. Mytilus phaseolinus, Ph. Modiolaria discors, L. Nucula nitida, G. B. Sowerby. IN: COWDURS Oi a foie 2) ss oes ols N. decipiens, Ph. Leda pygmeea, v. Miinst........... Probably Nucula segeensis, Ford. UATCR ODIQURSEHea «le ec ae shasta sees 5 A. Korenii, Danielssen, among the Shetland Isles. 301 Names of Species, Synonyms. Lepton nitidum, Turton. Montacuta ferruginosa, Mont. Lucina borealis, L. Axinus Croulinensis, Jeffr. Cyamium minutum, Fabricius. Cardium minimum, Ph. .......... C. suecicum, Lov. Astarte sulcata, Da Costa ........ Tellina fusca, Pol. Lucinopsis undata, Pennant ...... Venus incompta, Ph, ‘Pollina Palthi¢d, Zi 's vay ev. ewes es T, rubiginosa, Poli. T. pusilla, Ph. Scrobicularia nitida, Mill. ........ Syndesmya intermedia, Thompson. Lyonsia Norvegica, Ch. .......+4. Pandorina coruscans, Scacchi, Thracia convexa, W. Wood........ T. ventricosa, Ph. Nevera rostrata, Spengler ....... ... N, attenuata, Ford. Xylophaga dorsalis, Turt. Siphonodentalium Lofotense, Sars. S. quinquangulare, Forb.........-. S. pentagonum, Sars, Cadulus subfusiformis, Sars. Chiton Hanleyi, Bean. C. cancellatus, G. B. Sow. Oemereus Tlie eects dares eit C. asellus, Sp. Meee VIN UNO en chcdiu's << oxide ides C. corallinus, Risso. Tectura virginea, Mill. Propilidium ancyloides, Ford. Scissurella crispata, Fleming ...... S. aspera, Ph., var. Trochus cinerarius, Z., var. variegata. Rissoa reticulata, Mont. .....0..05 R. Beanii, Hanley. Fexemmcoides; KOrds. ow s.eic oiesiee R. sculpta, F. § H., not of Philippa. R. Zetlandica, Mont. R. abyssicola, Ford. R. parva, Mont., and var. interrupta R. obscura and R. simplex, Ph. R. inconspicua, Alder. Fes alibal ee TGs 5. ie, 8 a's. ais, 07a set /3' R. Oenensis, Brusina. R. vitrea, Mont. Jeffreysia diaphana, Ald........... Rissoa ? glabra, A/d., not of Brown. J. opalina, Jeff. Sealaria Trevelyana, Leach. Aclis Walleri, Jeffr. Odostomia clavula, Lov. O. albella, Lov. O. umbilicaris, Malm. Q. conspicua, Ald. O. Scillee, Scacchi. O. nitidissima, Mont. EKulima bilineata, Ald. Natica catena, De-@o om eat... Probably Nerita helicina, Brocchi. Velutina levigata, Penn. Cerithium metula, Lov. .......... Mediterranean, fide Hanley ; perhaps Cerithiopsis Barleei. Purpura lapillus, Z. Trophon Morchi, Malm .......... Bela demersa, Tiberi. Bulla utriculus, Broechi .,........ B. Cranchii, Leach.. Philine scabupy Mal. cosine sei’ .e Bulla angustata, Biv. Aplysia punctata, Cuvier .......... A. hybrida, J. Sowerby. Spirialis retroversus, FU........... Sczea stenogyra, Ph.; oceanic. Cho pyramidata, 277) 707 Pei e: Oceanic. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 21 302 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging How is this concordance to be accounted for? I have care- fully read again Forbes’s elaborate essay “ On the Connexion between the distribution of the existing Fauna and Flora of the British Isles, and the Geological changes which have affected their area, especially during the epoch of the Northern Drift’ (Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, vol. 1. 1846); but I cannot find in it a satisfactory solution of the question. He, indeed, mentions the continuance of some ‘arctic’ species in the British seas, the rest having “ retired for ever,’ and that certain other species which he called “ Boreal or Celtic” occurred in a fossil state in Sicily; and he states (p. 390) that “in the deepest of the regions of depth in the Aigean”’ the same representation of a northern fauna as exists In our own seas is maintained, ‘ partly by identical and partly by representative forms.”’ The instances he gives do not support such a view; and [ am not a believer in ‘ repre- sentative forms.’’ He evidently was not aware of the fact that boreal (not arctic) species still live im the Mediterranean. I, however, fully agree with him that at some former time (which he designates ‘‘ the newer pliocene epoch”’) there was an open communication between the Atlantic (according to him the “ North Seas”) and the Mediterranean, by which the fauna became diffused. I should be inclined to place the Atlantic point of communication at Bordeaux, and that of the Mediterranean at Narbonne, in the line of the Languedoc Canal, which extends from one coast to the other, and is very little above the present level of the sea. This communication must have been very wide; and it remained open during the glacial epoch, which affected not only the north of Europe but also Naples, Sicily, and probably Rhodes. Dr. Tiberi showed me a fine valve of Pecten Islandicus which had lately been fished up in the Gulf of Naples at a depth of 50 fa- thoms, and with it a valve of P. opercularis quite as large as northern specimens ; both the valves were in a semifossil state, and the former was covered with the same Greenland species of Spirorbis (S. cancellatus, Faby.) as I noticed on valves of P. Islandicus dredged in the Shetland seas at depths varying from 75 to 170 fathoms. Sir Charles Lyell has not adverted, im the last edition of his ‘ Principles of Geology,’ to the re- markable occurrence of such glacial fossils in the Shetland sea-bed, to which I called the attention of geologists in my former Reports as well as in the 2nd volume of ‘ British Con- chology,’ p.58; and he seems to have strangely overlooked the observations of Philippi and Seguenza on the fossils of Calabria and Sicily, when he stated (Princ. Geol. 1. p. 298) that “ deposits filled with arctic species of marine shells are to among the Shetland Isles. 303 be seen in full force on the North American continent ten or more degrees further south than in Europe.” Possibly he was misled by one of Forbes’s conclusions (Rep. Geol. Surv. p. 402), that “ no glacial beds are known in Southern Europe.” This, however, was more than twenty years ago. I have myself identified from the Calabrian and Sicilian deposits several high-northern shells (e. g. Terebratula cranium, T. sep- tata, Lima excavata, Mytilus modiolus, Cyprina Islandica, Mya truncata, var. Uddevallensis, Saxicava Norvegica, Puncturella Noachina, Emarginula crassa, Buccinum undatum, and Natica affinis or clausa), and from the Rhodian deposits Terebratula septata and Lima Sarsit. My old companion, Mr. Waller, picked up on the beach in a small bay on the west coast of Shetland a shell of Sprrula australis. It is a tropical Cephalopod, and is not unfrequently thrown up by the waves on the southern and western shores of England, Wales, and Ireland, together with exotic species of Teredo, lanthina, and Hyalea brought from southern latitudes. Dr. Mérch informs me that several shells of the Spzrula have this year been found in the Faroe Isles. The transport of such tropical productions to northern latitudes has been usually attributed to the Gulf-stream. It now, however, appears more probable that this is the consequence, not of the direct action and course of the Gulf-stream, but of the prevalence of westerly and south-westerly winds, which waft onwards to northern latitudes, in a northerly and north-easterly direc- tion, the floating objects carried to a certain distance by the Gulf-stream. The direct course of the Gulf-stream has not been observed further north than about 45° N. lat.; from that point it would seem to dwindle into a north-easterly surface drift. A chart will shortly be published by the Admiralty in explanation of this view of the case; and the following papers on the subject ought to be consulted by physical geographers : —Dr. Stark “On the Temperature of the Sea around the coasts of Scotland during the years 1857 and 1858, and the bearing of the facts on the theory that the mild climate of Great Britain during winter is dependent on the Gulf Stream ” (Trans. R. S. Edin. 1859), and Capt. Thomas’s tables and re- marks in Mr. Alex. Buchan’s Report ‘ On the Temperature of the Sea on the Coast of Scotland” (Journ. Scottish Meteor. Soc. Oct. 1865). See also ‘ Br. Conch.’ vol. i. (Introd.) pp. xevill and xcix. I will add a short summary of the observations recorded in my Reports on Shetland dredgings and in the work last cited. 1. The bathymetrical zones have been too much divided by Risso and subsequent authors. There are two principal zones, 21* 304 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging littoral and submarine ; the nature of the habitat and the sup- ply of food influence the residence and migration of animals, not the comparative depth of water. Psammobia costulata and Buccinum undatum are instances in support of this proposition. 2. Specimens or varieties of the same species are larger in the littoral and laminarian zones than in deeper water: e. g. Mactra solida and its variety elliptica, Solecurtus candidus, Pandora inequivalvis and its variety obtusa or pinna, Chiton levis, Tectura virginea, Trochus zizyphinus, Pleurotoma levi- gata, and Philine aperta. 3. The size of North-European specimens is usually greater than that of South-European specimens of the same species : e. g. Pecten septemradiatus, P. opercularis, Lima hians, My- tilus Adriaticus, Isocardia cor, Astarte sulcata, Venus exoleta, V. lincta, Tellina balaustina, Chiton Hanleyt, Tectura virginea, Natica Alder, Defrancia teres, D. purpurea, and Bulla utriculus. 4, The colour of specimens from the greatest depths is not less vivid than of those from shallow water, although each zone has colourless specimens. Venus ovata, Trochus zizy- phinus, Turritella terebra, and Kulima bilineata may be men- tioned as examples. 5. Mollusca inhabiting deep water have consequently a larger supply of oxygen for the aération of their gills than those which live in shallow water. See my account of Colwm- bella halicett. 6. The occurrence of the same species in the North Sea and the Mediterranean results partly from former geological or cosmical conditions, and partly from a communication which once existed between the Bay of Biscay and the Gulf of Lyons. 7. Exotic and oceanic shells are carried northwards by west- erly winds, and not directly by the Gulf-stream, which does not reach our coasts. 8. Land and freshwater mollusca are scarce in Shetland, owing to the scantiness of succulent vegetation for their food, and of lime for the construction of their shells. These are smaller than southern specimens; and the same fact is obser- vable with respect to Shetland insects. 9. Semitfossil shells of arctic species (such as Pecten [slandi- cus, Tellina calcarea, Mya truncata, var. Uddevallensis, Méllerva costulata, Trochus cinereus, and Trophon clathratus) are met with on the sea-bottom at considerable depths, and at some distance from land. The only explanation I can offer is a former elevation of the sea-bed whereon these mollusks lived (and which was probably in shallow water), and its conversion into dry land, and a subsequent subsidence. Perhaps the sea- bed is still sinking. among the Shetland Isles. 305 10. Species recorded from the Coralline Crag and eazlier deposits, and supposed to be extinct, have now been discovered living in the Shetland seas; e. g. Limopsis aurita, Pleurotoma carinata, and Columbella halicweti. Possibly Trochus amabilis is another case, assuming that it originated from Margarita? maculata of Searles Wood. Professor Dickie has been good enough to report on some Diatoms from the insides of a quantity of Hchinus Norvegicus, which were dredged at a depth of 78 fathoms about forty miles from the east coast of Shetland. He says they are chiefly Navicula didyma, Coscinodiscus excentricus, C. minor, Acti- nocyclus undulatus, and Melosira sulcata, with fewer of M. nummuloides and Nitzschia angularis, all marine; also a few freshwater Cocconema lanceolatum, Sinciella minuta, and fragments of a Pinnularia. And he adds that long ago he re- corded the occurrence of freshwater kinds of Diatomacee mixed with marine kinds from the stomachs of Ascidiw taken in deep water off Aberdeen. ‘The freshwater Diatoms must evidently have been carried by a stream into the sea, and transported by the tide to the place where they sunk to the bottom, and were swallowed by the indiscriminating Echini and Ascidie. Diatoms inhabit the surface only of the water ; and Globigerina and other Foraminifera not of a fixed or sessile nature have been observed by Major Owen to float when alive within a few inches from the surface. Dr. Wallich found the microscopic organisms which he called coccospheres “¢ profusely in a living, or perhaps it would be more safe to say a recent, condition in material collected at the surface of the open seas of the tropics.’’ Coccospheres and free Foraminifera cover the bed of the Atlantic at enormous depths. The occur- rence, therefore, of such organisms on the floor of the ocean at great depths does not prove that they ever lived there. I should rather be inclined to believe that they dropped to the bottom of the sea when dead or after having passed through the stomachs of other animals which had fed on them. A few small fishes were caught in the dredge at depths of from 90 to 100 fathoms. Dr. Giinther reports that they be- long to the undermentioned species :—Callionymus maculatus (Bonap.), Gobius Jeffreysti (Giinth.), young, Cyclopterus lumpus (l.), young, Lepadogaster bimaculatus (Penn.), and Rhombus Norvegicus (Gimth.), young. He remarks that the last-named species is new to the British fauna, having been hitherto known from the coast of Norway only. My. Norman will report on the Crustacea, Echinoderms, and Sponges, Dr. M‘Intosh on the Annelids, and Mr. Waller on the Foraminifera. 306 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging Mollusca inhabiting the Shetland Isles and the adjacent seas, (See Tables of distribution in ‘ British Conchology,’ vols. 1.—Iv.) Name of Species. MARINE. BRACHIOPODA. Terebratula cranium, Miiller ... caput-serpentis, Linné tTerebratella Spitzbergensis, Da- DUASOIE, wink Wika estes con wages 52 +Rhynchonella psittacea, L. 2 Argiope lunifera, Philippi ...... Crania anomala, Miiller ........ CoNCHIFERA. Anomia ephippium, Z. ........ patelliformis, Z........ Ostrea edulis, WL, veiw. ss estes « Pecton pusios Ls Pes lene opercularis, Lo: tgs twist: septemradiatus, Mill. .. taratus, Gmelin .....+.. tigrinus, Mull... 63.3. +Teste, Bivona ........ SWE Eh AV OUE 6G oandoat +Hoskynsi, Forbes ...... similis, Laskey ........ TAB RATINIS Lae aac Geo hee PMMA SALE, DOV. 2 5 nitida.~G. a. Sows... :| WODUWIS ALONE 9 oie 65 ose-e-e | Northern. Southern. Remarks as to distribution and synonymy. Vigo (M‘Andrew). Possibly fossil. Possibly fossil. Terebratula cisteliula, S. Wood. Anomia turbinata, Poli. P, Bruei, Payraudeau. P. imbrifer, Lovén. P. pectinata of some authors, not of Linné. Fossil in Calabria and Sicily. among the Shetland Isles. 307 Name of Species. Leda pygmeea, von Miinster .... maT, Be. a ase ste Tpernula, Mal... Lee): tLimopsis aurita, Broechi Pectunculus glycymeris, LZ. ... Arca pectunculoides, Scacchi .... ODM A Ee irats, vee tales she tetragona, Poli Lepton nitidum, Turton Clarkize, Clark Montacuta substriata, Mont. .... tdonacina, S. Wood .. bidentata, Mont. .... ttumidula, Jeff. ferruginosa, Mont. .. Lassea rubra, Mont............. Kellia suborbicularis, Mont. teycladia, S. Wood ...... Lucina spirifera, Mont. ........ OSL, La Wanaes Sa 4.7 Axinus flexuosus, Mont. ........ +Croulinensis, Jeffr. ferruginosus, Ford. oe: Cyamium minutum, Fabricius .. Cardium echinatum, Z. ........ exiguum, Gmelin...... fasciatum, Mont. ...... nodosum, Twrt. edule, Z. maminaums: Phi. etre Norvegicum, Spengler . . Isocardia cor, Z. . Cyprina Islandica, Z........... Astarte sulcata, Da Costa compressa, Mont. triangularis, Mont....... Circe minima, Mont. Venus exoleta, Z. lincta, Pulteney.......... fasciata, Da C. Casina, L. ovata, Pennant gallina, Z. Tapes virgineus, auct........... On Oo UCC ac S18 aw a as 6).8 Mai 9) wey 0) 9) 6 (6 si ie) (6 eee eee efi Der, eee een eens 4167p ie 6) 0. Lela) LU 67a DLS eas) vee 8 a (ve) er 6. 6 (6¢ ised @ ele lees) wes pullastra, Mont. Northern. | | Southern. Remarks as to distribution and synonymy. Possibly fossil. Fossil in the Coralline Crag, and in miocene and plio- cene beds on the Con- tinent. Perhaps an are- tic species. A Coralline Crag fossil. Joralline Crag. Fossil at Nice and in Sicily. Probably not Venus vir- ginea of Linné. 308 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Dredging Name of Species. | Northern. Tapes decussatus, J. .......+.. Lucinopsis undata, Penn. ...... ?Gastrana fragilis, Z. .........: Tellina balaustina, Z. .........- CASSA PE Clear pers istoba' a als PSIG GH, Fs. ihis lees acatieca a POUT DBE C soo ie.s:cys etn fabula, Gronovius ...... donacimanei Ginccoctr: SU STL 27 ae aera Psammobia tellinella, Lam. costulata, Twit. ... Ferréensis, Chemnitz Mactra soda, isi. saae ess subtrunesta, Da C.:...\:.\. Boulforums Las a's aos ede Lutraria elliptica, Zam. ........ Scrobicularia prismatica, Mont... nitida, Mill. ...... alba, W. Wood Solecurtus candidus, Renier .... antiquatus, Pult. .... Solen pellucidus, Penn. ........ MISES Pel an cPeheie ie la ein ste 8 SUNN GUE ran eye atsiaie «2 ae 612) 10 Pandora ineequivalvis, Z. ...... Lyonsia Norvegica, Ch. ........ Thracia preetenuis, Pult......... papyracea, Polit ........ convexa, W. Wood .... distorta, Mont. ........ Poromya gyranulata, Myst and VE CSEN AID te nicsisistais «in eso) aye Neera abbreviata, Ford. ........ costellata, Deshayes ...... PPOSUPALA HN. We alas ics +. amps cuspidata, Oliwt ........ Worbulagipba, Ol in. 2. 0 ssi os © Miva FOmen te li nics